Product Catalog 800

Transcription

Product Catalog 800

Instrument Corporation
®
By combining world-class LeanSigma operations, state-of-the-art proprietary technology, agile manufacturing
and resident engineering, WIKA delivers made-to-order products with minimal lead times and tremendous
®
flexibility. Additionally, the WIKA TRONIC LINE has a continuously expanding array of electronic transmitters
and transducers to meet the emerging demands of integrated and automated systems.
Talk to us to learn about our Total Performance commitment for your pressure and temperature measurement
requirements.
To find your nearest WIKA distributor,
visit our website at www.wika.com or
call toll-free 1-888-WIKA-USA
WIKA Instrument Corporation
1000 Wiegand Boulevard
Lawrenceville, GA 30043
Toll Free 1-888-WIKA-USA (945-2872)
Tel (770) 513-8200 Fax (770) 338-5118
[email protected] • www.wika.com
C008 - 04/08
Product Catalog 800
For over 60 years, WIKA Instrument Corporation has been advancing the world of pressure and temperature
instrumentation. Regarded as the global leader, WIKA has pioneered many diverse products for a broad
range of industries, end-users and OEM applications. Our success is reflected in our commitment to Lean
methodology, product innovation and customer focus.
Product
Catalog 800
Product Catalog 800
Mechanical Pressure
Calibration Test Equipment & Accessories
Electronic Pressure Transmitters/Transducers
Diaphragm Seals & Accessories
Mechanical Temperature
Thermowells
Electronic Temperature Transmitters
Pressure Gauge Accessories
Effective 04/01/2008
Payment Terms
Terms and Conditions of Sale and Return Material Authorizations (RMA) are available from the WIKA website
at www.wika.com. Prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Product Specifications
Catalog 800 and the 2008 WIKA Price List supersede all previous catalogs and price lists. Product specifications
are subject to change without prior notice. Please visit the WIKA website for the most up-to-date information.
© Copyright 2008 WIKA Instrument Corporation, Lawrenceville, GA 30043. All rights reserved.
®
is a registered trademark of WIKA Instrument Corporation, Lawrenceville, GA
is a registered trademark of Underwriter's Laboratories.
Sealgauge® is a registered trademark of WIKA Instrument Corporation.
INLINE SEALTM is a registered trademark of WIKA Instrument Corporation.
Halocarbon® is a registered trademark of the Halocarbon Products Corporation.
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of the Cabot family of companies.
Fluorolube® is a registered trademark of the Hooker Chemical & Plastics Corporation.
Monel® and Inconel® are registered trademarks of the INCO family of companies.
Viton® & Teflon® are registered trademarks of the E.I. DuPont family of companies.
I-Line® is a registered trademark of Waukesha Cherry-Burrell.
Table of Contents
Selecting a Pressure Gauge
Chemical Compatibility Table
Advantages of Liquid-Filled Gauges WIKA Part Numbers
Ordering Guidelines for
Pressure Gauges
MECHANICAL PRESSURE
Commercial Gauges
111.10 1½", 2", 2½", 4"
111.10SP - Fire Sprinkler 4"
111.10 & 111.12 1½", 2", 2½"
111.12 1½", 2", 2½" 3½", 4"
111.11 1½", 2", 2½"
111.11RF - Refrigeration 2½"
111.16PM 1½", 2"
111.11PM 2½"
111.25CT 4½"
113.13 1½", 2½"
Additional 100 Series
Options & Accessories
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
13
14
16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Industrial & Process Gauges 131.11 1½", 2"
1X1.15 2", 2½"
13X.53 4"
2X1.11 10"
212.20 6"
213.40 2½", 4"
21X.40PM 3½"
21X.53 2", 2½", 4"
23X.53 2", 2½", 4"
21X.54 2½", 4"
23X.54 2½, 4"
233.55 2½"
23X.30 2½", 4"
23X.50 2½", 4", 4½", 6"
21X.34 4½"
22X.34 4½"
23X.34 4½", 6"
26X.34 4½"
232.34DD 4½"
212.25 4½", 6"
232.25 4½", 6"
Sealgauge® Principles
42X.12/43X.12 4", 6"
43X.30 4", 6"
43X.36 4", 6"
43X.50 4", 6"
45X.50 4", 6"
43X.56 4", 6"
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
36
37
42
45
46
50
51
53
56
57
58
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
Low Pressure Gauges
6X1.10 2", 2½"
611.13 2", 2½"
612.20 4"
6X2.34 4½"
63X.50 2½", 4", 6"
73
74
75
76
77
78
Differential & Duplex Gauges
700.04 2½", 4½"
700.05 2½", 4½"
7X1.12 4", 6"
732.14 4", 6"
712.25DP 4½", 6"
712.25DX 4½", 6"
716.11 2½", 4", 6"
732.25 4½", 6"
732.26 4½", 6"
732.51 4", 6"
79
80
81
82
83
85
86
87
88
89
90
High Precision Gauges
312.20 6"
332.30 6"
332.34 4½"
332.54 4"
342.11 10"
91
92
93
94
95
96
Calibration Test
Equipment & Accessories CPP30
CPP1000-M
65-2000 & 65-2000 II
CPH-6200
CPH-6000
E
ELECTRONIC PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT
Electronic Measurement
97
98
98
99
100
100
101
102
Industrial Pressure Transmitters
S-10/S-11
IS-20/IS-21/IS-20-F/IS-21-F
F-20/F-21
HP-1
PSD-10
105
106
115
127
135
136
OEM Pressure Transmitters
C-10
A-10
ECO-1
N-10/N-11
E-10/E-11
MH-1
MH-2
OT-1
OC-1
TTF-1
143
144
150
156
161
169
177
179
184
189
189
3A Sanitary & Submersible
Transmitters S-10-3A
F-20-3A
SA-11
LS-10/LH-10
IL-10
191
192
194.
198
200
207
Special Purpose Transmitters
UT-10/UT-11
DG-10
P-10, P-11
DP-10
209
210
218
224
225
Meters & Displays
907.50.9X0
A-AI-1
DI-15
TRONIC LINE Miscellaneous
Accessories & Replacement
Parts List
229
230
233
235
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Assembled Seals
M93X.25
M93X.3A
M93X.2C
M990.30
M93X.D1
239
245
246
249
252
255
257
Threaded Seals
L990.TA
L990.TB
L990.10
L990.TC
L990.14
L990.40
L990.34
L990.36
261
262
264
267
270
273
275
278
280
Flanged Seals
L990.12
L990.FA
L990.FC
L990.FD
L990.FB
L990.26
L990.27
L990.FR
L990.28
L990.29
L990.35
L990.41
283
284
287
290
293
296
299
302
305
308
311
313
315
Sanitary Seals L990.18
L990.22
L990.57
L990.58
L990.SD
319
320
322
324
326
328
Plastic Seals
L990.31
L990.PA
L990.PF
331
332
334
335
237
In keeping with and for purposes of product improvement, WIKA reserves the right to make design changes without prior notice.
For pricing info, call 1-888-WIKA-USA or visit www.wika.com
1
Table of Contents continued
INLINE SealsTM
L981.10
L981.18
L981.22
L981.27
L981.31
L981.57
L981.SY
337
338
341
343
346
349
351
353
Capsule Seals
L970.10
L970.11
355
356
357
Seal Accessories
910.27 L910.ZA
General Seal Information
359
360
362
365
MECHANICAL TEMPERATURE
Bimetal Thermometers
TI.1005
TI.ST
TI.T20/TI.T17
TI.20
TI.30/TI.50
TI.31/TI.51
TI.32/TI.52
TI.33/TI.34/TI.53/TI.54
373
374
376
377
378
380
381
382
383
384
Bimetal Thermometer Options
387
Digital Thermometers
TI.1006DW
TI.80/TI.82
389
390
391
Twin-Temp Thermometers
TT.30/TT.32/TT.50/TT.52
TT.80/TT.82
393
394
399
Gas Actuated Thermometers
TI.R45/TI.R60
TI.TSG60
401
404
408
Vapor Actuated Thermometers
TI.V20/TI.V25/TI.V35/TI.V45
411
412
Industrial Glass Thermometers
TI.61102/TI.61104
TI.62102/TI.62104
TI.701/TI.901
TI.D01
417
418
418
420
423
Thermowells
TW.TH (Threaded)
TW.SW (Socket/Weld)
TW.FL (Flanged)
TW.SC (Sanitary)
Industrial Glass
425
429
434
436
437
439
ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE
TRANSMITTERS
T19.10
T19.30
T23.10
T24.10
T12.10
T12.30
T32.10/T32.30
T42.10
441
442
442
443
443
444
445
446
447
ACCESSORIES
910.10 Gauge Cocks
910.11 Needle Valves
910.11.100 Mini-Needle Valves
910.11.200 Block & Bleed Valves
910.11.300 Multi-Port Valves 910.12.100/910.12.200/
910.12.300 Snubbers
910.13 Overpressure Protectors
910.14.100 Test Port Plug
910.14.200 Adaptors
910.14.300 Couplings
910.15.100/910.15.200 Siphons
910.24 Mini-Siphon
CP3000/CP4000 Alarm Contacts
Socket Restrictor
Drag Pointer Alarm Contacts
GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERAL INFORMATION
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
465
465
465
471
472
Sealgauge® and INLINE SEAL™ are registered trademarks of WIKA Instrument Corporation. Halocarbon® is a registered trademark of the Halocarbon Products Corporation. Hastelloy® is a
registered trademark of the Cabot family of companies. Fluorolube® is a registered trademark of the Hooker Chemical & Plastics Corporation. Monel®, Inconel®, Incoloy® & NiSpan-C® are
registered trademarks of the INCO family of companies. Viton® & Teflon® are registered trademarks of the E.I. DuPont family of companies. Tri-clamp® is a registered trademark of Tri-clover,
Inc. Carpenter 20® is a registered trademark of Carpenter Technology.
2
Selecting a Pressure Gauge
When selecting a pressure gauge, it is important to consider the following factors to
ensure safety and accuracy:
1.Pressure fluid composition
2.Pressure fluid temperature
3.Ambient conditions
4.Pressure range
5.Conditions affecting wear of the system
6.Method of mounting
7.Required accuracy
1
2
3
Pressure fluid composition
Since the sensing element of a pressure gauge may be exposed directly to the
measured medium, consider the characteristics of this medium. It may be corrosive, it may solidify at various temperatures, or it may contain solids that will leave
deposits inside the sensing element. For pressure fluids that will not solidify under
normal conditions or leave deposits, a Bourdon tube gauge is acceptable. Otherwise a Sealgauge® or diaphragm seal should be used. A chemical compatibility
chart follows this section to aid in the selection of the proper sensing element
material.
Pressure fluid temperature
Steam and other hot media may raise the temperature of the gauge components
above safe working limits of the sealed joints. In these cases it is recommended
that a siphon, cooling tower or diaphragm seal be used in conjunction with the
pressure gauge.
Ambient conditions
The normal ambient temperature range for WIKA pressure gauges is -40oF to
+140oF (-40oC to +60oC) for dry or silicone-filled gauges and -4oF to +140oF (-20oC
to +60oC) for glycerine-filled gauges. The error caused by temperature changes
is +0.3% or -0.3% per 18oF rise or fall, respectively. The reference temperature
is 70oF (20oC). The correction is for the temperature of the gauge, and not the
temperature of the measured medium. Remote gauge mounting using a diaphragm
seal and capillary line is one alternative for applications involving extreme ambient
temperature.
Moisture and weather effects must also be considered. Liquid-filled gauges prevent
condensation build up. For outdoor use, stainless steel, brass, or plastic cased
gauges are recommended.
3
4
5
6
Pressure range
A gauge range of twice the working pressure is generally selected. The working
pressure in all cases should be limited to 75% of the gauge range. Where alternating
pressure and pulsation are encountered, working pressure should be limited to 2/3
of the gauge range.
Conditions affecting wear of the system
In applications involving severe pressure fluctuation or pulsation, the use of restrictors
and/or snubbers is recommended. In addition, liquid-filled gauges increase the
service life of gauges in these conditions. WIKA liquid-filled gauges are generally
filled with glycerine. Silicone for larger temperature extremes and Halocarbon® for
use with oxidizing agents such as chlorine, oxygen, and hydrogen peroxide are
also available.
Method of mounting
Radial (LM) and back (CBM or LBM) connections are available for most WIKA
gauges. WIKA stocks gauges with standard NPT threaded connections. Other
types such as metric threads, straight threads, hose barbs, and special fittings are
available as a special order.
Pressure gauges should be mounted in the upright position. For applications
where the gauge is mounted sideways, horizontally, or upside down, contact WIKA
Customer Service for gauge type compatibility.
7
Required accuracy
WIKA stocks gauges with accuracies from ± 3/2/3% to ±0.1% of span
(ASME Grade B to Grade 4A).
To ensure safe and accurate gauge selection, you must take all of the above factors into
consideration. When in doubt, please do not hesitate to contact your local stocking
distributor or WIKA Customer Service for assistance!
1-888-WIKA-USA
4
Chemical Compatibility Table
Acetic Acid
Acetic Anhydride
Acetone
Acetylene
Alcohol
Alums
Aluminum Sulfate
Ammonia
Ammonium Carbonate
Ammonium Hydroxide
Ammonium Phosphate
Beer
Benzine
Benzol
Benzyl Alcohol
Bleach Liquors
Bordeaux Mixture
Butane
Butanol
Butyric Acid
Calcium Bisulfite
Calcium Chloride
Calcium Hydroxide
Carbon Dioxide(dry)
Carbon Bisulfide
Casein
Chloroform
Chromic Acid
Citric Acid
Coal Gas
Copper Sulfate
Cottonseed Oil
Creosote (crude)
Dextrine
Ethers
B
D
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
D
D
A
A
A
B
B
A
B
A
B
B
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
A
D
Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Cellulose
Ethylene
Ethylene Dibromide
Ethylene Dichloride
Ethylene Glycol
Ferric Nitrate
Ferric Sulfate
Formaldehyde
Freon
Gallic Acid
Gas (for lighting)
Gasoline
Gasoline (refined)
Glucose
Glycerine
Hydrocyanic Acid
Hydrogen
Hydrogen Peroxide
Kerosene
Lacquers
Lactic Acid
Lysol
Magnesium Hydroxide
Magnesium Sulfate
Mercury
Methyl Chloride
Methyl Salicylate
Naphtha
Nickel Acetate
Nitric Acid (pure)
Nitrous Acid
Nitrous Oxide
Oil (lubricating)
Oil (refined)
A
B
A
B
D
A
B
B
B
A
B
A
A
B
C
A
B
B
B
A
A
B
B
C
B
B
D
D
A
B
B
D
D
A
A
Oxygen
Paraffin
Phosphoric Acid
Photographic Solutions
Pickling Solutions
Picric Acid
Picric Acid (dry)
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Cyanide
Potassium Permanganate
Prestone
Salicylic Acid
Sea Water
Silver Nitrate
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Cyanide
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Peroxide
Sodium Phosphate
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Sulfide
Sodium Sulfite
Sulfur Dioxide
Sulfur Dioxide (dry)
Sulfuric (75%)
Sulfurous Acid
Tanning Liquors
Toluene
Vegetable Oils
Vinegar
Water
Whiskey
Wines
Zinc Sulfate
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
D
B
B
A
A
C
B
D
D
D
B
B
B
B
D
B
D
B
B
B
D
A
B
B
A
B
B
B
NOTE: For steam service, a siphon is required.
Find the process fluid in the table above and match the letter code (A,B,C, or D) with the wetted
part material listed below:
A = Brass (Copper Alloy)
B = 316 Stainless Steel
C = Monel®
D = Consult Factory
This table is provided as a reference only and is accurate to the best of WIKA's knowledge. WIKA assumes no responsibility for, or obligation from, the information here.
5
Advantages of Liquid-Filled Gauges
Liquid-filled gauges
Liquid-filled pressure gauges provide a number of advantages:
* the liquid absorbs vibration and pressure spikes
* the dampening action of the liquid enables the operator to
take readings during conditions of rapid dynamic loading
and vibration
* the liquid lubricates all moving elements, dramatically
reducing wear in the movement
* because most liquid-filled gauges are filled with non-aqueous
liquid and hermetically sealed, they perform in corrosive
environments and are immune to moisture penetration and
icing, and shock effects are lessened
Liquid-filled gauges enhance the reliability and integrity of the
measuring system for long periods under extreme operating
conditions.
Indicates liquid-fillable
pressure gauge.
Choose the Right Liquid
The type of liquid used to fill the gauge varies with the application. Although pure glycerine provides the best performance in
most applications, each has its own requirements. Guidelines to
help ensure that a fluid is properly matched to an application are:
* if icing is a problem, use gauges filled with silicone oil or
other comparable liquids. They have low viscosities even
at -60oC
* if the system has electric accessories, such as contacts,
use insulating oils, and
* if extreme temperature fluctuations are expected, use
silicone oils
The higher the liquid viscosity, the greater its dampening
capacity. The reason for this is that dampening changes in
proportion to the temperature-dependent viscosity of the filling liquid. The suitable degree of dampening depends on the
operating requirements the gauge must meet, such as pointer
response time, pressure extremes, vibration, and changes in
pressure. WIKA can recommend specific liquids to suit
problem applications.
Fill Fluid
Liquid Fill Fluid
Ambient Temperature Ratings (Table A)
Allowable Operating Range - Temperature range in which the
operation of the gauge is not adversely affected by the filling
liquid. At temperatures above the maximum rating, the fluid
may break down. At temperatures below the minimum rating,
the fluid may solidify (freeze).
!
NOTE: Some parts of the pressure gauge may not be able
to withstand temperatures above 140oF. Consult with the
factory for technical assistance for these applications.
Allowable Operating Range
Glycerine
-4°F to 140°F -20°C to 60°C
Dow 99.7% USP, Synthetic
1118 Centistokes at 68°F
Silicone
-40°F to 140°F -40°C to 60°C
Dow Corning 200 Fluid
1000 Centistokes at 77°F
Halocarbon®
-40°F to 140°F -40°C to 60°C
Halocarbon® Products
6.3 Centistokes at 100°F
Table A - Allowable Ambient Temperature Ratings
Liquid-Filled Gauge Case Venting
For pressure gauges with full scale ranges of 300 psi and below (including vacuum and compound
ranges of 30" Hg-0-200 psi and below), case venting (after the gauge is installed) is necessary to
preserve the accuracy. Temperature fluctuations during shipment and in the process application
cause the liquid filling to expand and contract which in turn increases or decreases case pressure.
As a result, accuracy can be decreased and the pointer may not return to zero properly until the
gauge is vented to the atmosphere.
To vent a WIKA gauge, move the valve to the open position which will release any pressure or vacuum
built up in the case. If the gauge is installed in an upright position, the lever can be left in the open
position. The lever allows the use of a gauge in a non-upright orientation.
6
Vent Plug
WIKA Type Numbers
The following is a guide to the WIKA model numbering system.
2 1 3
WETTED PARTS
(Parts in contact with the fluid)
0 =
1 =
2 =
3 =
4 =
Special design
Copper alloy (brass)
Steel
Stainless steel
Nickel - iron alloy (Ni-Span C®)
5 = Plastic (Refers to coating or lining,
not actual sensing element)
6 = Nickel - copper alloy (Monel®)
BASIC INSTRUMENT TYPE (Instrument Series)
1 =
2 =
3 =
4 =
5 =
6 =
7 =
8 =
9 =
Standard General Purpose Design
High Quality Industrial Design
Test & Precision Test Gauges
Sealgauge® Diaphragm Gauges
Absolute Pressure Gauges
Capsule Pressure Gauges (Low pressure)
Differential Pressure and Duplex Gauges
TRONIC Line
Diaphragm Seals
CASE FILLING
0 = Special type
1 = Standard type
2 = Increased water protection
(splash resistant) - dry case
3 = With liquid filled case or
ready-to-be filled
4 = Square or rectangular housing
4 0
DESIGN FEATURES
10 = Standard design (lower mount connection in "100 series")
11 = Compressed gas gauges or small
size stainless steel
12 = Standard design (center back mount connection in
"100 series")
13 = Liquid-filled ABS plastic case
15 = Special stainless steel gauge
20 = Heavy duty case, usually with bayonet
ring, separate lens and increased dust
and water spray protection
25 = Hinged ring design
30 = Solid-front, blow-out back case
(safety case).
34 = Fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic case
- "Process Gauge"
40 = Forged brass case.
41 = Special design for mining industry
50 = All stainless construction
52 = Gas density monitor or controller
53 = Stainless case, o-ring or welded
connection to socket, crimped ring bezel
54 = Stainless case, o-ring or welded
connection to socket, bayonet ring
SPECIAL FEATURES
Some products may have additional letters
in the type code. This typically indicates a
special feature or application
7
Ordering Guidelines
for Pressure Gauges
1) “Quick Order” 7- or 8-Digit Part Numbers:
Example: 9834850
Use the part number for the instrument you wish to order.
If you need additional options, or don’t see a part number referenced for the exact product you need, you may
use “DESCRIPTIVE TEXT” as indicated below (see #2). A 7-or 8-digit part number will be provided with your
Order Confirmation. The part number provided may then be used for re-ordering purposes.
2) Descriptive Text Part Number System:
Example: Standard Product Description Section
232.34
(Typel #)
4.5
(Dial Size)
100 psi
(Pressure Range)
Additional Options & Accessories
½”
LM
(Process Conn. & Location)
SG, PM
(Additional Options / Accessories)
The above example would indicate a 4 ½” process gauge, dry, 100 psi dial scale, ½” NPT connection,
lower mount connection with the following selected options: safety glass (SG) and panel mount (PM), as indicated.
•
•
•
•
Descriptive text can be used anytime you do not find an exact item with a listed part number. You may add as many codes at the end of the descriptive text as is required to configure the product.
CODES and installed prices are found on a selection chart for each Model Type.
Additional options may be located on the Accessory pages section in the back of the Catalog 700.
Please reference the WIKA Type Number (pg. 7) for additional Model/Type information. WIKA Model Types may already determine many configurations for wetted parts and
case fill.
Options and Accessories should always appear at the end of the Descriptive Text, separated
by commas. If you are not sure what to use for abbreviated code, then simply SPELL IT OUT.
NOTE: If you provide a part number and descriptive text, we will use the part number only.
If you are unclear, do not see the option(s) needed, or require ordering assistance, please contact a
WIKA Customer Care or Technical Quote Team Representative.
8
Commercial
Gauges
9
Commercial Gauges
Type 111.10
Black Plastic Case
Copper Alloy Wetted Parts
Cost Effective Design
WIKA Type 111.10 standard pressure gauges are designed for long and reliable service under rugged conditions.
Some typical applications are for pumps, hydraulic and pneumatic systems, compressors, as a contractor's gauge,
and for many other applications where the measured media does not corrode brass.
Standard Features
Nominal Case Size: 1½" (40 mm), 2" (50 mm), 2½" (63 mm), 4" (100 mm)

Case Material: Black plastic

Wetted Parts: Copper alloy

Window Type & Material: Crystal-clear plastic, snap-fit

Removable Window: Yes, snap-off

Dial Material: White plastic with stop pin (1½", 2", 2½");
white aluminum with stop pin (4")

Bezel Ring Type & Material: N/A (available on steel case models, see page xx)

Liquid Fillable Gauge/Allowable Fill Types: N/A

Case-to-Socket O-ring Material: N/A

“Other” Gaskets/O-ring Types & Materials: N/A

Pointer Material/Type: (1½", 2", 2½") Black ABS plastic or aluminum dependant on case; (4") aluminum

Accuracy Classification: + 3/2/3% of span, ASME B40.100 Grade B

Connection Locations: LM (lower mount)

Media Operating Temperature: Max. 140°F

Ambient Operating Temperature: -40 to 140°F
Available Options
“Dampened Movement” Option: Consult factory
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Front Flange: No
Rear Flange: No
Adjustable Pointer: Yes, 2" or 2½" only
Restrictor: Yes
Safety Glass Window: No
Instrument Glass Window (flat glass): No (see steel case page 14)
Drag Pointer (maximum reading indicator): No (see steel case page 14)
Cleaned for Use in Oxygen Service: Yes
Panel Mount Kit: No
Magnetic or Inductive Contact Switches: No
Receiver Gauge Scales: Yes
Alternate Case Materials: Black painted steel, 304 stainless steel
Special Connection: Limited wrench flat area
Type 111.10
Data Sheet 111.10
Size
1½"
Connection
LM
Conn. Size 1/8" NPT
Press. Scale¹
PSIPSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
9747214 9692571
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
30"-0-300 psi
30"-0-400 psi
10 psi
N/A
N/A
15 psi
9747222 9692589
30 psi
9747230 9691915
60 psi
9747249 9692597
100 psi
9747257 9692601
160 psi
9747265 9692619
200 psi
9747273 9692627
300 psi
400 psi
600 psi
800 psi
1,000 psi
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
5,000 psi
Accessories (installed)2 Restrictor,
R
brass
Note: for options not shown - consult your WIKA Distributor or contact factory.
¹"PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black,
KG/CM² inside in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30"Hg outside
in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
2
Applies to any quantity when added to standard stock
Additional accessories available see "Accessories" section in back of catalog
Items without part numbers are available - consult
factory.
Note: Stock items shown in bold, blue print.
Datasheet: 111.10
10
Type 111.10
Datasheet 111.10
Size
2"
Connection LM Conn. Size
1/8" NPT ¼" NPT
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI PSI/KPA
30" Hg
8990039 4252901 8990250
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
30"-0-300 psi
N/A
30"-0-400 psi
N/A
10 psi
N/A
N/A
N/A
15 psi
8990102 4252919 8990323
30 psi
8990110 4252927 8990331
60 psi
8990128 4252935 8990349
100 psi
8990136 4252943 8990357
160 psi
8990145 4252951 8990365
200 psi
8990153 4252960 8990374
300 psi
8990161 4252978 8990382
400 psi
4252986
600 psi
4252994
800 psi
1,000 psi
4253001
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
4253019
5,000 psi
Accessories (installed) Restrictor, brass
Type 111.10
Datasheet 111.10
Size 2½"
Connection LM Conn. Size ¼" NPT
PSI/KG/CM²
9692695
N/A
9692708
9692716
9692725
9692733
9692741
9692759
9692767
9692775
R
¹ "PSI/KPA" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KPA inside in red.
"PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside in red.
Note: Vacuum scale: 30"Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
Items without part numbers are available - consult factory.
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/KPA PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
4253027 8990471 9692903
30"-0-15psi
4253035 8990489 9692911
30"-0-30 psi
4253043 8990497 9692929
30"-0-60 psi
4253051 8990501 9692937
30"-0-100 psi 4253060 8990519 9692945
30"-0-160 psi 4253078 8990527 9692954
30"-0-200 psi 4253086 8990535 9692962
30"-0-300 psi 4260082 4260104
30"-0-400 psi 4260091
426011
10 psi
N/A
N/A
N/A
15 psi
4253108 8990552 9692988
30 psi
4253116 8990560 9692996
60 psi
4253124 8990578 9693004
100 psi
4253132 8990586 9693012
160 psi
4253141 8990595 9693020
200 psi
4253159 8990608 9693038
300 psi
4253167 8990616 9693046
400 psi
4253175 8990625 9693055
600 psi
4253183 8990633 9693063
800 psi
4253191 8990641 9693071
1,000 psi
4253205 8990659 9693089
1,500 psi
4253213 8990667 9693097
2,000 psi
4253221 8990675 9693101
3,000 psi
4253230 8990684 9693119
5,000 psi
4253248 8990692 9693127
Accessories (installed) Restrictor, brass
PSI/KPA
Polished
Brass Case
8735980
8735999
8736006
8736049
8736014
8736022
8736030
N/A
8736219
8736227
8736235
8736243
8736251
8736260
8736278
8736286
8736294
8736308
8738548
8736464
8736472
8736480
8736499
R
Note: Additional scales available; contact factory for more information.
11
Type
111.10
Datasheet
111.10
Size
4"
Connection
LM Conn. Size
1/4" NPT
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/KPA PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
4255900 9767991
9693437
30"-0-15 psi
4255918 9768009
30"-0-30 psi
4255926 9768017
9693445
30"-0-60 psi
4255934 9768025
30"-0-100 psi 4255942 9768033
30"-0-160 psi 4255951 9768041
30"-0-200 psi 4255969 9768050
30"-0-300 psi 50337424 30"-0-400 psi 4260091
10 psi
N/A
N/A
N/A
15 psi
4255977 9768068
9693454
30 psi
4255985 9768076
9693462
60 psi
4255993 9768084
9693470
100 psi
4256000 9768092
9693488
160 psi
4256018 9768106
9693496
200 psi
4256026 9768114
9693500
300 psi
4256034 9768122
9693518
400 psi
4256042 9768130
9693526
600 psi
4256051 9768149
9693535
800 psi
4256060
1,000 psi
4256078 9768416
9693543
1,500 psi
4256086
2,000 psi
4256094
3,000 psi
4256107
5,000 psi
4256115
Accessories (installed)2 Restrictor, brass
Type
111.10 Receiver Gauge Scales
Datasheet
111.10
Connection LM
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Size
2½"
4"
100% 8593094
8593221
10 sq. rt.
8593108
8593230
R
¹"PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside
in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30"Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
2
Note: Additional scales available; contact factory
for more information.
12
Commercial Gauges
Type 111.10SP
Fire Sprinkler Gauge
Polycarbonate Case
 UL & FM Approved
WIKA Type 111.10SP 4" gauges are specifically designed for fire sprinkler service. This gauge features a black
polycarbonate case, polycarbonate window, and brass wetted parts. They are UL and FM approved for fire sprinkler
service and have a standard accuracy of ± 3/2/3% of span.
Standard Features
Nominal Case Size: 4" (100 mm)
Case Material: Black polycarbonate
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy
Window Type & Material: Snap-in polycarbonate
Removable Window: Yes, snap-off
Dial Material: White aluminum with stop pin, black & red markings
Bezel Ring Type & Material: N/A
Liquid Fillable Gauge: No
Case-to-Socket O-ring Material: N/A
“Other” Gaskets/O-ring Types & Materials: N/A
Type
Datasheet
Size
Connection
Conn. Size
Press. Scale
300 psi "WATER"
80 psi retard to 250 psi "AIR"
111.10SP
111.10SP
4"
LM ¼" NPT
PSI
4233761
4233779
R
¹Applies to any quantity when added to standard stock gauges.
Pointer Material/Type: Black aluminum
Adjustable Pointer: N/A
Accuracy: + 3/2/3% of span ASME B40.100 Grade B
Connection Locations: LM (lower mount)
Media Operating Temperature: Max. 140°F
UL-393 Listed
Ambient Operating Temperature: -40 to 140°F
Available Options (Not all options are UL or FM approved)
“Dampened Movement” Option: No
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Front Flange: No
Rear Flange: No
Restrictor: Yes
Instrument Glass Window (flat glass): Yes
Drag Pointer (maximum reading indicator): No
Panel Mount Kit: No
Receiver Gauge Scales: No
Note:
Factory Mutual Approved
For options not shown - consult your WIKA Distributor or the factory.
Datasheet: 111.10SP
13
Commercial Gauges
Type 111.10 & 111.12
Black Painted Steel Case
Copper-Alloy Wetted Parts
Durable Design
WIKA Type 111.10 (lower mount) and 111.12 (center back mount) commercial gauges are available in a black
painted steel case. These gauges are perfect for applications demanding a metal case whether installed inside
equipment or as a standalone. The 111.10 and 111.12 are well-suited for pumps, compressors, regulators, valve
positioners, hydraulics, medical industry, filtration, and food & beverage industry.
Standard Features
Nominal Case Size: 1½" (41 mm), 2" (53 mm), 2½" (68 mm)
Case Material: Black-painted steel
Window Type & Material: Crystal-clear plastic, snap-fit
Dial Material: White aluminum
Bezel Ring Type & Material: No (optional)
Adjustable Pointer: N/A
Connection Locations: LM (lower lount), CBM (center back mount)
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: Yes (111.12)
Front Flange: Yes (111.12)
Rear Flange: No
Restrictor: Yes
Drag Pointer (maximum reading indicator): Yes, 2½" only
Panel Mount Kit: Yes (see front flange option)
Note: For options not shown - consult your WIKA Distributor or the Factory.
Datasheets: 111.10 & 111.12
14
Type
Datasheet
Size
1½" (40mm)
Connection
LM
CBM
Conn. Size
1/8" NPT 1/8" NPT
Press. Scale PSI
PSI
111.10/111.12
111.10 & 111.12
2 " (50mm)
LM LM
CBM
CBM
1/8" NPT ¼" NPT 1/8" NPT ¼" NPT
PSI
PSI
PSI
PSI
2½" (63mm)
LM CBM
¼" NPT ¼" NPT
PSI
PSI
30" Hg
4301889
4301838
4302141
4302192 4301927
4302001 4302397 4302290
15 psi
4301897
4301846
4302150
4302206 4301935
4302010 4302401 4302303
30 psi
9422277
4234090
4302168
4302214 4301943
4302028 4302443 4302311
60 psi
9484213
4301854
9835695
4302222 4301951
4302036 8991138 4302320
100 psi
9204792
4301862
9798331
4302231 4301960
4302044 8991146 4302338
160 psi
4301901
4233395
8991669
4302249 4301978
4302052 4302419 4302346
200 psi
4301919
4301871
4302176
4302257 4301986
4302061 8991162 4302354
4302184
4302265 4301994
4302079 4302427 4302362
300 psi
400 psi
4302273
4302087 4302435 4302371
600 psi
4302281
4302095 8991189 4302389
Accessories (installed) Applies to any quantity when added to standard stock gauges.
Restrictor,
R
brass
Friction ring,
FR ST
FR ST
FR ST
black steel
Friction ring,
FR SS
FR SS
FR SS polished SS
FF,
N/A
N/A
black steel
FF,
N/A
N/A
chrome steel
FR ST
FR SS
FF B
FF B
FF C
FF C
15
Commercial Gauges
Type 111.12

Black Plastic Case

Copper Alloy Wetted Parts

Center Back Mount
WIKA Type 111.12 gauges feature a black plastic case, snap-in plastic window, and a center back mount (CBM) rear
connection. With an industry recognized ASME 3/2/3% of span accuracy, WIKA Type 111.12 gauges are the industry
standard in the commercial gauge line. Available in a variety of sizes, mounting styles and optional configurations,
Type 111.12 gauges are suitable for many tough applications including regulators, medical, pneumatic controllers,
compressors, valve positioners, and pumps.
Standard Features
Nominal Case Size: 1½" (41 mm), 2" (53 mm),
2½" (68 mm), 3½" (94mm), 4" (100 mm)
Case Material: Black plastic
Window Type & Material: Crystal-clear plastic, snap-fit
(Crystal-clear plastic, threaded for 3½")
Removeable Window: Yes, snap-off
Dial Material: White plastic with stop pin (1½", 2");
white aluminum with stop pin (3½", 4"); aluminum or
plastic-case dependant (2½")
Bezel Ring Type & Material: See steel case on page 14
Pointer Material/Type: 1½", 2", 2½"- Black ABS; 3½",
4"- black aluminum
Adjustable Pointer: No
Connection Locations: CBM (center back mount)
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: No (see steel case on page 14)
Front Flange: Yes
Rear Flange: No
Restrictor: Yes
Instrument Glass Window (flat glass): No (see steel case on page 14)
Drag Pointer (maximum reading indicator): No (see steel case on page 14)
Panel Mount Kit: Yes (see front flange option)
Additional accessories available - see "Accessories" section in back of catalog
Datasheet: 111.12
16
Type
111.12
Datasheet
111.12
Size
1½"
Connection
CBM
Conn. Size 1/8" NPT
Press. Scale¹
PSIPSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
9690128 9692635
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi 30"-0-200 psi
30"-0-300 psi
30"-0-400 psi
10 psi
N/A
N/A
15 psi
9690209 9692644
30 psi
9690217 9691923
60 psi
9690225 9692652
100 psi
9690234 9692660
160 psi
9690242 9692678
200 psi
9690250 9692686
300 psi
400 psi
600 psi
800 psi
1,000 psi
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
5,000 psi
Type
111.12
Datasheet
111.12
Size
2"
Connection
CBM
Conn. Size
1/8" NPT ¼" NPT
Press. Scale ¹
PSI
PSI PSI/KPA
30" Hg
9690357 4253256 9690586
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
30"-0-300 psi
30"-0-400 psi
10 psi
N/A
N/A
N/A
15 psi
9690438 4253264 9690667
30 psi
9690446 4253272 9690675
60 psi
9690455 4253281 9690684
100 psi
9690463 4253290 9690692
160 psi
9690471 4253302 9690705
200 psi
9690489 4253311 9690714
300 psi
9690497 4253329 9690722
400 psi
4253337
600 psi
4253345
800 psi
1,000 psi
4253353
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
4253361
5,000 psi
PSI/KG/CM²
9692784
9692792
9692805
9692814
9692822
9692830
9692848
9692856
9692873
9692881
9692899
Accessories (installed)
R
¹"PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black,
KG/CM² inside in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30"Hg outside
in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
2
Items without part numbers are available -
Applies to any quantity when added to standard stock gauges.
FF, black steel2
FF B
FF, chrome steel2
FF C
Restrictor, brass
R
consult factory.
Type 111.12 Receiver Gauge Scales
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Size
2½"
3½"
4"
Connection
CBM
CBM/UC
CBM
100
8593086
9790238 8593213
10 sq. rt.
8593078
8593205
² Metal flange attached with screws to standard ABS case.
17
Type 111.12
Datasheet 111.12
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Connection
CBM
CBM/UC
CBM
Size 2½"
2½"
3½"
4" Black Steel
Press. Scale¹
PSI PSI/KPA PSI/KPA PSI/KG/CM²
PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
4253371 9691035 9311887 9693356
9790009
30"-0-15 psi
4253389 9691044
N/A
30"-0-30 psi
4253397 9691052
N/A
30"-0-60 psi
4253400 9691060
30"-0-100 psi 4253418 9691078
30"-0-160 psi 4253426 9691086
30"-0-200 psi 4253434 9691095
30"-0-300 psi
4260121
30"-0-400 psi
4260139
10 psi
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
15 psi
4253451 9691116
9790085
9693577
30 psi
4253460 9691125 9311895 9693365
9790093
9693585
60 psi
4253478 9691133 9311909 9693373
9790106
9693594
100 psi
4253486 9691141 9311925 9693381
9790115
9693607
160 psi
4253494 9691159 9311934 9693399
9790123
9693615
200 psi
4253507 9691167 9311942 9693403
9790131
9693624
300 psi
4253515 9691175 9311917 9693411
9790149
9693632
400 psi
4253523 9691184
9693640
600 psi
4253531 9691192 9311950 9693429
9790165
9693658
800 psi
4253541 9691205
N/A
9693666
1,000 psi
4253559 9691214
N/A
9693675
1,500 psi
4253567 9691222
N/A
2,000 psi
4253575 9691230
N/A
3,000 psi
4253583 9691248
N/A
5,000 psi
4253591 9691256
N/A
FF, black FF B
N/A
N/A
Steel2
FF, chrome
FF C
N/A
N/A
plated steel2
Restrictor,
R
brass
N/A
N/A
N/A
FF C
Notes:
- This table includes 111.12 U-clamp models as indicated.
- 2½" & 3½" u-clamp gauges feature a black-painted steel case. 2½" features a chrome-plated steel profile ring and glass window. 3½" features a twist-on polycarbonate window.
- Additional scales available:
contact factory for additional information
¹ "PSI/KPA" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KPA inside in red. "PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30"Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
² Metal flange attached with screws to standard ABS case.
18
Commercial Gauges
Type 111.11

Compressed Gas Gauges

 UL Listed
WIKA Type 111.11 gauges are designed for use with compressed gases, such as those used in the welding
industry. The low copper content of the Bourdon tube for pressure ranges 800 psi and below makes it safe for use
with acetylene. All Type 111.11 gauges are cleaned to ASME B40.100 Level IV. "USE NO OIL" is printed in red on
the face of each dial, making them safe for use with oxygen.
Standard Features

Nominal Case Size: 1½" (41 mm), 2" (53 mm),
2½" (68 mm)

Case Material: Polished brass or gold-painted steel


Window Type & Material: Twist-lock polycarbonate

Removable Window: Yes, twist-off

Dial Material: White aluminum

Bezel Ring Type & Material: N/A

Liquid Fillable Gauge: No



Pointer Material/Type: Black aluminum

Adjustable Pointer: No

Accuracy: + 3/2/3% of span ASME B40.100 Grade B

CBM (center back mount): available for 1½" & 2"


Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Front Flange: No
Rear Flange: No
Restrictor: Yes (standard for ranges 100 psi and up)
Instrument Glass Window (flat glass): No
Cleaned for Use in Oxygen Service: Yes (standard)
Panel Mount Kit: No
Type
111.11
Datasheet
111.11
Connection
LM
Press. Scale
PSI
Case Steel, Gold PaintedPolished Brass
Conn. Size
1/8" NPT
¼" NPT ¼" NPT
Size
1½"
2"
2½"
2" 2½"
15 psi
30 psi 8611009 8610851
30 psi Red Band 8079633 8985025 8985030 8611017 8610860
60 psi 8611025 8610878
100 psi
8079650 8985026 8985031 8611033 8610886
200 psi
8985027 8985032 8611041 8610894
400 psi
9735232 8985028 8985033 8611050 8610908
600 psi 8611076 8610924
1,000 psi 8611084 8610932
1,500 psi
2,000 psi 8611106 8610959
3,000 psi 8611122 8610967
4,000 psi
8079617 8985029 8985034 8611114 8610975
6,000 psi
N/A 4245751
R
¹"PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30"Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
2
UL-252A Listed
for ranges 30 psi to 1,000 psi
UL-404 Listed
for ranges 1,500 psi to 6,000 psi
Datasheet: 111.11
19
Commercial Gauges
Type 111.11RF
Refrigeration Gauges
Flutterless Movement
Blue or Red Case
WIKA Type 111.11RF gauges are designed as replacement gauges on refrigerant test manifolds. A special
movement design eliminates fluttering which makes the gauge easy to read. Refrigerant temperature scales
for R12, R22, and R502 are printed directly on the dial. A restrictor is standard on every gauge.
Standard Features

Nominal Case Size: 2½" (68 mm)

Case Material: Blue or red ABS



Removable Window: No







Adjustable Pointer: Yes, zero adjustment
screw on dial
Type
111.11RF
Datasheet
111.11RF
Size
2½" (68 mm)
Connection
LM
Conn. Size
1/8" NPT
Press. Scale
PSI & R12, R22, R502 PSI & R134A
30" Hg/0/120 psi
Retard to 350 psi 4239165
4258526
Blue ABS Case
500 psi red 4239173
4258534
ABS Case

Accuracy: + 1/2/5% of span



Available Options
“Dampened Movement” Option: No (special "flutterless" movement standard)
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Front Flange: No
Rear Flange: No
Restrictor: Yes, standard
Cleaned for Use in Oxygen Service: No
Panel Mount Kit: No
Also available in 213.53 red & blue ss case type with ext. 0 adjustment.
Call factory.
Datasheet: 111.11RF
20
Commercial Gauges
Type 111.16PM

U-clamp Panel Mounting for U.S. size

Black ABS Case

WIKA Type 111.16PM gauges are designed for u-clamp panel mounting. They feature a black ABS case and
low friction Swiss movement to insure a long, reliable service life. The 111.16PM design fits into U.S. size
panel cut-outs.
Standard Features

Nominal Case Size: 1½" (41 mm), 2" (53mm)

Case Material: Black ABS


Window Type & Material: Snap-in, acrylic

Removable Window : No

Dial Material: White ABS

Bezel Ring Type & Material: Stainless steel polished, crimped on




Pointer Material/Type: Black ABS

Adjustable Pointer: N/A

Accuracy: + 3/2/3% ASME B40.100 Grade B

Connection Locations: CBM/UC (center back mount with U-clamp)


Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: Standard, steel zinc plated
Front Flange: No
Rear Flange: No
Restrictor: Yes
Panel Mount Kit: Standard (see u-clamp bracket option)
Special Connection: Limited to wrench flat area
Type
111.16PM
Datasheet
111.16PM
Connection
CBM / UC
Conn. Size
1/8" NPT 1/8" NPT ¼" NPT
Size
1½" 2" 2"
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI
PSI/KPA
30" Hg
4231279 4231341 4231422
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi 30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi
4231287 4231350 4231431
30 psi
4231295 4231368 4231449
60 psi
4231309 4231376 4231457
100 psi
4231317 4231384 4231465
160 psi
4231325 4231392 4231473
200 psi
4231333 4231406 4231481
300 psi
4231414 4231490
400 psi
600 psi
800 psi
1,000 psi
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
5,000 psi
R
¹"PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM²
inside in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30"Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg
inside in red.
2
Datasheet: 111.16PM
21
Commercial Gauges
Type 111.11PM

Gauges for Standard U.S. Size
U-clamp Panel Mounting

Black ABS Case

WIKA Type 111.11PM gauges are designed for 2½" U-clamp panel mounting. They feature a black ABS
case and low friction Swiss movement to insure a long, reliable service life. The 111.11PM design fits
into 2½" U.S. size panel cut-outs. Refrigeration scale available (as shown) for HVAC applications.
Standard Features











Pointer Material/Type: Black brass

Adjustable Pointer: Yes, zero adjustment screw on dial


Connection Locations: CBM/UC (center back mount with U-clamp)


Ambient Operating Temperature: 140°F
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: Standard
Front Flange: No
Rear Flange: No
Restrictor: Yes
Panel Mount Kit: Standard (see U-clamp option)
Datasheet: 111.11PM
22
Type 111.11PM
Datasheet
111.11PM
Connection
CBM / UC
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Size
2½"
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
4260865
4260962
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
4260873
4260971
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi 4260881
4260989
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi
4260890
4260997
30 psi
4260902
4261003
60 psi
4260911
4261011
100 psi
4260920
4261020
160 psi
4260938
4261038
200 psi
4260946
4261046
300 psi
4260954
4261054
400 psi
600 psi
4261062
800 psi
1,000 psi
4261071
1,500 psi
4261089
2,000 psi
4261097
3,000 psi
4261101
5,000 psi
4261119
R
¹"PSI/KPA" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KPA
inside in red. "PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside
in black, KG/CM² inside in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30" Hg
outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
2
Items without part numbers are available consult factory.
Commercial Gauges
Type 111.25CT
Contractor's Gauge
Stainless Steel Case
±1.0% of Span
WIKA Type 111.25CT 4½" gauges are specifically designed for the HVAC market as a Contractor’s Gauge. This
gauge features a stainless steel case, brass wetted parts, and an adjustable pointer. Contractor's gauges are
designed for static applications and may not be well-suited to high vibration and pulsation applications.
Standard Features


Case Material: Stainless steel- matte finish


Window Type & Material: Snap-in, acrylic

Removable Window: Yes, snap-off






Pointer Material/Type: Black aluminum- adjustable

Adjustable Pointer: Yes

Accuracy: + 1% ASME B40.100 Grade 1A



Available Options
“Dampened Movement” Option: N/A
U-Clamp Bracket: N/A
Front Flange: N/A
Rear Flange: Yes
Restrictor: Yes
Safety Glass Window: N/A
Instrument Glass Window (flat glass): N/A
Drag Pointer (maximum reading indicator): N/A
Panel Mount Kit: N/A
Magnetic or Inductive Contact Switches: N/A
Receiver Gauge Scales: N/A
Datasheet: 111.25CT
Type 111.25CT
Datasheet 111.25CT
Size
4½"
Connection
LM
Conn. Size
¼
" NPT
Press. Scale ¹
PSI PSI/KPA
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi
4277687 4277849
30"-0-30 psi
4277695 4277857
30"-0-60 psi
4277709 4277865
30"-0-100 psi 4277717 4277873
30"-0-160 psi
4277725 4277881
30"-0-200 psi
4277733 4277890
30"-0-300 psi
4277741 4277903
15 psi
4277750 4277911
30 psi
4277768 4277920
60 psi
4277776 4277938
100 psi
4277784 4277946
160 psi
4277792 4277954
200 psi
4277806 4277962
300 psi
4277814 4277971
400 psi
4277822 4277989
600 psi
4277831 4277997
Accessories (installed)2
RF SS, satin finish
Restrictor, brass
RF
R
¹"PSI/KPA" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KPA inside
in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30" Hg outside in black; 760 mm
Hg inside in red.
2
23
Commercial Gauges
Type 113.13


Black ABS Case

Glycerine-Filled
The WIKA Type 113.13 gauge is the ideal choice for O.E.M. and general industrial applications requiring an
economical, liquid-filled pressure gauge. The glycerine fill liquid dampens the Bourdon tube and reduces wear
of the movement, extending gauge life. Typical applications of the Type 113.13 include air compressors, hydraulic
presses, pumps, marine engines, as well as other types of industrial hydraulic and pneumatic equipment.
Standard Features
Type
113.13
Datasheet
113.13
Press. Scale
PSI
Size
1½"
2½"
Conn. Size
1/8" NPT ¼" NPT
Connection
CBM
LM
CBM
30" Hg
9677909 9693289
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
9677925
30"-0-60 psi
9677933
30"-0-100 psi
9677941
30"-0-160 psi
9677950
30"-0-200 psi
9677968
15 psi
9677976 9693351
30 psi
9738240 9677984 9693360
60 psi
9738258 9677992 9693378
100 psi
9738266 9678000 9693386
160 psi
9738274 9678018 9693394
200 psi
9693726 9693408
300 psi
9693734 9693416
400 psi
9693742 9693424
600 psi
9693750 9693432
800 psi
1,000 psi
9693777 9693459
1,500 psi
9693785 9693467
2,000 psi
9693793 9693475
3,000 psi
9693807 9693483
5,000 psi
9693815 9693491

Nominal Case Size:1½" (41 mm), 2½" (68 mm)
2" (53 mm) available in both LM & CBM



Window Type & Material: Plastic- ultrasonically welded to case


Dial Material: White plastic


Liquid Fillable Gauge: Yes, standard

Case-to-Socket O-ring Material: EPDM

“Other” Gaskets/O-ring Types & Materials: No

Pointer Material/Type: Black ABS


Accuracy : + 3/2/3% ASME B40.100 Grade B

Connection Locations: LM (lower mount) &
CBM (center back mount)


Available Options
“Dampened Movement” Option: No (liquid fill standard)
U-Clamp Bracket: Yes, 2", 2½" only
Front Flange: Yes, 2½" only
Rear Flange: N/A
Restrictor: Yes
Instrument Glass Window (flat glass): N/A
Cleaned for Use in Oxygen Service: No
Panel Mount Kit: Yes (see U-clamp & front flange option)
Special Connections: Limited to wrench flat area
FF, black ABS N/A
plastic
UC, steel N/A
bracket Restrictor, brass
Datasheet: 113.13
24
1
N/A
N/A
FF
UC
R
Additional 100 Series
(111.10 & 111.12)
Options & Accessories
Code
Description
Size
UC
U-clamp 1
1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2"
SS CASE Stainless steel case
GLS
Glass window 1
SG
Safety glass window 1
2-1/2" only
DP
Red drag pointer 1
2-1/2" only
SETP
Red set pointer
TAP
10-32 internal tap
COVER Protective rubber cover
2-1/2" only
HIGH
Increased accuracy 2
+/- 2/1/2 %
Notes: 1) Includes black painted steel case. (See steel case version on page 14)
2) Percentage of full span.
25
26
Industrial &
Process Gauges
27
Industrial Gauges
Type 131.11
Stainless Steel Wetted Parts
Small Size for Limited Mounting Area
Type 131.11 gauges feature 316 stainless steel wetted parts, a 304 stainless steel case, and a snap-in, acrylic
window. When installation space is limited and stainless steel wetted parts are needed, WIKA Type 131.11 is
the best choice. The stainless steel construction also make these gauges ideal for harsh environments.
Standard Features
Type
131.11
Data Sheet
131.11
Press. Scale
PSI
Conn. Size
1/8" NPT
¼" NPT
Case Material: 304 stainless steel matte finish
Size
1
½"
2"
2"
2½"
Connection
LM
CBM
LM CBM
LM
CBM
LM
CBM
Wetted Parts: 316 stainless steel
30"
Hg
N/A
N/A
Window Type & Material: Snap-in, polycarbonate
30"-0-15 psi
89932418993259
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
89932678993275
30"-0-100 psi
89932848993292
Bezel Ring Type & Material: Yes (on request)
30"-0-160
psi
89933058993314
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi
N/A
N/A
50343301
“Other” Gaskets/O-ring Types & Materials: N/A 30 psi
9117946 9118128 9118063 9117970 9118039911790350330519
60 psi
9117938 9118101 9118071 9117989 9118020911789050079727
100
psi
9117920 9118098 9118055 9117962 91180129117881 50349163
160 psi
9117911 9118080 9118047 9117954 91179979117865 50196804 50343297
Accuracy: + 2.5% of span
200 psi
50343319
300 psi
50330489
& CBM (Ccenter back mount)
400 psi
600 psi
8993330
Ambient Operating Temperature: -40 to 140°F 800 psi
1,000 psi
50330446
Available Options
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
U-Clamp Bracket: Yes
3,000 psi
89933488993356 50365428
Front Flange: Yes
5,000 psi
Rear Flange: Yes
10,000 psi
Restrictor: Yes
Restrictor,
R
(in combination with bezel ring only)
316 SS
Nominal Case Size: 1½" (41 mm), 2" (53 mm)
2½" (63 mm)
Panel Mount Kit: No
Magnetic or Inductive Contact Switches: Yes, 2" size
Special Connections: Limited to wrench flat area
Note: For options not shown consult your WIKA Distributor or the Factory.
1
Datasheet: 131.11
28
Industrial Gauges
Type 1X1.15
Specialty Gas Gauges
Stainless Steel or Monel® Wetted Parts
Chrome-Plated Steel Case
Type 131.15 - Stainless Steel Wetted Parts
Type 161.15 - Monel Wetted Parts
WIKA Type 1X1.15 gauges are designed for specialty compressed gases requiring stainless steel or Monel®
wetted parts. These gauges feature a chrome-plated steel case, 316 stainless steel wetted parts, a
stainless steel movement and have "USE NO OIL" printed in red on each dial face.
Standard Features

Nominal Case Size: 2" (53 mm), 2½" (68 mm)
Type
131.15
Datasheet
1X1.15
Connection
LM
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Press. Scale
PSI
Size
2" 2½"
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
4293691 4293836
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
4293704 4293844
15 psi
30 psi
4293712 4293852
60 psi
100 psi
4293739 4293861
160 psi
200 psi
4293747 4293879
300 psi
400 psi
4293755 4293887
600 psi
800 psi
1,000 psi
4293771 4293909
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
4293780 4293917
4,000 psi
4293798 4293925
6,000 psi
4293810 4293933
10,000 psi
4293828 4293941

Case Material: Chrome-plated steel

Wetted Parts: 316 stainless steel (Monel® - Type 161.15)













Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Front Flange: No
Rear Flange: No
Restrictor: Yes
Cleaned for Use in Oxygen Service: Yes, Standard
Panel Mount Kit: No
Magnetic or Inductive Contact Switches: Yes
(Model 830.IE, 2" only), consult factory
1
R
Items without part numbers are available -
consult factory.
Datasheet: 1X1.15
29
Industrial Gauges
Type 13X.53
Stainless Steel Case & Ring
Economical Design
Type 132.53 - Dry case
Type 133.53 - Liquid filled case
Type 13X.53 stainless steel gauges provide resistance to corrosive media and environments. They feature
316 stainless steel wetted parts, series 300 stainless steel case and movement, and a welded case-to-socket
connection. Type 132.53 gauges are field liquid fillable or available filled from the factory. This gauge is
designed for static applications and may not be well-suited to high vibration and pulsation applications.
Standard Features

Nominal Case Size: 4" (100 mm)

Case Material: 304 stainless steel

Wetted Parts: 316 stainless steel

Window Type & Material: Polycarbonate



Bezel Ring Type & Material: Crimp-on ss

Liquid Fillable Gauge: Yes

Case-to-Socket O-ring Material: No, Welded

“Other” Gaskets/O-ring Types & Materials: Window- BUNA N






Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Front Flange: No
Rear Flange: Yes
Restrictor: Yes
Panel Mount Kit: No
Type 13X.53
Datasheet 13X.53
Size
4"
Press. Scale
PSI
Connection
LM
Conn. Size
¼" NPT ½" NPT
30 psi
42853294285477
60 psi
42853374285485
100 psi
42853454285493
160 psi
42853534285507
200 psi
42853614285515
300 psi
42853704285523
400 psi
42853884285531
600 psi
42853964285540
800 psi
1,000 psi
42854004285558
1,500 psi
42854184285566
2,000 psi
42854264285574
3,000 psi
42854344285582
5,000 psi
42854424285591
10,000 psi
42854514285604
15,000 psi
42854694285612
RF, RF
SS
Restrictor, R
316 ss
Glycerine filling
133.53
Type 133.53
1
Datasheet: 13X.53
30
Industrial Gauges
Type 2X1.11
Black Painted Steel Case
Large 10" Dial Size
Type 211.11 - Brass Wetted Parts
Type 231.11 - Stainless Steel Wetted Parts
Type 2X1.11 10" pressure gauges are ideal for boiler room service or other applications where its large dial size
makes it easier to read from a distance. These gauges feature a black-painted steel case and a ±1.0% accuracy.
Standard Features


Case Material: Black-painted steel

Wetted Parts: Copper alloy (211.11), stainless steel (231.11)

Window Type & Material: Flat instrument glass

Removable Window: Yes


Bezel Ring Type & Material: Black-painted steel friction fit ring

Pointer Material/Type: Black aluminum- adjustable
Adjustable Pointer: Yes, under window
Accuracy: + 1% ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
Connection Locations: LM (lower mount) & LBM (lower back mount)
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: N/A
Front Flange: Yes (LBM only)
Rear Flange: Yes (LM & LBM)
Restrictor: Yes
Instrument Glass Window (flat glass): Standard
Cleaned for Use in Oxygen Service: Consult factory
Panel Mount Kit: N/A
Type
211.11
Datasheet
2X1.11
Conn. Size ½" NPT
Press. Scale PSI/BAR¹
Size
10"
Connection
LM LBM
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi 30 psi
4273193 4273339
60 psi
100 psi
4273214
160 psi
200 psi
4273231
300 psi
4273240 4273380
400 psi
4273258 4273398
600 psi
4273266 4273401
800 psi
4273274 4273410
1,000 psi
4273282 4273428
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
4273303 4273444
3,000 psi
50081799
5,000 psi
4273321 4273461
10,000 psi
15,000 psi
FF, steel black
RF, steel
RF
black
Restrictor, R
brass
FF
RF
1
Datasheet: 2X1.11
31
Industrial Gauges
Type 212.20
Large Dial Size
Designed for severe industrial service, WIKA Type 212.20 gauges provide proven service life of an industrial
gauge. The large dial size makes it ideal for applications requiring reading from a distance.
Standard Features


Case Material: 304 stainless steel


Window Type & Material: Flat instrument glass

Removable Window: Yes, bayonet ring twist-off


Bezel Ring Type & Material: SS bayonet ring

Liquid Fillable Gauge: No (use Model 233.50)


“Other” Gaskets/O-ring Types & Materials:
Window ring, BUNA-N



Accuracy: + 1% ASME B40.100 Grade 1A

Connection Locations: LM (lower mount) &
LBM (lower back mount)
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: Yes (on special request)
Front Flange: Yes
Rear Flange: Yes
Restrictor: Yes
Safety Glass Window: Yes
Adjustable Pointer: Yes
Drag Pointer (maximum reading indicator): Yes
Cleaned for Use in Oxygen Service: Consult factory
Panel Mount Kit: Yes (see front flange or U-clamp option)
Magnetic or Inductive Contact Switches: Yes (on special request)
Datasheet: 212.20
Type
212.20
Datasheet
212.20
Conn. Size
½" NPT
Size
6"
Connection
LM
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
4287836
4288018
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
4287844
4288026
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi
4287852
4288034
30 psi
4287861
4288042
60 psi
4287879
4288051
100 psi
4287887
4288069
160 psi
4287895
4288077
200 psi
4287909
4288085
300 psi
4287917
4288093
400 psi
4287925
600 psi
4287933
4288107
800 psi
1,000 psi
4287941
4288115
1,500 psi
4287950
4288123
2,000 psi
4287968
4288131
3,000 psi
4287976
4288140
5,000 psi
4287984
4288158
10,000 psi
4287992
4288166
15,000 psi
4288000
4288182
4288191
4288204
4288212
4288221
4288239
4288247
4288255
4288263
4288271
FF, FF
stainless steel
RF, RF
stainless steel
Restrictor, R
brass
¹"PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside in
red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30"Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
2
32
LBM
PSI
4288174
Industrial Gauges
Type 213.40
Hydraulic Gauge
One-Piece Case / Socket Design
Forged Brass Case
Type 213.40 gauges offer superior service in applications with severe vibration and/or pulsation. The glycerine
filling helps dampen the effects of vibration and pulsation and lubricates the movement to extend gauge life. This
gauge also features an integral Bourdon tube which is soldered or brazed directly into the one-piece case/socket.
Standard Features
Case Material: Forged brass; gold painted
Window Type & Material: Acrylic
Removable Window: No
Bezel Ring Type & Material: Gold-plated ABS cover ring (2½")
Chrome-plated brass cover ring (4")
Liquid Fillable Gauge: Yes, standard
Case-to-Socket O-ring Material: No, forged
“Other” Gaskets/O-ring Types & Materials:
Window gasket, BUNA-N
Accuracy: ± 2/1/2% of span ASME B40.100 Grade A
(2½"); +1.0% of span ASME B40.100 Grade1A (4")
Connection locations: LM (lower mount)
& CBM (center back mount) LBM (lower back mount)
Media Operating Temperature: Max. 140°F soldered
(212°F brazed, only on 4" 1500 psi & above)
Available Options
“Dampened Movement” Option: No (liquid fill standard)
U-Clamp Bracket: Yes (back mount only)
Front Flange: Yes
Rear Flange: Yes
Restrictor: Yes
Pressure compensating window: Yes
Cleaned for Use in Oxygen Service: Only with inert case fill fluid
Ambient Operating Temperature: -4°F to140°F
glycerine; -40°F to 140°F silicone
Datasheet: 213.40
33
Type
213.40
Datasheet
213.40
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Size
2½"
Connection
LM CBM
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/KPA1 PSI/BAR² PSI
PSI/KPA1 PSI/BAR²
30" Hg
9318003 9456198 9734109 9318070 9455930 9734312
30"-0-15 psi
9318011 9613862
9318089 9325662
30"-0-30 psi
9318020 9456163
9318097 9325689
30"-0-60 psi
9318038 9456201
9318100 9325816
30"-0-100 psi 9318046 9679928
9318119 9149872
30"-0-160 psi 9318054 9679936
9318127 9325972
30"-0-200 psi 9318062 9442863
9318135 9326251
15 psi
9310673 9456155 9734117 9318143 9455949 9734215
30 psi
9310681 9456171 9734125 9318151 9455957 9734223
60 psi
9310690 9456210 9734134 9318160 9455965 9734231
100 psi
9310703 9456228 9734142 9318178 9456120 9746072
160 psi
9310711 9456180 8986216 9318186 9455981 9734257
200 psi
9310720 9456236
9318194 9442979
300 psi
9310738 9442871 9798870 9318208 9442987 9734265
400 psi
9310746 9611452
9318216 9455990
600 psi
9310754 9456244 8985815 9318224 9456007 8985774
800 psi
9310762 9690115
9318232 9128832
1,000 psi
9310770 9456252 9798404 9318240 9456015 9746048
1,500 psi
9310789 9456260 9734193 9318259 9207511 8985829
2,000 psi
9310797 9455906
9318267 9456023
3,000 psi
9310800 9455914 8985566 9318275 9435220 8985831
5,000 psi
9310819 9456279
9318283 9442995
7,500 psi
9325107 9455922
9318291 9128840
10,000 psi
9790454
15,000 psi
FF, polished FF P
brass
FF, chrome
FF C
plated steel
FF, polished
FF S
SS
UC, polished N/A
UC S
SS3
RF, polished
RF P
brass
Restrictor, R
brass
¹"PSI/KPA" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KPA inside in red.
² "PSI/BAR" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, BAR inside in red.
3
Polished SS profile ring with zinc-plated steel UC bracket.
34
Type 213.40
Datasheet 213.40
Press. Scale PSI
2½"
Size
4" 7/16"-20 SAE
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
½" NPT
LM
CBM
Connection
LM
LBM
LM
LBM
30" Hg
9314555 9314296
30"-0-15 psi
9314563 9314300
30"-0-30 psi
9314571 9314318
30"-0-60 psi
9314580 9314326
30"-0-100 psi 9314598 9314334
30"-0-160 psi 9314601 9314342
30"-0-200 psi 9314610 9314350
30"-0-300 psi 4260201
30"-0-400 psi 4260210
15 psi
9314644 9314385 9314121
30 psi
9314652 9314393 9314130
60 psi
9314660 9314407 9314148
9794980
100 psi
9314679 9314415 9314156
9795324
160 psi
9314687 9314423 9314164
9795006
200 psi
9314695 9314431 9314172
300 psi
9314709 9314440 9314180
400 psi
9314717 9314458 9314199
9795251
600 psi
9314725 9314466 9314202
800 psi
9314733 9314474 9314210
9795057
1,000 psi
9314741 9314482 9314229 9649751
1,500 psi
9314750 9314490 9314237 9324143
9795065
2,000 psi
9314768 9314504 9314245 9325026
9795073
9795294
3,000 psi
9314776 9314512 9314253 9480609
9795081
5,000 psi
9314784 9314520 9314261 9413448
N/A
N/A
7,500 psi
N/A N/A
10,000 psi
9314792 9314539 9314270 9413960
N/A
N/A
15,000 psi
2½" Accessories
4"Accessories
FF, FF, chrome
FF P
FF C
polished brass
plated brass
FF, chrome
UC, steel FF C
N/A
UC C N/A
UC C
plated steel
chrome plated1
Restrictor, RF, chrome
RFC
R
brass
plated brass
Restrictor, brass2
1
2
R
R
R
Chrome-plated steel profile ring with zinc-plated steel UC bracket.
LM = Press-in Restrictor
LBM = Threaded Restrictor
R
Panel Mount Kits for 2½" 213.40 Gauges
Description Panel mount kit (installed) - includes:
FF- chrome plated UC - zinc plated
Panel mount kit (installed) - includes:
FF- SS
UC - zinc plated
UC/FF
UC/FF
35
Industrial Gauges
Type 21X.40PM
Paper Machine Gauge
Field Liquid Fillable
Front Flange for Panel Mounting
Type 212.40PM- Dry case
Type 213.40PM - Liquid filled case
WIKA Type 21X.40PM gauges are designed to fit existing paper machine panels. Each gauge is hermetically
sealed to prevent moisture from entering during washdown. The hermetic seal makes this gauge liquid fillable for
high vibration or pulsation applications. The generously oversized polished stainless steel front flange allows for
easy retrofit installation.
Standard Features

Nominal Case Size: 3½" (80mm)

Case Material: Forged brass


Window Type & Material: Acrylic



Bezel Ring Type & Material: No, forged

Liquid Fillable Gauge/Allowable Fill: Standard, dry,
can be liquid-filled (213.40PM)
“Other” Gaskets/O-ring Types & Materials: Window gasket, BUNA-N
Accuracy: +2/1/2% of span ASME B40.100 Grade A
Connection Locations: LBM/FF (lower back mount with front flange)
Media Operating Temperature: Max. 140°F <1000 psi, 212°F >1500 psi
Ambient Operating Temperature: -40°F to 140°F dry
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Front Flange: Yes (standard)
Rear Flange: No
Restrictor: Yes
Cleaned for Use in Oxygen Service: Yes (dry only on special request)
Panel Mount Kit: Yes (see front flange options)
Datasheet: 21X.40PM
36
Type
Datasheet Size
Connection
Conn. Size
Pressure Scale
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
10 psi
15 psi
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
160 psi
200 psi
300 psi
400 psi
600 psi
800 psi
1,000 psi
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
5,000 psi
212.40PM
Dry, liquid fillable
21X.40PM
3½"
LBM/FF
¼" NPT
PSI
9838932
8998804
8998812
8998820
9838940
8998838
8998846
8998855
8998863
8998871
Glycerine filling
213.40
Type 213.40
Restrictor, R
brass
1
Applies to any quantity when added to standard stock gauges
Items without part numbers are available
- consult factory.
Industrial Gauges
Type 21X.53
WIKA Type 21X.53 gauges feature a stainless steel case for protection in harsh environments. The o-ring seal
around the connection makes this gauge field liquid fillable. When filled, the 213.53 is excellent for high vibration
and pulsation applications.
Standard Features
Nominal Case Size: 2" (53 mm), 2½" (68 mm), 4"(100 mm)
Case Material: 304 stainless steel
Window Type & Material: Polycarbonate
Dial Material: White ABS (2" & 2½") and white aluminum (4")
Bezel Ring Type & Material: Crimp on SS
Liquid Fillable Gauge: Yes
Case-to-Socket O-ring Material: EPDM- factory glycerine filled; Viton- dry or factory silicone filled
Accuracy: +2/1/2% of span ASME B40.100 Grade A (2", 2½") ; +1% of span ASME B40.100 Grade 1A (4")
Connection Locations: LM (lower mount), CBM (center back mount), LBM (lower back mount)
Ambient Operating Temperature: -40°F to 140°F dry; -4°F to 140°F glycerine filled; -40°F to 140°F silicone filled
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: Yes (CBM and LBM)
Front Flange: Yes (CBM and LBM)
Rear Flange: Yes (LM, LBM and CBM)
Restrictor: Yes
Safety Glass Window: No (see Model 21X.54)
Drag Pointer (maximum reading indicator): Yes (2½" & 4") (drag pointer reduces standard accuracy)
Cleaned for Use in Oxygen Service: Yes (dry only)
Panel Mount Kit: Yes (see front flange and u-clamp option)
Datasheet: 21X.53
37
Type
212.53 (Dry)
Datasheet
21X.53
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Connection LM Size
2"
2½"
2"
Press. Scale¹
PSI/BAR
PSI
PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM2 PSI/BAR PSI
CBM
2½"
PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM2
4270755 4271017 4271271
4270763
4270771 4271033 4271298
4270780 4271041 4271301
4270798
4270801
4270810
4270828 4271084 4271343
4270836 4271092 4271351
4270844 4271106 4271361
4270852 4271114 4271379
4270861 4271122 4271387
4270879 4271131 4271395
4270887 4271149 4271408
4270895 4271157 4271416
4270909 4271165 4271424
30" Hg
4311833 4269978 4270231
4270496 4312074
30"-0-15 psi
4311841 4269986
30"-0-30 psi
4269994 4270258
4270517
4270525
30"-0-60 psi
4311868 4270002 4270266
30"-0-100 psi
4270011
30"-0-160 psi
4270029
30"-0-200 psi
4270037
4270569
15 psi 4311906 4270045 4270304
4315014
4270577
30 psi
4311914 4270053 4270312
4315022
4270585
60 psi
4311922 4270061 4270321
4315031
4270593
100 psi
4311931 4270070 4270339
4315049
4270606
160 psi
4311949 4270088 4270347
4315057
4270614
200 Psi
4311957 4270096 4270355
4315065
4270622
300 psi
4311965 4270100 4270363
4315073
4270631
400 psi
4311973 4270118 4270371
4270640
600 psi
4311981 4270126 4270381
4315090
800 psi
4270666
1,000 psi
4312007 4270142
4315111 4270925
4270674
1,500 psi
4312015 4270151
4315120 4270933
4270682
2,000 psi
4312023 4270169
4315138 4270941
4270691
3,000 psi
4312031 4270177
4315146 4270950
4270703
5,000 psi
4312040 4270185
4315154 4270968
4271181 4271441
4271191 4271450
4271203 4271468
4271211 4271476
4271220 4271484
4271238
4315162
4271246
4270739
4270215 4270470
4315171 4270992 4271254 4271513
6,000 psi
7,500 psi
4312058
10,000 psi
4312066
15,000 psi
N/A
FF, N/A
FF
SS
UC, N/A
UC Z
(steel bracket)
UC, N/A
N/A
(SS bracket)
RF,
N/A
RF
RF
RF
N/A
SS
Restrictor, R
R
R
R
R
brass
Glycerine fill
213.53
N/A*
N/A*
N/A*
213.53
(Type 213.53)
FF
FF
FF
UC Z
UC Z
UC Z
UC S
UC S
UC S
RF
RF
RF
R
R
R
N/A*
N/A*
N/A*
*Refer to Type 213.53 (liquid filled) on pp 40, 41.
38
Type
212.53 (Dry)
Size
4"
Connection
LM
LBM
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
½" NPT
¼" NPT
½" NPT
Press. Scale¹
PSI PSI/KG/CM²
PSI
PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM² PSI/BAR
30" Hg
4271531 4271786
4272286
4272537
4272782
30"-0-15 psi
4271549 4271794
30"-0-30 psi
4271557 4271808
30"-0-60 psi
4271565 4271816
30"-0-100 psi 4271573 4271824
30"-0-160 psi 4271581 4271832
30"-0-200 psi 4271590 4271841
15 psi 4271602 4271859
4272359
4272600
4272855
30 psi
4271611 4271867
4272367
4272618
4272863
60 psi
4271620 4271875
4272375
4272626
4272871
100 psi
4271638 4271883
4272383
4272634
4272880
160 psi
4271646 4271891
4272391
4272642
4272898
200 psi
4271654 4271905
4272651
300 psi
4271662 4271913
4272412
4272669 4272910
400 psi
4271671 4271921
4272677 600 psi
4271689 4271930
4272430
4272685
4272936
800 psi
1,000 psi
4271701 4271956 4272200 4272456
4272707
4272952
1,500 psi
4271719 4271964 4272218 4272464
4272715
4272961
2,000 psi
4271727 4271972 4272226 4272472
4272723
4272979
3,000 psi
4271735 4271981 4272234 4272481
4272731
4272987
5,000 psi
4271743 4271999 4272242 4272499
4272740
4272995
10,000 psi
4271760 4272013 4272260
4272766
15,000 psi
4271778 4272021
FF, N/A
FF
SS
UC, N/A
UC Z
(steel bracket)
UC, N/A
UC S
(SS bracket)
RF,
RF
SS
Restrictor, R
brass
39
Type
Datasheet
Size
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Connection
LM
213.53 (Liquid Filled)
21X.53
2½"
7/16"-20 SAE ¼" NPT
LM
CBM
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM² PSI/BAR PSI
PSI/BAR
30" Hg
9767002 9691957 9693683
9767185 9692139
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
9767010 9691965 9693691
30"-0-60 psi
9767029 9691974 9693705
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi 9767037 9691982 9693713
30 psi
9767045 9691990 9693721
9767193
9692147
60 psi
9767053 9692007 9693739
9767202
9692155
100 psi
9767061 9692015 9693747 9795664 9767215
9692164
160 psi
9767070 9692024 9693755 9795672 9767223
9692172
200 psi
9767088 9692032 9693764 9795680 9767231
9692180
300 psi
9767096 9692040 9693772
9767240
9692198
400 psi
9767100 9692058 9693780
600 psi
9767118 9692066 9693798
9768947
9692202
800 psi
1,000 psi
9767126 9692075 9693802
9767258
9692210
1,500 psi
9767134 9692083 9693810
9768165
9692228
2,000 psi
9767142 9692091 9693828 9795698 9768939
9692236
3,000 psi
9767150 9692105 9693836 9795702 9767266
9692245
5,000 psi
9767169 9692113 9693845 9795710 9767274
9692253
6,000 psi
9748207 9795728
10,000 psi
9767177 9692121 9693853
N/A
9767282
9692261
15,000 psi N/A
PSI/KG/CM²
9693861
9697220
9693879
9693887
9693895
9693909
9693917
9693925
9693934
9693942
9693950
9693968
9693976
9693985
9693993
Accessories (installed) Applies to any quantity when added to standard stock gauges
FF,
N/A
FF S
SS
UC, N/A
UC Z
(steel bracket)
UC, N/A
UC S
(SS bracket)
RF, RF
RF
RF
SS
Restrictor,
R
R
R
brass
¹"PSI/BAR" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, BAR inside in red. "PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in
black, KG/CM² inside in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30" Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
40
Type
Datasheet
21X. 53
Size
4"
Connection
LM
LBM
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
½" NPT
¼" NPT
½" NPT Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
PSI
PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM² PSI/BAR
30" Hg
9699028 9694000
9734427 9694239 9734533
30"-0-15 psi
9699036 9694018
30"-0-30 psi
9699045 9694026
30"-0-60 psi
9699053 9694035
30"-0-100 psi
9699061 9694043
30"-0-160 psi
9699079 9694051
30"-0-200 psi
9699087 9694069
15 psi 9699095 9694077
9734320
9734435
30 psi
9699109 9694085
9734338 9694247 9734444
60 psi
9699117 9694094
9734346 9694255 9734452
100 psi
9699125 9694107
9734355 9694264 9734460
160 psi
9699257 9694115
9734363 9694272 9734478
200 psi
9699134 9694124
9694280
300 psi
9699142 9694132
9734371 9694298 9734486
400 psi
9699150 9694140
9697743
600 psi
9699168 9694158
9734389 9694302 9734495
800 psi
9699176
1,000 psi
9699185 9694166 4228732 9734397 9694310 9734508
1,500 psi
9699193 9694175 9766885 9734401 9694328 9734516
2,000 psi
9699206 9694183 9766876 4201591 9694336
3,000 psi
9699215 9694191 9766893 9734419 9694345 9734525
5,000 psi
9699223 9694205 9766906 4201604 9694353
6,000 psi
10,000 psi
9699231 9694213 9766915
9694361
15,000 psi
9699249 9694221
FF, N/A
SS
UC, N/A
(steel bracket)
UC
N/A
(SS bracket)
RF, RF
SS
Restrictor, R
brass
FF
UC Z
UC S
¹ "PSI/BAR" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, BAR inside in red. "PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI
outside in black, KG/CM² inside in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30" Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
41
Industrial Gauges
Type 23X.53
All Stainless Steel Construction
Welded Case-to-Socket Connection
The rugged construction of WIKA Type 23X.53 stainless steel gauges provides resistance to the most corrosive
media and environments. These gauges feature 316 stainless steel wetted parts and 304 stainless steel case and
crimped ring, and can be liquid filled in the field.
Standard Features
Nominal Case Size: 2" (53 mm) 2½" (68 mm), 4" (100 mm)
Wetted Parts: 316 SS
Window Type & Material: Polycarbonate
Bezel Ring Type & Material: Crimp on SS polished
Case-to-Socket O-ring Material: No, welded
Accuracy: ± 2/1/2% of span ASME B40.100 Grade A
(2" & 2½"); +1.0% of span ASME B40.100 Grade1A (4")
Connection locations: LM (lower mount),
CBM (center back mount)
& LBM (lower back mount) (4" only)
Media Operating Temperature: 212°F
Ambient Operating Temperature: -40°F to 140°F dry;
-4°F to 140°F glycerine case fill; -40°F to 140°F silicone
case fill
Available Options
“Dampened Movement” Option: Yes,
(N/A on 2½" CBM or 2" LM/CBM) & LBM
U-Clamp Bracket: Yes (CBM and LBM)
Front Flange: Yes (CBM & LBM)
Rear Flange: Yes (LM, CBM & LBM)
Restrictor: Yes
Safety Glass Window: No (see Model 23X.54)
Datasheet: 23X.53
42
Type
232.53 (Dry)
Datasheet
23X.53
Size
2"
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Connection
LM
CBM
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/BAR
PSI
PSI/BAR
30" Hg
50533614
50533797
30"-0-15 psi
50533622
50533801
30"-0-30 psi
50533631
50533819
30"-0-60 psi
50533649
50533827
30"-0-100 psi
50533657
50533835
30"-0-160 psi
50533665
50533843
30"-0-200 psi
50533673
50533851
15 psi
50533690
50533860
30 psi
4222680
50533878
60 psi
4282907
4214318
100 psi
4222698
4282915
160 psi
50466721
50466747
200 psi
4282923
50533886
300 psi
50533711
50533894
400 psi
50533720
50533908
600 psi
4222702
50533916
800 psi
50533738
50533924
1,000 psi
4222710
50533932
1,500 psi
50533746
50533941
2,000 psi 50533754
50533959
3,000 psi 50466739
50466755
5,000 psi
50533762
50533967
10,000 psi
50533771
50533975
15,000 psi
50533789
50533983
Accessories (installed) Applies to any qty. when added to std. stock gauges.
FF, N/A
FF
SS
UC, (zinc plated
N/A UC Z
steel bracket)
UC
N/A
UC S
(SS bracket)
Restrictor, R
316 SS
Glycerine filling
233.53
Type 233.53
Type
232.53 (Dry)
Datasheet
23X.53
Size
2½"
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Connection
LM
CBM
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI
PSI/BAR PSI/KPA PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
9768777 9768394
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
9768769 9768386
30"-0-60 psi
9768750 9768378
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
9768742 9768360
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi
9768734 9768351
30 psi
9768726 9768343
60 psi
9768718 9768335 8992848 8993089 8992962
100 psi
9768700 9768327 8992856 8993097 8992970
160 psi
9768696 9768319 8992865 8993101 8992988
200 psi
9768688 9768300 8992873 8993119 8992996
300 psi
9768670 9768297 8992881 8993127 8993004
400 psi
9768661 9768289
600 psi
9768653 9768270 9779685 9779693
800 psi
1,000 psi
9768645 9768262 8992899 8993135 8993012
1,500 psi
9768637 9768254 8992903 8993144 8993020
2,000 psi
9768629 9768246 8992911 8993152 8993038
3,000 psi
9768610 9768238 8992929 8993160 8993046
5,000 psi
9768602 9768220 8992937 8993178 8993055
6,000 psi
8993208 8992945 8993186 8993063
10,000 psi
9768599 9768211 8992954 8993195 8993071
15,000 psi
9779715 9776715 9779723 9779731
FF, N/A
FF
SS
UC, N/A
UC Z
(steel bracket)
UC
N/A
UC S
(SS bracket)
RF, RF
SS
Restrictor, R
316 SS
Glycerine filling
233.53
Type 233.53
¹"PSI/BAR" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, BAR inside in red; "PSI/KPA" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KPA inside in red; "PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black,
KG/CM² inside in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30" Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
2
Applies to any qty when added to std stock gauges.
43
Type
232.53 (Dry)
Datasheet
23X.53
Size
4"
Press. Scale
PSI Conn. Size
¼" NPT
½" NPT
Connection
LM
LM LBM
30" Hg
9767576 9768459 9737057
30"-0-15 psi
9737910 9768467 9737065
30"-0-30 psi
9767398 9768475 9737073
30"-0-60 psi
9767401 9768483 9737081
30"-0-100 psi 9737898 9737880 9737090
30"-0-160 psi 9767410 9768491 9737103
30"-0-200 psi 9737901 9768505 9737111
30"-0-300 psi 4260147
30"-0-400 psi 4260155
15 psi
9767428 9768513 9737120
30 psi
9767436 9768521 9737138
60 psi
9767444 9768530 9737146
100 psi
9767452 9768548 9737154
160 psi
9767460 9768556 9737162
200 psi
9767479 9768564 9737170
300 psi
9767487 9768572 9737189
400 psi
9767495 9768580 9737197
600 psi
9767509 9768963 9737200
800 psi
9737219
1,000 psi
9767517 9768858 9737227
1,500 psi
9768866 9737235
2,000 psi
9768807 9737243
3,000 psi
9768874 9737251
5,000 psi
9768823 9737260
10,000 psi
9768831 9737278
15,000 psi
9768840 9737286
Accessories (installed) 2
FF,
N/A
FF
SS
4½" Panel N/A
PM ADAPT
Mount Adapter
UC,
N/A
UC Z
(steel bracket)
UC,
N/A
UC S
(SS bracket)
RF, RF
SS
Restrictor,
R
316 SS
Glycerine filling
233.53
Type 233.53
Type
233.53 (Glycerine Filled)
Datasheet
23X.53
Press. Scale PSI Conn. Size
¼" NPT ½" NPT
Connection
LM
LM
LBM
Size
2½"
4"
4"
4" 9833646 9833124 9833328 9831504
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi
9831775 9833336 9831512
9833638 9832993 9833345 9831520
30"-0-30 psi
9833620 9833000 9833353 9831538
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi 9831759 9831741 9831546
30"-0-160 psi 9833612 9833018 9833361 9831555
30"-0-200 psi 9831767 9833379 9831563
30"-0-300 psi
30"-0-400 psi
15 psi
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
160 psi
200 psi
300 psi
400 psi
600 psi
800 psi
1,000 psi
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
5,000 psi
10,000 psi
15,000 psi
N/A
N/A 9833604 9833026 9833387 9831571
9833590 9833035 9833395 9831589
9833582 9833043 9833409 9831597
9833574 9833051 9833417 9831601
9833565 9833069 9833425 9831619
9833557 9833077 9833434 9831627
9833549 9833085 9833442 9831635
9833531 9833094 9833450 9831644
9833523 9833107 9833727 9831652
9833515 9833115 9833697 9831678
9833506
9833701 9831686
9833493
9833655 9831695
9833485
9833719 9831708
9833476
9833663 9831716
9833468
9833671 9831725
9833689 9831733
Type
Size
Connection
Conn. Size
30"-0-150 PSI / 84°F
30"-0-300 PSI / 126°F
N/A
N/A
9833272
9833264
9833255
9833247
9833239
9833221
9833213
9833205
9833191
9833183
9833175
9833166
9833158
9833140
9833132
232.53- Stock Gauges with Ammonia Scales
2 ½"
4"
LM
¼" NPT
9797144
9797127
9797152
9797135
RF, RF
RF
SS
Restrictor, R
R
316 SS
Glycerine filling
233.53
233.53
Type 233.53
44
¼" NPT
CBM 2½" 9833310
9833302
9833298
9833280
Industrial Gauges
Type 21X.54
Industrial Grade Movement
Available in ranges up to 10,000 psi, WIKA Type 21X.54 pressure gauges offer heavy-duty service in industrial
applications and environments. They feature a stainless steel case and the industrial grade Swiss movement
assures repeatable accuracy and long service life.
Type
212.54
Datasheet
21X.54
Press. Scale
PSI
Size
2½"
4"
Connection
LM
CBM
LM
LM
LBM
Conn. Size
¼" NPT ¼" NPT ¼" NPT
½" NPT
½" NPT
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
10 psi
N/A
N/A
4212011
15 psi
4212029
30 psi
4212037
60 psi
4212045
100 psi
4212053
160 psi
4212061
200 psi
4212070
300 psi
4212088
400 psi
4212096
600 psi
4212100
800 psi
1,000 psi
4212126 4212363
1,500 psi
4212134 4212371
2,000 psi
4212142 4212380
3,000 psi
4212151 4212398
5,000 psi
4212169 4212401
10,000 psi
4212177 4212410
Standard Features
Window Type & Material: Laminated safety glass
Removable Window: Yes
Dial Material: White ABS (2½") & white aluminum (4")
Bezel Ring Type & Material: Twist-on SS
Case-to-Socket O-ring Material: BUNA-N
Accuracy: +2/1/2% of span-ASME B40.100 Grade A;
+ 1.0% of span-ASME B40.100 Grade 1A (4")
Connection Locations: LM (lower mount), CBM
(center back mount) & LBM (lower back mount) (4" only)
Media Operating Temperature: 140°F
-4°F to 140°F glycerine case fill; -40°F to 140°F silicone case fill
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: Yes (CBM & LBM)
Front Flange: Yes (CBM & LBM)
Rear Flange: Yes (LM, CBM & LBM)
Restrictor: Yes
Safety Glass Window: Standard
Instrument Glass Window (flat glass): Yes (and acrylic)
Panel Mount Kit: Yes (see front flange and U-clamp option)
FF
N/A
FF
SS
RF, RF
SS
Restrictor, R
brass
Glycerine filling
213.54
Type 213.54
1
N/A
N/A
FF
RF
R
213.54
Datasheet: 21X.54
45
Industrial Gauges
Type 23X.54
Stainless Steel Case & Bayonet Ring
Type 23X.54 gauges feature 316 stainless steel wetted parts and 304 stainless steel case and bayonet ring, a
laminated safety glass window, and can be liquid filled in the field. These gauges are ideal for process, chemical
applications, oil exploration and production, power generation, and pollution control equipment.
Standard Features
Window Type & Material: Laminated safety glass
Removable Window: Yes
Bezel Ring Type & Material: Twist-on bayonet ring
Pointer Material/Type: Black aluminum-adjustable
Accuracy: (2½") +2/1/2% of span ASME B40.100 Grade A;
(4") +1.0% of span ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
Connection Locations: LM (lower mount), CBM
(center back mount) & LBM (lower back mount)
Available Options
“Dampened Movement” Option: Yes (N/A on 2½" CBM)
U-Clamp Bracket: Yes (CBM & LBM only)
Front Flange: Yes (CBM & LBM only)
Rear Flange: Yes (CBM, LBM & LM)
Restrictor: Yes
Safety Glass Window: Standard
Instrument Glass Window (flat glass): Yes, and acrylic
Panel Mount Kit: Yes (see front flange & U-clamp options)
-4°F to 140°F glycerine case fill;
-40°F to 140°F- silicone case fill
Datasheet: 23X.54
46
Type
232.54 (Dry)
Datasheet
23X.54
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Size
2½"
Connection
LM
CBM
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM²
PSI
PSI/BAR PSI/KG CM²
30" Hg
9744827 9735245 9694531
9745068 9735385 9694778
30"-0-15 psi
9744835
9694549
9745076
30"-0-30 psi
9744843
9694557
9745084
30"-0-60 psi
9744851
9694565
9745092
30"-0-100 psi
9744860
9694574
9745106
30"-0-160 psi
9744878
9694582
9745114
30"-0-200 psi
9744886
9694590
9745122
15 psi
9744894 9735114 9694604
9745130 9735254 9694786
30 psi
9744908 9735122 9694612
9745149 9735262 9694795
60 psi
9744916 9735130 9694620
9745157 9735270 9694808
100 psi
9744924 9735148 9694638
9745165 9735288 9694816
160 psi
9744932 9735156 9694646
9745173 9735296 9694825
200 psi
9744940
9694655
9745181
9694833
300 psi
9744959 9735165 9694663
9745190 9735300 9694841
400 psi
9744967
9694671
9745203
9694859
600 psi
9744975 9735173 9694689
9745211 9735318 9694867
800 psi
9744983
9694697
9745220
1,000 psi
9744991 9735181 9694701
9745238 9735326 9694875
1,500 psi
9745009 9735199 9694719
9745246 9735335 9694884
2,000 psi
9745017
9694727
9745254
9694892
3,000 psi
9745025 9735203 9694735
9745262 9735343 9694905
5,000 psi
9745033 9735211 9694744
9745270 9735351 9694914
10,000 psi
9745041 9735229 9694752
9745289 9735369 9694922
15,000 psi
9745050 9735237
9694760 9745297
9735377
FF, SS
N/A
FF
polished
UC (steel
N/A
UC Z
bracket)
UC (SS
N/A
UC S
bracket)
RF, RF
SS
Restrictor,
R
316 SS
Glycerine filling
233.54
Type 233.54
¹"PSI/BAR" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, BAR inside in red. "PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI
outside in black, KG/CM² inside in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30" Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
47
Type
232.54 (Dry)
Datasheet
23X.54
Size
4"
Connection
LM
LBM
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
½" NPT
½" NPT
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI
PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM²
PSI
PSI/BAR
30" Hg
9745300
9745548 9734826 9694930
9745785
9734966
30"-0-15 psi
9745319
9745556
9694948
9745793
30"-0-30 psi
9745327
9745564
9694956
9745807
30"-0-60 psi
9745335
9745572
9694965
9745815
30"-0-100 psi 9745343
9745580
9694973
9745823
30"-0-160 psi 9745351
9745599
9745831
30"-0-200 psi 9745360
9745602
9745840
15 psi
9745378
9745610 9734699 9694981
9745858
9734835
30 psi
9745386
9745629 9734703 9694999
9745866
9734843
60 psi
9745394
9745637 9734711 9695006
9745874
9734851
100 psi
9745408
9745645 9734729 9695015
9745882
9734869
160 psi
9745416
9745653 9734737 9695023
9745890
9734877
200 psi
9745424
9745661
9695031
9745904
300 psi
9745432
9745670 9734745 9695049
9745912
9734885
400 psi
9745440
9745688
9695057
9745920
600 psi
9745459
9745696 9734754 9695065
9745939
9734894
800 psi
9745467
9745700
9695074
9745947
1,000 psi
9745475
9745718 9734762 9695082
9745955
9734907
1,500 psi
9745483
9745726 9734770 9695090
9745963
9734915
2,000 psi
9745491
9745734
9695104
9745971
3,000 psi
9745505
9745742 9734788 9695112
9745980
9734924
5,000 psi
9745513
9745750 9734796 9695120
9745998
9734932
10,000 psi
9745521
9745769 9734800 9695138
9746005
9734940
15,000 psi
9745530
9745777 9734818 9695146
9746013
9734958
PSI/KG/CM²
9695155
9695163
9695171
9695189
9695197
9695201
9695219
9695227
9695235
9695244
9695252
9695260
FF, SS
N/A
FF
polished
4½" Panel N/A
PM ADAPT
Mount adapter
UC (steel
N/A
UC Z
bracket)
UC (SS
N/A
UC S
bracket)
RF, RF
SS
Restrictor,
R
316 SS
Glycerine filling
233.54
Type 233.54
¹"PSI/BAR" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, BAR inside in red. "PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in
black, KG/CM² inside in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30" Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
48
Type
Datasheet
23X.54
Size
2½"
Conn. Size
¼" NPT Press. Scale PSI
Connection
LM
CBM
30" Hg
9831784
9832020
30"-0-15 psi
9831792
9832046
30"-0-30 psi
9831805
9832055
30"-0-60 psi
9831814
9832063
30"-0-100 psi 9831822
9832071
30"-0-160 psi 9831830
9832089
30"-0-200 psi 9831848
9832097
15 psi
9831856
9832101
30 psi
9831865
9832119
60 psi
9831873
9832127
100 psi
9831881
9832135
160 psi
9831899
9832144
200 psi
9831903
9832152
300 psi
9831911
9832160
400 psi
9831929
9832178
600 psi
9831937
9832186
800 psi
9831945
9832195
1,000 psi
9831954
9832208
1,500 psi
9831962
9832216
2,000 psi
9831970
9832225
3,000 psi
9831988
9832233
5,000 psi
9831996
9832241
10,000 psi
9832004
9832259
15,000 psi
9832012
9832267
Type
Datasheet
Connection
Conn. Size
232.54 - X-mas
Tree Dial Scales
23X.54
LM
Size
Press. Scale
1,000 psi
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
5,000 psi
10,000 psi
4"
PSI
8992350
8992342
8992334
8992325
8992317
8992309
½" NPT
Type
Datasheet
23X.54
Size
4"
Press. Scale PSI
Conn. Size
¼" NPT ½" NPT
Connection
LM
LM
LBM
30" Hg
9832275
9832518
9832755
30"-0-15 psi
9832284
9832526
9832764
30"-0-30 psi
9832292
9832535
9832772
30"-0-60 psi
9832305
9832543
9832780
30"-0-100 psi
9832314
9832551
9832798
30"-0-160 psi
9832322
9832569
9832802
30"-0-200 psi
9832330
9832577
9832810
15 psi 9832348
9832585
9832828
30 psi
9832356
9832594
9832836
60 psi
9832365
9832607
9832845
100 psi
9832373
9832615
9832853
160 psi
9832381
9832624
9832861
200 psi
9832399
9832632
9832879
300 psi
9832403
9832640
9832887
400 psi
9832411
9832658
9832895
600 psi
9832429
9832666
9832909
800 psi
9832437
9832675
9832917
1,000 psi
9832445
9832683
9832925
1,500 psi
9832454
9832691
9832934
2,000 psi
9832462
9832705
9832942
3,000 psi
9832470
9832713
9832950
5,000 psi
9832488
9832721
9832968
10,000 psi
9832496
9832739
9832976
15,000 psi
9832500
9832747
9832985
Type
232.54- Receiver Scales
Datasheet
23X.54
Size
2½"
4"
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
½" NPT
Connection
LM
CBM
LM
LBM
100%
9749470 9749497 9749500 9749519
10 sq. rt.
9749462 9749489
Restrictor, 316SS
R
R
49
Industrial Gauges
Type 233.55
Panel Builder Gauge
Glycerine Filled Case
The Type 233.55 LBM is specifically designed and manufactured to exact panel builder requirements. With
exclusive features, it is ideal when used for panel mount gauges in the oil and gas, refinery, petrochemical,
and food & beverage industries.
Standard Features
Nominal Case Size: 2½" (63 mm)
Case Material: 304 stainless steel with off-set vent plug
Front Flange: Stainless steel
Window Type & Material: Safety glass
Liquid Fillable Gauge: Standard
Restrictor: Standard
Accuracy: 2/1/2% of span ASME B40.100 Grade A
Connection Locations: LBM (lower back mount)
Ambient Operating Temperature: -4°F to 140°F
(-20°C to 160°C) maximum;
-40°F to 140°F w/silicone case fill
Type Datasheet Size
Conn. Size
Connection
Press. Scale
PSI
30" Hg
4282811
30"-0-15 psi 4282829
30"-0-30 psi 4282837
30"-0-60 psi 4282845
30"-0-100 psi 4282854
30"-0-160 psi 4282862
30"-0-200 psi 4282870
15 psi
4282888
30 psi
4282896
60 psi
4282900
100 psi
4282918
160 psi
4282926
200 psi
4282934
300 psi
4282943
400 psi
4282951
600 psi
4282969
800 psi
4282977
1,000 psi
4282985
1,500 psi
4282994
2,000 psi
4283000
3,000 psi
4283018
5,000 psi
4283026
6,000 psi
4283034
10,000 psi
4283044
15,000 psi
4283052
20,000 psi
4283060
233.55
233.55
2½"
¼" NPT
LBM/FF
PSI/BAR1
PSI/KPA
PSI/KG/CM2
4283078
4283086
4283094
4283107
4283115
4283124
4283133
4283141
4283159
4283167
4283175
4283184
4283192
4283204
4283214
4283222
4283230
4283248
4283256
4283264
4283273
4283281
4283299
4283303
4283311
4283329
4283337
4283345
4283354
4283362
4283370
4283388
4283396
4283400
4283418
4283426
4283434
4283443
4283451
4283469
4283477
4283485
4283494
4283507
4283515
4283524
4283532
4283540
4283558
4283566
4283574
4283583
4283591
4283604
4283613
4283621
4283639
4283647
4283655
4283664
4283672
4283680
4283698
4283702
4283710
4283728
4283736
4283744
4283753
4283761
4283779
4283787
4283795
4283809
4283817
4283825
4283834
4283842
¹"PSI/BAR" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, BAR inside in red.
2
Note: Vacuum scale: 30" Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
Datasheet: 233.55
50
Industrial Gauges
Type 23X.30
Solid-Front Safety Case Design
High-Quality Process Industry Gauge
LM Only
Type 233.30 - Liquid filled case (LM only)
WIKA Type 23X.30 stainless steel gauges have a solid-front/blow-out back safety case. This gauge is an ideal
choice for process, chemical, petrochemical, oil exploration and production, power generation applications, and
any other application which demands reliable pressure measurement instrumentation.
Standard Features
Nominal Case Size: 2½" (68 mm), 4" (100 mm), 6" (160 mm)
Window Type & Material: Polycarbonate (2½"),
Safety Glass (4" and 6")
Removable Window: Yes, twist-off bayonet
Bezel Ring Type & Material: Twist-on bayonet ring- SS
Liquid Fillable Gauge: Yes, lower mount- LM
(Order Type 233.30 for liquid filled)
Case-to-Socket O-ring Material: Welded (LM);
BUNA-N (LBM)
Pointer Material/Type: Black aluminum - adjustable
Accuracy: (2½") +2/1/2% ASME B40.100 Grade A;
(4") 1% ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
Connection Locations: LM (lower mount) &
LBM (lower back mount)
Media Operating Temperature: Max. 212°F - liquid fill
max. 392°F - dry
-4°F to 140°F glycerine case fill; -40°F to 140°F- silicone case fill
Available Options
“Dampened Movement” Option: Yes
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Front Flange: Yes (LBM only)
Rear Flange: Yes
Restrictor: Yes
Special Connection: Limited wrench to flat area
Datasheet: 23X.30
Type
232.30 (Dry)
Datasheet
23X.30
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Size
2½"
Connection
LM
LBM
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
9305645 9695600
9367071
9695783
30"-0-15 psi
9365044 9695618
9365079
30"-0-30 psi
9314822 9695626
9481486
30"-0-60 psi
9305378
9197141
30"-0-100 psi
9542353
9319646
30"-0-160 psi
9365052
9469168
30"-0-200 psi
9367250
10 psi
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
15 psi
9305653 9695635
9244808 9695791
30 psi
9240160 9695643
9244816 9695805
60 psi
9240179 9695651
9244832 9695813
100 psi
9240187 9695669
9244840 9695821
160 psi
9240195 9695677
9244859 9695839
200 psi
9240209 9695685
9244867 9695847
300 psi
9240217 9695694
9244875 9695855
400 psi
9240225 9695707
9244883 9695864
600 psi
9240233 9695715
9244905 9695872
800 psi
1,000 psi
9240411 9695724
9244913 9695880
1,500 psi
9240420 9695732
9244921
2,000 psi
9240438 9695740
9244930 9695898
3,000 psi
9240446 9695758
9244948 9695902
5,000 psi
9240454 9695766
9244956 9695910
10,000 psi
9305661 9695775
9244964
15,000 psi
9482644
9153810
20,000 psi
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
FF, N/A
FF
SS
Restrictor,
R
316 SS
¹"PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside in red.
51
Type 232.30 (Dry) Datasheet
23X.30
Size
4"
Conn. Size
½" NPT
Connection
LM
LBM
Press. Scale
PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
9366750 9695928 8596271 9696045
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
9366776 9562559
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi
9366830 9253289
30 psi
9366849 9695936 9253270
60 psi
9366857 9695945 8596298
100 psi
9366865 9695953 9253084
160 psi
9366873 8596301
200 psi
9366881 9253076
300 psi
9366890 9695961 9821082
400 psi
9366903 9695979 8542805
600 psi
9366911 9695987 9253050
800 psi
1,000 psi
9366938 9695995 8513554
1,500 psi
9366946 8541574
2,000 psi
9366954 9696003
3,000 psi
9366962 9696011
5,000 psi
9366970 9696029
10,000 psi
9366989
15,000 psi
9366997
20,000 psi
8596336 9696037
FF, N/A FF
SS
Restrictor,
R
316 SS
4½" N/A
PM ADAPT
Panel Mount
¹"PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside in red.
Type 233.30 (Liquid Filled) - LM only
Datasheet
23X.30
Connection
LM
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
½" NPT
Size
2½"
4"
Press. Scale¹ PSI
PSI/KG/CM² PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
9305637 9696054
30"-0-15 psi
9366580
30"-0-30 psi
9364994 9696062
30"-0-60 psi
9366598
30"-0-100 psi
9367853
30"-0-160 psi
9319638 9696070
30"-0-200 psi
9637141
15 psi
9305394 9696088 9361081 9696240
30 psi
9251618 9696096 9361090 9696258
60 psi
9251626 9696100 9361103 9696266
100 psi
9251634 9696118 9361111 9696275
160 psi
9251642 9696126 9361120 9696283
200 psi
9251650 9696135 9361138 9696291
300 psi
9251669 9696143 9361146 9696305
400 psi
9251677 9696151 9361154 9696313
600 psi
9251685 9696169 9361162 9696321
800 psi
9251693
9361170
1,000 psi
9251707 9696177 9361189 9696339
1,500 psi
9251715 9696185 9361197 9696347
2,000 psi
9251723 9696194 9361200 9696355
3,000 psi
9251731 9696207 9361219 9696364
5,000 psi
9251740 9696215 9361227 9696372
10,000 psi
9305629 9696224 9361235 9696380
15,000 psi
9542345 9696232 9361243 9696398
20,000 psi
N/A
9829601 9696402
FF, N/A
FF
SS
Restrictor,
R
R
316 SS
52
Industrial Gauges
Type 23X.50
The WIKA Type 23X.50 gauge offers a large dial, making it ideal to be read from a distance. The stainless
steel wetted parts and case construction ensures a long service life in harsh applications. This gauge is used
for chemical, oil exploration and production, power generation, and other applications requiring long lasting
instrumentation.
Standard Features
Nominal Case Size: 2½" (68 mm), 4" (100 mm),
4½" (115 mm), 6" (160mm)
Wetted Parts: 316L stainless steel
Window Type & Material: Polycarbonate (2½"),
Safety Glass (4", 4½" and 6")
Removable Window: Yes, twist-off bayonet
Bezel Ring Type & Material: Twist-on bayonet ring - SS
Pointer Material/Type: Black aluminum - adjustable
Accuracy: (2½") +2/1/2% of span ASME B40.100 Grade A;
(4", 4½" & 6") +1% of span ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
Connection Locations: LM (lower mount): all
CBM (center back mount): 2½",
LBM (lower back mount): 4", 4½" & 6"
Media Operating Temperature: Max. 212°F - liquid fill
max. 392°F - dry
dry; -4°F to 140°F glycerine case fill;
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: Yes (not available on 4½")
Front Flange: Yes (CBM and LBM only)
Rear Flange: Yes
Restrictor: Yes
Datasheet: 23X.50
53
Type
232.50 (Dry)
Datasheet
23X.50
Size
2½"
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Connection
LM
CBM
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
9110992 9110054
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi
9111000 9110062
30 psi
9111018
9110070
60 psi
9111026
9110089
100 psi
9111034
9110097
160 psi
9111042
9110100
200 psi
9111050
9110119
300 psi
9111069
9110127
400 psi
9111077
9110143
600 psi
9111085
9110151
800 psi
1,000 psi
9111107
9110178
1,500 psi
9111115
9110186
2,000 psi
9111123
9110194
3,000 psi
9111131
9110208
5,000 psi
9111140
9110216
10,000 psi
9111158
9110224
15,000 psi
9111166
9110232
FF,
N/A
FF
SS
RF, RF
SS
UC (SS
UC S
bracket)
Restrictor, R
316 SS
Glycerine filling
233.50
Type 233.50
54
Type 232.50 (Dry) Datasheet
23X.50
Size
4"
Conn. Size
½" NPT
Connection
LM
LBM
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi
9319492
30 psi
9226860
60 psi
9154671
100 psi
9189459
50999452
160 psi
9189467
200 psi
9154701
300 psi
9154710
400 psi
9154728
600 psi
800 psi
1,000 psi
9154752
50997591
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
9212744
3,000 psi
9232087
5,000 psi
9145664
10,000 psi
9319506
15,000 psi
20,000 psi
FF,
N/A
FF
SS
RF, SS
UC (SS
bracket)
Restrictor, 316 SS
Glycerine filling
Type 233.50
RF
UC S
R
233.50
Type
232.50 (Dry)
Datasheet
23X.50
Size
4½"
Conn. Size
½" NPT
Connection
LM
LBM
Press. Scale¹ PSI
PSI/BAR PSI
PSI/BAR
30" Hg
50474511
50474588
30"-0-15 psi
50474529
50474596
30"-0-30 psi
50474537
50474600
30"-0-60 psi
50474545
50474618
30"-0-100 psi 50474553
50474626
30"-0-160 psi 50474561
50474634
30"-0-200 psi 50474570
50474642
15 psi
504741711
50474359
30 psi
50474197
50474367
60 psi
50474201
50474375
100 psi
50474219
50474383
160 psi
50474235
50474391
200 psi
50474243
50474405
300 psi
50474251
50474413
400 psi
50474260
50474421
600 psi
50474278
50474430
800 psi
50474286
50474448
1,000 psi
50474294
50474456
1,500 psi
50474308
50474464
2,000 psi
50474316
50474472
3,000 psi
50474324
50474481
5,000 psi
50474332
50474499
10,000 psi
50474341
50474502
15,000 psi
50474651
50474677
20,000 psi
50474669
50474685
Accessories (installed) Applies to any quantity when added to std. stock gauges
FF, N/A
FF
SS
RF, RF
SS
UC (SS
N/A
bracket)
Restrictor,
R
316 SS
Glycerine Filled
233.50
Type 233.50
Type
232.50 (Dry)
Datasheet
23X.50
Size
6"
Conn. Size
½" NPT
Connection
LM
LBM
Press. Scale¹ PSI
PSI/BAR PSI/KG/CM² PSI
PSI/KG/CM²
30" Hg
4213688 4213939
4214072 4214218
30"-0-15 psi
4213696
4214226
30"-0-30 psi
4213700
4214234
30"-0-60 psi
4213718
4214242
30"-0-100 psi 4213726
4214251
30"-0-160 psi 4213734
4214269
30"-0-200 psi 4213742
4214277
10 psi
15 psi
4213751 4213947
4214081 4214285
30 psi
4213769 4213955
4214099 4214293
60 psi
4213777 4213963
4214102 4214307 4214455
100 psi
4213785 4213971
4214111 4214315 4214463
160 psi
4213793 4213981
4214129 4214323 4214471
200 psi
4213807
4214137
4214331 4214480
300 psi
4213815 4213999
4214145 4214340 4214498
400 psi
4213823
4214358
600 psi
4213831 4214005
4214153 4214366 4214501
800 psi
4213840
4214374
1,000 psi
4213858 4214013
4214161 4214382 4214510
1,500 psi
4213866 4214021
4214391
2,000 psi
4213874
4214170 4214404 4214528
3,000 psi
4213882 4214030
4214188 4214412 4214536
5,000 psi
4213891 4214048
4214196 4214421 4214544
10,000 psi
4213904 4214056
4214200 4214439 4214552
15,000 psi
4213912 4214064
4214447
20,000 psi
4213921
4214587
FF, N/A
FF
SS
RF, RF
SS
UC (SS
UC S
bracket)
Restrictor,
R
316 SS
Glycerine Filled
233.50
Type 233.50
¹"PSI/BAR" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, BAR inside in red. "PSI/KG/CM²" denotes
dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside in red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30" Hg outside in
black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
55
Process Gauges
Type 21X.34
Solid Front/Blow-Out Back Safety Case
Specifically designed for the chemical and petroleum processing industries, WIKA Type 21X.34 process gauges
have the construction, materials, and engineering it takes to withstand rugged conditions. They are engineered to
deliver years of accurate service, while withstanding vibration, corrosive media, corrosive environments and
a wide range of temperature extremes.
Standard Features
Type (Case Fill)
Datasheet
Size
Wetted Parts
Connection
Press. Scale
Conn. Size
30 "Hg
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
160 psi
200 psi
300 psi
400 psi
600 psi
800 psi
1,000 psi
Nominal Case Size: 4½" (115 mm) & 6" (160 mm)
Case Material: Black- fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic (POCAN)
Removable Window: Yes, threaded ring
Bezel Ring Type & Material: Threaded ring
Case-to-Socket O-ring Material: Viton
Window gasket: BUNA-N, membrane: EPDM
Accuracy: +0.5% of span ASME B40.100 Grade 2A
-4°F to 150°F-glycerine case fill; -40°F to 150°F- silicone case fill
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Front Flange: No (panel mount adaptor kit available)
Rear Flange: Yes, integral to case
Panel Mount Kit: Yes
External Zero Adjustment: Yes
Magnetic or Inductive Contact Switches: Yes (field installable)
56
1
2
Items without part numbers are
available - consult factory.
Note: Stock items shown in
bold, blue print.
213.34
21X.34
4 ½"
Brass
LM
PSI
¼" NPT
9834740
9834758
9834766
9834775
9834783
9834791
9834805
9834813
9834821
9834839
9834847
9834855
9834864
9834872
9834880
9834898
9834902
9834910
4½" Panel PM
Mount2
Glycerine filling
213.34
Type 2XX.34
Silicone filling
SIL
Type 2XX.34
External Zero
EXT ADJ
Adjustment
Type
212.34 - Receiver Scales
Datasheet
21X.34
Size
4½"
Connection
LM
Conn. Size
¼" NPT ½" NPT
100%
9837060
10 sq. rt.
9837078
212.34 21X.34
4 ½"
Brass
LM
PSI
¼" NPT
½" NPT 9834036 9834257
9834044 9834265
9834052 9834273
9834060 9834281
9834079 9834290
9834087 9834303
9834095
9834117 9834338
9834125 9834346
9834133 9834354
9834141 9834362
9834150 9834370
9834168 9834389
9834176 9834397
9834184 9834400
9834192 9834419
9834982 9834990
9834206 9834427
4 ½" panel mounting kit (uninstalled) including polished 304 stainless steel ring.
Note: Reference rear of catalog for psi/ft. H20 dual scales.
Datasheet: 21X.34
Process Gauges
Type 22X.34
1019 Alloy Steel Socket/316SS Bourdon Tube
The WIKA Type 22X.34 alloy steel socket process gauge has all the standard features found on a WIKA process
gauge, including smooth, machined movements; high accuracy; and standard under/overload stops. WIKA’s Type
22X.34 is suitable for tough applications in the following industries: petroleum, chemical, pharmaceutical, process,
energy, and plant construction & contracting.
Standard Features
Type
Datasheet
Connection Conn. Size Size
Press. Scale
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
160 psi
200 psi
300 psi
400 psi
600 psi
800 psi
1,000 psi
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
5,000 psi
15,000 psi
20,000 psi
30,000 psi
Wetted Parts: 1019 steel socket/316SS Bourdon tube
Liquid Fillable Gauge: Yes (Do not use Glycerine case fill)
Accuracy Class: +0.5% of span (ASME B40.100 Grade 2A)
+1.0% of span (ASME B40.100 Grade 1A)
(for 20,000 psi range and above)
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Front Flange: No (special panel mount kit available)
Special Connection: Limited wrench flat area
4½" Panel
PM
Mount2
External Zero
EXT ADJ
Adjustment
222.34
22X.34
LM
½" NPT
4½"
PSI
4332670
4353639
4353647
4353656
4353664
4353672
4353680
4353532
4332688
4332696
4332709
4332717
4332725
4353698
4332733
4332741
4353702
4332751
4353728
4353736
4353745
4353753
Note: Additional scales available;
contact factory for more information
Datasheet: 22X.34
57
Process Gauges
Type 23X.34
*
Now Available in a 6" Case
WIKA Type 23X.34 process gauges are specifically designed for the chemical and petroleum processing industries.
Their rugged construction is designed to withstand vibration, corrosive media and corrosive environments, and a
wide range of temperatures. The 23X.34 process gauge will deliver years of accurate service.
Standard Features
Wetted Parts: 316SS
Liquid Fillable Gauge: Yes*
Accuracy Class: +0.5% of span (ASME B40.100 Grade 2A)
+1.0% of span (ASME B40.100 Grade 1A)
(for 20,000 psi range and above)
& LBM (lower back mount) (4½" only)
-4°F to 150°F-glycerine case fill;
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Receiver Gauge Scales: Yes (field installable)
*LBM (lower back mount) dry case does not come prepared for liquid filling
Datasheet: 23X.34
58
Type
232.34
Datasheet
23X.34
Size
4½"
Connection
LM LBM
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
½" NPT
½" NPT
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI
PSI/KG/CM² PSI/KPA²
PSI
30" Hg
9834478 9834729 9696410
9837604 4217004
30"-0-15 psi
9834486 9834737 9696428
9837566
30"-0-30 psi
9834494 9834745 9696436
9837523 4220854
30"-0-60 psi
9834508 9834753 9696445
9837485
30"-0-100 psi 9834516 9834761 9696453
9792818
30"-0-160 psi 9834524 9834770 9696461
30"-0-200 psi 9834532 9834788
9837361
30"-0-300 psi 4260163 4260180
30"-0-400 psi 4260171 4260198
15 psi
9834559 9834800 9696479
9776885 4242131
30 psi
9834567 9834818 9696487
9837680 4247923
60 psi
9834575 9834826 9696495
9776877 9797607
100 psi
9834583 9834834 9696509
9837760 9797615
160 psi
9834591 9834842 9696517
9776869 9797624
200 psi
9834605 9834850 9696525
9837841 9797632
300 psi
9834613 9834869 9696534
9837884 9797640
400 psi
9834621 9834877 9696542
8985116 9797658
600 psi
9834630 9834885 9696550
9837965 9797666
800 psi
9835008 9834974 9696568
9797675
1,000 psi
9834648 9834893 9696576
9778918 9797683
1,500 psi
9793318 9834907 9696585
9838082 4247931
2,000 psi
9793661 9834915 9696593
9838120 4247940
3,000 psi
9748911 9834923 9696606
9838163 4247958
5,000 psi
9793521 9834931 9696615
9838201 4247966
10,000 psi
9793679 9834940 9696623
9838244
15,000 psi
9834958 9696631
20,000 psi
N/A
9834966 9696649
30,000 psi
N/A
4255691
Type
Connection
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Size
Press. Scale
PSI
30" Hg
9833735
30"-0-15 psi 9833744
30"-0-30 psi 9833752
30"-0-60 psi 9833760
30"-0-100 psi 9833778
30"-0-160 psi 9833786
30"-0-200 psi 9833795
15 psi
9833808
30 psi
9833816
60 psi
9833825
100 psi
9833833
160 psi
9833841
200 psi
9833859
300 psi
9833867
400 psi
9833875
600 psi
9833884
800 psi
9833905
1,000 psi
9833892
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
5,000 psi
10,000 psi
15,000 psi
20,000 psi
4½" Panel
PM
Mount 2
Glycerine filling
233.34
Type 233.34
Silicone filling
SIL
Type 233.34
LF Conv. Kits (Use for preparing a dry gauge for LF)
For use with
Conn
P/N
Glycerine/silicone LM
1126768
material: EPDM
LBM
2044480
Halocarbon
LM
126903
material: Viton
LBM
2044498
External Zero
EXT ADJ
Adjustment
¹ "PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside in red.
Note: Vacuum scale: 30"Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red
² 4 ½" panel mounting kit (uninstalled) including polished 304 stainless steel ring
233.34 - 4½"
LM
½" NPT ½" NPT
4½"
PSI
PSI/KPA
9833914 9836769
9833922 9836777
9833930 9836785
9833948 9836794
9833956 9836807
9833965 9833973 9836815
9833981 9836824
9833999 9836832
9834006 9836840
9834015 9836858
9834023 9836866
9834031 9836875
9834049 9836883
9834057 9836891
9834065 9836905
9834155 9834074 9836913
9834082 9836921
9834090 9836939
9834104 9836947
9834112 9836955
9834120
9834138
9834146
Kit includes: membrane, filling plug, and instructions (no filling fluid)
For Types 2XX.34 4½"
NOTE: Reference "Accessories" section in back of catalog for
H20 dual scales and alarm contacts
59
Type
232.34
Datasheet
23X.34
Connection
LM Conn. Size
½" NPT
Size
6"
Press. Scale¹
PSI
PSI/KG/CM² PSI/KPA²
30" Hg
4317492
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
30"-0-300 psi
30"-0-400 psi
15 psi
30 psi
4317505
60 psi
4317513
100 psi
4317590
160 psi
4317521
200 psi
4317531
300 psi
4317549
400 psi
600 psi
4317557
800 psi
1,000 psi
4317565
1,500 psi
4343281
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
5,000 psi
10,000 psi
15,000 psi
20,000 psi
30,000 psi
Glycerine filling
233.34
Type 233.34
Silicone filling
SIL
Type 233.34
¹"PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside in red. Note: Vacuum
scale: 30" Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red ² 4½" panel mounting kit (uninstalled)
including polished 304 stainless steel ring
Type232.34- Receiver Scales
Datasheet
23X.34
Size
4 ½"
Connection LM
LBM
Conn. Size ¼" NPT ½" NPT ½" NPT
100%
9837108 9837124 4260228
10 sq. rt.
9837116 9837132 4260236
Dampened Movement Gauges
Type
232.34 "Damp"
Datasheet
232.34
Wetted Parts
316 SS
Connection
LM
Conn. Size
½" NPT
Size
4½"
Press. Scale
PSI
0" Hg
4334478
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
30"-0-300 psi
30"-0-400 psi
15 psi
4339623
30 psi
4334486
60 psi
4334494
100 psi
4333960
160 psi
4333978
200 psi
4334507
300 psi
4337329
400 psi
4333986
600 psi
4334515
800 psi
4334523
1,000 psi
4334531
1,500 psi
4334541
2,000 psi
4333994
3,000 psi
4334559
5,000 psi
4334567
10,000 psi
15,000 psi
20,000 psi
30,000 psi
Dampened Movement Option
(Type 232.34) "Damp"
Size
Code
4½"
DAMP Items without part numbers are available - consult factory.
60
Process Gauges
Type 26X.34
Monel® Wetted Parts
WIKA’s Type 26X.34 process gauge features all of the same benefits as the popular 232.34 stainless steel wetted
parts gauge, but with the added advantage of Monel® wetted parts for process media conditions that require it.
WIKA Type 26X.34 is ideal for applications in several process industries including petroleum, chemical, energy,
and plant construction/contracting.
Standard Features
Wetted Parts: Monel (K500 alloy Bourdon tube; M400 socket & end cap)
-4°F to 150°F-glycerine case fill; -40°F to 150°F- silicone case fill
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Receiver Gauge scales: Yes
Datasheet: 26X.34
Type
262.34
Datasheet
26X.34
Wetted Parts
Monel
Connection
LM
Conn. Size
½" NPT
Size
4½"
Press. Scale
PSI
30" Hg
9835016
30"-0-15 psi
9835024
30"-0-30 psi
9835032
30"-0-60 psi
9835040
30"-0-100 psi
9835059
30"-0-160 psi
9835067
30"-0-200 psi
9835075
15 psi
9835091
30 psi
9835105
60 psi
9835113
100 psi
9835121
160 psi
9835130
200 psi
9835148
300 psi
9835156
400 psi
9835164
600 psi
9835172
800 psi
9835180
1,000 psi
9835199
1,500 psi
9835202
2,000 psi
9835210
3,000 psi
9835229
5,000 psi
9835237
10,000 psi
15,000 psi
20,000 psi N/A
Accessories1
4½" Panel
PM
Mount2 Glycerine filling
263.34
Type 263.34
Silicone filling
SIL
Type 263.34
External Zero
EXT ADJ
Adjustment
Additional accessories available see "Accessories" section in
back of catalog
61
Process Gauges
Type 232.34DD (Direct Drive)
Direct Drive; Movementless Gauge
External Zero-Adjustment
WIKA Type 232.34DD Direct Drive Process Gauges features a direct drive, movementless pressure system. With a
shock absorbing Bourdon tube by design, these gauges are an effective means for guarding against severe shock
and vibration applications. The 232.34DD is manufactured in a standard yellow 4½” process turret style case
(additional colors available) and comes standard completely equipped with an external zero adjust and a high
.5% full scale accuracy.
Standard Features
Case Material: Yellow-fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic (POCAN)
Wetted Parts: Inconel X-750 / 316 SS
Window Type & Material: Clear acrylic with Buna-N gasket
Liquid Fillable Gauge: No (not required)
Adjustable Pointer: No (external zero-rest)
Media Operating Temperature: -65°F to +250°F
Ambient Operating Temperature: -65°F to 190°F; (-54°C to +88°C)
Available Options
“Dampened Movement” Option: No (not required)
U-Clamp Bracket: No
Restrictor: Yes
Receiver Gauge scales: No
Type
Datsheet
Wetted Parts
Connection
Conn. Size
Size
Press. Scale
-30-0-30 psi
-30-0-60 psi
-30-0-150 psi
-30-0-300 psi
0 - 30 psi
0 - 60 psi
0 - 100 psi
0 - 160 psi
0 - 200 psi
0 - 300 psi
0 - 400 psi
0 - 500 psi
0 - 1,000 psi
0 - 1,500 psi
0 - 2,000 psi
0 - 3,000 psi
0 - 5,000 psi
- consult factory.
NOTE: Due to the small I.D. and "plugging" nature
of this pressure system, the addition of an Isolater
or Diaphragm Seal used in conjunction with this
product is highly recommended.
Note: For options not shown - consult your WIKA Distributor or the
Factory.
Datasheet: 232.34DD
62
232.34DD
232.34DD
Inconel X-750/ 316 SS
LM
½" NPT
4½"
PSI
4206838
4332769
4332785
4342348
4213117
4206846
4332822
4332831
4332840
4332858
4341768
4332874
4332891
4332903
4346242
4379604
4332939
Process Gauges
Type 212.25
Black Aluminum Hinged-Ring Case
 Copper Alloy Wetted Parts
WIKA's Type 212.25 4½" & 6" pressure gauges feature a solid-front aluminum case with a hinged ring for easy
access to the adjustable pointer. These gauges are supplied with three threaded bolts in the back of the case
which line up with existing standard panel hole patterns.
Standard Features
Nominal Case Size: 4½" (115mm) & 6" (160mm)
Case Material: Black painted aluminum with hinged-ring cover
Window Type & Material: Flat instrument glass
Removable Window: Yes, hinged ring cover
Bezel Ring Type & Material: Hinged-ring
“Other” Gaskets/O-ring Types & Materials: Window gasket, silicone rubber
Adjustable Pointer: Yes, under-hinged window ring
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: No (panel mount front flange standard)
Front Flange: Yes, hinged ring design, standard
Rear Flange: No
Restrictor: Yes
Panel Mount Kit: No
Type
212.25
Datasheet
212.25
Connection
Hinged Ring / LBM
Press. Scale
PSI
Size
4½"
6"
Conn. Size
¼" NPT ½" NPT ½" NPT
30" Hg
4234970 4235223 4235976
30"-0-15 psi
4234988 4235231 4235984
30"-0-30 psi
4234996 4235240 4235992
30"-0-60 psi
4235002 4235258 4236009
30"-0-100 psi
4235011 4235266 4236017
30"-0-160 psi
4235029 4235274 4236025
30"-0-200 psi
4235037 4235282 4236033
15 psi
4235045 4235291 4236041
30 psi
4235053 4235304 4236050
60 psi
4235061 4235312 4236068
100 psi
4235070 4235321 4236076
160 psi
4235088 4235339 4236084
200 psi
4235096 4235347 4236092
300 psi
4235100 4235355 4236106
400 psi
4235118 4235363 4236114
600 psi
4235126 4235371 4236122
800 psi
4235134 4235381 4236131
1,000 psi
4235142 4235399 4236149
Accessories1 (installed)
Restrictor
R
1
Datasheet: 212.25
63
Process Gauges
Type 232.25
Black Aluminum Hinged-Ring Case
WIKA Type 232.25 gauges have a glass covered hinged ring front with securing screws as standard. The
adjustable pointer is easily accessed under the hinged ring front. Designed for panel mounting, the Type 232.25
gauge features 316 SS wetted parts and a one-piece aluminum solid-front safety case design. Well-suited for
installations in process panel and control applications, Type 232.25 gauges meet ASME Grade 2A accuracy standards.
Standard Features
Nominal Case Size: 4½" (115mm) & 6" (160mm)
Case Material: Black painted aluminum with hinged ring-cover
Wetted Parts: 316SS
Window Type & Material: Flat instrument glass
Removable Window: Yes, hinged-ring cover
Bezel Ring Type & Material: Hinged-ring
“Other” Gaskets/O-ring Types & Materials: Window gasket, silicone rubber
Pointer Material/Type: Black aluminum-adjustable
Adjustable Pointer: Yes, under hinged-ring window
Available Options
U-Clamp Bracket: No (panel mount front flange standard)
Front Flange: Yes, standard
Rear Flange: No
Restrictor: Yes
Panel Mount Kit: No
Type
Datasheet
Connection
Press. Scale
Size
Conn. Size
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
160 psi
200 psi
300 psi
400 psi
600 psi
800 psi
1,000 psi
1,500 psi
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
5,000 psi
10,000 psi
15,000 psi
20,000 psi
232.25
232.25
Hinged Ring / LBM
PSI
4½"
¼" NPT
½" NPT
4235470 4235721
4235488 4235739
4235496 4235747
4235509 4235755
4235517 4235763
4235525 4235771
4235533 4235780
4235541 4235798
4235551 4235801
4235569 4235810
4235577 4235828
4235585 4235836
4235593 4235844
4235606 4235852
4235614 4235861
4235622 4235879
4235631 4235887
4235640 4235895
4235658 4235909
4235666 4235917
4235674 4235925
4235682 4235933
4235691 4235941
4235703 4235950
4235711 4235968
Restrictor
6"
½" NPT
4236220
4236238
4236246
4236254
4236262
4236271
4236280
4236298
4236301
4236319
4236327
4236335
4236343
4236351
4236361
4236379
4236387
4236395
4236408
4236416
4236424
4236432
4236441
4236450
4236468
R
1
Datasheet: 232.25
64
Advantages & Operating
Principle of WIKA Sealgauges
®
The WIKA Type 4XX.XX Sealgauge® Diaphragm
Gauge provides an option for the traditional system
filled gauge system seal assembly. The Sealgauge®
is a mechanical alternative to a fluid-actuated system
(diaphragm seal). A Sealgauge® is created by using a
pressure or vacuum gauge and mechanically attaching a
stainless steel rod from the gauge movement to a
diaphragm. The stainless steel rod is attached to an
upper housing, making it a one piece unit. To complete
the Sealgauge® assembly, a lower housing is bolted to
the upper housing, making it a compact unit.
The Sealgauge® Diaphragm Gauge is built to withstand
the corrosive, highly viscous and crystallizing media
(gaseous or liquid) typical of the process industry. It is
especially well suited for applications in the chemical,
petrochemical, pulp and paper, and food processing
industries, as well as in water and sewage treatment
plants, and electric power plants.
The advantages of the WIKA Sealgauge® over separate
components include a reduced sensitivity to shock
and vibration, and a more compact design. And since
the WIKA Sealgauge® does not use a fluid actuated
system, the effects of temperature are reduced, it is
easy to service, and it delivers exceptional accuracy in
low pressure and vacuum applications.
The WIKA Sealgauge® is designed to measure pressures as low as 0-6" H20 and as high as 0-600 psi.
Allowable overpressures are up to three or five times
the full scale range, depending on the range, with a
maximum of 600 psi. All dry gauges come with an
adjustable pointer and are available as an option on
liquid-filled gauges. A flushing connection is also available.
In situations where pulsating pressure or vibration are
severe, filling with glycerine, silicone, or Halocarbon®
is recommended. For highly viscous or crystallizing
fluids, the WIKA Sealgauge® can be fitted with an open
connection flange. For very corrosive media, a variety
of corrosion-resistant materials are available on
special order.
The measured media exerts a force on the
diaphragm. A metal pushrod welded to the top
of the diaphragm transmits the deflection of the
diaphragm to the movement. The movement, in
turn, translates the lateral motion of the push
rod into a rotational motion for the pointer.
Upper
Housing
Bottom
Housing
65
Industrial Gauges
Type 42X.12, 43X.12
Up to 5X Overpressure Protection
One Piece Cast Iron Case
Ideal for Clogging Media
WIKA Type 422.12 and 432.12 Sealgauges® offer superior protection from viscous and crystallizing media. Type
422.12 features carbon steel wetted parts, while Type 432.12 offers the corrosion protection of 316 stainless steel
wetted parts. Each model is supplied with a standard black cast iron case and standard ½" NPT female
connection.
Standard Features

Size: 4" & 6" (100 & 160 mm)

Case: Cast iron, black painted

Wetted Part Material:
-Bottom housing: black painted carbon steel (422.12) or
316 stainless steel (432.12)
-Diaphragm: 300 series stainless steel
-O-ring NBR (Buna-N)

Window: Flat instrument glass

Pointer: Aluminum black, adjustable

Connection: 1/2" NPT female

Accuracy: + 1.5% of span

Bayonet Ring: Stainless steel, black

Overpressure Safety:
-ranges </= 6 psi: 5x of full scale
- ranges > 6 psi: 3x of full scale, not exceeding 600 psi
Available Options
Open flange connections
Case filling
Special wetted materials
Electrical alarm contacts
(Dry cases not field fillable)
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
Items shown with part numbers indicate
readily available standard WIKA products.
Items shown without part numbers are
available on special order.
Type
422.12
432.12
Datasheet
42X.12
Conn. Size
½" NPT Female LM
Size
4"
6" 4"
6"
Vacuum/Compound Ranges
30" Hg
9736336
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
9740087
30"-0-60 psi
9740095
30"-0-100 psi
9744105
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
Pressure Ranges (PSI)
10 psi
9744113
15 psi
8683581
30 psi
8558337
8558310
60 psi
8681791
8683590
100 psi
8558345
8657360
160 psi
8683603
200 psi
8681813
9744121 300 psi
8547092 400 psi
9697565 600 psi
9744139
8681236
Pressure Ranges (InWC)
5" wc
10" wc
15" wc
30" wc
60" wc
100" wc
200" wc
Datasheet: 42X.12
66
Industrial Gauges
Type 43X.30
5X Overpressure Protection
Solid Front Case Design
Type 432.30 - dry case, NPT connection
Type 433.30 - glycerine filled case, NPT connection
WIKA Type 432.30 Sealgauges® offer all stainless steel construction with a solid front, blow-out back safety case.
This Sealgauge® is ideal for applications involving viscous and crystallizing media in harsh environments such as
pulp & paper processing, chemical, petrochemical, and in water and sewage treatment plants.
Standard Features

Size: 4" & 6" (100 & 160 mm)

Case & Upper Housing: 304 stainless steel, solid front design with blow-out back

Wetted Parts Material:
- Bottom housing: 316L stainless steel
- Diaphragm material:
ranges </= 4 psi (100 InWC) 316L stainless steel
ranges > 4 psi (100 InWC) NiCrCo-Alloy (Duratherm)
- Gasket: FPM (Viton®)

Window: Laminated safety glass


Bayonet Ring: Stainless steel

Connection: ½" NPT female

Accuracy: + 1.5% of span

5x of full scale, not exceeding 600 psi
Available Options
Case filling
Transmitters
Type
432.30 (Dry)
Datasheet
43X.30
Conn. Size
½" NPT Female LM
Size
4"
6"
4"
6"
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi thru 30"-0-200 psi
6 psi thru 600 psi
5" wc thru 100" wc
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
Datasheet: 43X.30
67
Industrial Gauges
Type 43X.36
High Overpressure Safe to 6000 psi
Type 432.36 - dry case, solid front
Type 433.36 - glycerine filled case, solid front
The WIKA Type 43X.36 has all stainless steel construction and a high overpressure safety to 6000 psi. This
Sealgauge® is ideal for applications involving viscous and crystallizing media in a harsh environment such as
pulp & paper processing, chemical, petrochemical, and in water and sewage treatment plants.
Standard Features

Size:4" & 6" (100 & 160 mm)

Case: 304 stainless steel,
solid front design with blow-out back

-Bottom housing: 316L stainless steel
-Diaphragm material
ranges </= 4 psi (100 InWC)
316L stainless steel
ranges > 4 psi (100 InWC)
NiCrCo-Alloy (Duratherm)

Bayonet Ring: Stainless steel



Connection:½" NPT female

Accuracy:+ 1.5% of span

600 psi and 1500 psi (43X.56) or
6000 psi (43X.36)
Available Options
Case filling
Transmitters
Type
432.36 (Dry)
DataSheet
43X.36
Conn. Size
½" NPT Female LM
Size
4"
6"
4"
6"
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi thru 30"-0-200 psi Pressure Ranges (PSI)
6 psi thru 600 psi Pressure Ranges (InWC)
5" wc thru 100" wc
* Ranges:
1) 0/6" wc to 1/100" wc
flange diameter (7.5 inches)
2) 0/160" wc to 0/600 psi
flange diameter (4.75 inches) as well all
compound ranges within each range spread
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
Datasheet: 43X.36
68
Industrial Gauges
Type 43X.50
High Overpressure Protection
Type 432.50 - dry case, NPT connection
Type 433.50 - glycerine-filled case, NPT connection
WIKA Type 432.50 Sealgauges® feature all stainless steel construction and are built to withstand corrosive, highly
viscous and cystallizing media. This Sealgauge® is ideal for applications in harsh environments such as pulp &
paper processing, chemical, petrochemical, and in water and sewage treatment plants.
Standard Features
Size: 4" & 6" (100 & 160 mm)
Case: 304 stainless steel with pressure relief disc
Window: Laminated safety glass
Pointer: Aluminum black, adjustable
Bayonet Ring: Stainless steel
Wetted Parts Material:
-Diaphragm material
ranges </= 4 psi (100 InWC) Teflon®
lined 316L stainless steel
ranges > 4 psi (100 InWC) Teflon®
lined NiCrCo-Alloy (Duratherm)
- Gasket: Teflon®
Connection: ½" NPT female
Overpressure Safety: 5X of full scale,
not exceeding 600 psi
Available Options
Case filling
Transmitters
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
Type
432.50 (Dry)
Datasheet
432.50
Conn. Size
½" NPT Female LM
Size
4"
6"
4"
6"
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
9744147
30"-0-60 psi
9744155
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
9744164
30"-0-200 psi
10 psi
8737134
15 psi
30 psi
8683360
9697603
60 psi
8683379
8605548
100 psi
8597952
8511950
160 psi
8683387
8737118
200 psi
9744172
8691320
300 psi
8683409 8737126
400 psi
9697581 8549176
600 psi
9697599
8503370
5" wc
10" wc
15" wac
30" wc
60" wc
100" wc
Datasheet: 432.50
69
Industrial Gauges
Type 45X.50
Raised Face Flange
PTFE Wetted Parts
Ideal for Crystallizing Media
Type 452.50 - dry case, 1" 150# RF flange
Type 453.50 - glycerine-filled case, 1" 150# RF flange
WIKA Type 452.50 Sealgauges® feature a 1", 150# open flange and PTFE wetted parts. The case (both upper and
lower housing) and the measuring diaphragm are all 316 stainless steel. This Sealgauge® is ideal for applications
involving viscous and crystallizing media in a harsh environment such as pulp & paper processing, chemical,
petrochemical, and in water and sewage treatment plants.
Standard Features

Size: 4" & 6" (100 & 160 mm)

Case: 304 stainless steel with pressure relief disc

-Bottom housing: Teflon® 316L stainless steel
-Diaphragm material:
ranges </= 4 psi (100 InWC) Teflon®
lined 316L stainless steel
ranges > 4 psi (100 InWC) Teflon®
lined NiCrCo-Alloy (Duratherm)



Connection: 1" 150# RF flange or 2" 150# RF flange

Dial: White aluminum

Accuracy: ± 2.5% of span

Overpressure Safety: 5X of full scale,
not exceeding 600 psi
Available Options
Threaded metric (straight) connections
Case filling
Transmitters
300# RF class connection
Type
452.50
Datasheet
452.50
Conn. Size
1" ANSI 150# RF
Size
4"
6"
30" Hg
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
8681570
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
6 psi thru 600 psi
6" wc thru 10" wac
16" wac thru 100" wc
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
Datasheet: 452.50
70
Industrial Gauges
Type 43X.56
High Overpressure Protection
Process Industry Design
Type 432.56 - dry case, open front
Type 433.56 - glycerine filled case, open front
WIKA Type 43X.56 Sealgauges® offer all stainless steel construction and a high overpressure safety to 600 psi or
1500 psi. This Sealgauge® is ideal for applications involving viscous and crystallizing media in a harsh environment
such as pulp & paper processing, chemical, petrochemical, and in water and sewage treatment plants.
Standard Features

Size:4" & 6" (100 & 160 mm)

Case: 304 stainless steel
with pressure relief disc

-Diaphragm material
ranges </= 4 psi (100 InWC)
316L stainless steel
ranges > 4 psi (100 InWC)
NiCrCo-Alloy (Duratherm)


Pointer: Adjustable

Connection:½" NPT female

Accuracy:+ 1.5% of span
Type 432.56 (Dry)
Datasheet
43X.56
Conn. Size
½" NPT Female LM
Size
4"
6"
4"
6"
30" Hg thru 30"-0-200 psi
6 psi - 600 psi
5" wc - 100" wc
Items shown with part numbers indicate readily available standard WIKA products.
Items shown without part numbers are available on special order.

600 psi or 1500 psi
Available Options
Case filling
Transmitters
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
Datasheet: 43X.56
71
72
Low Pressure
Gauges
73
Low Pressure Gauges
Type 6X1.10
Black Steel Case
Sensitive Capsule System
Zero Adjustment Screw on Dial
WIKA Type 6X1.10 low pressure gauges are extremely
sensitive and highly accurate. The capsule element pressure system is designed to measure pressure and vacuum
of gaseous media from as low as 10" H2O to 275" H2O (10
psi). The finely polished nickel-silver pinion gear and shaft
of the movement ensure repeatable accuracy.
Standard Features
Nominal Size: 2" & 2½" (50 & 63 mm)
Case: Black painted steel
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy (611.10), Stainless steel (631.10)
Window: Acrylic
Dial: White aluminum
Pointer: Black aluminum
Brass movement with highly polished bearing surfaces;
zero adjustment screw on dial
Available Options
Chrome-plated or black-painted steel front flange (FF)
Brass restrictor
Black-painted steel rear flange (RF)
Alternate connections
Vacuum and overpressure safety
Instrument or safety glass
Oxygen cleaning
Adjustable red min/max pointer on window
Type
611.10
Datasheet
611.10
Size
2"
2½"
Connection
CBM
LM
CBM
Conn. Size
1/4" NPT
Vacuum Range (dual scale)
mm H2O
"H2O
0-30
0-760
9852344 9851852
0-60
0-1500
9748321 9748339
0-100
0-2500
9747473 9747465
Pressure Ranges (dual scale)
"H2O
mm H2O
0-15
0-380
9851682 9851860
0-30
0-760
9851690 9855785
0-60
0-1500
9851704 9803432
0-100
0-2500
9851810 9851879
0-200
0-5000
9851828 9851887
oz./sq. in.
mm H2O
0-10
0-440
9851771
0-15
0-660
9851780
0-20
0-880
9851798
0-30
0-1320
9851747 9851917
0-35
0-1540
9851801 9857273
0-60
0-2640
9851755 9803548
oz./sq. in.
" H2O
0-20
0-34
9851720 9857281
0-32
0-55
9851739 9855793
Pressure Ranges (single scale) PSI
3 psi
9851925 9851836
5 psi
9851933 9851844
10 psi
4204212 4204221
FF, chrome FF C
FF C FF C
plated brass
FF, black
FF B
FF B
FF B
painted steel
FF, SS
Restrictor, R
R
brass
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
CBM- center back mount
1
Datasheet: 6X1.10
74
Low Pressure Gauges
Type 611.13

Black Plastic Case

Snap-in-Acrylic Window

Economy Capsule Gauge
The WIKA Type 611.13 “swikap” low-pressure capsule gauge features a new state-of-the-art modular system.
With fewer moving parts, this rugged gauge is well equipped to provide economic low pressure measurement of
gaseous media. It is well suited to be utilized as part of your OEM application. It is available in 2 & 2 ½” dial sizes
with a number of options, in ranges from 0 – 25” H2O to 0 – 400” H2O.
Standard Features
Available Sizes and Configurations
250 pc. mimimum order quantities
Size: 2" & 2½" (50 & 63 mm)
Case: Black plastic
Wetted Parts: Copper alloy, POM
Window: Snap-in, acrylic
Type
611.13
Size
2"
2½"
Connection
LM
CBM
LM
CBM
Conn. Size
1/8" NPT, 1/4" NPT; other by request
Note: Minimum release quantity 250 pcs. per line item.
All standard vacuum and pressure scales available within the ranges
of 0-25" H2O and 0-400" H2O.
Available Options
Brass restrictor
Alternative connections
Zero adjust through window
Black steel case (611.23)
Cleaned for 02 service
Accuracy class 1.5%
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
CBM- Ccenter bBack mount
Datasheet: 611.13
75
Low Pressure Gauges
Type 612.20
WIKA Type 612.20 low pressure gauges feature a copper alloy capsule element that is designed to measure pressure
and vacuum of gaseous media from as low as 2.5" H2O to 275" H2O (10 psi). The 4" dial size allows easy reading from
a distance. The finely polished nickel-silver pinion gear and shaft of the movement ensure repeatable accuracy.
Standard Features
Size: 4" & 6"(100 & 160 mm)
Case: Stainless steel
Window: Instrument glass
Brass movement with highly polished bearing surfaces;
zero adjustment screw on dial
Available Options
Stainless steel front flange (FF) or stainless steel rear
flange (RF)
Brass restrictor
Chrome-plated or black-painted steel front flange (FF)
Alternative connections
Acrylic or safety glass
Oxygen cleaning
6" version available in ranges as low as 2.5" H2O
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
LBM- lower back mount
Accessories (installed) Applies to any quantity
when added to standard stock gauges
Datasheet: 612.20
76
Type
612.20
Datasheet
612.20
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Size
4"
Connection
LM LBM
Vacuum Range (dual scale)
"H2O
mm H2O
0-30
0-760
9747724
"H2O
mm H2O
0-15
0-380
9747732
0-30
0-760
9747740
0-60
0-1500
9747758
0-100
0-2500
9747766
0-200
0-5000
9747775
oz./sq. in.
mm water
0-10
0-440
0-15
0-660
0-20
0-880
0-30
0-1320
0-35
0-1540
0-60
0-2640
oz./sq. in.
"H2O
0-20
0-34
0-32
0-55
Pressure Ranges (single scale - PSI)
3 psi
9747783
5 psi
9747791
10psi
4246684
FF, chrome plated brass
FF, black painted steel
FF, SS
Restrictor, brass
N/A
N/A
FF S
R
Low Pressure Gauges
Type 6X2.34
Stainless Steel or Brass Wetted Parts
Sensitive Capsule Movement
WIKA Type 6X2.34 low pressure process gauges offer accurate readings in harsh ambient conditions. They are
able to measure the pressure of gaseous media from as low as 10" H2O to 275" H2O (10 psi) or other equivalent
units of pressure or vacuum. The finely polished nickel-silver pinion gear and shaft of the movement ensure
repeatable accuracy.
Standard Features
Size: 4½" (115 mm)
Case: Black - fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic (POCAN)
Ring: Threaded - fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic (POCAN)
Wetted Parts: 612.34 - copper alloy, 632.34 - 316 stainless steel
Window: Acrylic
Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable
Accuracy: + 2/1/2% of span (ASME B40.100 Grade A)
Available Options
4½" panel mounting kit
Brass restrictor
Stainless steel restrictor
Monel® wetted parts
Vacuum or overpressure safety
Flat instrument glass and safety glass
Available options per special request:
Silicone case filling (633.34) min. range 40" H20 and up
Glycerine fill not available
* Must be factory filled - not field fillable
Type
Size
Connection
Conn. Size
Wetted Parts
Outer Scale Inner Scale
(black)
(red)
0-10" H2O
0-6 oz./in²
0-15" H2O
0-9 oz./in²
0-20" H2O
0-12 oz./in²
0-30" H2O
0-18 oz./in²
0-40" H2O
0-24 oz./in²
0-60" H2O
0-35 oz./in²
0-80" H2O
0-45 oz./in²
0-100" H2O
0-57 oz./in²
0-150" H2O
0-90 oz./in²
0-5 psi
0-10"Hg
0-8 psi
0-16"Hg
0-10 psi
0-20"Hg
Accessories1
Restrictor, brass, SS
4 ½"
Panel Mount2
612.34 632.34
4½"
LM
¼" NPT
Brass
316SS
4217063
4217071
4217080
4217098
4217101
4217110
4217128
4217136
4217144
4217039
4217047
4217055
4217187
4217195
4217209
4217217
4217225
4217233
4217241
4217250
4217268
4217152
4217161
4217179
R
R
PM
4½" panel mount kit includes polished 304 stainless steel ring.
4½" panel mount kit not installed on gauge. Kit requires that it be
field installed. Order panel mount kit as a separate item from gauge.
1
2
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
Datasheet: 6X2.34
77
Low Pressure Gauges
Type 63X.50
*Type 633.50 - Liquid filled case
WIKA Type 632.50 low pressure gauges offer the corrosion resistance of 316 stainless steel wetted parts able to
measure pressure and vacuum of gaseous media from as low as 1" H2O to 275" H2O (10 psi). The finely polished
nickel silver pinion gear and shaft of the movement ensure repeatable accuracy.
Standard Features
Size: 2½", 4" & 6" (63, 100 & 160 mm)
Ring: Polished stainless steel
Zero adjustment screw on dial
Available Options
Stainless steel front flange (FF) (4" and 6" only)
Stainless steel rear flange (RF)
Alarm contacts (inductive only) (4" and 6" only)
Oxygen cleaning
6" version available in ranges as low as 1" H2O
Available options per special request:
Silicone case filling: 4" & 6" only, for ranges
40" H20 and up, only available with plastic window
Glycerine/water mixture case fill available
*Must be factory filled - not field fillable
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
LBM - lower back mount
Type
632.50
Size
2½"
4"
6"
Connection
LM / CBM LM
LBM
LM / LBM
Conn. Size
1/4" NPT
1/2" NPT
1/2" NPT
Compound Ranges
5-0-5" H2O
9804439
10-0-10" H2O
9804447
15-0-15 "H2O
9804455
15" H2O-0-5 psi
9804412
Pressure Ranges ("H2O)
0-15" H2O
9804323
0-20" H2O
9804471
0-30" H2O
9804315
0-60" H2O
9804498
0-100" H2O
9859314
9804501
0-200" H2O
0-5 psi
9804307
0-10 psi
9804420
Accessories1
FF, FF
SS
Restrictor, R
316 SS
1
Datasheet: 632.50
78
Differential &
Duplex Gauges
79
Differential Gauges
Type 700.04
Piston-Style
Up to 6,000 PSIG
Dry or Liquid Filled
This piston-style differential pressure gauge is designed for use with clean liquid or gaseous media where high
differential pressure/static process pressures are required. Type 700.04 is suitable for measuring pressure drops
across a variety of devices, including filters, strainers, separators, and heat exchangers.
Standard Features

Size: 2½" & 4½" (63mm, 115mm)

Connection: 2 x ¼" NPT female, back mount

Wetted parts:
- Ceramic magnet (standard)
- 316SS spring (standard)
- Sensor housing black anodized aluminum
or 316L stainless steel (see table)
- Viton O-rings

Window: Acrylic

Accuracy: + 2% of full span (on increasing pressure)

Case/Bezel: Fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic

Maximum Safe Working Pressure: 6000 psig

Handwritten calibration test report

Panel mountable
Available Options
½" NPT female with adaptors ( part #203963)
Laminated safety glass window
Case filling - glycerine or silicone
In-line connections (side/end connection)
Bi-directional reading
Reversed pressure ports: high (+) on left,
low (-) on right (facing gauge)
Buna -N or EPDM O-rings
Red drag pointer
Reed switch with flying leads (SPST and SPDT)
Type
700.04
Datasheet
700.04
Connection
2 x ¼" NPT female back
Sensor Housing
Black Anodized 316 L
Aluminum
Stainless Steel
Case Size
2½"
4½"
2½"
4½"
0/5 psid
4390954 4390632 4390675 50334085
0/10 psid
4375242 4371866 4368084 4372170
0/20 psid
4375250 4368092 4371816 4372188
0/25 psid
4375268 4371883 4371824 4372196
0/30 psid
4390616 4390658 4390691 4390739
0/50 psid
4375276 4371891 4371832 4372209
0/60 psid
50420267 4390666
50441647
0/75 psid
4375285 4371905 4371840 4372217
0/100 psid
4375293 4371913 4371858 4372162
Code:
SG
MKIT
1/4E
1/2
703.04
BD
DP
1SPDT 5W
02
Order Options
Safety glass window
Wall/pipe mount kit
¼" NPT-F end connection
½" NPT-F ss adaptor
Glycerine case fill (Type 703.04)
Bi-directional reading
Drag pointer
1X SPDT 5W
02 Service
Datasheet: 700.04
80
Differential Gauges
Type 700.05
Piston W/Separating
Diaphragm
Dry or Liquid Filled
For Use in Differential/Static
Process Pressures
This diaphragm-style differential pressure gauge is suited for use in applications requiring low/medium differential
and medium/high process pressure media. Type 700.05 is intended for measuring pressure drops across filters,
strainers, separators, heat exchanger, and gas recovery systems.
Standard Features

Size: 2½" & 4½" (63mm, 115mm)

Connection: 2 x ¼" NPT female, back mount

Wetted parts:
- Ceramic magnet (standard)
- 316SS spring (standard)
- Sensor housing black anodized aluminum
or 316L stainless steel (see table)
- Buna-N membrane & O-rings

Window: Acrylic

Accuracy: + 2% of full span (on increasing pressure) for ranges
0/300 "H20-0/100 psid; + 5% of full span ( on increasing pressure)
for ranges 0/50 "H20-0/200 "H20

Case/Bezel: Fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic

Maximum Safe Working Pressure: 3000 psig

Handwritten calibration test report

Panel mountable
Available Options
½" NPT female SS adaptors (part #203963)
¼" NPT female top & bottom mount
Viton membrane and O-rings
Laminated safety glass window
Case filling - glycerine or silicone
Red drag pointer
Type 700.05
Datasheet 700.05
Connection
2
x ¼" NPT female back
Black Anodized 316 L
Sensor
Housing
Aluminum
Stainless Steel Case Size 0/50 "H2O
0/75 "H2O 0/100 "H2O
0/200 "H2O
0/300 "H2O
0/400 "H2O
0/5 psid
0/10 psid 0/15 psid 0/25 psid
0/30 psid
0/50 psid 0/75 psid 0/100 psid Code:
SG
MKIT
1/4E
1/2"ADAPT
703.05
DP Viton®
02
2½"
4½"
4375306 4375446
4375315 4375455
4375323 4375463
4375331 4375471
4375349 4375489
4375357 4375497
4375366 4375501
4375374 4375519
4375382 4375527
4375390 4375536
4375404 4375544
4375412 4375552
4375420 4375560
4375438 4375578
2½"
4375586
4375595
4375608
4375616
4375625
4375633
4375641
4375659
4375667
4375676
4375684
4375692
4375706
4375714
4½"
4375722
4375730
4375748
4375756
4375765
4375773
4375781
4375799
4375803
4375811
4375829
4375837
4375846
4375854
Order Options
Safety glass window
Wall/pipe mount kit
¼" NPT-F dual top/bottom
½" NPT, SS adaptor - part # 203963
Glycerine case fill (Type 703.05)
Drag pointer Viton® diaphragm
02 Service*
*Requires Viton Diaphragm. Price adder included.
Datasheet: 700.05
81
Differential Gauges
Type 7X1.12
Dual Bourdon Tube
Duplex Option Available
Type 7X1.12 4” & 6” differential pressure gauges feature a black-painted steel case and friction ring with brass
wetted parts. The differential pressure is displayed on a clear plastic disc, graduated with + 50% of full scale. The
black aluminum pointer indicates the maximum static (line) pressure. The accuracy is 1.5% of span. Type 7X1.12
gauges can also be supplied as duplex gauges with one redpointer and one black pointer. These gauges can be
used for monitoring differential pressures in filter plants, pipeline systems, valves and pumps, particularly in the
gas, water and air supply markets and the preparation of such media without any magnetic substances.
Standard Features
Size: 4" & 6" (100 & 160 mm)
Case & Ring: Black-painted steel
Window: Flat instrument glass
Available Options
Duplex gauge option (red and black pointers)
DP gauge with one pointer via subtracting movement
Black steel or chrome plated brass front flange
Alternate windows safety glass or acrylic
Oxygen cleaning
SS wetted parts (731.12)
Liquid filling (713.12)
Restrictors in gauge ports
Liquid filled stainless steel version: 733.12
Abbreviations
LM- lower mount
Type
711.12
Datasheet
7X1.12
Connection
2 x¼" NPT LM
Size
4"
Diff. Range
Max. Static Pressure
¼" NPT
+ 7.5 psi
15 psi
+ 15 psi
30 psi
+ 30 psi
60 psi
+ 50 psi
100 psi
+ 80 psi
160 psi
+ 100 psi
200 psi
+ 150 psi
300 psi
+ 200 psi
400 psi
+ 300 psi
600 psi
+400 psi
800 psi
+ 500 psi
1,000 psi
15/0/15 psi (1)
30 psi
30/0/30 psi (1)
60 psi
50/0/50 psi (1)
100 psi
100/0/100 psi (1)
200 psi
150/0/150 psi (1)
300 psi
200/0/200 psi (1)
400 psi
400/0/400 psi (1)
800 psi
500/0/500 psi (1)
1,000 psi
(1) Differential indication via one pointer and subtracting movement.
Datasheet: 7X1.12
82
6"
¼" NPT
Differential Gauges
Type 732.14
Diaphragm Type
Type 732.14 4” & 6” differential pressure gauges feature all stainless steel construction with 316 stainless steel
wetted parts. They offer overpressure safety up to 4000 psi (optional) regardless of scale range, with an accuracy
of 1.5% of span. Overpressure option 6000 psi (optional) is limited to range 100" H20 and up. The Type 732.14
gauge can be used in process industry applications.
Standard Features
Size: 4" & 6" (100 & 160 mm)
Case & Ring: Stainless steel
Available Options
Front flange
Wall or pipe mounting brackets
Back connection or 12 o'clock connection
Transmitters
Static/overpressure safety: 600 psi,
1500 psi and 4000 psi
(100 bar & 250 bar)
Max. static/overpressure option 6000 psi for
ranges > 100" H20 (73X.12)
Monel® wetted parts
Metric connections
Pressure equalizing valves
External zero-adjustment (standard with case filling)
Type
732.14
Datasheet
73X.14
Connection
2 x LM
Size
4"
Maximum. Static ½" NPT
Diff. Range
Pressure Options female 25" H2O
30" H2O
600-4000 psig
60" H2O
100" H2O
15 psi
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
600-6000 psig
160 psi
6"
½
" NPT
female
200 psi
300 psi
400 psi
Abbreviations
LM- Lower Mount
Datasheet: 732.14
83
Design and Operating Principle of 732.14 and 732.2X (pages 81, 86 & 87)
•
Process pressures are applied to the low pressure chamber (2) and high pressure chamber (3)
•
The area between the two diaphragms (4) is filled with a
transmitting fluid
•
Any pressure differential will deflect the diaphragm (1) and the deflection is hydraulically transmitted to the other diaphragm by the transmitting fluid
•
The deflection of the diaphragm is transmitted to the pointer by means of a rotating axle (9) that provides frictionless
transmission and a metal-to-metal seal
•
A pressure greater than the full scale will close the valve (5), thus discontinuing the transmission of pressure
•
Both diaphragms rest on a liquid cushion that allows the instrument to withstand process pressure up to the maximum pressure rating of the instrument
Dimensions:
(All dimensions in inches unless
otherwise noted.)
Order Option
Mounting bracket for surface
or pipe mounting
TYPE
WEIGHT
7X2.14 8.6 lb
4"
7X2.14 9.5 lb
6"
KEY
mm
in
mm
in
A
101
3.98
161
6.33
B
64
2.5
64
2.5
C1
58.5
2.3
65.5
2.6
C2
82
3.2
82
3.2
F
T
17.5
1/2"
.68
17.5
1/2"
.68
X
54
2.1
54
2.1
NOTE: For ranges 4 psi and lower, "B" dimension changes to 2.8" (70 mm) and "C2" dimension changes to 5.5" (140 mm).
Weight increases by approx. 20 lbs.
84
Differential Gauges
Type 712.25DP

Dual Bourdon Tube Design


Special Subtracting Movement
Type 712.25DP 4½” & 6” gauges feature a tough black-painted aluminum case with brass wetted parts. They
feature a dual Bourdon tube system and a special subtracting movement drives one pointer to display the
differential pressure. The built-in rear flange matches up to existing mounting holes without any modifications.
These gauges are suitable for all gaseous and liquid media that will not obstruct pressure systems or attack
copper alloy parts.
Standard Features
Size: 4½" & 6" (115mm & 160 mm)
Case & Ring: Black epoxy-coated aluminum
Wetted parts: Copper alloy
Accuracy: + 2/1/2% of span ASME B40.100 Grade A
Available Options
Brass restrictor
Oxygen cleaning
Abbreviations
LM- lower mount
Type
712.25DP Differential Pressure
Datasheet
712.25DP
Connection
2 x LM
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Size
4½"
6"
Diff. Range
Max. Static Pressure
PSI
15 psid
15 psig
30 psid
30 psig
4241487
4241819
60 psid
60 psig
4241495 4241827
100 psid
100 psig
4241509
4241835
160 psid
160 psig
4241517
4241843
200 psid
200 psig
4241525
4241851
300 psid
300 psig
400 psid
400 psig
4241541
4241879
600 psid
600 psig
800 psid
800 psig
1,000 psid
1,000 psig 4241568
4241895
15/0/15 psid
30 psig
30/0/30 psid
60 psig
50/0/50 psid
100 psig
100/0/100 psid
200 psig
150/0/150 psid
300 psig
200/0/200 psid
400 psig
400/0/400 psid
800 psig
500/0/500 psid
1000 psig
Restrictor, Brass
R
Datasheet: 712.25DP
85
Duplex Gauges
Type 712.25DX

Dual Bourdon Tube Design
With Two Independent Pointers


Built-in Rear Flange
Type 712.25DX 4½” & 6” gauges feature a tough black-painted aluminum case with brass wetted parts. Type
712.25DX gauges feature two independent pressure systems and a special movement drives one red pointer
and one black pointer to display two pressure readings on the dial. The built-in rear flange matches up to existing
mounting holes without any modifications. The 712.25DX is suitable for all gaseous and liquid media that will not
obstruct the pressure system or attack copper alloy parts.
Standard Features
Size: 4½" & 6" (115 & 160 mm)
Case & Ring: Black epoxy-coated aluminum
Accuracy: + 2/1/2% of span ASME B40.100 Grade A
Max. Static Pressure: 1.3x full scale value
Available Options
Brass restrictors
Oxygen cleaning
Type712.25DX Duplex Pressure
Datasheet
712.25DX
Connection
2 x LM
Conn. Size
¼" NPT
Press. Scale
PSI
Size
4½"
6"
15 psi
4241657
4241738
30 psi
4241665
4241746
60 psi
4241673
4241754
100 psi
4241681
4241762
160 psi
200 psi
300 psi
4241691
4241771
400 psi
600 psi
800 psi
1,000 psi
4241720
4241801
Restrictor,
Brass
Abbreviations
LM- lower mount
1
R
Datasheet: 712.25DX
86
Differential Gauges
Type 716.11
Low Pressure Capsule Design
Copper Alloy Capsule
Type 716.11, 2½", 4” & 6” differential pressure gauges feature a stainless steel case and ring with brass wetted
parts. Type 716.11 gauges are designed with a capsule measuring element for differential pressure measurement
of clean, dry and low pressure gas applications.
Standard Features
Size: 2½", 4" & 6" (63, 100 & 160 mm)
Window: Acrylic
Available Options
10X overpressure protection
Front or rear flanges
Stainless steel wetted parts (736.11)
Back connection
Abbreviations
LM- lower mount
Type 716.11 Differential Pressure
Datasheet
716.11
Connection
2 x LM
Size
2½"
4"
6"
Max. Static
100" H20
100" H20
160" H20
Pressure
Diff. Range
1/8" NPT
½" NPT
½" NPT
1.5" H2O
N/A
N/A
*
2.5" H2O
N/A
5" H2O
N/A
10" H2O
15" H2O
30" H2O
60" H2O
160" H2O
N/A
N/A
*Only feasible with short scale over 180 o
- consult factory.
Datasheet: 716.11
87
Differential Gauges
Type 732.25

Dual Membrane Sensing Element

Dry or Liquid Filled

For Use in High
Differential/High Static
Process Pressures
This opposed membrane/liquid filled sensor element is designed for applications requiring high differential/high
process pressures. The 732.25 is used in a variety of industrial uses, including rotating equipment systems and/or
corrosive environments in liquid or gaseous media.
Standard Features
Size: 4½" & 6" (115mm & 160mm)
Connection: 2 x ¼" NPT female, back mount
Wetted parts: 316L stainless steel sensor housing,
Monel® membrane and PTFE O-ring
Dial: White aluminum with black lettering
Pointer: Black aluminum - adjustable
Window: Acrylic
Accuracy: + 1% of full span per ASME B40.1 Grade 1A
Case/Bezel: Black powder-coated aluminum, bezel SS polished
Maximum Safe Working Pressure: 3000 psig
Supplied with handwritten calibration test report
Available Options
Case filling (glycerine or silicone oil)
Top & bottom connection
Wall/pipe mounting kit
(only available in connection with top/bottom mount)
½" NPT female adaptors (part #203963)
304SS case material
Safety glass window
Dial for flow applications (square root)
Type
732.25
Datasheet
732.25
Connection
2 x ¼" NPT female back
Case Size
4½"
6" Ranges
0/100 "H2O
0/150 "H2O
0/200 "H2O
0/300 "H2O
0/400 "H2O
0/15 psid
4375862
4375926
0/30 psid
4375870
4375935
0/60 psid
4375888
4375943
0/100 psid
4375896
4375951
0/230 psid
4375900
4375969
0/300 psid
4375918
4375977
0/400 psid
0/500 psid
0/600 psid
Code: SG MKIT 1/2FB 733.25 SS CASE
SQ. RT.
C-BRKT
H-BRKT
Order Options
Safety glass window
Uni-wall/pipe mount kit
½" NPT female back mount
Glycerine-filled case
304SS case
Dial for flow
C-bracket
H-bracket
Datasheet: 732.25
88
Differential Gauges
Type 732.26

Dual Membrane Sensing Element

Dry or Liquid Filled

For Use in Low
Differential/Medium Static
Process Pressures
This opposed membrane/liquid-filled sensor element differential pressure gauge is for applications requiring
low differential/medium static process pressures. The 732.26 is typically used for a variety of industrial uses,
including cryogenic gases and/or corrosive environments in liquid or gaseous media.
Standard Features
Size: 4½" & 6" (115mm & 160mm)
Connection: 2 x ¼" NPT female, top/bottom
Wetted parts: 316L stainless steel sensor housing,
316 stainless steel membrane and PTFE O-ring
Dial: White aluminum with black lettering
Pointer: Black aluminum - adjustable
Window: Acrylic
Accuracy: + 1% of full span per ASME B40.1 Grade 1A
Service: Cleaned for 02 service with "USE NO OIL" on dial
Case/Bezel: Black powder-coated aluminum, bezel SS polished
Maximum Safe Working Pressure: 600 psig
Supplied with handwritten calibration test report
Available Options
Case filling Halocarbon (only for 02 service);
other case fillings (glycerine or silicone oil) are available,
but not for 02 service (without * use no oil* on dial)
Wall/pipe mounting kit
C-bracket mounting kit (part #2353275)
H-bracket mounting kit (part #2398784)
Special dials for liquid level measurement
½" NPT female adaptors (part #203963)
304SS case material
Safety glass window
Type 732.26
Datasheet 732.26
Connection
2 x ¼" NPT female top/bottom
Case Size 4½"
6"
Ranges
0/100 “H2O 4375986
4374246
0/150 “H2O
4375994
4376036
0/200 “H2O
4376001
4376044
0/300 “H2O 4376019
4376052
0/400 “H2O
4376027
4376060
0/15 psid
0/30 psid
0/60 psid
0/100 psid
0/230 psid
0/300 psid
0/400 psid
Code: SG MKIT 1/2F 733.26
SS CASE
C-BRKT
H-BRKT
Order Options
Safety glass window
Uni-wall/pipe mount kit
½" NPT
female top/bottom mount
Case filling
Dial for LL measurement
304SS
C-bracket
H-bracket
Datasheet: 732.26
89
Differential Gauges
Type 732.51
±1.5% Accuracy
Type 732.51, 4” & 6” differential pressure gauges feature all stainless steel construction and 316 stainless steel
wetted parts. The accuracy is 1.5% of span. The design of the Type 732.51 makes it ideal for applications in the
process industry.
Type
Datasheet
Connection
Size
Standard Features
Size: 4" & 6" (100 & 160 mm)
Window: Safety glass
Available Options
Solid front case (732.31)
Air bleeding plugs
Static pressure rating to 600 psi
Front flanges
Pipe/surface mounting kit
Pressure equalizing valve
Alarm contacts
Transmitters
Oxygen service
Side entry connection
Pressure Ranges
(Differential Pressure)
0 to 10" H2O to
0 to 15" H2O
0 to 25" H2O to
0 to 100" H2O
0 to 6 psi
0 to 10 psi
0 to 15 psi
0 to 25 psi
0 to 40 psi
0 to 400 psi
732.51
73X.51
2 X LM
Static pressure max. [PSI]
Standard
Optional
4"
6"
Overpressure safe
¼" NPT
female
(both sides) max. [PSI]
Standard
Optional
40
150
100
150
400
400
400
400
600
600
600
600
400
600
40
100
40
100
60
100
150
300
600
600
600
600
400
600
Abbreviations
LM- lower mount
Datasheet: 732.51
90
High Precision
Gauges
91
Type 312.20
Mirrored Dial
+0.25% of Span Accuracy
Extremely sensitive and highly accurate, WIKA Type 312.20 test gauges are excellent for instrument shops, gauge
repair and calibration shops, testing laboratories and other applications demanding high precision and consistent
results. 312.20 test gauges feature adjustable knife-edge pointers and mirror bands on the dial to assure precise
readings and to eliminate parallax error.
Type
312.20
Standard Features
Size: 6" (160 mm)
Movement: Brass with nickel-silver pinion gears and shaft
Dial: White aluminum with mirrored band
Pointer: Black aluminum, knife-edge
Accuracy: + 0.25% of span ASME B40.100 Grade 3A
Available Options
Stainless steel front flange (FF)- 2 piece
Brass or stainless steel restrictor
Alternate windows, safety or acrylic
Pointer knife-edge adjustable
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
"PSI/KG/CM²" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside in red. Note:
Vacuum scale: 30"Hg outside in black; 760 mm Hg inside in red.
Datasheet: 312.20
92
Datasheet
312.20
Size 6"
Connection LM
Conn. Size ¼" NPT ½" NPT
Press.Scale1 PSI
PSI/KG/CM2
PSI
30" Hg 9746859 9747023 9747163
30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi 9651454 9370994
10 psi
15 psi
9746867 9747031 9747171
30 psi
9746875 9747049 9747189
60 psi
9746884 9747057 9747197
100 psi
9746892 9747065 9747201
160 psi
9746905 9747074 9747219
200 psi
9746914 9747082 9747227
300 psi
9746922 9747090 9747235
400 psi
9746930 9747104 9747244
600 psi
9746948 9747112 9747252
800 psi
9746956 9747260
1,000 psi
9746965 9747120 9747278
1,500 psi
9746973 9747286
2,000 psi
9746981 9747295
3,000 psi
9746999 9747138 9747308
5,000 psi
9747006 9747146 9747316
10,000 psi
9747015 9747155 9747325
FF, FF S
SS
RF, RF S
SS
Restrictor
R
Type 332.30
Solid Front, Blow-out Back
Mirrored Dial
Type 332.30 test gauges feature a solid front, blow-out back safety case
design, adjustable knife-edge pointers, and mirror bands on the dial to
assure precise readings and to eliminate parallax error. Extremely sensitive and highly accurate, WIKA Type 332.30 test gauges are excellent for
instrument shops, gauge repair and calibration shops, testing laboratories
and other applications demanding high precision and consistent results.
Standard Features
Size: 6" (160 mm)
Movement: Stainless steel
Dial: White aluminum with mirrored band
Pointer: Black aluminum, knife-edge
Accuracy: + 0.25% of span ASME B40.100 Grade 3A
Available Options
Stainless steel front flange (FF)
Brass or stainless steel restrictor
Stainless steel surface mounting
Alternate window, acrylic
Adjustable knife edge pointer
Type
332.20
Datasheet
332.20
Conn. Size ½" NPT
Size
6"
Connection LM
Press.Scale1 PSI
30" Hg 30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
10 psi
4304713
15 psi
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
4207408
160 psi
4207416
200 psi
300 psi
4248946
400 psi
50046128
600 psi
4286112
800 psi
1,000 psi
50179691
1,500 psi
50046136
2,000 psi
3,000 psi
4282559
5,000 psi
9744309
10,000 psi
FF, FF S
SS
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
¹ "PSI/KPA" denotes dual scale; PSI outside in
black, KPA inside in red. "PSI/KG/CM²" denotes
dual scale; PSI outside in black, KG/CM² inside in
red. Note: Vacuum scale: 30"Hg outside in black;
760 mm Hg inside in red.
Restrictor
R
Datasheet: 332.30
93
Type 332.34
Rugged Thermoplastic Case
Stainless Steel Case Wetted Parts
(0.5% of Span > 600 psi < 2000 psi)
The Type 332.34 is an industrial type gauge suitable for corrosive environments where the fluid medium does
not clog connection or corrode 316 ss material. Solid front, blow-out back case design meets safety requirements
of ASME B40.100.
Standard Features
Size: 4½" (115 mm)
Accuracy:
Ranges: 0/30” Hg to 600 psi and 2000 psi to 15,000 psi
+ 0.25% of span (ASME B40.1 Grade 3A)
Ranges: 600 psi to 2,000 psi and 20,000 psi
Ranges: (All ranges not stocked) Vacuum 30" Hg; pressure from 15 psi to
20,000 psi
Working Range: Steady: 3/4 of full scale value; fluctuating: 2/3 of full scale value;
short time: full scale value
Operating Temperature: Ambient: -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C);
Media: max. 212°F (+100°C)
Temperature Error: Additional error when temperature changes from reference temperature of 68°F (20°C) +0.4% for every 18°F (10°C) rising or falling. Percentage of span.
Connection: Material: 316 stainless steel; lower mount (LM); 1/4" NPT or 1/2" NPT limited to wrench flat area with M4 internal tap.
Bourdon Tube: Material: 316 stainless steel; 30" Hg (Vac) to 600 psi C-type;
2000 to 20,000 psi helical type
Movement: Stainless steel; internal stop pin
Type 332.34
Datasheet 332.34
Size 4½"
Connection LM
Conn. Size ½" NPT
30" Hg 4334711
15 psi
4334770
30 psi
4334788
60 psi
4334796
100 psi
4334800
160 psi
4334818
200 psi
4334826
300 psi
4334834
400 psi
4334842
600 psi
4334851
2,000 psi
4394506
3,000 psi
4200627
5,000 psi
50008880
10,000 psi
4200792
15,000 psi
50003569
20,000 psi
Dial: White aluminum with black lettering and mirrored band
Restrictor
Pointer: Black aluminum, micrometer adjustable, with knife edge
4½"
Panel Mount
Case: Black glass reinforced thermoplastic (PBTP); Solid front, blow-out back; Turret-style case with built-in rear flange lugs
Available Options
Threaded restrictor
Instrument or safety glass
Oxygen cleaning
Drag pointer
PM
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
Datasheet: 332.34
94
R
Type 332.54
Mirrored Dial
Stainless Steel Case Wetted Parts
(0.5% of Span > 600 PSI < 2000 PSI)
WIKA Type 332.54 inspector's test gauges are convenient for field calibrations. They have an accuracy of
±0.25% which meets ASME B40.100 Grade 3A. The mirrored band on the dial and the knife-edge pointer make
it easy to take accurate readings from the gauge. Type 332.54 test gauges are supplied standard with a nylon,
zippered carrying pouch.
Standard Features
Size: 4" (100 mm)
Accuracy:
Ranges: 0/30” Hg to 600 psi and 2000 psi to 15,000 psi
Ranges: 600 psi to 2,000 psi and 20,000 psi
Ranges: (All ranges not stocked) Vacuum 30" Hg; Pressure from
15 psi to 10,000 psi
Working Range: Steady: 3/4 of full scale value; fluctuating: 2/3 of full scale value;
short time: full scale value
Operating Temperature: Ambient: -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C);
media: max. 212°F (+100°C)
Temperature Error: Additional error when temperature changes from reference temperature of 68°F (20°C) +0.4% for every 18°F (10°C) rising or falling. Percentage of span
Connection: Material: 316 stainless steel; lower mount (LM); 1/4" NPT or 1/2" NPT limited to wrench flat area
Bourdon Tube: Material: 316 stainless steel; 30" Hg (Vac) to 600 psi C-type;
2000 to 10,000 psi helical type
Movement: Stainless steel; internal stop pin
Dial: White aluminum with black lettering and mirrored band
Pointer: Black aluminum, micrometer adjustable, with knife edge
Case: 304 stainless steel with vent plug and polished stainless steel
bayonet ring
Available Options
Threaded restrictor
Instrument glass
Oxygen cleaning
Type Datasheet Size
Connection Conn. Size Press. Scale1
30" Hg 30"-0-15 psi
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
15 psi
30 psi
60 psi
100 psi
160 psi
200 psi
300 psi
400 psi
600 psi
1000 psi
1500 psi
2000 psi
3000 psi
5000 psi 10,000 psi
332.54
332.54
4"
LM
¼" NPT
PSI
4220013
4362336
4255232
4333781
4237961
4213176
4200741
4220021
4220030
4220048
4220056
4220064
4220072
4220081
4220099
4220102
4220111
4246004
4249250
4237979
4243269
50044796
Acessories (installed)
Restrictor
R
RF, RF
SS
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
Datasheet: 332.54
95
Type 342.11
High Precision Test Gauge
Adjustable Dial to Re-Zero Gauge
± 0.1% of Span Accuracy
WIKA Type 342.11 precision test gauges are high quality,
time-proven instruments designed for use as pressure transfer
standards and in applications requiring exceptional precision
and high reliability in the measurement of pressure. Both types
of WIKA precision test gauges feature a Bourdon tube made of
Ni-Span C® for all pressure ranges above 0-10 psi. Ni-Span C®
has exceptional temperature stability and eliminates the need
for an expensive thermal compensator.
Standard Features
Size: 10" (250 mm)
Case: Cast aluminum, dark grey with hammered finish
Ring: Cast aluminum, dark grey with hammered finish
Connection: 316 stainless steel
Bourdon Tube: Ni-Span C®
Window: Green tinted acrylic, non-reflecting
Dial: White aluminum with mirrored band and zero adjustment
Pointer: Black aluminum knife-edge
Accuracy: + 0.1% of span (ASME B40.100 Grade 4A)
Note: *Beryllium copper is substituted for 10 psi range.
Photograph indicates dual scale dial.
All Type 342.11 gauges are supplied with a
NIST Certificate of Calibration.
Available Options
Safety glass window
Abbreviations
LM - lower mount
Datasheet: 342.11
96
Type
Datasheet
Connection Size
Conn. Size 342.11
342.11
LM
10"
¼" NPT F Press.Ranges Stem or Panel Mount Wall Mount
30" Hg 9328750
30" Hg-0-15 psi
9328769 30" Hg-0-30 psi
9328777 30" Hg-0-60 psi
9328785 30" Hg-0-100 psi
9328793 30" Hg-0-150 psi
8988927 30" Hg-0-300 psi
10 psi
15 psi
9328823 30 psi
9328831
60 psi
9328840
8988986
100 psi
9328858 160 psi
9328866 200 psi
9328874 300 psi
9328882 400 psi
9328890 600 psi
9328904 800 psi
8988854
1,000 psi
9328920 1,500 psi
2,000 psi
9328947 3,000 psi
9328955 5,000 psi
10,000 psi
15,000 psi
9328998 20,000 psi
9329005
8590931 300" H2O
400" H2O
600" H2O
1000" H2O
Options and Accessories for Type 342.11
Non-std. connection (¼", ½" NPT male,
autoclave or G1/2A)
Special scale
Cleaned for oxygen service (up to 6000 psi only)
Replacement carry case
Calibration Test
Equipment & Accessories
97
Calibration Test
Type CPP30
Ergonomic Handling
Compact Size
Low Weight
WIKA's Type CPP30 test pump is used for generating pressure for the testing, adjusting and calibrating of
mechanical and electronic pressure measuring instruments.
Standard Features
Pressure Range: -25 Hg ... 500 psi
Pressure Connections: 1/2G" female thread for reference instrument
Material: Brass and chromium-plated anodised aluminum
Weight: 18 oz.
Dimensions: 8.6" (L) x 4.1" (W) x 2.5" (T)
Part Number
12139671
12139701
(set of NPT adaptors,
1/4", 1/4", 3/8", 1/2")
Call factory for accessories.
Datasheet: CT 91.01
Type CPP1000-M

Pressure Generation for Laboratories
and Workshops

Ergonomic Spindle Design

Pressure Generation up to 14,500 psi
WIKA's Type CPP1000-M pump provides quick and easy generation of pressures up to 14,500 psi.
Contact factory for available adaptors and connections.
Datasheet: CT 91.05
Part Number
12401447
11208384
(shut-off valve for
large volume test items)
Call factory for accessories.
98
Calibration Test
Type 65-2000 & 65-2000 II

Digital Pressure Calibrator

NIST Calibration Certificate

.02% of Reading (+/-) 3 digits

Simultaneous Pressure
and Electrical Readouts (mA or Volts)
The Type 65-2000 and Type 65-2000 II are used for the maintenance, testing,
measurement, and calibration of pressure gauges and transmitters.
65-2000
Standard Features- 65-2000
Range: -10..0..100 psi~ (-0.7...7 bar)
Units: mbar, bar, kPa, mmHg, psi, in. H20 (20°)
Voltage measurement: 0...+ 32 V DC
Current measurement: 0...+ 32 mA DC
Transmitter supply: + 10%, galv. isolated 500 VDC max. current 30 mA
Standard Features- 65-2000 II
Range: -10..0..100 psi~ (-0.7...7 bar)
Units: mbar, bar, kPa, mmHg, psi, in. H20 (20°)
Voltage measurement: 0...+ 32 V DC
Current measurement: 0...+ 32 mA DC
Transmitter supply: + 10%, galv. isolated 500 VDC max. current 30 mA
Pneumatic: precision pressure regulator (for external pressure supply); pressure hand pump with volume controller for isolated supply
Part Number - Type 65-2000
Range
Description
-10 - 100 psi Wally Box
65-2000 II -10 - 100 psi 65-2000 II
Wally Box II
with integrated
hand pump
Datasheets: Wallybox 65-2000, 65-2000 II
99
Calibration Test
Type CPH-6200
Type CPH-6200 is used for checking current pressures and for the calibration of
gauges and transmitters in the service industry, instrument and control workshops,
laboratory/workshop/production industries, and calibration laboratories.
Two versions are available: CPG 6200 with one sensor connection and
CPG-6200-D with two sensor connections to measure differential pressure.
Datasheet: CPH-6200
Available on www.wika.com
Contact WIKA for
CPH-6200 pricing
Type CPH-6000
Type CPH-6000 is used for testing and calibration of pressure instruments and
switches. This unit is useful as a portable handheld device and laboratory
instrument. Ranges available are vac to 15,000 psi determined by plug and play
CPT-6000 transmitter, supplied with accuracy 0.025% full scale. CPH-6000
displays both pressure and mA volt output simultaneously, making it ideal
for transmitter testing.
Datasheet: CPH-6000
100
Contact WIKA for
CPH-6000 pricing
ELECTRONIC
PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT
101
Electronic Pressure
Measurement
All WIKA TRONIC pressure transmitters and transducers convert an applied pressure into an electrical signal. This
signal is sent to computers, PLC's (programmable logic controllers), chart recorders, digital panel meters or other
devices that interpret this electrical signal and use it to display, record, and/or change the pressure in the system
being monitored.
The most popular signal used in industrial applications is a 4-20 milliamp (mA) 2-wire current loop. Other signals
used include 1-5 volts, 0-5 volts, 0.5-4.5 volts, 0-10 volts (3 wire systems) and 0-100 millivolts (4 wire systems). In
many cases the display device that the transmitter is connected to can accept more than one type of output - for
example, 4-20 mA or 0-5 volts. Because of its popularity, WIKA stocks a large inventory of 4-20 mA output
transmitters in many different models.
A pressure transmitter converts an unamplified signal such as 2mV/V into an amplified signal like 4-20mA or 0-10V.
A pressure transducer converts applied pressure to an unamplified signal such as 2mV/V. Many users refer to transmitters and transducers interchangeably. This can create some confusion, but it may be helpful to note that general
purpose pressure sensors are most commonly referred to as pressure transducers.
Linearity
What makes these devices useful is that the output is directly proportional to the applied pressure. WIKA transmitters are described in part by pressure range and output type. For example, a transmitter with a 0-100 psi range
and 4-20 mA output would produce a 4 mA output at 0 pressure and 20 mA at 100 psi.
Because the transmitter output is linear, it will directly relate
to the applied pressure. At 25 psi the output will be 8 mA, at
50 psi, 12 mA, and at 75 psi, 16 mA. If the device reading this
mA signal is a programmable panel meter, it can convert the
4-20 mA signal to 0-100 psi and display the pressure on the
digital readout. Since the 4-20 mA is consistent, the meter
can be programmed to display any engineering units desired.
If a bar reading is required, the meter is programmed to display 0 bar at 4 mA and 6.89 bar at 20 mA. The meter circuitry
completes all other calculations automatically.
100 psi
75 psi
Increasing 50 psi
Pressure
25 psi
0 psi
4 mA
8mA
12mA
16mA
20 mA
Increasing
Output
Accuracy
The straight line shown above represents an ideal, perfectly linear output. In reality, errors are introduced into
the output signal by the various transmitter components.
The amount of error introduced refers to the deviation
from the ideal straight line:
100 psi
Calibration Curve
(overstated for clarity)
Ideal
Linearity
Increasing
Pressure
0 psi
4 mA
20 mA
Increasing Output
102
"Accuracy" most commonly refers to the percent deviation from the ideal. It can also be calculated using linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability values. Most WIKA transmitters have less than a 0.25% linearity deviation over
the span. See the specifications section for each model number for detailed information. In industrial applications,
repeatability is usually more important than "full scale accuracy" matching a traceable standard. WIKA transmitters
feature excellent repeatability - less than 0.05% span for most models.
When comparing accuracy, note there are many different ways manufacturers calculate accuracy. Be sure to
consider temperature compensation, as industrial environments rarely match the laboratory conditions sometimes
used by other transmitter manufacturers when determining accuracy.
Performance
WIKA transmitters and transducers are designed for long term, reliable performance in difficult industrial environments. Most models feature stainless steel construction, moisture and vibration protected circuitry, and all are
calibrated and tested prior to shipment. A variety of options are available on most models to meet specific needs.
Applications
WIKA transmitters are available in many different models that have features to meet the needs of specific
applications. Model types are described below:
Standard industrial grade transmitters - general purpose 0.25% accuracy transmitters for many industrial applications such as hydraulics and
pneumatics.
Flush diaphragm transmitters - feature a non-clogging, flat diaphragm for use when the media is of high viscosity or contains particulates that
might plug the 1/8" orifice found on the standard industrial (NPT) series.
Intrinsically safe transmitters - used in environments containing explosive or flammable gases or liquids. These instruments are designed so
they cannot generate enough heat or spark to ignite flammable media or flammable gases in the environment. They require the use of intrinsically safe barriers and provide protection similar to explosion proof devices without requiring containment in an explosion proof housing.
NEMA 4X transmitters with field case- designed for extremely dirty or corrosive environments, they feature washdown and corrosion resistance.
OEM transmitters - 0.5% accuracy class instruments without adjustable zero and span for general purpose pressure measurement applications.
They feature excellent repeatability and vibration resistance.
ECO-Tronic transmitters - Low cost, high level output for general purpose pressure measurement applications.
OEM sensors - provide a "low level" millivolt-per-volt output for OEM design engineers who want to build their own power supply and signal
conditioning circuitry.
Submersible liquid level transmitters - measure the static pressure of liquid above the diaphragm and are used in many liquid level monitoring
and control applications.
3A Sanitary transmitters - feature a Tri-Clamp® quick release connection with flush diaphragm for use in food and pharmaceutical pressure
measurement applications. The connection is designed to prevent product buildup and reduce the possibility of bacterial contamination of the
product.
High precision digital transmitters - for laboratory or industrial applications where 0.1% or 0.05% accuracy is required along with durable,
industrial grade construction.
Unitrans universal pressure transmitter - features user programmability and LCD display.
Local indicating transmitters - feature a 4" gauge and a transmitter for local and remote pressure indication.
Low/ differential pressure transmitters - measure clean, dry, inert gaseous media from 0.2 inches water column to 15 psi.
E-10 explosion proof transmitters - approved for Class 1 Division 1 hazardous locations.
N-10 non-incendive transmitters - approved for Class 1 Division 2 hazardous locations.
Digital panel meters & controllers -user programmable to display pressure in any desired engineering units. They are available with a variety of
options including dual programmable relays for alarm or control applications.
Contact WIKA for additional information and product support for specific applications.
103
TRONIC Wiring Schematics
4-20 mA 2-wire system
The 2-wire system connects the power supply, transmitter, and indicating/recording instrument in
a series circuit. This creates a "current loop" with the transmitter functioning as a current regulating device.
DIN connector
+
_
power
supply
UB(DC)
Cable with free ends
UB+/S+
power
supply
UB(DC)
_
1
_
3
+
Display or
controller
2
0V/S-
+
_
+
Display or
controller
brown
UB+/S+
green
0V/S-
blue
shield
shield
0-5V, 1-5V, 0.5-4.5V or 0-10V 3-wire system
The 3-wire system features separate leads for the signal and power supply. The third lead is common minus for
both devices. The signal source and indicating/recording instrument are connected in series, the power supply
in parallel.
DIN connector
power
supply
UB(DC)
+
+
_
U B+
power
supply
UB(DC)
S+
1
_
3
+
2
brown
U B+
white
S+
green
0V/S-
_
Display or
controller
Display or
controller
0V/S-
+
_
shield
blue
shield
Notes:
Terminal coding:
UB + Plus power supply
0V
Minus power supply (common, ground)
S +
Plus output signal
S -
Minus output signal (common, ground)
Shield Cable shield / transmitter body
The supply voltage must be higher than the minimum required voltage as determined by the
load equation for the specific transmitter. Refer to the specifications section of the data sheets
for additional information.
104
Industrial
Pressure
Transmitters
105
Type S-10, S-11
Applications




Hydraulics and pneumatics
Test equipment
Pump and compressor control
Liquid level measurement
Special Features





Standard ranges available from stock
4-20 mA 2-wire output signal, others available
Highly resistant to pressure spikes and vibration
Stainless steel case and wetted parts
Can be assembled to diaphragm seals for special applications
Left: S-10 with NPT process connection
Center: S-11 with flush diaphragm process connection
Right: S-11 with flush diaphragm process connection and
integral cooling element
Description
WIKA S-10 and S-11 pressure transmitters are precision
engineered to fit most industrial pressure measurement
applications. The compact, rugged design make these
instruments suitable for applications including hydraulics and
pneumatics, vacuum, test equipment, liquid level measurement,
press control, compressor control, pump protection and
numerous other processing and control operations. A wide
range of electrical connection and process connection
options are available to meet almost any requirement.
The S-11 transmitters feature a flush diaphragm process
connection. They are specifically designed for the measurement
of viscous fluids or media containing solids that may clog a NPT
process connection. Flush diaphragm pressure transmitters are
available in pressure range from 50inWC to 8000psi. For high
temperature media an integral cooling element is available on
the S-11. This option increases the maximum media temperature to 300OF.
Rugged construction
The S-10 features an all-welded stainless steel measuring cell
for improved media compatibility. There are no internal soft
sealing materials that may react with the media or deteriorate
over time. The compact case is also made of stainless steel
and is available with environmental protection ratings up to
NEMA 6P / IP 68.
Each instrument undergoes extensive quality control testing
and calibration to achieve an accuracy of < 0.25% full scale.
The printed circuit boards use state-of-the-art surface mount
technology and are potted in silicone gel for protection against
mechanical shock, vibration, and moisture. Each is individually
temperature compensated to assure accuracy and long-term
stability even when exposed to severe ambient temperature
variations.
Datasheet: S-10, S-11
106
Specifications
Model S-10 / S-11
Pressure range
Maximum pressure*
50inWC
14psi
5psi
29psi
10psi
58psi
25psi
145psi
30psi
145psi
60psi
240psi
100psi
500psi
160psi
1160psi
200psi
1160psi
Burst pressure**
Pressure range
29psi
300psi
35psi
500psi
69psi
1000psi
170psi
2000psi
170psi
3000psi
290psi
5000psi
600psi
8000psi
1390psi
10000psi1
1390psi
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
1160psi
1390psi
1160psi
5800psi
1740psi
7970psi
4600psi
14,500psi
7200psi
17,400psi
11,600psi
24,650psi
17,400psi
34,800psi
17,400psi
34,800psi
21,750psi
43,500psi
15000psi1
{vacuum, gauge pressure, compound ranges, and absolute pressure references are available}
1)
Ranges only available with Model S-10
2)
For Model S-11 the burst pressure is limited to 21,000psi unless the pressure seal is accomplished by using the sealing ring underneath the hex.
*Pressure applied up to the maximum rating will cause no permanent change in specifications but may lead to zero and span shifts
**Exceeding the burst pressure may result in destruction of the transmitter and possible loss of media
Materials
·
 Wetted parts
(other materials see WIKA diaphragm seal program)
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
O-ring: NBR 3) {Viton or EPDM}
 Model S-10
 Model S-11
·
 Case
Internal transmission fluid 4)
Stainless steel
Synthetic oil {Halocarbon oil for oxygen applications} 5)
{Listed by FDA for food applications}}
3)
O-ring made of Viton or EPDM for Model S-11 with integral cooling element.
4)
Not available with Model S-10 in pressure ranges >300 psi.
5)
Media temperature for oxygen version: -22 ... 140 °F / -30 ... +60 °C. Oxygen version is
not available in vacuum and absolute pressure ranges or with S-11 > 500 psi
Power supply UB 6)
Signal output and
UB in DC V
RA in Ohm
maximum load RA
Adjustability zero/span
Response time (10 ... 90 %)
%
ms
Isolation voltage
DC V
6)
Accuracy
RA < (UB - 10 V) / 0.02 A
RA < (UB - 3 V) / 0.02 A
RA > 5000
RA > 10,000
{other signal outputs available}
± 10 using potentiometers inside the instrument
< 1 (< 10 ms at media temperatures below –22°F (-30°C) for ranges < 300 psi
or with flush diaphragm process connection)
500
NEC Class 02 power supply (low voltage and low current max. 100 VA even under fault conditions)
% of span
% of span
7)
10 < UB ≤ 30 (14 ... 30 with signal output 0 ... 10 V)
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
0 ... 20 mA, 3-wire
{0 ... 5 V, 3-wire}
{0 ... 10 V, 3-wire}
≤ 0.25 {0.125} 8) (BFSL)
≤ 0.5 {0.25} 8) (limit point calibration)
7)
Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability.
8)
Improved accuracy is available for pressure ranges > 100 inWC
Limit point calibration performed in vertical mounting position with pressure connection facing down.
Non-repeatability
1-year stability
Permissible temperature of
·
·
·
·
·
% of span
% of span
 Medium 9)
 Ambient 9)
(at reference conditions)
-22 ... +212 °F {-40 ... +257 °F}
-30 ... +100 °C {-40 ... +125 °C}
S-11 with cooling element:
-20 ... +80 °C
-40 ... +100 °C
32 ... +176 °F
% of span
% of span
CE - conformitiy
-4 ... +212°F
-20 ... +100 °C
≤ 0.2 / 10 K
≤ 0.2 / 10 K
0 ... +80 °C
(< 0.4 for pressure range < 100 inWC)
89/336/EWG interference emission and immunity see EN 61 326, interference
emission limit class A and B, 97/23/EG Pressure equipment directive (Module H)
g
g
1000 according to IEC 60068-2-27 (mechanical shock)
20 according to IEC 60068-2-6
(vibration under resonance)
lb
Approx. 0.4
Wiring protection
Weight
-4 ... +176 °F
-40 ... +212 °F
Also complies with EN 50178, Tab. 7, Type C, Class 4KH Operation, 1K4 Storage, 1K3 Transport
Compensated temperature range
Temperature coefficients (TC) within
compensated temp range:
·
 Mean TC of zero
 Mean TC of range
-20 ... +150 °C
-20 ... +80 °C
 Storage 9)
Shock resistance
Vibration resistance
-4 ... +302 °F
-4 ... +176 °F
9)
{ }
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.2 Protected against reverse polarity, overvoltage and short circuit
Items in curved brackets { } are optional extras for additional price.
107
Dimensions in inches(mm)
Electrical connections
Circular connector
M 12x1, 5-pin,
NEMA 4 / IP 67
Order code: M5
Cable with free ends, adjustable
zero and span
conductor cross section up to max.
0.5 mm² / AWG 20 with end splices,
conductor outer diameter 6.8 mm,
NEMA 6 P / IP 68
Order code: XM
0.91”(23mm)
.71”(18mm)
1.14”(29mm)
1.89”(48mm)
conductor cross section up
to max. 0.5 mm² /
AWG 20 with end splices,
conductor outer diameter
6.8 mm, NEMA 4 / IP 67
Order code: DL
*)see note
1.69”(43mm)
L-connector, DIN EN
175301-803, Form A
(DIN 43 650) for conductor
cross section up to max.
1.5 mm² , conductor outer
diameter 0.3“ (6-8 mm),
NEMA 5 / IP 65
Order code: A4
1.79”(45.5mm)
1.52”(38.5mm)
Case
1.06”(27mm)
1.06”(27mm)
.08”(2mm)
.85”(21.5mm)
O .69”
(17.5mm)
.51”(13mm)
1/2NPT
G1/4B male
Order code: GB
O .24”
(6mm)
.12”(3mm)
.79”(20mm)
.12”(3mm)
1.12”(28.5mm)
.51”(13mm)
.85”(21.5mm)
.75”
(19mm)
1.08”(27.5mm)
1/2 NPT male
Order code: ND
G1/2B male
Order code: GD
1/4 NPT male
Order code: NB
.08”(2mm)
S-10 pressure connections (others available)
O.20”
(5mm)
O .37”
(9.5mm)
S-11 flush diaphragm pressure connections
O-ring 15x2
1.98”(50.5mm)
Sealing ring
18,5x23,9x1,5
G1B according to EHEDG **)
with cooling element , up to 302°F (150°C)
100 inWC to 250 psi
Order code: 84
.98”(25mm)
1.22”(30.9mm)
.39”(10mm)
O-ring 26x2
.81”(20.5mm)
Sealing ring
29,7x35,7x2,0
G 1/2 B
with or without cooling element
50 psi to 8000 psi
Order code: 86
1.79”(45.5mm)
.39”(10mm)
.80”(20.5mm)
1.79”(45.5mm)
1.26”(31.9mm)
G 1B
with or without cooling element
50 inWC to 30 psi
Order code: 85
Sealing ring
29,7x35,7x2,0
O-ring
21,82 x 3,53
** European Hygenic Equipment Design Group
*
) Mating connector not included
108
Matching P-1 weld insert adapters for S-11 pressure transmitters
weld
P-1 G1 weld insert adapter
Part # 1206974
for pressure ranges < 30 psi
P-1 G1/2 weld insert adapter
Part # 1097008
for pressure ranges > 50 psi
Cross section view of P-1
adapter installed in pipe.
Wiring
2-wire system
3-wire system
L-Connector,
DIN EN 175301-803, Form A
(DIN 43 650)
M12x1 Circular connector
5 pin
Vented cable with free ends
brown
brown
white
green
green
Legend:
Sig+
UB+
0V
Sig -
output signal positive
power supply positive
power supply negative
output signal negative
109
Type S-10 Industrial Pressure Transmitter
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
Supply Voltage: Process Connection: Electrical Connection:
4-20 mA 2-wire
10-30 VDC
1/2 NPT Male
DIN EN 175301-803 (DIN 43 650)
with plug connector
Vacuum & Compound Ranges
Gauge Ranges
Description
Range
0-50 inWC
0-100 inWC
0-5 psi
0-10 psi
0-15 psi
0-25 psi
0-30 psi
0-50 psi
0-60 psi
0-100 psi
0-160 psi
0-200 psi
0-250 psi
0-300 psi
0-400 psi
0-500 psi
0-600 psi
0-750 psi
0-1000 psi
0-1500 psi
0-2000 psi
0-3000 psi
0-5000 psi
0-8000 psi
0-10,000 psi
0-15,000 psi
Part #
8367656
8341481
8415072
8642885
8643628
8341995
8643636
8348868
8643644
8643652
8341155
8644918
8341163
8341732
8341953
8341740
8347128
4294930
8610007
8341219
8353098
8342275
8340638
8341864
8347242
8359143
Description
Range
Part #
30"-0 HgVac
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-160 psi
30"-0-200 psi
8642850
8415080
8415099
8648646
9796881
8985538
Absolute Pressure Ranges
Description
Range
0-15 psia
0-25 psia
0-50 psia
0-100 psia
0-250 psia
0-500 psia
8587582
8358503
8347854
9734538
9734589
9767164
NOTE: TRONIC 36 and ready-to-ship part numbers
shown in bold, blue print.
Datasheet: S-10
110
Part #
S-10 Option List
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4... 20 mA, 2-wire
0... 20 mA, 3-wire
0... 10 V, 3-wire
0... 5 V, 3-wire
1... 5 V, 3-wire
On inquiry
Unit
psi
InWC
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
-30 inHg ... 0
-30 inHg ... 30 psi
-30 inHg ... 60 psi
-30 inHg ... 100 psi
-30 inHg ... 160 psi
-30 inHg ... 200 psi
0 InWC ... 50 InWC
0 InWC ... 100 InWC
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 10 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 50 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 250 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 400 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 600 psi
0 psi ... 750 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
0 psi ... 8000 psi
0 psi ... 10000 psi
0 psi ... 15000 psi
Pressure Range (continued)
0 psi ... 15 psi absolute
On inquiry
Process Connection
1/4" NPT
1/2" NPT
1/8" NPT
G 1/4 B
G 1/2 B
1/4" NPT female
1/2" NPT female
1/8" NPT female
7/16-20 UNF SAE #4 J514 male
9/16-18 UNF SAE #6 J514 male
9/16-18 UNF SAE #6 J514 female
3/4-16 UNF SAE #8 J514 male
Diaphragm seal
On inquiry
Special Design Features
Without
Oxygen, oil and grease free
On inquiry
Accuracy
+/- 0.25% B.F.S.L.
+/- 0.125% B.F.S.L.
Electrical Connection
4 Pin L-plug DIN EN 175301-803 with
pg 9 (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
1/2" NPT Female Conduit (NEMA 5/IP 65)
5 Pin Locking Pin M12 x 1
Cable with Free Ends (NEMA 4 / IP 67)
1/2" NPT male conduit with cable
Submersible cable (NEMA 6 / IP 68)
4 Pin MIL plug PT02E-8-4P (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
6 Pin MIL plug PT02E-10-6P (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
On inquiry
111
S-10 Order
Configurations (cont'd)
Feature
Cable Length
Without
5 feet
10 feet
20 feet
30 feet
40 feet
50 feet
On inquiry
Temperature Range of Medium
-30 ... +100 °C (-22 ... +212 °F)
-40 ... +125 °C (-40 ... +257 °F)
Approvals
Without
GL, ABS, RINA
On inquiry
Quality Certificates
Without
NIST Certificate of Calibration
Digital Display
Without
Digital display
Additional Order Details
Without
Additional text
112
Type S-11 Flush Diaphragm Industrial
Standard Features
Pressure Transmitter
Signal
4-20 mA 2-wire
10-30 VDC
DIN EN 175301-803 (DIN 43 650)
with plug connector
G1B or G1/2B depending
upon pressure range
Output:
Supply Voltage: Electrical Connection:
Process Connection:
Gauge Ranges
Description
Range
Part #
0-50 inWC1
0-100 inWC1
0-5 psi1
0-10 psi1
0-15 psi1
0-25 psi1
0-30 psi1
0-50 psi
0-60 psi
0-100 psi
0-160 psi
0-200 psi
0-250 psi
0-300 psi
0-400 psi
0-500 psi
0-600 psi
0-750 psi
0-1000 psi
0-1500 psi
0-2000 psi
0-3000 psi
0-5000 psi
0-8000 psi
9739640
8341473
4204051
8341074
8345726
8395736
8395746
8395766
8351312
8341724
8643407
8641064
8341961
8341171
8342003
8341197
8345745
8352865
9777517
8366706
8640823
8341758
8340646
9749581
Description
Range
Part #
30"-0 HgVac
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-60 psi
30"-0-100 psi
30"-0-200 psi
1
8395706
9796058
8345622
8340242
8342118
NOTE: TRONIC 36 and ready-to-ship parts numbers
NOTES:
1
Pressure ranges from 50 inWC to 30 psi are supplied with G1B flush process connections; see Datasheet for details
www.wika.com / part
number
Datasheet:
S-11
113
S-11 Option List
114
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4... 20 mA, 2-wire
0... 20 mA, 3-wire
0... 10 V, 3-wire
0... 5 V, 3-wire
On inquiry
Unit
psi
InWC
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
-30 inHg ... 0
-30 inHg ... 30 psi
-30 inHg ... 60 psi
-30 inHg ... 100 psi
-30 inHg ... 160 psi
-30 inHg ... 200 psi
0 InWC ... 50 InWC
0 InWC ... 100 InWC
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 10 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 50 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 160 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 250 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 400 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 600 psi
0 psi ... 750 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
0 psi ... 8000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
G 1 B, flush diaphragm with O-ring
G 1/2 B, flush diaphragm with O-ring
On inquiry
Material of Wetted Parts
Stainless steel,NBR O-Ring
Stainless steel,FPM/FKM O-Ring
On inquiry
Without
Suitable for food
On inquiry
Accuracy
+/- 0.25% B.F.S.L.
+/- 0.125% B.F.S.L.
1/2" NPT female conduit (NEMA 5 / IP65)
4 Pin L-plug DIN 43650 w/pg 9 NEMA 5 / IP65)
1/2" NPT male conduit w/cable
4 Pin Mil Plug PTO2E-8-4P (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
6 Pin Mil Plug PTO2E-10-6P (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
Cable Length
Without
5 Feet
10 feet
20 feet
30 feet
40 feet
50 feet
Please give customer's specification
-30 ... +100 °C (-22 ... +212 °F)
-40 ... +125 °C (-40 ... +257 °F)
-20 ... +150 °C (-4 ... +302 °F)
Approvals
Without
On inquiry
Without
Additional order details
Without
Additional text
Hazardous Area
Industrial Transmitters
Type IS-20, IS-21, IS-20-F, IS-21-F
Intrinsically Safe
Applications




Chemical, Petrochemical
Oil and gas refining
Food industry
Mechanical engineering
Special Features
 Pressure ranges from 50 inWC to 15,000 psi
 FM, CSA approval for
- Intrinsically safe Class I, II and III Division 1,
Group A, B, C, D, E, F, G
- Dust Class II and III Division 1, Group E, F, G
- Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia II C
 Ex- protection EEx ia I/II C T6 according to ATEX for:
Gases, vapors and mist: Connection to Zone 0, Zone 1 and Zone 2
Dust:
Connection to Zone 20,
Zone 21 and Zone 22
Mining:
Category M1 and M2
Left: IS-20-S standard version
Center: IS-21-S with flush diaphragm
Right: IS-20-F with integral junction box
Description
Approvals meet international standards
The IS-20 series of intrinsically safe pressure transmitters
are designed for industrial pressure measurement
applications in hazardous areas where intrinsically safe
ratings are required.
Multiple intrinsically safe approvals include FM, ATEX, and
CSA. These multiple approvals provide for global
recognition and acceptance of the intrinsically safe ratings.
The transmitters are labeled with all three approvals to help
support international shipments of OEM equipment
designed with these transmitters.
Rugged construction
The stainless steel wetted parts feature an all-welded
measuring cell for improved media compatibility. There are
no internal soft sealing materials that may react with the
media or deteriorate over time. The compact case is also
made of stainless steel and is available with environmental
protection ratings up to NEMA 6 ( IP 68).
The IS-21-S and IS-21-F transmitters feature a flush
diaphragm process connection. They are specifically
designed for the measurement of viscous fluids or media
containing solids that may clog a NPT process connection.
Models IS-20-F and IS-21-F feature an integral stainless steel
junction box with internal terminal block for use in extremely
harsh environments. A ½“ NPT female conduit connection
is standard on all models and a cable compression electrical
connection is available as an option.
All models require a 10 to 30 volt supply provided by an
intrinsically safe power supply or through an approved
intrinsically safe zener diode barrier.
Datasheet: IS-20
115
Specifications
Models IS-20-S, IS-21-S, IS-20-F, IS-21-F
Specifications without model designation apply for all models.
Pressure range
50inWC
5psi
10psi
25psi
Maximum pressure* 15psi
29psi
58psi
145psi
Burst pressure**
Pressure range
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
30psi
60psi
100psi
160psi
200psi
240psi
290psi
5000psi
500psi
600psi
8000psi
1160psi
1390psi
10000psi1
1160psi
1390psi
11,600psi
24,650psi2
17,400psi
34,800psi2
17,400psi
34,800psi
21,750psi
43,500psi
29psi
300psi
35psi
500psi
69psi
1000psi
170psi
2000psi
145psi
170psi
3000psi
1160psi
1390psi
1160psi
5800psi
1740psi
7970psi
4600psi
14,500psi
7200psi
17,400psi
15000psi1
1)
2)
Ranges only available with Model IS-20
For Model IS-21 the burst pressure is limited to 21,000psi unless the pressure seal is accomplished by using the sealing ring underneath the hex.
Materials
 Wetted parts
(for other materials see WIKA diaphragm seal program)
Stainless steel
Stainless steel {Hastelloy C4}
 Models IS-20-S, IS-20-F
 Models IS-21-S, IS-21-F
O-ring: NBR
Stainless steel
· Case
{Viton or EPDM}
Synthetic oil {Halocarbon oil for oxygen applications} 4) {Listed by FDA for food
applications}
3)
4)
Not available with Model IS-20 in pressure ranges > 300 psi
Media temperature for oxygen version: -30 ... +60 °C / -22 ... +140 °F.
Not available in vacuum
or absolute pressure ranges or in Model IS-21 flush diaphragm version > 500 psi
Power supply UB
Signal output and
Maximum load RA
DC V
 Models IS-2 S-S
 Models IS-2 S-F
Test circuit signal / max. load RA
Isolation voltage
Accuracy 5)
%
ms
% of span
% of span
5)
10 < UB ≤ 30 (11 < UB < 30 with Model IS-2 S -F)
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
RA ≤ (UB – 10 V) / 0.02 A – (length of cable in feet x 0.043 Ohm)
RA ≤ (UB – 11 V) / 0.02 A
with RA in Ohms and UB in Volts
RA < 15 Ohm (only for Model IS-2 S -F)
< 1 (< 10 ms at media temperatures below –22°F (-30°C) for ranges < 300 psi
Insulation complies with EN 50020, 6.4, 12
≤ 0.25 {0.125} 6) (BFSL)
(limit point calibration)
≤ 0.5 {0.25} 6)
Limit point Calibration performed in vertical mounting position with pressure connection facing down.
6)
Non-repeatability
1-year stability
For pressure ranges above 100 inWC
% of span
% of span
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.2
Permissible temperature
· n Medium 7) 8)
-22 ... +221°F
-30 ... +105°C
· n Ambient 7) 8)
· n Storage 8)
-22 ... +221°F
-40 ... +221°F
-30 ... +105°C
-40 ... +105°C
{extended temperature ranges see Page 6} 9)
8)
9)
Response time for IS-20: < 10 ms at medium temp. below -30 °C (-22 °F) for pressure ranges up to 300 psi
Response time for IS-21: < 10 ms at medium temp. below -30 °C (-22 °F) for all pressure ranges
compensated temperature range:
· n Mean TC of zero
n
116
Mean TC of range
32 ... +176°F
% of span
% of span
≤ 0.2 / 10 K
≤ 0.2 / 10 K
0 ... +80°C
(< 0.4 for pressure range < 100 inWC)
-protection
Ignition protection type
-protection
ATEX
Ignition protection type
Intrinsically safe Class I, II, III Division 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G and Class I, Zone 0 AEx ia II C
7) Refer to the EC type-examination certificate
(BVS 04 ATEX E 068 X) for more information
FM, CSA
Categories 7) 1G, 1/2G, 2G, 1D, 1/2D, 2D, M1, M2
EEx ia I/II C T4, EEx ia I/II C T5, EEx ia I/II C T6
Class I, II and III
Models IS-20-S, IS-21-S, IS-20-F, IS-21-F
Specifications
CE - conformity
89/336/EWG interference emission and immunity see EN 61 326,
interference emission limit class A and B
EN 50 014 (general part), EN 50 020 (instrinsic safety),
HF-immunity
V/m
{EN 50 284 (Zone 0)}, {EN 50 281-1 (dust-Ex)}, {EN 50 303 (mining industry)}
FM standards according to FMRC 3600, 3610, 3611 (including supplement #1),
ISA-S12.0.01, IEC 60 529 (including amendment #1)
CSA standard C22.2 No. 0-M1991 / 142-M1987 / 157-M1992
UL 50, Eleventh Edition / UL 508, Seventeenth Edition / UL 913, Sixth Edition
10
BURST
Shock resistance
 Model IS-2X-S
 Model IS-2X-F
KV
2
g
g
(mechanical shock)
(mechanical shock)
FM, CSA
 Model IS-2X-S
 Model IS-2X-F
Wiring protection
Weight  Model IS-2X-S
g
g
lb
Protected against reverse polarity and short circuiting
Approx. 0.45
 Model IS-2X-F
lb
Approx. 0.80
Output signal and permissible load
Model IS-2X-S
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
permissible range
Output current (2-wire)
4 ... 20 mA: RA < (UB – 10 V) / 0.02 A
Supply
Voltage
Model IS-2X-F
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
permissible range
4 ... 20 mA:
RA < (UB – 11 V) / 0.02 A
Supply
Voltage
117
Dimensions in inches (mm)
IS-2X-S (electrical connections)
Ingress Protection IP per IEC 60 529
Circular connector,
M 12x1, 4-pin
IP 67
Order code: M4
ATEX: 1/2 G, M1
)
1.14“ (29mm)
1.69“ (43mm)
*
Bayonet connector
6-pin NEMA 4 / IP 67
Order code: C6
ATEX: 1/2 G
(not available with
mining approval)
*
1.73” 44mm)
1.77“ (45mm)
outer conductor
diameter 6.8 mm, PUR
NEMA 4 / IP 67
Order code: DL
ATEX: 1/2 G, M1
.71” 18mm)
L-connector plug
DIN EN 175301-803,
Form A
½ NPT conduit
IP 65
Order code: AX
ATEX: 1/2 G, M1
)
1.36“ (34.5mm)
2.56“ (65mm)
Case
1.06“
(27mm)
Pressure connnections IS-20-S and IS-20-F
118
) Mating connectors not included.
.08”(2mm)
O .69”
(17.5mm)
.08”(2mm)
.85”(21.5mm)
O .24”
(6mm)
.51”(13mm)
.79”(20mm)
.12”(3mm)
1.12”(28.5mm)
.51”(13mm)
G 1/4 metric
EN 837
Order code: GB
G 1/2 metric
EN 837
Order code: GD
.12”(3mm)
1/2NPT
*
1/4 NPT male
Order code: NB
.85”(21.5mm)
.75”
(19mm)
1.08”(27.5mm)
1/ 2 NPT male
Order code: ND
O.20”
(5mm)
O.37”
(9.5mm)
IS-2X-S
Cable with free ends,
zero/span not
adjustable,
conductor outer
diameter 6.8 mm, PUR
IP 68/NEMA 6
Order code: EM
ATEX: 1/2 G, M1
Electrical connections IS-2X-F
Electrical connections IS-2X -S
Integral junction box with internal spring
clip terminals NEMA 4X IP 67
Order code:
FE (1/2“ NPT female conduit standard)
FH (threaded connection brass nickel-plated)
FC (threaded connection stainless steel)
ATEX: 1/2 G, M1
Cable with free ends,
zero/span not adjustable,
conductor outer diameter 7.5 mm, PUR {FEP}
NEMA 6P / IP 68
Order code: DM
ATEX: 1G, 1D, M1
3.35”(85mm)
”(6
)
1.24”(31.5mm)
m
1m
2.60”(66mm)
41
2.
1.00”(25.5mm)
1.89”(48mm)
1/2” NPT female conduit
Other connections
available
2.13”(54mm)
4.41”(112mm)
Case dimensions
1.06”(27mm)
1.06”(27mm)
IS-21-S and IS-21-F flush diaphragm pressure connections
Sealing ring
18.5x23.9x1.5
O-ring 15x2
1.52”(38.5mm)
G1
according to EHEDG **)
100 inWC to 250 psi
Order code: 83
.98”(25mm)
O-ring 26x2
.39”(10mm)
Sealing ring
29.7x35.7x2.0
1.22”(31mm)
G 1/2
30 psi to 8,000 psi
Order code: 86
.81”(20.5mm)
.39”(10mm)
1.26”(31.9mm)
.81”(20.5mm)
G1
50 inWC to 25 psi
Order code: 85
Sealing ring
29.7x35.7x2.0
O-ring 21.82x3.53 Matching P-1 weld insert adapters for IS-21-S and IS-21-F transmitters
weld
Part # 1206974
Part # 1097008
**) European Hygienic Equipment Design Group
{ } Items in curved brackets are optional extras at additional cost.
119
pressure connections for high temperature media
1/2 NPT male
with 3 cooling fins (version B )
0 - 5psi to 0-15,000 psi
Order code: ND and 8
1/2 NPT male
with 5 cooling fins (version C )
0-5 psi to 0-15,000 psi
Order code: ND and 9
.75”(19mm)
.75”(19mm)
.81”(20.5mm)
.39”(10mm)
sealing ring 18,5x23,9x1,5
3.66”(93mm)
G 1/2
with 2 cooling fins (version A )
0 ... 30 psi up to 0 ... 8000 psi
Order code: 86 and C
3.27”(83mm)
IS-20-S and IS-20-F
-40 °F to 392 °F (-40 °C to 200 °C)
1.79”(45.5mm)
IS-20-S and IS-20-F
-40 °F to 302 °F (-40 °C to 150 °C)
1.22”(30.9mm)
IS-21-S and IS-21-F, flush diaphragm
-4 °F to 302 °F (-20 °C to 150 °C)
O-ring 15.0x2,0
Ambient Temperature in °C
Relationship of media temperature to ambient temperature
A
B
C
Media Temperature in °C
Version
A
B
C
Cooling fins
2
3
5
K*
0.47
0.68
0.76
*cooling constant specific to each version
Calculation of cooling element performance:
TB = Tmed - (Tmed - Tamb) x K
TB = Operating temperature of transmitter
Tmed = maximum temperature of process media
Tamb = maximum ambient temperature
K
= Constant of cooling element
120
Maximum permissible ambient temperature:
Tamb = Tmed + (TB - Tmed) / K
Wiring
Model IS-2X -S
2-wire
Circular connector
M 12x1
L-connector
Non hazardous area
Hazardous (classified) area
Non hazardous area
5 foot (1.5 m) of vented cable with free ends
6 pin mil plug connector
Non hazardous area
Non hazardous area
brown
green
braided shield
Model IS-2X -F
2-wire
Legend
Field case
(internal spring clip terminal)
Non hazardous area
Hazardous (classified area)
power supply Intrinsically safe
barrier
load
(e.g. display)
Sig+
UB+
0V
Sig -
121
Hazardous areas (ATEX zone classifications)
Group II: Electrical equipment for use in all areas (except mines) which are endangered by
an explosive atmosphere.
Zone
Category
Occurrence of explosive atmosphere
Zone 0
Mounting to zone 0
Zone 20
Mounting to zone 20
Zone 1
Zone 21
Zone 2
Zone 22
Category 1G (gas)
Category 1/2 G
Category 1D (dust)
Category 1/2 D
Category 2G
Category 2D
Category 3G
Category 3D
Zone
Category
Continuous
Intermittent
Hazard under abnormal conditions
Requirements
Category M1
Category M2
Very high degree of safety
High degree of safety
(instruments have to be turned off if they are exposed to an explosive atmosphere)
Hazardous areas (ATEX compared to FM and CSA)
Above ground
Mining
ATEX
Group
Gases and Vapors IIA / IIB / IIC
Dusts
Fibers
Gas / Dusts
I
Flammable material
present continuously
FM / CSA
Group
I
II
III
ID / IIF
Class
A/B/C/D/E/F/G
Flammable material
present intermittently
ATEX
Zone 0 (Zone 20 Dust)
FM / CSA
Zone 0
Zone 1
Division 1
FM (NEC505)
Zone 0
Zone 1
122
Flammable material
normally not present
Zone 2
Division 2
Zone 2
Type IS-20 Intrinsically Safe
Industrial Pressure Transmitter
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
4-20 mA 2-wire
10-30 VDC
1/2 NPT Male
DIN EN 175301-803 (DIN 43 650)
with 1/2" NPT female conduit
plug connector
IS-20-S
IS-20-F
Gauge Ranges
Description
Range
Part #
0-5 psi
0-10 psi
0-15 psi
0-25 psi
0-30 psi
0-60 psi
0-100 psi
0-160 psi
0-200 psi
0-300 psi
0-500 psi
0-1000 psi
0-1500 psi
0-2000 psi
0-3000 psi
0-5000 psi
0-8000 psi
0-10,000 psi
12127851
12127877
12127885
12127893
12127906
12127914
12127922
12127940
12127966
12127974
12127982
12128040
12128058
12128066
12128074
12128104
12128112
12128121
NOTE: Ready-to-ship part numbers
Description
Range
Part #
30INHG VAC
30INHG/30 psi
30INHG/60 psi
12127796
12127833
12127841
Description
Range
Part #
0-100 psia
12128147
Gauge Ranges
Description
Range
0 - 100 psi 0 - 1000 psi 0 - 3000 psi Part #
12128554
12128687
12128732
Datasheet: IS-20
123
IS-20 Option List
124
Feature
Feature
Model
Standard version
With integral junction box
High pressure version
Unit
psi
InWC
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
-30 inHg ... 0
-30 inHg ... 30 psi
-30 inHg ... 60 psi
-30 inHg ... 100 psi
-30 inHg ... 160 psi
-30 inHg ... 200 psi
0 InWC ... 50 InWC
0 InWC ... 100 InWC
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 10 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 50 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 160 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 250 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 400 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 600 psi
0 psi ... 750 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
0 psi ... 8000 psi
0 psi ... 10000 psi
0 psi ... 15000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
G 1/4 B
G 1/2 B
1/4 NPT
1/2 NPT
M16 x 1.5 female, w/sealing cone
Process Connection continued
9/16 - 18 UNF female F250-C
M20 x 1.5 female, w/sealing cone
On inquiry
Without
Suitable for food
On inquiry
Accuracy
+/- 0.25% B.F.S.L.
+/- 0.125% B.F.S.L.
4 Pin L-plug DIN 43 650 with 1/2"
NPT female conduit (NEMA 5/IP 65)
4 Pin L-plug DIN 43 650 with pg 9 (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
Cable with free ends (NEMA 4 / IP 67)
6 Pin MIL Plug PT02E-10-6P (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
1/2" NPT female conduit (IP67)
Field case, cable gland stainless steel conduit w/spring clip terminal
Field case, cable gland brass nickel-plated
w/spring clip terminal
Field case, cable gland stainless steel
w/spring clip terminal
Cable Length
Without
5 feet
10 feet
20 feet
30 feet
40 feet
50 feet
On inquiry
-20 ... +80 °C (-4 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
-40 ... +200 °C (-40 ... +392 °F)
Changed because of chemical seal attachment
Approvals
EEx ia I M1 + 1/2G, 2G including FM and CSA
Reserved for TRONIC
EEx ia Dust in Compliance with ATEX 100a
EEx ia IIC T6 1/2G per ATEX including
FM, CSA and ship approval GL
Without
Digital Display
Without
Digital display
Without
Additional text
Type IS-21 Intrinsically Safe Flush Diaphragm
Industrial Pressure Transmitter
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
4-20 mA 2-wire
10-30 DC
G1B or G1/2B
depending upon pressure
DIN EN 175301-803 (DIN 43 650)
with 1/2" NPT female conduit
plug connector
IS-21-S stocked part numbers
Gauge Ranges
Ready-To-ShipTransmitters
Description
Range
Part #
0-5 psi1
0-10 psi1
0-15 psi1
0-30 psi1
0-50 psi
0-100 psi
0-1000 psi
0-3000 psi
0-5000 psi
0-8000 psi
12128252
12128287
12128295
12128325
12128333
12128368
12128376
12128481
12128503
12128538
NOTE:
1
Pressure ranges from 50 inWC to 30 psi are supplied with G1B
flush process connections; see Datasheet for details
NOTE: Ready-to-ship part numbers shown in bold, blue print.
Datasheet: IS-21
www.wika.com / part
number
125
IS-21 Option List
126
Feature
Feature
Model
Standard version
Field case - integral junction box
Unit
psi
InWC
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
-30 inHg ... 0
-30 inHg ... 30 psi
-30 inHg ... 60 psi
-30 inHg ... 100 psi
-30 inHg ... 160 psi
-30 inHg ... 200 psi
0 InWC ... 50 InWC
0 InWC ... 100 InWC
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 10 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 50 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 160 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 250 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 600 psi
0 psi ... 750 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
0 psi ... 8000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
On inquiry
Stainless steel, NBR O-ring
Stainless steel, FPM/FKM O-ring
Hastelloy C4, Viton O-ring
On inquiry
Without
Suitable for food
On inquiry
Accuracy
+/- 0.25% B.F.S.L.
+/- 0.125% B.F.S.L.
4 Pin L-plug DIN 175301-803
with pg 9 (NEMA 5/IP 65)
4 Pin L-plug DIN 175301-803
with 1/2" NPT female conduit (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
Field case, cable gland stainless steel conduit with spring clip terminal
Field case, cable gland nickel-plated
with spring clip terminal
On inquiry
Cable Length
Without
5 feet
10 feet
20 feet
30 feet
40 feet
50 feet
On inquiry
-20 ... +80 °C (-4 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
Approvals
EEx ia I M1 + 1/2G, 2G incl. FM and CSA
Reserved for TRONIC
EEx ia Dust in Compliance with ATEX 100a
EEx ia IIC T6 1/2G per ATEX incl.
FM, CSA and ship approval GL
Without
Digital Display
Without
Digital display
Without
Additional text
Type F-20, F-21
with NEMA 4X Integral Junction Box
Applications





Chemical industry
Food industry
Pharmaceutical industry
Corrosive environments
Special Features





Pressure ranges from 50 inWC to 15,000 psi
4-20mA and voltage signal outputs available
Compact size and rugged construction
All stainless steel design
Integral electrical connection
Left: F-20 with standard NPT connection
Right: F-21 with flush diaphragm
Description
Compact, rugged design
The F-2X series of pressure transmitters are designed for
installation in difficult, corrosive environments. The smooth
exterior surfaces reduce areas where contaminants may
collect and make it ideal for use in the food and pharmaceutical
industries where washdown procedures for cleanliness are
required.
The all stainless steel case meets NEMA 4X requirements for
wash down and corrosion resistance, and ingress protection
is available up to IP 68 per IEC 60 529.
Additional features
Transmitters with the 4-20mA output signal include an
internal test circuit connection that permits the transmitter
to be tested without disconnecting the primary 4-20 mA
circuit. The model F-20 features an all-welded stainless steel
measuring cell for improved media compatibility. There are no
internal soft sealing materials that may react with the media or
deteriorate over time.
The model F-21 features a flush diaphragm process
connection. This flat sensing surface is specifically designed
for the measurement of viscous fluids or media containing
solids that may clog the NPT process connection.
Easily accessible electrical connection
The sophisticated design of this transmitter provides for fast,
easy installation. The junction box cover unscrews for access
to the internal spring clip terminal block.
Datasheet: F-20
127
Specifications
Model F-20 / F-21
Pressure range
Maximum pressure*
50inWC
15psi
5psi
29psi
10psi
58psi
25psi
145psi
30psi
145psi
60psi
240psi
100psi
500psi
160psi
1160psi
200psi
1160psi
Burst pressure**
Pressure range
29psi
300psi
35psi
500psi
69psi
1000psi
170psi
2000psi
170psi
3000psi
290psi
5000psi
600psi
8000psi
1390psi
10000psi1
1390psi
15000psi1
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
1160psi
1390psi
1160psi
5800psi
1740psi
7970psi
4600psi
14,500psi
7200psi
17,400psi
11,600psi
24,650psi
17,400psi
34,800psi
17,400psi
34,800psi
21,750psi
43,500psi
1
Ranges only available with Type F-20
2
For Model F-21 the burst pressure is limited to 21,000psi unless the pressure seal is accomplished by using the sealing ring underneath the hex.
Materials
·n Wetted parts
(for other materials see WIKA diaphragm seal program)
Stainless steel
Stainless steel; O-ring: NBR {Viton or EPDM}
 Models F-20
 Models F-21
·n Case
Stainless steel
Synthetic oil {Halocarbon oil for oxygen applications} 4)
{Listed by FDA for food applications}
3)
Not available with F-20 on pressure ranges >300 psi
4)
Media temperature for oxygen version: -30 ... +60 °C / -22 ... 140 °F
Not available in vacuum and absolute pressure ranges or with Model F-21 flush diaphragm version > 500 psi
Power supply UB
DC V
Signal output and
maximum load RA
10 < UB ≤ 30 (11 ... 30 with signal output 4 ... 20 mA,
14 ... 30 with signal output 0 ... 10 V)
RA < (UB - 11 V) / 0.02 A with RA in Ohm and UB in Volt
RA < (UB - 3 V) / 0.02 A with RA in Ohm and UB in Volt
{0 ... 5 V, 3-wire}
RA > 5 kOhm, {0 ... 10 V, 3-wire} RA > 10 kOhm
Only for instruments with 4 ... 20 mA signal output. RA < 15 Ohm
<1
500
≤ 0.25 {0.125} 6)
(BFSL)
≤ 0.5 {0.25} 6)}
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
0 ... 20 mA, 3-wire
Response time (10 ... 90 %) 7)
Isolation voltage
Accuracy 5)
%
ms
DC V
% of span
% of span
5)
Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Limit point calibration performed in vertical mounting position
6)
For pressure ranges above 100 inWC
with pressure connection facing down.
Non-repeatability
1-year stability
· n Medium
% of span
% of span
· n Ambient
· n Storage
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.2 (at reference conditions)
-22 ... +212 °F
{-40 ... +257 °F}
-4 ... +176 °F
-40 ... +212 °F
{-22 ... +221 °F}
7)
-30 ... +100 °C
{-40 ... +125 °C}
-20 ... +80 °C
-40 ... +100 °C
{-30 ... +105 °C}
7)
32 ... +176 °F
0 ... +80 °C
7)
Response time F-20: < 10 ms at medium temperatures below -30 °C (-22 °F) for pressure ranges up to 300 psi
Response time F-21: < 10 ms at medium temperatures below -30 °C (-22 °F)
· n Mean TC of zero
n Mean TC of range
CE- conformity
Shock resistance
g
Wiring protection
Electrical connection
g
Weight
{}
128
% of span
% of span
lb
≤ 0.2 / 10 K
(<0.4 for pressure range < 100 inWC)
≤ 0.2 / 10 K
89/336/EWG interference emission and immunity see EN 61 326
97/23/EG Pressure equipment directive (Module H)
Protected against reverse polarity, overvoltage and short circuiting
Internal spring clip terminals; wire cross section 2.5 mm2 max, internal ground
Terminal for brass nickel-plated or {stainless steel} threaded connection
{additional external ground terminal for stainless steel threaded conduit connection}
Approx. 0.75
Items in curved brackets are optional extras at additional cost.
3.35”(85mm)
1.89”(48mm)
Optional cable gland:
Ingress protection
NEMA 6 / IP 68
per IEC 60 529
1.24”(31.5mm)
2.60”(66mm)
1/2 NPT female conduit:
Ingress protection
NEMA 4X / IP 67
2.13”(54mm)
1/2” NPT female conduit
1.06”(27mm)
F-20 Pressure connections
1/4 NPT male
Order code: NB
.75”(13mm)
.51”(21.5mm)
.75”
(19mm)
1.08”(27.5mm)
1/2 NPT male
Order code: ND
Other connections
available
1/2NPT
O.20”
.08”(2mm)
.08”(2mm)
O .69”
(17.5mm)
.51”(13mm)
.85”(21.5mm)
G1/4B male
Order code: GB
O .24”
(6mm)
.12”(3mm)
.79”(20mm)
.12”(3mm)
1.12”(28.5mm)
G 1/2 male
EN 837
Order code: GD
O.37”
F-21 flush diaphragm pressure connections
O-ring 15x2
.98”(25mm)
Sealing ring
18.5x23.9x1.5
.39”(10mm)
O-ring 26x2
G1
according to EHEDG **)
100 inWC to 250 psi
Order code: 83
1.52”(38.5mm)
Sealing ring
29.7x35.7x2.0
1.22”(31mm)
G 1/2B
30 psi to 8,000 psi
Order code: 86
.81”(20.5mm)
.81”(20.5mm)
.39”(10mm)
G 1B
50 inWC to 25 psi
Order code: 85
Sealing ring
29.7x35.7x2.0
O-ring 21.82x3.53 *) European Hygienic Equipment Design Group
129
Matching P-1 weld insert adapters for F-21 flush diaphragm transmitters
weld
Part # 1206974
Part # 1097008
Wiring
2-wire system
3-wire system
Legend:
Sig+
UB+
0V
Sig -
Calibration
Remove the junction box cover. Attach a meter and power supply to
the electrical connector. For gauge ranges the zero potentiometer can
be adjusted to produce a null output when no pressure is applied.
Span adjustment requires the use of a reference pressure source.
Compound and absolute ranges require a vacuum and pressure
source. When calibration is complete, reinstall the junction box
cover hand tight.
Zero
adjust
spring clip
terminal
block
130
Related products:
IS-20-F integral junction box version for
installation in hazardous environments
Span
adjust
Models IS-20 -F, IS-21-F
see datasheet IS-20
Type F-20 Industrial Pressure Transmitter
Standard Features
With NEMA 4X Integral Junction Box
Signal
4-20 mA 2-wire
10-30 DC
1/2 NPT male
Field case with 1/2" NPT female conduit
Output:
Gauge Ranges
Description
Range
Part #
12127469
12127477
12127493
12127507
12127523
12127531
12127540
12127558
12127566
12128873
12127574
12127582
12127591
12127639
12127671
12127681
12127699
12127701
0-50inWC
0-100inWC
0-5 psi
0-10 psi
0-15 psi
0-25 psi
0-30 psi
0-50 psi
0-60 psi
0-100 psi
0-160 psi
0-200 psi
0-300 psi
0-500 psi
0-1000 psi
0-2000 psi
0-3000 psi
0-5000 psi
Description
Range
Part #
30INHG VAC
12127400
12127418
12127426
12127434
12127451
30INHG/30 psi
30INHG/60 psi
30INHG/100 psi
30INHG/200 psi
Ready-to-ship part numbers are available from stock
(subject to prior sale). Items without part numbers are
Datasheet: F-20
131
F-20 Option List
132
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4... 20 mA, 2-wire
0... 20 mA, 3-wire
0... 10 V, 3-wire
0... 5 V, 3-wire
On inquiry
Unit
psi
InWC
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
-30 inHg ... 0
-30 inHg ... 30 psi
-30 inHg ... 60 psi
-30 inHg ... 100 psi
-30 inHg ... 160 psi
-30 inHg ... 200 psi
0 InWC ... 50 InWC
0 InWC ... 100 InWC
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 10 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 50 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 160 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 250 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 400 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 600 psi
0 psi ... 750 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
0 psi ... 8000 psi
0 psi ... 10000 psi
0 psi ... 15000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
1/2"NPT
1/4"NPT
G1/2B
G1/4B
On inquiry
Without
Suitable for food
On inquiry
Accuracy
+/- 0.25% B.F.S.L.
+/- 0.125% B.F.S.L.
Field case, cable gland stainless steel conduit
Field case, cable gland brass nickel-plated
On inquiry
-30 ... +100 °C (-22 ... +212 °F)
-40 ... +125 °C (-40 ... +257 °F)
Without
Digital display
Without
Digital display
Without
Additional text
Type F-21
Flush Diaphragm Industrial
Pressure Transmitter with
NEMA 4X Integral Junction Box
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
4-20 mA 2-wire
10-30 DC
G1/2B or G1B flush diaphragm
depending upon pressure range
Field case with 1/2" NPT female conduit
Gauge Ranges
Description
Range
Part #
0-50inWC 0-5 psi1
0-10 psi1
0-100 psi
12126331
12127728
12127736
12127744
1
NOTES:
1
Pressure ranges from 50 inWC to 30 psi are supplied with G1B flush process connections; see Datasheet for details
Datasheet: F-21
www.wika.com / part number
133
F-21 Option List
134
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4... 20 mA, 2-wire
0... 20 mA, 3-wire
0... 10 V, 3-wire
0... 5 V, 3-wire
On inquiry
Unit
psi
InWC
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
-30 inHg ... 0
-30 inHg ... 30 psi
-30 inHg ... 60 psi
-30 inHg ... 100 psi
-30 inHg ... 160 psi
-30 inHg ... 200 psi
0 InWC ... 50 InWC
0 InWC ... 100 InWC
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 10 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 50 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 160 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 250 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 400 psi
0 psi ... 750 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
0 psi ... 8000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
On inquiry
Stainless steel,NBR O-Ring
Stainless steel,FPM/FKM O-Ring
On inquiry
Without
Suitable for food
On inquiry
Accuracy
+/- 0.25% B.F.S.L.
+/- 0.125% B.F.S.L.
Field case, cable gland stainless steel conduit
Field case, cable gland brass nickel-plated with
spring clip terminal
Field case, cable gland stainless steel with
spring clip terminal
On inquiry
-30 ... +100 °C (-22 ... +212 °F)
-40 ... +125 °C (-40 ... +257 °F)
-20 ... +150 °C (-4 ... +302 °F)
Quality Certifcates
Without
Digital display
Without
Digital display
Without
Additional text
Type HP-1
WIKA HP-1 pressure transmitters and transducers are precision
engineered for extremely high pressure applications, including water
jet cutting, high pressure hydraulic presses, fuel injection test stands,
and food sterilization. The HP-1 incorporates several safety features
for use with high pressure. Eliminating welds in the process connection greatly improves sensor durability. In the event of sensor failure,
the special small diameter arc eroded pressure port limits the flow of
media into the transmitter case. The NOVA SWISS process connection
also includes special pressure relief ports in the case that direct the
media back towards the process connection.
Type
Datasheet
Pressure Conn.
Power Supply
Signal Output
Elec. Conn.
0-40,000 psi
0-60,000 psi
0-75,000 psi
0-85,000 psi
0-100,000 psi
0-120,000 psi
HP-1
HP-1
determined by
pressure range
11-28 VDC
4-20 mA 2-wire
DIN 43 650 with
plug connection
Items shown with part numbers are
available from stock (subject to prior
sale). Items without part numbers
are available on special order.
Ouput Order Options
Output Signals
0-20 mA 3-wire
0-5V 3-wire
0-10V 3-wire
Other
Process connections1
M16 x 1.5 female with sealing cone
9/16-18 UNF female F250-C
M14 x 1.5 LH male
1/4-28 UNF LH male M250-C
3/8-24 UNF LH male
Other
Electrical Conn. Options
5 foot cable (NEMA 4 / IP 67)
6 pin MIL plug PT02E-10-6P
M12 x 1 4-pin locking plug
Non-standard pressure range
see data sheet APE HP-1 for the maximum pressure
ratings for each process connection
1
Datasheet: HP-1
135
Electronic Pressure Switch
Type PSD-10
Solid State Electronic Pressure Switch
Applications




Filter monitoring
Pump control
Machine tools
Special features





4-digit LED display
User programmable switch points
Second switch output may be programmed for error display
case rotates 280° for optimal viewing
Optional analog output
PSD-10 Pressure switch
Description
User friendly design
These state-of-the-art pressure switches feature a rugged,
compact design. The slanted, 0.35” high four digit red LED
display is easy to read from a distance even when installed
in areas with bright ambient lighting. Once installed, the
display can be rotated 280o to optimize the viewing angle.
Engineering units, zero and span, and switch points are all
user programmable. The user menu and all programming
parameters are accessible using the keypad on the front of
the unit. Selectable password protection prevents
unauthorized changes to preset programming data.
Proven pressure sensing technology
The PSD-10 uses ceramic sensors or stainless steel thin
film sensor technology depending upon the pressure range.
Both time proven sensor technologies provide high
accuracy, excellent repeatability and long-term stability.
The industrial design is extremely resistant to radio
frequency interference, mechanical shock, and vibration.
Designed for flexibility
The PSD-10 combines the function of a pressure switch,
digital gauge, and pressure transmitter in a compact,
durable design. It is available with one or two individually
programmable switch points and an optional analog output.
Switch outputs or built-in LED indicators on the front panel
can be used to provide switch status.
The extremely flexible, easy-to-use design provides access
to a number of switch parameters to fit a wide variety of
applications. Programmable parameters include switch
points, forward or reverse switch action, hysteresis, delay
times, engineering units, password protection and min/max
display. The optional analog output can provide a 4-20 mA
or 0-20 mA signal and is fully programmable from 5% to
100% of span.
Datasheet: PSD-10
136
Specifications
Sensor type
Pressure range
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
Model PSD-10
Ceramic
Thin film
-14.7psi…30psi
-14.7psi…100psi
-14.7psi...250psi
500psi
1000psi
2000psi
3000psi
5000psi
9000psi
72psi
290psi
580psi
1160psi
2900psi
4640psi
7250psi
11,600psi
17,400psi
87psi
360psi
725psi
5800psi
11,600psi
14,500psi
17,400psi
24,650psi
31,900psi
Materials
n Wetted parts
Case
Keypad
Power supply UB
Signal output and
maximum load RA
Switch points
n
n
Number
Function
n Contact rating
n Switching current 2)
n Response time
n Accuracy
DC V
ms
% of span
1 or 2 (PNP)
NO / NC; windows- and hysteresis functions are user adjustable
Supply voltage UB – 1.5 V (UB in Volt)
1.4 A (for two wired outputs, 0.7 A per switch)
≤ 10
≤ 1.0
% of span
mA
% of span
% of span
% of span
% of span
% of span
7-Segment-LED, red 4-digit, height .35“ (9 mm)
- 999 ... 9999
≤ 1.0 ± 1 digit
≤ 100
≤ 1.0 (limit point calibration))
≤ 0.5 (BFSL) (best fit straight line)
≤ 0.1 (< 0.3 with pressure range < 300 psi)
≤ 0.1
≤ 0.2 (< 0.3 with pressure range < 300 psi) (at reference conditions)
n
n
Display
n Design
n Range
n Accuracy
Current consumption
Accuracy *)
Hysteresis
Non-repeatability
1-year stability
n Medium
Ambient
Storage
Temperature coefficients within
n Mean TC of zero
n Mean TC of range
CE - conformity
Ceramic ranges: Stainless steel with ceramic sensor AL2O3, NBR 1)
Thin film ranges: all welded stainless steel
Zinc diecast Z 410; silver-colored lacquer finish
Polyester film
15 < UB ≤ 30 (nominal 24 DC V protection class 3)
{0/4 ... 20 mA; user adjustable, minimum setting 5% of span}
RA ≤ (UB – 8 V) / 0.02 A with RA in Ohm and UB in Volt (max. 500 Ohm)
Individually adjustable using the external keypad
DC V
n
n
% of span
% of span
Wiring protection
Ingress protection
-22 ... +212 °F
-30 ... +100 °C
(-4 ... +185 °F with pressure ranges ≤ 300 psi)
(-20 ... +85 °C with pressure ranges ≤ 300 psi)
-4 ... +185 °F
-40 ... +212 °F
32 ... +176 °F
-20 ... +85 °C
-40 ... +100 °C
0 ... +80 °C
≤ 0.3 / 10 K
≤ 0.3 / 10 K
97/23/EG Pressure equipment directive, Appendix 1
Per IEC 60529 / EN 60529, see page 3
Shock resistance 3)
g
g
50, 1 ms according to IEC60068-2-29
20, 10-500 Hz according to IEC60068-2-6
Tightening torque
ft lb
26 (35 Nm)
Life cycle test
Weight
lb
100 million typical (10 million with pressure ranges ≤ 300 psi)
Approx. 0.62
1) Other sealing materials on request.
2) Higher contact rating on request.
3) shock and vibration specification applies to M12 x1 plug version only
*) Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability.
Limit point calibration in vertical mounting position with pressure connection down.
{ } Items in curved brackets are optional extras for additional price.
137
Circular connector *)
5-pin, M 12x1,
IP 67
Order code: M5
L-connector
DIN EN 175301-803,
IP 65
Order code: A4
Circular connector *)
4-pin, M 12x1,
IP 67
Order code: M4
1.88“(47.7mm)
1.88“(47.7mm)
1.25“(31.8mm)
1.24“(31.7mm)
1.56“(39.5mm)
3.21“(81.5mm)
OK
Pressure connections
G 1/2 male
Order code: GD
.81”(10mm)
1/4 NPT male
Order code: NB
.39”
(10mm)
.20”(5mm)
.12”(3mm)
.83”(21mm)
.51”
(13mm)
.24”(6mm)
.69”(17.5mm)
.55”(14.5mm)
.67”(17.1)
.55”(14mm)
G 1/4 female
Order code: TB
.47”(12mm)
.39”(10mm)
G 1/4 male
DIN 3852
Order code: HD
1.06”(26.8mm)
.74”(18.9mm)
Others on request
*) Mating connectors are not included
138
Wiring details
Circuit diagram
Output
{1 Switch output}
L-connector
2 Switch outputs
M12x1 4-pin
circular connector
{1 Switch output +
1 analog output}
M12x1 4-pin
circular connector
{2 Switch outputs +
1 analog output}
M12x1 5-pin
circular connector
Legend:
UB+ power supply positive
out 1
external load 1
out 2
external load 2
0V
Sig+
Sig- output signal minus
power supply minus
{ } Items in curved brackets are options available for additional cost.
139
Switch adjustments
Hysteresis (figure 1 and 2)
If the system pressure changes rapidly around the programmed
set point, the hysteresis can be set to prevent rapid on /off
oscillations of the switch.
As the system pressure increases, the output switches when it
reaches the programmed set point (SP). If the pressure falls,
the output switches again when the programmed reset point
(rSP) is reached.
(Figure 1)
(Figure 2)
Switch window (figure 3)
The window function allows monitoring and control within a
defined pressure range.
The switch will activate if the system pressure is between the
programmed set point (SP) and programmed reset point (rSP).
(Figure 3)
Delay time (figure 4)
The delay time is user-adjustable from 0 to 9.99 seconds.
Adjusting the delay time can filter out temporary, rapid pressure
changes.
The pressure change must persist as long or longer than the
programmed delay time for the switch to activate. The switch
will only activate after the delay time has elapsed.
Error display
Switch output 2 can be programmed as a signal to display
pressure switch function errors. It is normally closed and
activates if error Er1, Er2, or Er3 occurs. The LED marked “II”
will also illuminate upon an error signal. The display and the
output will remain active until the error condition clears.
140
(Figure 4)
Parameter
Complete
this section!
Factory setting
Available settings
Upper set point
Lower set point
Switching function
Full scale value
Full scale value - 10 %
NO
__ __ __ __
__ __ __ __
Switching type
Hysteresis
Time delay for the upper set point
Time delay for the lower set point
0.05 s
0.05 s
Pressure range (enter as pressure value)
Pressure range (enter as pressure value) 1)
NO
NC
Window
Hysteresis
0.00 ... 9.99 s
0.00 ... 9.99 s
Switch 2 output
Upper set point
Lower set point
Switching function
Full scale value
Full scale value - 10%
NO
__ __ __ __
__ __ __ __
Switching type
Hysteresis
Time delay for the upper set point
Time delay for the lower set point
0.05 s
0.05 s
Pressure range (enter as pressure value)
NO
NC
Window
Hysteresis
0.00 ... 9.99 s
0.00 ... 9.99 s
Options
Password
Displayed unit
0000 (= no password)
psi
Switch 1 output
Displayed parameter
Analog output
Initial pressure value
(analog output)
Full scale pressure value
(analog output)
Zero offset
*)
__ , __ __
__ , __ __




__ , __ __
__ , __ __
0000 ... 9999
MPa
psi
bar
Actual pressure
Max-value
Min- value
Display off
Switching output 2
Switching output 1
Actual pressure
4-20 mA
4-20 mA
0-20 mA
Initial pressure value = 4mA Pressure range (enter as pressure value)
__ __ __ __
Full scale value = 20 mA
__ __ __ __
0.0
Factory setting
Adjustment to actual pressure 3)
Delete memory
Do not delete memory
Yes
No


--Reduce by 1 decimal

Reset of peak value memory
Do not delete memory
Switch 2 output used as
error output
No
Software version
Number of decimals displayed
---
1)
2)
3)
4)
* )




4)











__ __ __ __
The lower set point must be a minimum of 0.5% of full scale value below the upper set point.
The full scale pressure value (analog output) must be 5% of span above the initial pressure value (analog output).
Max. 5% of full scale.
Depends on pressure range and engineering unit (3 digits for bar, 4 digits for psi).
The pressure switch will be adjusted to the factory setting if a field is left blank.
141
Type PSD-10 Electronic Pressure
Switch with Digital Display
Standard Features
Signal
Output: Supply Voltage: Process Connection: Electrical Connection: Switch Points: 4-20 mA 2-wire
15-30 VDC
1/4" NPT male
5-pin M12 x 1
2, PNP
Gauge Ranges
Range
Description
-14.7 psi - 0 - 30 psi
-14.7 psi - 0 -100 psi
-14.7 psi - 0 - 250 psi
500 psi
1000 psi
2000 psi
3000 psi
5000 psi
9000 psi
Part #
12155889
12155897
12185621
12155901
12155927
12155943
12155951
12155960
12155986
Ready-to-ship part numbers are available from stock (subject to prior
sale). Items without part numbers are available on special order.
PSD-10
Option List
Feature
Signal output
two switching outputs, (PNP)
one switching output, (PNP)
one switching output, (PNP) + 0/4...20 mA
two switching outputs, (PNP) + 0/4...20 mA
Unit
psi
Pressure Range
-14.7/30 psi
-14.7/100 psi
-14.7/250 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ...1000 psi
0 psi ...2000 psi
0 psi ...3000 psi
0 psi ...5000 psi
0 psi ...9000 psi
Process Connection
1/4"NPT
G 1/2 B
On inquiry
4 Pin locking plug M12 x 1 (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
4 Pin L-plug DIN EN 175301-803
with Pg 9 (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
Instrument Configuration
Factory adjustment according to datasheet
To customer specification
Without
Without
Additional text
Datasheet: PSD-10
142
OEM Pressure
Transmitters
143
Type C-10
Applications
General industrial applications
Special Features
Standard ranges from 0…100 inWC to 0…15,000 psi
Excellent shock and vibration resistance
Environmental protection to NEMA 4 / IP 67
Left: C-10 with MiniDIN connector
Right: C-10 with optional cable
Description
WIKA C-10 provides performance and economy for a wide
range of OEM applications. They are especially suited to
applications subject to severe mechanical shock, vibration,
and electromagnetic interference. Typical applications
include hydraulics and pneumatics, compressor controls,
pump protection, refrigeration and air conditioning systems.
Dependable performance
The C-10 features an all-welded stainless steel measuring
cell for improved media compatibility. There are no internal
soft sealing materials that may react with the media or
deteriorate over time. The case is also made of stainless steel
and is available with environmental protection ratings up to
NEMA 4 / IP 67.
A standard signal output of 4-20 mA allows the C-10 to be
integrated into many existing applications. Many custom
signal outputs, process connections, and electrical
connections are available.
Each C-10 undergoes extensive quality control testing and
calibration to achieve an accuracy of < 0.50% full scale. The
printed circuit boards use state-of-the-art surface mount
technology. Each is individually temperature compensated to
assure accuracy and long-term stability even when exposed to
severe ambient temperature variations.
Pressure ranges up to 300psi use a piezoresistive
measuring cell. The higher pressure ranges use thin film
sensor technology. Both are time proven highly reliable
sensor technologies.
Datasheet: C-10
144
Specifications
Model C-10
Pressure range
100inWC 5psi
10psi
15psi
25psi
30psi
50psi
100psi
200psi
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
29psi
34psi
29psi
34psi
58psi
69psi
72psi
87psi
145psi
170psi
145psi
170psi
240psi
290psi
500psi
600psi
1160psi
1390psi
Pressure range
300psi
500psi
1000psi
2000psi
3000psi
5000psi
7500psi
10,000psi
15,000psi
Maximum pressure*
1160psi
1160psi 1740psi
4600psi
7200psi
11,600psi
17,400psi
17,400psi
21,750psi
Burst pressure**
1390psi
5800psi 7970psi
14,500psi
17,400psi
24,650psi
34,800psi
34,800psi
43,500psi
{absolute pressure references are available}
Materials
n Wetted parts
n
Stainless steel
Case
Stainless steel
Internal transmission fluid
Synthetic oil, only for pressure ranges up to 0 ... 300 psi
{Halocarbon oil for oxygen applications} 1)}
Supply Voltage UB
DC V
10 < UB ≤ 30 (14 ... 30 with signal output 0 ... 10 V)
ms
< 1 (< 10 ms at medium temperatures below -22°F (-30°C) for pressure ranges up to 300 psi
Accuracy
% of span ≤ 1.0
% of span ≤ 0.5
2)
(BFSL)
Hysteresis
Non-repeatability
% of span ≤ 0.1
% of span ≤ 0.05
1-year stability
n Medium
n Ambient
% of span ≤ 0.2 n Storage
-22 ... +212 °F {-40 ... +257 °F }
-22 ... +185 °F
-30 ... +100 °C {-40 ... +125 °C }
-30 ... +85 °C
-40 ... +212 °F
0 ... +176 °F
-40 ... +100 °C
0 ... +80 °C
Temperature coefficients in
compensated temp range
n Mean
n Mean
TC of zero
TC of range
-conformity
% of span ≤ 0.3 / 10 K
% of span ≤ 0.2 / 10 K
89/336/EWG interference emission and immunity see EN 61326
97/23/EG Pressure equipment directive
Shock resistance
g
Wiring protection
Ingress protection per
g
20 according to IEC 60068-2-6 (vibration under resonance)
Per IEC 60529 / EN 60529, see page 3
Weight
lb
Approx. .22
1)
2)
{ }
(mechanical shock)
Media temperature for oxygen version: -30 ... +60 °C (-22 ... 140 °F).
Cannot be manufactured for absolute pressure ranges < 1 bar abs.
Limit point calibration in vertical mounting position with lower pressure connection.
Items in curved brackets are optional extras for additional price.
Output signal and permissible load
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
permissible range
4 ... 20 mA: RA < (UB – 10 V) / 0.02 A
0 ... 20 mA: RA < (UB - 3 V) / 0.02 A
Output voltage (3-wire)
0 ... 5 V: RA >5 kOhm
0 ... 10 V:RA >10 kOhm
Supply
voltage
145
1.46“(37mm)
*)
Cable with Free Ends
IP 67
Order code: DL
2.20“(56mm)
Circular connector,
5-pin, M 12x1,
IP 65
Order code: M5
1.06“(27mm)
1.14“(29mm)
Mini L-connector
G-series
IP 65
Order code: II
1.34“(34mm)
Case
1.06“(27mm)
.08“(2mm)
.51“(13mm)
.85“(21.5mm)
.55“(14mm)
.08“(2mm)
G 1/4 male
EN 837
Order code: GB
G 1/4 male
DIN 3852-E
Order code: HD
.89“(22.5mm)
.51“(13mm)
.85“(21.5mm)
1/4” NPT male
Order code: NB
Other process connections available
*
146
) Mating connectors are not included
Wiring details
2-wire
3-wire
Mini L-connector
G-series
Circular connector
M 12x1 5 pin
Flying leads with 5 foot
(1.5m) of cable and free
ends
brown
brown
white
green
green
Legend:
Sig+
UB+
0V
Sig -
147
Type C-10 OEM Pressure Transmitter
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
4-20 mA 2-wire
10-30 VDC
1/4 NPT Male
DIN 43 650 with
mini L-plug connector
Gauge Ranges
Range
0-100 inWC
0-5 psi
0-10 psi
0-15 psi
0-25 psi
0-30 psi
0-50 psi
0-60 psi
0-100 psi
0-150 psi
0-200 psi
0-250 psi
0-300 psi
0-400 psi
0-500 psi
0-600 psi
0-1000 psi
0-1500 psi
0-2000 psi
0-3000 psi
0-5000 psi
0-7500 psi
0-10,000 psi
0-15,000 psi
Description
Part #
4204883
8363434
4302940
8363442
8363450
4256671
8363468
8363476
8363515
8363485
8363493
4256698
8363506
4323697
9697688
8357247
8357255
8357264
8357272
8354753
8347390
8357280
8357298
8359576
Range
Description
Part #
0-15 psia
0-25 psia
0-50 psia
4228146
4258615
4346127
NOTE: TRONIC 36 and ready-to-ship parts numbers
Datasheet: C-10
148
C-10 Option List
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4... 20 mA, 2-wire
0... 5 V, 3-wire
0... 10 V, 3-wire
0.5 ... 4.5 V, 3-wire Ratiometric
On inquiry
Unit
psi
InWC
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
0 InWC ... 100 InWC
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 10 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 50 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 150 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 250 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 400 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 600 psi
0 psi ... 750 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
0 psi ... 8000 psi
0 psi ... 10000 psi
0 psi ... 15000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
1/4" NPT
1/2" NPT
1/8" NPT
G 1/4 B
G 1/2 B
1/8" NPT female
1/4" NPT female
1/2" NPT female
7/16-20 UNF SAE #4 J514 male
9/16-18 UNF SAE #6 J514 male
3/4-16 UNF SAE #8 J514 male
On inquiry
Without
On inquiry
Miniature L-plug connector G-Series
(NEMA 5/IP 65)
4 pin mini L-plug DIN EN 175301-803
w/molded cable (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
1/2" NPT male conduit w/cable (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
5 pin locking plug M12X1 (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
On inquiry
Without
Digital Display
Without
Digital display
Without
Additional text
149
Type A-10
Applications
Machine tools
Process control & automation
Hydraulics & Pneumatics
Pumps & Compressors
Special Features
Pressure ranges: from 0 … 15 psi up to 0 … 10,000 psi
Non-linearity: < + 0.5% BFSL ( < + 0.25% available)
Signal output: 4-20 mA, 0-10 V, 0-5 V, others
Electrical connection: DIN 175301-803 A and C, M12x1,
6 ft. cable, others
Pressure connection: 1/4 NPT , 1/2 NPT , SAE #4,
others available
Description
A-10 Pressure Transmitters
The WIKA A-10 pressure transmitter is precision engineered
and manufactured to fit many industrial and OEM pressure
measurement applications. The rugged design provides resistance to vibration, shock, wide temperature variations, RFI
and other extreme environmental conditions that are typical
of industrial and OEM applications.
Performance and reliability is enhanced by the all stainless
steel welded measuring cell that eliminates the need for soft
sealing materials that may deteriorate over time. The stateof-the-art manufacturing and assembly process increases
the long term reliability of the A-10.
Primary applications include process control and automation,
hydraulics, pneumatics, and machine controls.
Datasheet: A-10
150
Specifications
Model A-10
Pressure ranges
psi
15
25
30
50
100
160
200
300
Over pressure safety
psi
30
60
60
100
200
290
400
600
Burst pressure psi
75
150
150
250
500
500
1500
1500
Pressure ranges
psi
500
1000
1500
2000
3000
5000
10000
psi
1000
1740
2900
4000
6000
10000
17400
Burst pressure psi
2500
7975
11600
14500
17400
24650
34800
{Absolute pressure: 0 ... 15 psi up to 0 ... 300 psi}.
Vacuum resistance
Ranges greater then 150 psi
Fatigue life
10 million load cycles maximum
Materials ■ Wetted parts
» Pressure Connection
316 L
» Pressure sensor
316 L (as of >0 ... 150 psig are PH 13-8 ss)
■ Internal transmission fluid
Silicone oil (only with pressure ranges up to 0 ... 100 psig and 0 ... 300 psi absolute)
■ Case
316 L
Power supply UB
UB in VDC 8 ... 30 (14 ... 30 with signal output 0 ... 10 V)
RA > 10 k
maximum ohmic load RA
0 ... 10 V, 3-wire
0 ... 5 V, 3-wire
1 ... 5 V, 3-wire
0.5 ... 4.5 V, 3-wire
Response time
ms
<4
Current consumption
mA
Signal current (max. 25) for current output
RA > 5 k
RA > 5 k
RA > 4.5 k
Max. 8 for voltage output signal
Isolation voltage
VDC
500 1)
{Other signal output on request}
1)
following maximum values for the current: where UB = 30 V (DC): 5 A. Provide a separate switch for
the external power supply.
Alternative for North America: The connection may also be made to “Class 2 Circuits” or “Class 2
Power Units” according to CEC (Canadian Electrical Code) or NEC (National Electrical Code).
Non-linearity
% of span
For power supply, use a circuit with energy limitation (EN/UL/IEC 61010-1, section 9.3) with the
Accuracy 2)
% of span
≤ ± 0.5% BFSL
according to IEC 61298-2
{≤ ± 0.25 BFSL}
≤ ± 1.0 (with non-linearity 0.5 %)
{≤ ± 0.5 }(with non-linearity 0.25 %}
{ ≤ ± 0.6 }(with non-linearity 0.25 % and with signal output 0 ... 5 V}
2)
Calibrated in vertical mounting position with pressure connection facing down
Zero offset
% of span ≤ 0.15 typ., ≤ 0.4 max.
Includes non-linearity, hysteresis, zero point and full scale error accordingly to IEC 61298-2
≤ 0.5 typ., ≤ 0.8 max.
Hysteresis
% of span ≤ 0.16
Non-repeatability
% of span ≤ 0.1
Long-term drift
% of span ≤ 0.1
Signal noise
% of span ≤ 0.3
(with non-linearity 0.25%)
(with non-linearity 0.5%)
according to IEC 61298-2
■ Medium
32 ... +176 °F {-22 ... +185 °F}
■ Ambient
32 ... +176 °F {-4 ... +176 °F}
■ Storage
-4 ... +176 °F
Operating temperature range
Temperature error within
32 ... +176 °F
0 ... +80 °C {-20 ... +85 °C}
0 ... +80 °C {-20 ... +80 °C}
-20 ... +80 °C
0 ... +80 °C
% of span ≤ 1.0 typ., ≤ 2.5 max.
operating temperature range
Specifications
Model A-10
151
Specifications
Model A-10
Approvals UL, CSA, GOST
RoHS-conformitiy
Yes
CE-conformitiy
■ Pressure equipment directive
97/23/EC
■ EMC directive
89/336/EEC emission (class B) and immunity according to EN 61 326
Shock resistance
g
g
Wiring protection
■ Overvoltage protection
VDC
32; 36 with 4 ... 20 mA
■ Short-circuit protection Sig+ to UB-
■ Reverse polarity protection
UB+ to UB-
Test reference conditions
According to IEC 61298-1
■ Relative humidity
%
45 ... 75
■ Temperature
%
59 ... 77 °F (15 ... 25 °C)
■ Atmospheric Pressure
KPa
86 … 106 (25.4…31.3 inhg)
Weight
oz.
Approx. 2.8 oz. (80 g)
Ingress protection IP per IEC 60529. The ingress protection classes specified only apply while the
pressure transmitter is connected with female connectors that provide the equivalent ingress protection.
DIN 175301-803 A
L-connector
.24" to .32"
IP 65
DIN 175301-803 C
L-connector
.18" to .24"
IP 65
M 12x1, 4-pin
IP 67
Flying leads,
conductor cross section
.013 in 2,
.26",
PUR cable - unshielded,
IP 67
max. 1.5 (38 mm)
max. 1.9
(48 mm)
1.14 (29 mm)
1.06
(27mm)
1/4 NPT
2.4 (60.8 mm)
EN175301-801-C
.51 (13 mm)
For tapped holes and welding sockets please see Technical Information IN 00.14 for download at www.wika.de
1/4 NPT
152
1/2 NPT Male
7/16 - 20 UNF
O-ring boss
M20 x 1.5
with sealing ring
G 1/2 B
2-wire
1/4" NPT female
3-wire
DIN 175301-803 A
L-connector
DIN 175301-803 C
L-connector
M 12x1, 4-pin
without angle socket or
female cable connectors
Flying leads
brown
brown
black
blue
blue
Specifications and dimensions given in this datasheet represent the state of engineering at the time of printing.
Modifications may take place and materials specified may be replaced by others without prior notice.
153
Type A-10 OEM Pressure Transmitter
Standard Features

Signal Output: 
Supply Voltage: 
Process Connection: 4-20 mA 2-wire or 0-10 V 3-wire
8-30 DC (14-30 VDC)
1/4 NPT Male

Electrical Connection:

Non-Linearity: DIN EN 175301-803 (DIN 43 650)
with plug connector
< +/- 0.5% B.F.S.L.
Range
Description
Part #
4-20 mA 2-wire
0-10 V 3-wire
0 ... 15 psia
0 ... 100 psia
50426354
50426389
50426737
50426761
0 ... 15 psi
0 ... 25 psi
0 ... 50 psi
0 ... 100 psi
0 ... 200 psi
0 ... 300 psi
0 ... 500 psi
0 ... 1000 psi
0 ... 1500 psi
0 ... 2000 psi
0 ... 3000 psi
0 ... 5000 psi
0 ... 10,000 psi
50426397
50426401
50426427
50372475
50398083
50426460
50426478
50426486
50426494
50426508
50426516
50372483
50426532
50426770
83928788
50426800
50426818
50426834
50426842
50426851
50426869
50426877
50426885
50426893
50426907
50426915
154
A-10 Option List
Feature
Feature
Non-Linearity
< + 0.5% B.F.S.L
< + 0.25% B.F.S.L
Unit
psi
other
Absolute or Relative Pressure
gauge
absolute
compound
Pressure Range
0 ... 15 psig
0 ... 15 psia
0 ... 25 psig 0 ... 25 psia
0 ... 30 psig 0 ... 30 psia
0 ... 50 psig 0 ... 50 psia
0 ... 100 psig
0 ... 100 psia
0 ... 160 psig
-30 inHg ... 160 psi
0 ... 200 psig
0 ... 200 psia
0 inHg ... 200 psi
0 ... 300 psig 0 ... 300 psia
-30 inHg ... 300 psi
0 ... 500 psig
0 ... 1000 psig
0 ... 1500 psig 0 ... 2000 psig
0 ... 3000 psig 0 ... 5000 psig 0 ... 10000 psig
other
Process Connection
1/4 NPT 1/4 NPT female
1/2 NPT 7/16"-20 UNF SAE O-Ring Boss M20 x 1.5 G 1/4 B G 1/2 B other
Sealing
FPM/FKMN\C
Copper
Stainless steel
without Temperature Range of Medium
0 ... +80 °C
-30 ... +85 °C
Signal Output
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
0 ... 10 V, 3-wire
0 ... 5 V, 3-wire
1 ... 5 V, 3-wire
0.5 ... 4.5 V, 3-wire ratiometric
other
Power Supply
8...30 V DC
14...30 V DC
5 V DC +/- 10%
other
valve connector, size A
valve connector, size A with cable
valve connector, size C
valve connector, size C with cable
circular connector M12x1, 4-pin
angled connector M12x1, 4 pin. with cable
straight connector M12x1, 4 pin. with cable
Cable with free ends (IP 67)
Cable Length
without
6 feet (only with: AK,CK, MG, MI, or DL)
15 feet (only with: AK,CK, MG, or MI)
other
Certificates
without
Approvals
UL / CSA / GOST 1)
Other
1) Not available with ratiometric signal output
155
Type ECO-1
Applications
Special Features
Pressure ranges from 0-15psi to 0...15,000psi
4-20 mA 2-wire and 0-10V 3-wire output signals available from stock
Left: ECO-1 with DIN connection
Right: ECO-1 with cable option
Description
WIKA ECO-Tronic pressure transmitters are engineered
to fit many industrial pressure measurement applications.
Typical applications include hydraulics and pneumatics,
compressor controls, pump protection, refrigeration and air
conditioning systems.
Reliable Operation
The ECO Tronic features an all-welded stainless steel measuring cell for improved media compatibility. There are no
internal soft sealing materials that may react with the media
or deteriorate over time. The case is also made of stainless
steel and is available with environmental protection ratings
up to NEMA 4 / IP 67.
Standard signal outputs of 4-20 mA and 0-10V allow the
ECO-Tronic to be integrated into many existing applications. Excellent RFI and EMI resistance protect the output
signal integrity under difficult operating conditions.
Each ECO-Tronic undergoes extensive quality control testing
and calibration to achieve an accuracy of < 0.50% full scale.
The printed circuit boards use state-of-the-art surface mount
technology. Each is individually temperature compensated to
assure accuracy and long-term stability even when exposed
to severe ambient temperature variations.
Pressure ranges from 15psi to 15,000psi meet the requirements of most industrial pressure sensing applications.
Pressure ranges up to 300psi use a piezoresistive measuring cell. The higher pressure ranges use thin film sensor
technology.
Datasheet: ECO-1
156
Specifications
Pressure range
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
Pressure range
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
Model ECO-1
15psi
72psi
87psi
1000psi
1740psi
7970psi
25psi
145psi
170psi
1500psi
2900psi
11,600psi
50psi
240psi
290psi
2000psi
4600psi
14,500psi
60psi
240psi
290psi
3000psi
7200psi
17,400psi
100psi
500psi
600psi
5000psi
11,600psi
24,650psi
200psi
1160psi
1390psi
7500psi
17,400psi
34,800psi
300psi
1160psi
1390psi
10,000psi
17,400psi
34,800psi
500psi
1160psi
5800psi
15,000psi
21,750psi
43,500psi
750psi
1740psi
7970psi
{Absolute pressure ranges available to 300 psia}
Materials
n Wetted parts
n Case
Power supply UB
Signal output and
Maximum load RA
DC V
Accuracy **)
ms
% of span
% of span
% of span
% of span
Non-repeatability
1-year stability
n Medium
n Ambient
n Storage
Compensated temp range
compensated temperature range
n Mean TC of zero
n Mean TC of range
CE conformity
Wiring protection
Ingress protection per
Weight
*)
**)
{ }
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Synthetic oil only for pressure ranges up to 300 psi
{Halocarbon oil for oxygen applications} *)
10 < UB ≤ 30 (14 ... 30 with output signal 0 ... 10 V, 1 ... 6 V)
4 ... 20 mA, 2- wire
RA < ( UB -10V) / 0.02 A with RA in Ohm and UB in Volt
0 ... 10 V, 3- wire
RA > 10 kOhm
1 ... 5 V, 3- wire
RA > 5 kOhm
1 ... 6 V, 3- wire
RA > 5 kOhm
< 5 (< 10 ms at medium temperature < -30 °C for pressure ranges up to 300 psi)
≤ 1.0
≤ 0.5
(BFSL)
≤ 0.1
≤ 0.3
-40 ... +212 °F
-22 ... +176 °F
-22 ... +212 °F
32 ... + 176 °F
% of span
% of span
lb
-40 ... +100 °C
-30 ... + 80 °C
-30 ... +100 °C
0 ... + 80 °C
≤ 0.4 / 10 K
≤ 0.3 / 10 K
Protected against reverse polarity, overvoltage and short circuit
IEC 60 529 / EN 60 529, see page 3
Approx. .33
Media temperature for oxygen version : -22 ... 140 °F (-30 ... +60 °C)
Accuracy statement includes linearity, hysteresis and repeatability.
Limit point calibration performed in vertical mounting position with pressure connection facing down.
Items in curved brackets are optional extras for additional cost.
157
L-connector
DIN EN 175301-803, (DIN 43 650)
IP 65
Order code: A4
Circular connector
M 12x1, 4-pin
IP65
Order code: M4
NEMA 4 / IP67
Order code: DL
1.65”(42mm)
G 1/4
EN 837
Order code: GB
.08”(2mm)
1.00”(25.6mm)
.51”(13mm)
.59”(15mm)
1/4 NPT male
Order code: NB
.93”(23.6mm)
1.65”(42mm)
.08”(2mm)
1.65”(42mm)
.98”(25mm)
.98”(25mm) .85”(21.5mm)
2.56”(65mm)
.98”(25mm)
1.89”(48mm)
O 0.20 (5mm)
O 0.37(9.5mm)
Wiring
2-wire system
3-wire system
L-connector
Circular connector
M 12x1 4-pin
brown
cable with free ends
brown
white
green
green
Legend:
Sig+
UB+
0V
Sig -
158
Type ECO-1 OEM Pressure Transmitter
Standard Features
Signal
15 psi to 15,000 psi
Output:
4-20 mA 2-wire or
0-10 V 3-wire
Supply Voltage: 10-30 DC (14-30 VDC)
Process Connection: 1/4 NPT Male
Electrical Connection: DIN EN 175301-803
(DIN 43 650) with
plug connector
Gauge Ranges
Range
0-15 psi
0-25 psi
0-50 psi
0-60 psi
0-100 psi
0-200 psi
0-300 psi
0-500 psi
0-750 psi
0-1000 psi
0-1500 psi
0-2000 psi
0-3000 psi
0-5000 psi
0-7500 psi
0-10,000 psi
0-15,000 psi
Description
Part #
4-20 mA 2-wire
8392376
8392386
8392396
8392406
8392416
8392426
8392436
8392446
8392456
8392466
8392476
8392486
8392496
8392506
8392516
8392526
8392586
0-10 V 3-wire
8392816
8392826
8392836
8392856
8392866
8392876
8392596
8392606
8392616
8392626
8392636
8392646
8392656
8392666
8392686
8392696
8392806
Datasheet: ECO-1
159
ECO-1 Option List
160
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4... 20 mA, 2-wire
0... 10 V, 3-wire
1... 5 V, 3-wire
On inquiry
Unit
psi
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi
0 psi ... 50 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 750 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
0 psi ... 7500 psi
0 psi ... 10000 psi
0 psi ... 15000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
1/4" NPT
G 1/4 B
On inquiry
Without
pg 9 (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
1/2" NPT female conduit (NEMA 5/IP 65)
4 Pin locking pin M12 x 1 (NEMA 4 / IP 65)
Cable Length
Without
5 feet
10 feet
20 feet
30 feet
40 feet
50 feet
Approvals
Without
GL, ABS, RINA
Without
Digital Display
Without
Digital display
Without
Additional text
Hazardous Area Non-incendive
OEM Transmitters
Type N-10/N-11
Applications
Natural gas compressors
Wellhead monitoring
Pipeline pressure
Special Features
FM approved Non-incendive for Class I Division 2 hazardous locations
Engineered to meet the harsh demands of gas compressor
applications
Do not require the use of intrinsically safe barriers
NACE MR-01-75 compliant
4-20 mA or low power 1-5 volt output signals available
Description
Model N-10 pressure transmitters are specifically designed
to meet the durability and performance requirements of gas
compressor systems. These pressure transmitters feature an
industry standard 4-20 mA 2 wire signal output, NEMA 4X (IP
67) weather protection, and are extremely resistant to pressure
spikes, vibration, and moisture intrusion. NACE MR-01-75
compliance provides extra resistance against sulfide stress
cracking when exposed to gases containing sulphur.
Left: N-10 pressure transmitter with NPT connection
Right: N-11 flush diaphragm pressure transmitter
The transmitters are engineered to meet Class I Division 2
Non-incendive protection requirements in hazardous
environments. Each undergoes extensive quality control
testing and calibration to achieve a linearity of < 0.25% full
scale. In addition, each pressure transmitter is temperature
compensated to assure accuracy and long term stability
when exposed to severe ambient temperature variations.
Type N-11 pressure transmitters feature a flat, non-clogging
diaphragm. This is designed for use with viscous fluids, or
media containing particulates that could clog the pressure
port of the standard NPT version.
Datasheet: N-10, N-11
161
Specifications
Model N-10 / N-11
Pressure range
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
5psi
29psi
35psi
10psi
58psi
69psi
15psi
72psi
87psi
25psi
145psi
170psi
30psi
145psi
170psi
60psi
240psi
290psi
100psi
500psi
600psi
200psi
1160psi
1390psi
300psi
1160psi
1390psi
Pressure range
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
500psi
1160psi
5800psi
1000psi
1740psi
7970psi
1500psi
2900psi
11,600psi
2000psi
4600psi
14,500psi
3000psi
7200psi
17,400psi
5000psi
11,600psi
24,650psi2
8000psi1
17,400psi
34,800psi
10000psi1
17,400psi
34,800psi
15000psi1
21,750psi
43,500psi
Materials
 Wetted parts
 N-10
Stainless steel
(> 300 psi stainless steel and Elgiloy)
Stainless steel; O-ring: NBR {Viton or EPDM}
Stainless steel
Synthetic oil (only for pressure ranges up to 300 psi or flush diaphragm units)
 N-11
 Case
Power supply UB
Signal output and
maximum load RA
Accuracy 3)
Non-repeatability
Hysteresis
1-year stability
 Medium
 Ambient
 Storage
Compensated temp. range
compensated temp range:
 Mean TC of zero
DC V
ms
% of span
% of span
% of span
% of span
% of span
4…20 mA: RA ≤ (UB - 10 V) / 0,02 A with RA in Ohm and UB in Volt 1 ... 5 V, 3-wire: RA > 10 kOhm
≤ 1 (≤ 10 ms when media temperatures are below –22 ° F ( -30 °C) for pressure
ranges up to 300 psi or with flush diaphragm)
≤ 0.25 (BFSL)
≤ 0.5
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.1
-22 ... +212 °F
-22 ... +212 °F
-40 ... +221 °F
32 ... +176 °F
% of span
% of span
Approval authority
HF-immunity
Burst
Ingress protection
Shock resistance
Wiring protection
Weight
10 < UB ≤ 30 for 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
6 < UB < 30 for 1 ... 5 V, 3-wire low power version
{-40 ... +221 °F}
{-40 ... +221 °F}
{-58 ... +221 °F}
-30 ... +100 °C
-30 ... +100 °C
-40 ... +105 °C
0 ... +80 °C
{-40 ... +105 °C}
{-40 ... +105 °C}
{-50 ... +105 °C}
≤ 0.2 / 10 K (< 0,4 for pressure range < 100 inWC)
≤ 0.2 / 10 K
 Factory Mutual (FM) Non-incendive with entity approval for:
Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D
 Dust-ignitionproof for Class II and III, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G
Maximum electrical ratings 30 V, 20 mA
FM Standards according to FMRC 3600, 3611, 3810
V/m
KV
g
g
lb
10
4
NEMA 4X (IP 67)
20 according to IEC 60068-2-27 (vibration under resonant conditions)
Protected against reverse polarity, overvoltage, and short circuiting
0.4
* Pressure applied up to the maximum rating will cause no permanent change in specifications but may lead to zero and span shifts
**Exceeding the burst pressure may result in destruction of the transmitter
1)
2)
3)
4)
Only Model N-10.
For Model N-11: the burst pressure is limited to 21,000 psi unless the pressure seal is accomplished by using the sealing ring underneath the hex.
Includes linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Limit point calibration performed in vertical mounting position with pressure connection facing down.
Transmitters will function when exposed to these extended temperature ranges. The media, when exposed to temperature extremes, may change
characteristics that effect transmitter performance.
{ } Items in curved brackets are options available at additional cost.
162
Electrical connection 1.0“ (25.5mm)
6 foot cable with free ends
NEMA 4 / IP 67
Order code: EM
Case
2.28“ (58mm)
1.06“ (27mm)
G 1/2
EN 837
Order code: GD
.08”(2mm)
O .69”
(17.5mm)
.08”(2mm)
O .24”
(6mm)
.51”(13mm)
G 1/4
EN 837
Order code: GB
.85”(21.5mm)
.32”(8mm)
.12”(3mm)
1.12”(28.5mm)
.75”(19mm)
1.08”(27.5mm)
1/ 2 NPT male
Order code: ND
.51” (13mm)
.85” (21.5mm)
1/4 NPT male
Order code: NB
.79”(20mm)
N-10 pressure connections
O .20”
(5mm)
O .37”
(9.5mm)
N-11 flush diaphragm pressure connections
O-ring 26x2
.81”(20.5mm)
Sealing ring
29.7x35.7x2.0
.39”(10mm)
N-11 G 1/2
30 psi to 5,000 psi
Order code: 86
1.22”(31mm)
.39”(10mm)
1.26”(31.9mm)
.81”(20.5mm)
N-11 G 1
50 inWC to 25 psi
Order code: 85
Sealing ring
18.5x23.9x1.5
O-ring 15x2
163
Matching P-1 weld insert adapters for N-11 flush diaphragm transmitters
weld
Part # 1206974
Part # 1097008
Wiring details
2-wire system
3-wire system
brown
6 foot cable with free
ends
brown
white
green
green
shield / case
shield / case
Legend:
Sig+
UB+
0V
Sig -
164
Type N-10
Non-Incendive
Vacuum to 15,000 psi
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
4-20 mA 2-wire or 1-5 V 3-wire
10-30 DC
(6-30 VDC for 1-5 V version)
1/4 NPT Male
1/2" NPT male conduit
with 6 foot cable
N-10 Gauge Ranges
Description
Range
Part #
4-20 mA 2-wire
30" INHG Vacuum
30"-0-30 psi
30"-0-100 psi
0-15 psi
0-30 psi
0-60 psi
0-100 psi
0-200 psi
0-300 psi
0-500 psi
0-1000 psi
0-1500 psi
0-2000 psi
0-3000 psi
0-5000 psi
0-8000 psi 0-10,000 psi
0-15,000 psi
1-5 V 3-wire
4348296
4348309
4332431
4348317
4348326
4348334
4348342
4348350
4348368
4346216
4332440
4338597
4348376
4347000
4347018
4348385
4348393
4348406
4354619
4354627
4354636
4354644
4354652
4354660
4354678
4354686
4354695
4354708
4354716
4354725
4354733
4354741
4354759
4354767
4354776
4354784
Datasheet: N-10
165
N-10 Option List
166
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4... 20 mA, 2-wire
1... 5 V, 3-wire
Unit
psi
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
-30 inHg ... 0
-30 inHg ... 30 psi
-30 inHg ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
0 psi ... 8000 psi
0 psi ... 10000 psi
0 psi ... 15000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
1/4" NPT
On inquiry
Without
Low power
1/2" NPT male conduit with free ends
(NEMA 4 / IP 67)
Cable Length
6 feet
10 feet
20 feet
30 feet
On inquiry
Approvals
EEx nA II 3G T6 7 II 3D per ATEX
FM, CSA
Without
Without
Additional text
Type N-11
Non-Incendive Flush Diaphragm
Vacuum to 5,000 psi
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
4-20 mA 2-wire or 1-5 V 3-wire
10-30 DC
(6-30 VDC for 1-5 V version)
G1B or G1/2B flush diaphragm
depending on pressure range
1/2" NPT male conduit
with 6 foot cable
N-11 standard stocked part numbers
N-11 Gauge Ranges
Description
Range
Part #
4-20 mA 2-wire
1-5 V 3-wire
30"-0-30 psi
0-15 psi1
0-100 psi
0-300 psi
0-1000 psi
0-2000 psi
0-3000 psi
4372579
4354822
4354792
4358428
4354806
4364410
4364690
4364428
4358436
4354814
4364509
NOTES:
1
Pressure ranges from 50 inWC to 30 psi are supplied with G1B flush process connections.
See Datasheet for details
Datasheet: N-11
167
N-11 Option List
168
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4... 20 mA, 2-wire
1... 5 V, 3-wire
Unit
psi
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
-30 inHg ... 0
-30 inHg ... 30 psi
-30 inHg ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
Stainless Steel and O-ring from EPDM
On inquiry
Without
Low power
1/2" NPT Male Conduit with Free Ends
(NEMA 4 / IP 67)
Cable Length
6 feet
10 feet
20 feet
30 feet
On inquiry
Approvals
EEx nA II 3G T6 7 II 3D per ATEX
FM, CSA
Without
Without
Additional Text
Explosion-Proof
OEM Transmitters
Type E-10/E-11
Applications
Wellhead monitoring
Refining, chemical, petrochemical
Offshore platforms, pipelines
Natural gas compressors
Special Features
FM-approved Explosion proof for Class I
Division 1 hazardous locations
Available with 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire or 1 ... 5 V,
3-wire low power output signals
Engineered to withstand harsh environments
NACE MR0175 compliant
Retrofits many existing oil and gas applications
Left: E-10 NPT pressure transmitter with cable
Right: E-11 flush diaphragm pressure transmitter with optional
flying leads
Description
The E-10 and E-11 explosion proof pressure transmitters are
specifically designed to meet the durability and performance
requirements of oil and gas pressure monitoring applications.
These pressure transmitters feature an industry standard 4-20
mA 2-wire or 1-5V 3-wire low power signal output and NEMA
4X (IP67) ingress protection. They are extremely resistant to
pressure spikes, vibration, and moisture intrusion. NACE
MR-01-75 compliant wetted parts provides extra resistance against sulfide stress cracking when exposed to
media containing sulphur. Both are available with a factory sealed epoxy flying lead assembly for easier installation.
The E-10 features an NPT process connection with an all-welded
stainless steel measuring cell for media compatibility.
The E-11 features a flush diaphragm process connection. This
flat sensing surface is specifically designed for the measurement
of viscous fluids or media containing solids that may clog the
NPT process connection.
The transmitters are engineered to meet Class I Division 1
Explosion proof protection for installation in hazardous
environments. Each transmitter undergoes extensive quality
control testing and calibration to achieve a linearity of < 0.25%
full scale. In addition, each pressure transmitter is temperature
compensated to assure accuracy and long-term stability even
when exposed to severe ambient temperature variations.
There are no internal soft sealing materials that may react with
the media or deteriorate over time.
Datasheet: E-10
169
Specifications
Pressure range
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
Model E-10 / E-11
5psi
29psi
35psi
10psi
58psi
69psi
15psi
72psi
87psi
25psi
145psi
170psi
30psi
145psi
170psi
60psi
240psi
290psi
Pressure range
500psi
1000psi
1500psi
2000psi
3000psi
5000psi
Maximum pressure*
1160psi
1740psi
2900psi
4600psi
7200psi
11,600psi
Burst pressure**
5800psi
7970psi
11,600psi 14,500psi 17,400psi 24,650psi2
{Vacuum, gauge pressure, compound ranges and absolute pressure ranges are available}
Materials
 Wetted parts
 Model E-10
 Case
Signal output and
maximum load RA
200psi
1160psi
1390psi
300psi
1160psi
1390psi
8000psi1
17,400psi
34,800psi
10000psi1
17,400psi
34,800psi
15000psi1
21,750psi
43,500psi
Stainless steel (> 300 psi stainless steel and Elgiloy)
Stainless steel {Hastelloy}
O-ring: NBR {Viton}
Stainless steel
Synthetic oil (only for pressure ranges up to 300 psi or flush diaphragm units)
 Model E-11
Power supply UB
100psi
500psi
600psi
DC V
ms
10 < UB < 30 for 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
6 < UB < 30 for 1 ... 5 V, 3 wire low power version
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
RA ≤ (UB - 10 V) / 0.02 A with RA in Ohm and UB in Volt
1 ... 5 V, 3-wire
RA > 10 kOhm
≤ 1 (≤ 10 ms when media temperatures are below –22 ° F ( -30 °C) for pressure
ranges up to 300 psi or with flush diaphragm)
Accuracy 3)
% of span
% of span
≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.5
(BFSL)
Hysteresis
Non-repeatability
1-year stability
 Medium
 Ambient
 Storage
Compensated temp. range
 Mean TC of zero
% of span
% of span
% of span
≤ 0.1
≤ 0.05
-22 ... +212 °F
-22 ... +212 °F
-40 ... +221 °F
32 ... +176 °F
% of span
% of span
{-40 ... +221 °F}
{-40 ... +221 °F}
{-58 ... +221 °F}
-30 ... +100 °C
-30 ... +100 °C
-40 ... +105 °C
0 ... +80 °C
{-40 ... +105 °C}
{-40 ... +105 °C}
{-50 ... +105 °C}
< 0.2 / 10 K (< 0.4 for pressure range < 100 inWC)
< 0.2 / 10 K
EMI specifications
Approval authority
 Factory mutual (FM / CSA) Explosion proof for:
Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C and D
 Dust ignitionproof for:
Class II / III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G
FM Standards according to class number 3600, 3615 and 3810
HF-immunity
Burst
V/m
KV
10
4
Shock resistance
Wiring protection
Ingress protection
Weight
g
g
Protected against reverse polarity, over voltage and short circuiting
NEMA 4X / IP 67
Approximately 0.4
lb
* Pressure applied up to the maximum rating will cause no permanent change in specifications but may lead to zero and span shifts
**Exceeding the burst pressure may result in destruction of the transmitter
1)
2)
3)
{ }
170
Only Model E-10.
For Model E-11: the burst pressure is limited to 21,000 psi unless the pressure seal is accomplished by using the sealing ring underneath the hex.
Includes linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Limit point calibration performed in vertical mounting position with pressure connection facing down.
Items in curved brackets are options available at additional cost.
1/2 male conduit with 6 foot (1.6 m) cable and free ends
NEMA 4X (IP 67)
Order code: 2X
1/2 male conduit with 6 foot (1.6 m) flying leads NEMA 4X (IP 67)
Order code: 3X
1/2NPT
4.13” (105mm)
1.06” (27mm)
27
.73” (19mm)
4.13” (105mm)
1/2NPT
1.06” (27mm)
.73” (19mm)
27
1/2NPT
1/2NPT
G 1/2 male
EN 837
Order code: GD
.08”(2mm)
.69” Dia
(17.5mm)
.08”(2mm)
.24” Dia
(6mm)
.51”(13mm)
G 1/4 male
EN 837
Order code: GB
.85”(21.5mm)
.12”(3mm)
.12”(3mm)
.79”(20mm)
.75”(19mm)
1/ 2 NPT male
Order code: ND
1.08”(27.5mm)
.85” (21.5mm)
.51” (13mm)
1/4 NPT male
Order code: NB
1.12”(28.5mm)
.20” dia(5mm)
.37” dia
(9.5mm)
171
E-11 flush diaphragm pressure connections
O-ring 26x2
Sealing ring
18.5x23.9x1.5
.39”(10mm)
Sealing ring
29.7x35.7x2.0
1.22”(31mm)
E-11 G 1/2
30 psi to 8,000 psi
Order code: 86
.81”(20.5mm)
.39”(10mm)
1.26”(31.9mm)
.81”(20.5mm)
E-11 G 1
50 inWC to 25 psi
Order code: 85
O-ring 15x2
Matching P-1 weld insert adapters for E-11 flush diaphragm transmitters
weld
Part # 1206974
Part # 1097008
Wiring
2-wire system
6 foot ( 1.82m )
cable or flying leads
3-wire system
red
red
brown
black
black
Legend:
Sig+
UB+
0V
Sig -
172
shield - ground
Green - ground
Type E-10 Explosion Proof
Vacuum to 15,000 psi
Standard Features
Signal
Output
Supply Voltage:
Electrical Connection:
Reference
Charts
Below
To use this table, first find the required process connection (1/4” or ½” NPT male), then the signal output (4-20 mA
or 1-5 V), electrical connection (cable or flying lead), and the required pressure range.
1
Pressure Conn. /4" NPT male
½" NPT male
Signal Output
4-20 mA
1-5V 3-wire low power
4-20 mA
½" NPT male conduit connection with:
½" NPT male conduit connection with:
Electrical Conn.
6ft cable
6ft leads
6ft cable
6ft leads 6ft cable
6ft leads
6ft cable
6ft leads
Compound Ranges
30"-0 INHGVAC
4371130
30"-0-30 psi
4217172 50333330
4365016
4365131
4365255
30"-0-100 psi
50116703 50300150
4365026
4365149
4365271
Gauge Ranges
15 psi
50989333
50034669 4365034
4365157
4365289 4365386
60 psi
4363082 50989341
50437178 4365042
4365166
4365297
100 psi
4363090 4363189
4363341
50391020 4365050
4365174
4365301 4365395
200 psi
4364844 50139061 4242150
4368653 4369633
50033948
4254174
300 psi
4363103 4363197
4363359
4368661 4365068
4365182
4365319
500 psi
4363111 4363200
4363367
4368679 4365076
4365190
4365327 4365408
1000 psi
4363129 4363218
4363376
4365337 4365085
4365204
4365336 4365418
1500 psi
4363137 4363226
4363384
4248337 4364169
4374130
4391256 4254166
2000 psi
4363146 4363236
4363392
4368687 4365093
4365212
4365344 4254158
3000 psi
4202506 4363244
4363406
4248329 4365106
4365220
4365352 4365425
5000 psi
4363155 4363252
4363414
4394034 4365115
4365238
4365360 4365433
8000 psi
4363163 4363260
50308696 50988906 50070568
10,000 psi
4363171
4363422
50136623 4365123
4365246
4365378 4260957
15,000 psi
4216673
4216681 50131613
*Available
electrical
connections:
6 foot
cable with
free ends
½" NPT
male
conduit
6 foot
flying
leads
½" NPT
male
conduit
Datasheet: E-10
173
E-10 Option List
174
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4... 20 mA, 2-wire
1... 5 V, 3-wire
Unit
psi
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
-30 inHg ... 0
-30 inHg ... 30 psi
-30 inHg ... 60 psi
-30 inHg ... 100 psi
-30 inHg ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 10 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 50 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 160 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 250 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 750 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
0 psi ... 8000 psi
0 psi ... 10000 psi
0 psi ... 15000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
1/4" NPT
1/2" NPTMaterial of Wetted Parts
On inquiry
Without
Low power
(NEMA 4 / IP 67)
1/2" NPT male conduit with flying leads
(NEMA 4 / IP 67)
Cable Length
6 feet
On inquiry
Approvals
Ex d per ATEX
Flameproof per FM and CSA
Without
Without
Additional text
Type E-11 Explosion Proof Flush Diaphragm Pressure Transmitter
Vacuum to 5000 psi
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
Supply Voltage:
Electrical Connection:
Pressure Conn.
Signal Output
Reference
Charts
Below
G1B or G1/2"B1
4-20 mA
1/2" NPT male conduit connection with:
6 ft cable*
6 ft leads*
6 ft cable
Electrical Conn.
Compound Ranges
4373087
30"-0-30 psi1
30"-0-100 psi
Gauge Ranges
0-15 psi 1
4365441
4235694
4365530
0-100 psi
4365459
4365492
4365548
0-200 psi
4252414
50045954
0-500 psi
50132423
0-1000 psi
4365467
4365506
4365556
0-1500 psi
50132440
0-2000 psi
50055712
0-3000 psi
4365476
4365514
4365565
0-5000 psi
4365484
4365522
4365573
1
6 ft leads*
4365581
4365599
4365611
4365629
4365637
4365646
4365654
4365662
G1B for E-11 15 psi and 30INHG vacuum ranges, G1/2B for ranges > 30 psi
*Available
electrical
connections:
6 foot
cable with
free ends
½" NPT
male
conduit
6 foot
flying
leads
½" NPT
male
conduit
Datasheet: E-10
175
E-11 Option List
176
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4... 20 mA, 2-wire
1... 5 V, 3-wire
Unit
psi
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
-30 inHg ... 0
-30 inHg ... 30 psi
-30 inHg ... 60 psi
-30 inHg ... 100 psi
-30 inHg ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 10 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 50 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 160 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 250 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 750 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
G 1 B flush diaphragm with O-ring
G 1/2 B flush diaphragm with O-ringParts
On inquiry
Stainless steel, NBR O-ring
On inquiry
Without
Low power
(NEMA 4 / IP 67)
1/2" NPT male conduit with flying leads
(NEMA 4 / IP 67)
Cable Length
6 feet
On inquiry
Approvals
Ex d per ATEX
Flameproof per FM and CSA
Without
Without
Additional text
Mobile Hydraulic
Pressure Transmitters
Type MH-1
MH-1 pressure transmitters are precision engineered for off
road and mobile hydraulic applications where performance
and durability are critical. Extreme shock and vibration
resistance, available high pressure steam wash down
protection, and the WIKA CDS system (cavitation
dampening system) provide one of the most rugged
pressure transmitters available today. Pressure ranges from
1000psi to 8000psi meet all standard mobile hydraulic
pressure applications.
The all welded thin film measuring cell eliminates the need
for additional soft sealing materials that may deteriorate
over time. The thin film sensor uses sputtered technology
that provides excellent long-term stability in applications
producing frequent pressure cycles. The thin film sensor
is recessed into the hex to provide additional mechanical
protection against system fluid loss in case the transmitter
body is damaged.
The MH-1 is available with a range of environmental ratings
from IP 65 to a cable version with IP 69K high pressure
steam wash down protection ratings.
Left: MH-1 with optional IP69k cable assembly
Center: MH-1 with M12 x 1 connector
Right: MH-1 with Mini DIN L-connector
Datasheet: MH-1
Each MH-1 undergoes extensive quality control testing and
calibration to achieve an accuracy of < 0.5% full scale. Each
is individually temperature compensated to assure accuracy
and long-term stability even when exposed to severe ambient
temperature variations.
177
Type MH-1
OEM Mobile Hydraulic
1,000 psi to 8,000 psi
Standard Features: See Datasheet MH-1
MH-1 Option List
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4... 20 mA, 2-wire
1... 5 V, 3-wire
On inquiry
Unit
psi
On inquiry
Pressure Range
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 2000 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
0 psi ... 8000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
1/4" NPTts
On inquiry
Damping
Without
0.6 mm Diameter Pressure Port
for Pressure Spike Protection
4 Pin Locking Pin M12 x 1 (NEMA 4 / IP 65)
Minature L-plug Connector DIN EN 175301-803 C, 8 mm, (NEMA 4 / IP 65)
Cable with Free Ends (NEMA 4 / IP 67)
On inquiry
Cable Length
Without
5 feet
10 feet
20 feet
30 feet
On inquiry
Without
Other - please specify
Digital Display
Without
Digital Display
Without
Additional Text
Datasheet: MH-1
178
Type MH-2
Applications
Mobile hydraulic systems
Automotive industry
Compressor systems
Special Features
Pressure ranges from 1000 psi to 8000 psi
4-20 mA, 1-5V, 0-10V, 0.5-4.5V ratiometric outputs available
Durable thin film sensor technology
CDS system for protection from pressure spikes and cavitation
IP 69K high pressure steam wash down protection available
MH-2 pressure transmitters
Description
MH-2 pressure transmitters are precision engineered for off
road and mobile hydraulic applications where performance
and durability are critical. Extreme shock and vibration
resistance, available high pressure steam wash down
protection, and the WIKA CDS system (cavitation dampening
system) provide one of the most rugged pressure transmitters
available today. Pressure ranges from 1000psi to 8000psi
meet all standard mobile hydraulic pressure applications.
The all welded thin film measuring cell eliminates the need for
additional soft sealing materials that may deteriorate
producing frequent pressure cycles. The rugged glass
reinforced PBT plastic case has been used in under hood
automotive applications for many years.
A metal sleeve inside the case provides excellent EMI
protection to 100v/m. Several NEMA 4 / IP 67 electrical
connections are available. The cable version provides
environmental protection to IP 69K for resistance to
high-pressure steam wash down cleaning procedures.
The MH-2 is specifically designed for OEM applications
in the mobile hydraulics and automotive industry. It is
manufactured on a fully automated production line to
provide large quantities of transmitters with consistent
quality and highly competitive pricing.
Custom modifications are available for large quantity
requirements.
Datasheet: MH-2
179
Specifications
Model MH-2
Pressure range
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
1000psi
1740psi
7970psi
1500psi
2900psi
11,600psi
2000psi
4600psi
14,500psi
3000psi
7200psi
17,400psi
5000psi
11,600psi
24,650psi
7500psi
17,400psi
34,800psi
8000psi
17,400psi
34,800psi
Materials:
n Wetted parts
n Case
Power supply UB
Signal output and
Maximum load RA
Isolation voltage
ms
DC V
Accuracy
% of span
% of span
Non-repeatability
1-year stability
Permissible temperature of:
n Media *)
n Ambient *)
n Storage *)
% of span
% of span
% of span
% of span
< 0.15 / 10K
< 0.15 / 10K
(special pressure ranges may have increased zero TC)
g
g
Wiring protection
180
-40 ... +125 °C
-40 ... +100 °C
-40 ... +120 °C
*) Also complies with EN 50178, Tab. 7, Operation (C) 4K4H, Storage (D) 1K4, Transport (E) 2K3
+32 ... +176 °F
0 ... + 80 °C
CE conformity
Weight
< 0.5
(BFSL)
< 1.0
(Includes linearity, hysteresis and repeatability.)
< 0.2
< 0.3 (at reference conditions)
-40 ... +257 °F
-40 ... +212 °F
-40 ... +248 °F
n Mean TC of zero
n Mean TC of range
Shock resistance
Stainless steel
Fiberglass-reinforced polybutylene terephthalate (PBT)
Signal output
Power supply UB
Maximum load RA
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
10 ... 36 DC V
RA <(UB – 10 V) / 0.02 A with
RA in Ohm and UB in Volt
1 ... 5 V, 3-wire
8 ... 36 DC V
RA > 2.5 kOhm
0 ... 10 V, 3-wire
14 ... 36 DC V
RA > 5 kOhm
0.5 ... 4.5 V, ratiometric
5 + 0.5 DC V
RA > 4.5 kOhm
Others on request
<2
500
(mechanical shock)
Protected against short circuiting signal+ to UB- / 0 V
Protected against reverse polarity except ratiometric output signals
oz
Approximately 2.1
Ø.80“
(20.2mm)
Ingress Protection (IP) per IEC 60 529
Deutsch 3-Pin
DT04-3P
Order Code: G3
Connector
AMP Superseal 1.5
NEMA 4 / IP 67
Order code: S3
Ø.80“
(20.2mm)
2.0" (50.8mm)
Ø.80“
(20.2mm)
IP69K high pressure
steam washdown
Order code: FN
2.64“ (67.1mm)
Metri Pack Connector
Series 150
NEMA 4 / IP 67
Order code: R3
1.83“ (46.5mm)
1.70“ (43.2mm)
Circular connector
M12 x 1, 4 pin,
NEMA 4 / IP 67
Order code: M4
Ø.80“
(20.2mm)
1.81" (46mm)
Pressure connections *)
.47”
(12mm)
.47”
(12mm)
Sealing ring
16,5 x 11,6 x 1,5
.80”
(20.2mm)
M 14 x1.5 per DIN 3852-E
Order code: HN
G 1/4 per DIN 3852-E
Order code: HD
.80”
(20.2mm)
.36”
(9.14mm)
.69”
(17.6mm)
SAE #4 7/16-20 UNF-2A
male o-ring boss
Order code: UA
.71”
(18mm)
.76”
(19.2mm)
1/4 NPT male
Order code: NB
Sealing ring
16,5 x 11,6 x 1,5
*) pressure connections incorporate the WIKA CDS system. This includes a reduced diameter pressure port for protection against pressure
spikes and cavitation.
181
3-wire
2-wire
Circular connector
M 12x1
Connector
Metri Pack Series 150
Flying leads
brown
brown
white
green
Connector
AMP Superseal 1.5
Connector
Deutsch
DT04-3P
Legend:
Sig+
UB+
0V
Sig -
182
green
Type MH-2 OEM Mobile Hydraulic
1000 psi to 8000 psi
Standard Features: See Datasheet MH-2
Note: 300 piece minimum order
quantity applies.
MH-2 Option List
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4-20mA 2-wire
1-5V 3-wire
0-10V 3-wire
0.5-4.5V 3-wire Ratiometric
On inquiry
Unit
psi
On inquiry
Pressure Range
0 psi ... 1000 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 5000 psi
0 psi ... 8000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
1/4" NPT
7/16-20 UNF SAE #4 J514 male
G 1/4 B
G 1/4 B DIN 3852-E
M 14x1.5 DIN 3852-E
On inquiry
Case Material
Fiberglass reinforced ABC plastic (PBT)
Stainless steel
Connector Metri Pack Series 150, 3-pin
bayonet locking plug per DIN 72 585, 4-pin
connector Deutsch DT04-3P, 3-pin
connector AMP Superseal 1.5, 3-pin
Cable with free ends (NEMA 4 / IP 69K
high pressure steam protection)
On inquiry
Cable Length
Without
0.5 meters
2 meters
5 meters
On inquiry
Without
Digital display
Without
Digital display
Without
Additional text
Datasheet: MH-2
183
OEMGeneral Purpose
Type OT-1
Applications
Low pressure hydraulic systems
Pneumatic systems
Pumps and compressors
HVAC
Special Features
Pressure ranges from 100 psi to 500 psi
Compound ranges available
Durable thin film sensor technology
Environmental protection to IP67 / NEMA 4X
Fig. Pressure Transmitter Model OT-1
Description
OT-1 pressure transmitters are precision engineered for low
pressure HVAC, compressor, and pump applications where
performance and durability are critical. Many different process and electrical connections are available allowing the
OT-1 to be easily integrated with a wide variety of
applications.
The OT-1 is specifically designed for OEM applications in
the HVAC, compressor, and automotive industry. It is
manufactured on a fully automated production line providing consistent quality and highly competitive pricing in
large quantities. Custom modifications are available for
large quantity requirements.
The all welded thin film measuring cell eliminates the need
for additional soft sealing materials that may deteriorate
producing frequent pressure cycles. The glass reinforced
PBT plastic case has been used in under hood automotive
applications for many years. A metal sleeve inside the case
provides excellent EMI protection to 100v/m. The electrical
connections meet NEMA 4X / IP 67 environmental protection
ratings.
Datasheet: OT-1
184
Specifications
Pressure range
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
Model OT-1
-30INHG/100psi
290psi
1450psi
-30INHG/200psi
464psi
2320psi
100psi
290psi
1450psi
150psi
464psi
2320psi
250psi
725psi
3625psi
300psi
725psi
3625psi
500psi
1160psi
5800psi
Materials
n Wetted parts
n Case
Signal output
Power supply
Maximum load RA
UR in DC V
RA in Ohm
Isolation voltage
ms
DC V
Accuracy
% of span
% of span
% of span
% of span
Non-repeatability
1-year stability
)
n Medium *
)
n Ambient *
n Storage
% of span
% of span
(PBT)
load
RA < (UB – 8 V) / 0.02 A
RA > 2500
RA > 2500
RA > 5000
RA > 4500
< 0.5
(BFSL)
< 1.0
(BFSL) for pressure ranges < 150 psi
< 1.0
(terminal method)
< 2.0
(terminal method) for pressure ranges < 150 psi
(Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability)
< 0.3
< 0.3
-40 ... +257 °F
-40 ... +125 °C
-40 ... +212 °F
-40 ... +100 °C
With cable version limited temperature range from (-40 ...+194 °F) -40 ... +90 °C
-40 ... +248 °F
-40 ... +120 °C
With cable version limited temperature range from (-40 ...+194 °F) -40 ... +90 °C
*)
n Mean TC of zero
n Mean TC of range
Stainless steel
Fiberglass-reinforced polybutylene terephthalate
Signal output
Power supply
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
8 ... 36 DC V
1 ... 6 V, 3-wire
9 ... 36 DC V
1 ... 5 V, 3-wire
8 ... 36 DC V
0 ... 10 V, 3-wire
14 ... 36 DC V
0.5 ... 4.5 V, ratiometric
5 + 0.5 DC V
<2
500
*) Also complies with EN 50178, Tab. 7, Operation (C) 4K4H, Storage (D) 1K4, Transport (E) 2K3
+32 ... +176 °F
0 ... +80 °C
% of span
% of span
< 0.3 / 10K
< 0.2 / 10K
(special pressure ranges may have increased TC of zero)
-conformity
Wiring protection
Protected against short circuiting signal + against UB- / 0 V and
reverse polarity for power supply except ratiometric output signals
Mass
oz.
Approx. 2.1
185
Ø.80“
(20.2mm)
Ø.80“
(20.2mm)
Deutsch 3-Pin
DT04-3P
Order Code: G3
1.81" (46mm)
Ø.80“
(20.2mm)
Connector
AMP Superseal 1.5
NEMA 4 / IP 67
Order code: S3
2.0“ (52mm)
Flying leads
IP 67
Order code: DL
2.64“ (67mm)
Ø.80“
(20.2mm)
Ingress Protection IP per IEC 60 529
Connector
Metri Pack Serie 150
IP 67
Order code: R3
1.83“ (46.5mm)
1.70“ (43mm)
Circular connector
M 12x1, 4-pin
IP 67
Order code: M4
.47”
(12mm)
Sealing ring
16,5 x 11,6 x 1,5
.80”
(20.2mm)
.47”
(12mm)
.98”
(5mm)
.37”
(9.5mm)
.80”
(20.2mm)
.08”
(2mm)
.08”
(2mm)
186
G 1/4
DIN 3852-E
Order code: HD
M 14x1,5
per DIN 3852-E
Ordercode: HN
.51”
(13mm)
.76”
(19.2mm)
G 1/4
EN 837
Order code: GB
.36”
(9.14mm)
.69”
(17.6mm)
SAE #4 7/16-20 UNF-2A
male o-ring boss
Order code: UA
.71”
(18mm)
.76”
(19.2mm)
1/4 NPT male
Order code: NB
Sealing ring
16,5 x 11,6 x 1,5
Wiring details
2-wire
3-wire
Circular connector
M 12x1
Connector
Metri Pack Serie 150
brown
brown
white
green
green
Connector
AMP Superseal 1.5
Connector
Deutsch
DT04-3P
Legend:
Sig+
UB+
0V
Sig -
187
Type OT-1
OEM Pressure Transmitter
100 psi to 500 psi
Standard Features: See Datasheet OT-1
Note: 300 piece minimum order
quantity applies.
OT-1 Option List
188
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4-20mA 2-wire
1-5V 3-wire
0-10V 3-wire
On inquiry
Unit
psi
On inquiry
Pressure Range
-30 inHg ... 100 psi
-30 inHg ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 150 psi
0 psi ... 250 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
1/4" NPT
7/16-20 UNF SAE #4 J514 male
G 1/4 B
G 1/4 B DIN 3852-E
M 14x1.5 DIN 3852-E
On inquiry
Connector Metri Pack Series 150, 3-pin
connector Deutsch DT04-3P, 3-pin
connector AMP Superseal 1.5, 3-pin
On inquiry
Cable Length
Without
0.5 meters
2 meters
5 meters
On inquiry
Without
Quality certificates
Digital display
Without
Digital display
Without
Additional text
Datasheet: OT-1
with Ceramic Sensor
Type OC-1
Description
OC-1 pressure transmitters incorporate the WIKA ceramic
thick film sensor providing performance and economy for a
wide range of OEM applications. Typical applications include
water treatment systems, pneumatics, compressor controls,
pump protection, refrigeration and air conditioning systems.
Dependable performance
The OC-1 features a corrosion free monolithic ceramic thick
film sensor that is virtually corrosion free and provides
excellent long-term stability, repeatability, and hysteresis
specifications. The case is available in stainless steel or
brass and provides up to NEMA 4 / IP 67 ingress protection
when equipped with the optional cable connection.
Standard signal outputs include 4-20 mA, 0.1-10V, and 0.5
– 4.5V ratiometric allow the OC-1 to be integrated into
many existing applications. Several signal outputs, process
connections, and electrical connections are available.
The OC-1 achieves an accuracy of < 0.50% full scale. The printed
circuit board uses state-of-the-art surface mount technology.
Modern production methods provide a low cost quality transmitter
for many OEM applications requiring large quantities.
Left: OC-1 with M12 x 1 connector
Center: OC-1 with IP 67 cable assembly
Right: OC-1 with miniDIN connector
Datasheet: OC-1
Type TTF-1
The Type TTF-1 is designed for engineers who want to provide their
own power supply and signal conditioning circuitry. The sensors are
manufactured by depositing an insulating layer onto a 17-4PH stainless steel diaphragm, then depositing a metal strain gauge element
by vacuum deposition, resulting in stability, ruggedness and extended
operating life. For improved performance, temperature compensating
elements, wiring, and balance components are deposited simultaneously during the manufacturing process.
Datasheet: TTF-1
Contact WIKA for pricing on the TTF-1
189
Type OC-1 OEM Pressure
Transmitter
Standard Features: See Datasheet OC-1
OC-1 Option List
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4-20mA 2-wire
0.1-10V 3-wire
0.1-5V 3-wire
0.5-4.5V 3-wire
On inquiry
Unit
psi
On inquiry
Pressure Range
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 160 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 1000 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
1/4"NPT
7/16-20 UNF SAE flare connection
7/16-20 UNF nale
7/16-20 UNF with Scharder opener
G1/4B
On inquiry
Without
Oil and grease free
On inquiry
Sealing
NBR
On inquiry
Brass, ceramic and sealing
Stainless steel, ceramic and sealing
Miniature L-plug connector DIN EN 175301-803
C, 8 mm, (NEMA 5 / IP 65)
On inquiry
Cable Length
Without
1.5 m
Please give customer's specification
Without
Digital display
Without
Digital display
Without
Additional text
Datasheet: OC-1
190
3A Sanitary &
Submersible
191
3A Sanitary
Type S-10-3A
3A Sanitary Pressure Transmitter
Available with an Integral Cooling
Extension for High Temperature
Applications (Type S-10-3A.C)
Standard Ranges Available from Stock
S-10-3A
S-10-3A.C
WIKA S-10-3A pressure transmitters meet 3A sanitary criteria for pressure and level measurement in the food, pharmaceutical, cosmetic, and beverage industries. The all-welded chemical seal system includes food grade liquid fill
and is designed for "clean in place" (CIP) and "sterilize in place" (SIP) maintenance procedures. The transmitters are
available with industry standard 1.5" or 2" Tri-Clamp® connections. The S-10-3A.C is designed for use with media
temperatures to 350oF (177oC).
S-10-3A stocked part numbers
Type
S-10-3A
Datasheet
S-10-3A
Pressure Conn. 1½" or 2" Tri-Clamp® connections
Power Supply
10-30 VDC
Signal Output
4-20 mA 2-wire
Elec. Conn.
DIN 43 650 with plug connector
Vacuum and Compound Ranges
1.5" Tri-Clamp® 2" Tri-Clamp®
30"-0 Hg Vac
9766329
9744770
30"-0-30 psi
8997395
4204042
30"-0-60 psi
9799732
4224167
30"-0-100 psi
4204387
4300840
Gauge Ranges
9748202
9748210
0-15 psi 0-30 psi
9748075
4225007
0-50 psi
4215789
4215771
0-60 psi
9744703
9748199
0-100 psi
9748237
9747931
0-160 psi
9748245
9748253
0-200 psi
9749408
4213246
0-250 psi
9776227
4268831
0-300 psi
8990985
4253877
0-500 psi
4205081
9745828
0-1000 psi
8993470
4281737
NOTE: Stock items shown in bold, blue print.
192
Items shown with part numbers are available
from stock (subject to prior sale). Items without
part numbers are available on special order.
Datasheet: S-10.3A
Electrical Connector Options
Description
DIN 43 650 PG-9 plug (standard)
DIN 43 650 ½" female conduit
Attachable LCD display
5 foot cable IP 67 / NEMA 4
Snap-Cap PG-11 IP 67 / NEMA 4
Snap-Cap ½" F conduit NEMA 4
Part #
1006711
1632159
4210069
9744479
9838915
4239904
4239921
4293348
2130017
4260261
2184479
9744460
Special order options
Output Signals
0-20 mA 3-wire
0-5 V 3-wire
0-10 V 3-wire
Other
Process Connections
Integral cooling extension for media temp. up to +350°F (177°C)
(Type number changes to S-10.3A.C)
3" Tri-Clamp® connection
4" Tri-Clamp® connection
Cherry Burrell® I-Line
INLINE Seal™
Other
Other Options
Electropolished diaphragm to <15 Ra
NEOBEE® M-20 liquid fill
Food grade silicone liquid fill
Non-standard pressure range
NIST traceable calibration certificate <0.50% B.F.S.L.(part # 502)
Teflon® coated diaphragm
Hastelloy® wetted parts
193
3A Sanitary
Pressure Assembly
F-20-3A
3A Sanitary Pressure Assembly
FDA Approved System Fill
All-Welded Design
3/4" Connection
Standard 1.5" Connection
WIKA F-20-3A pressure transmitters are in compliance with “3A” third party criteria for pressure and level measurement in all sanitary applications. The process wetted surfaces of 316L stainless steel are electropolished to
reduce cleaning time. This transmitter features 0.25% output linearity (BFSL) over a wide operating temperature
range.
The transmitters are available with industry standard 3/4”, 1.5” and 2.0” Tri-Clamp® process connections. Mineral
oil (KN62) is the standard system fill fluid behind the process connection diaphragm (glycerine for positive pressure 3/4” Tri-Clamp®) both approved by FDA. The transmitter assembly is designed for “Clean in Place” (CIP) and
“Steam in Place” (SIP) maintenance procedures.
F-20-3A stocked part numbers
Type
Datasheet
Pressure Conn. 3/4" Tri-Clamp® Power Supply
Signal Output
Ranges
0 - 15 psi
n/a
0 - 25 psi
n/a
0 - 30 psi
n/a
0 - 50 psi
n/a
0 - 60 psi
50236334
0 - 100 psi
50236351
0 - 160 psi
50236369
0 - 200 psi
50236377
0 - 300 psi
- - -
0 - 500 psi
- - -
0 - 1000 psi
- - -
Vacuum and Compound Ranges
-30”Hg Vac
n/a
-30”Hg - 30 psi
n/a
-30”Hg - 60 psi
50236393
-30”Hg - 100 psi
- - -
-30”Hg - 200 psi
- - -
Datasheet: F-20-3A
194
F-20-3A
F20-3A
1½" Tri-Clamp® 10-30 VDC
4 -20 mA 2-wire
2" Tri-Clamp®
50236407
50236415
50236423
50236431
50236440
50236458
50236466
50236474
- - -
- - -
- - -
50236512
50236521
50236539
50236547
50236555
50236563
50236571
50236580
-------
50236482
50236491
50236504
- - -
- - -
50236598
50236601
50236610
-----
Items shown with part numbers are available from stock (subject to prior sale).
Items without part numbers are available on special order.
Specifications
Materials
n Wetted parts
n Case
Internal transmission fluid Process Connection Size &
Suitable Pressure Span
316L stainless steel, electropolished
Stainless steel
Mineral Oil, KN 62 (Glycerine for 3/4” Tri-Clamp® and positive pressure)
{Listed by FDA for food applications
3/4” Tri-Clamp® - 60psi minimum
1.5” & 2.0” Tri-Clamp® - 15 psi
2.5” and larger Tri-Clamp® - Consult factory
Power supply UB
VDC
Signal output and
maximum load RA
% of span
Response time (10 ... 90 %) ms
Isolation voltage
VDC
10  UB  30 (11 ... 30 with signal output 4 ... 20 mA,
14 ... 30 with signal output 0 ... 10 V)
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire RA  (UB - 11 V) / 0,02 A with RA in Ohm and UB in Volt
0 ... 20 mA, 3-wire RA  (UB - 3 V) / 0,02 A with RA in Ohm and UB in Volt
{0 ... 5 V, 3-wire} RA > 5 kOhm,
{0 ... 10 V, 3-wire} RA >10 kOhm
Only for instruments with 4 ... 20 mA signal output. RA < 15 Ohm
< 1 (base transmitter)
500
Accuracy 1)
% of span <0.25 (BFSL)
% of span <0.5 (limit point calibration)
1)
Including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. Limit point calibration performed in vertical mounting position with pressure connection facing down.
Repeatability
% of span 0.05
1-year stability
% of span 0.2 (at reference conditions)
Permissible Temperatures 3/4” Tri-Clamp®
≥
>1.5” Tri-Clamp®
n Medium
+32ºF (0ºC) to +250ºF (+121ºC)
-4ºF (-20ºC) to +300ºF (+149ºC)
n Ambient
+32ºF (0ºC) to +140ºF (+60ºC)
-4ºF (-20ºC) to +140ºF (+60ºC)
n Storage
-40ºF (-40ºC) to +212ºF (100ºC)
-40ºF (-40ºC) to +212ºF (100ºC)
Temperature Coefficients (accumulative values, reference temperature +70ºF)
3/4” Tri-Clamp®
>1.5” Tri-Clamp®
Transmitter Output
% of span
≤
0.2 / 10ºC
≤0.2 / 10ºC
n Stability, 1 Year
n Ambient Effects
psi / 10ºC
0.6
0.03
n Medium Effects
psi / 10ºC
0.3
0.02
CE- conformity
97/23/EG Pressure equipment directive (Module H)
Shock resistance
(mechanical shock)
g
g
Wiring protection Protected against reverse polarity, overvoltage and short circuiting
Internal spring clip terminals; wire cross section 2.5 mm2 max, internal ground
Terminal for brass nickel-plated or {stainless steel} threaded connection
{additional external ground terminal for stainless steel threaded conduit connection}
Weight
Approx. 1.3
{ }
lb.
Items in curved brackets are optional extras at additional cost.
195
Optional cable gland:
Ingress protection
NEMA 6 / IP 68
per IEC 60 529
24
mm
PROCESS CONNECTION
®
3/4” Tri-Clamp 1.5” Tri-Clamp® 2.0” Tri-Clamp® DN
Mb
H
0.98”
1.97”
2.52”
0.6”
1.0”
1.6”
6.3”
6.2”
6.2”
Ouput Signal: 4 to 20mA, 2-wire
Conduit Connection: 1/2”npt-female
Process Wetted Materials: 316L stainless steel, electropolished
System Fill Fluid: Mineral oil, KN62 (Glycerine for 3/4” Tri-Calmp with positve pressure)
Wiring
2-wire system
3-wire system
Legend:
Sig+
UB+
0V
Sig -
Calibration
Remove the junction box cover. Attach a meter and power supply to
the electrical connector. For gauge ranges the zero potentiometer
can be adjusted to produce a null output when no pressure is applied.
Span adjustment requires the use of a reference pressure source.
Compound and absolute ranges require a vacuum and pressure
source. When calibration is complete, reinstall the junction box
cover hand tight.
196
Zero
adjust
spring clip
terminal
block
Span
adjust
F-20-3A Option List
Feature
Feature
Signal Output
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
0 …10 V, 3-wire (Supply 14-30 V)
0 ... 5 V, 3-wire
Other - Please specify
Units
psi
InWC
Pressure Range
-30 inHg … 0 1
-30 inHg …30 psi 1
-30 inHg …60 psi
-30 inHg …100 psi
-30 inHg …160 psi
-30 inHg …200 psi
0 InWC … 50 InWC 1, 2
0 InWC … 100 InWC 1, 2
0 psi … 5 psi 1, 2
0 psi … 10 psi 1, 2
0 psi … 15 psi 1
0 psi … 30 psi 1
0 psi … 60 psi
0 psi … 100 psi
0 psi … 160 psi
0 psi … 200 psi
0 psi … 300 psi
0 psi … 400 psi
0 psi … 500 psi
0 psi … 600 psi
0 psi … 750 psi
0 psi … 1000 psi
0 psi … 1500 psi
Process Connection
3/4” Tri-Clamp®
1.5” Tri-Clamp®
2.0” Tri-Clamp®
2.5” Tri-Clamp®
3.0” Tri-Clamp®
4.0” Tri-Clamp®
Stainless steel, 316L (1.4435) electropolished
Hastelloy® C276 (2.4819)
PFA coated 316L stainless steel (FDA approved)
System Fill Fluid
KN 7 - Glycerine 3,4
KN 34 - Food grade silicone oil 3
KN 59 - NEOBEE® M20
KN 62 - Mineral oil (liquid paraffin)
1/2”NPT female conduit (IP 67)
Stainless steel cable gland (IP 68)
Without
Certificate - Electropolish
w/ nominal surface finish
Certificate - EN 10 204 3.1B (material traceable)
Certiifcate of Compliance (C of C)
Certificate - NIST calibration
Without
Additional text
Notes:
(1) Not available with 3/4” Tri-Clamp®
process connection
(2) Consult WIKA for suitable process
connection size
(3) Not recommended for vacuum or
compound pressure ranges
(4) Standard offering for 3/4” Tri-Clamp®
with positive pressure ranges
197
3A Sanitary
Type SA-11
Low Pressure 3A Sanitary
Available with 1.5" or 2"
Tri-Clamp Connections
Designed for Media Temperature
to 150°C (300°F)
SA-11
Type SA-11 with IP 68
cable washdown option
WIKA SA-11 pressure transmitters meet 3A and EHEDG sanitary criteria for pressure and level measurement in
the food, pharmaceutical, cosmetic, and beverage industries. The 316 stainless steel flush diaphragm minimizes
product buildup. The permanently sealed sensing system includes food grade liquid fill and is designed for "clean
in place" (CIP) and "sterilize in place" (SIP) maintenance procedures.
SA-11 stocked part numbers
Type
SA-11
Datasheet
SA-11
Pressure Conn. 1½" or 2" Tri-Clamp® connections
Power Supply
10-30 VDC
Signal Output
4-20 mA 2-wire
Elec. Conn.
DIN 43 650 with plug connector
Gauge Ranges 1.5" Tri-Clamp®
2" Tri-Clamp®
0-100 inWC
4361853
4361861
0-150 inWC
4373576
0-250 inWC
4361887
4361879
0-400 inWC
0-25 psi
4209986
0-50 psi
4200104
4200113
0-100 psi
4394866
Other ranges to 400 psi are available
Datasheet: SA-11
198
Electrical Connection Options
Description
DIN 43 650 PG-9 plug (standard)
DIN 43 650 ½" female conduit
Attachable LCD display
Snap-Cap PG-11 IP 67 / NEMA 4
Snap-Cap ½" F conduit NEMA 4
Part #
1006711
1632159
4210069
9744479
9838915
4239904
4239921
4293348
2130017
4260261
2184479
9744460
Special Order Options
Output Signals
0-20 mA 3-wire
0-5 V 3-wire
0-10 V 3-wire
Other
Process Connections
Female union nut
Varivent (R)
Other
Other Options
IP 68 / NEMA 6P cable for high pressure washdown locations or submersion
(includes 5 ft cable)
Additional cable, per foot (available in 10 foot increments)
Non-standard pressure range(Vacuum, compound, gauge ranges to 400 psi or equivalent)
NIST traceable calibration certificate < 0.25% B.F.S.L. (part # 502, not available with
IP 68 vented cable option)
199
Submersible
Liquid Level Transmitters
LS-10, LH-10
Applications
 Level measurement in water and wastewater treatment
plants, wells, holding tanks, wet wells, rivers
Special Features
 Ranges from 50inWC to 400psi
 Rated IP 68 for permanent submersion
 Hastelloy case available for aggressive media
 4-20 mA 2-wire output signal, others available
 Lightning protection available
 Cable supports over 220 pounds of strain
Description
The LS-10 liquid level transmitter is designed for economical
and reliable performance in a wide variety of level measurement
applications. The LS-10 provides a signal output of 4-20mA
and an accuracy of 0.25% of span. Standard stocked pressure
ranges are assembled with any length cable for fast delivery.
Left: LS-10 level transmitter
Center: LH-10 high performance level transmitter
Right: LH-10 with optional Hastelloy case and FEP cable
The high performance Model LH-10 provides 0.125% accuracy
and is available with many custom features for special
requirements. LH-10 options include lightning protection,
temperature measurement, special output signals, plus FEP
cable and Hastelloy construction for aggressive media.
The LH-10 is available with a low power 0.5-2.5V output signal and 5VDC supply voltage. This is ideal for solar or battery
powered installations.
The LH-10 includes a dual cable entry design that prevents
ingress of moisture into the electronics even if the cable is
damaged. Both models feature watertight vented cable that
can withstand over 220 pounds of strain. This allows the
transmitter to be supported without any additional cabling.
Compensation for atmospheric pressure changes is accomplished through a vent tube in the cable. Many accessories,
including cable clamps, desiccant drying cartridges, additional
weights, and junction boxes are available for specific installation
requirements. Both models can be equipped with the LevelGuard TM attachment for protection in difficult environments.
Optional WIKA LevelGuardTM Anti-clog attachment for submersible
level transmitters. For use in lift stations, wet wells and other difficult
level applications. For more information request bulletin LG-1.
Datasheet: LS-10 / LH-10
200
Specifications
Model LS-10 / LH-10
Pressure ranges
LS-10 or LH-10 pressure ranges
100inWC
150inWC
250inWC
400inWC
5psi
10psi
15psi
25psi
30psi
50psi
100psi
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
30psi
30psi
60psi
72psi
30psi
60psi
72psi
145psi
145psi
240psi
500psi
35psi
35psi
70psi
87psi
35psi
70psi
87psi
170psi
170psi
290psi
600psi
LH-10 pressure ranges1)
50inWC
160psi
200psi
250psi
300psi
400psi
Maximum pressure*
Burst pressure**
14psi
1160psi
1160psi
1160psi
1160psi
1160psi
29psi
1390psi
1)
Maximum range for LH-10 with FEP cable is 100psi
1390psi
1390psi
1390psi
1390psi
Materials
n Body
Pressure connection and
diaphragm
n Protective cap
n Cable
n
Power supply UB
DC V
Output signal
Pt 100 RTD temperature sensor
n I max
n I mess
Model LS-10
Model LH-10
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
{Hastelloy}
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
{Hastelloy}
PA
PUR (polyurethane)
PA
PUR
10 < UB ≤ 30
10 < UB ≤ 30
(14 ... 30 with 0 ... 10 V output signal)
(5 ... 30 for battery powered operation,
output signal 0.5 ... 2.5 V) 2)
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
0 ... 20 mA, 3-wire
{0 ... 5 V, 3-wire}
{0 ... 10 V, 3-wire}
{0.5 ... 2.5 V, 3-wire
for battery powered operation} 3)
{Pt 100, 4-wire; IEC 60751}
{Other signal outputs on request}
2)
Power supply 5 ... 10 VDC with optional lightning protection
3)
Available with pressure ranges > 0 100inWC
mA
mA
Maximum load RA
n Current output signal
Not available
Not available
{Stainless steel} {Hastelloy}
{FEP, to 100 psi maximum}
3
1
RA < (UB - 10V) / 0.02A – (0.043 Ohm x cable length in feet) (RA in Ohms and UB in VDC)
n Voltage output signal
Isolation voltage
ms
DC V
4)
≤1
500 4)
RA > 100 kOhm
≤1
500 4)
NEC Class 02 power supply (low voltage and low current max. 100 VA
even in fault conditions)
Accuracy 5)
% of span
% of span
≤ 0.25 (BFSL)
≤ 0.5 (limit point calibration)
≤ 0.125 6) (BFSL)
≤ 0.25 6) (limit point calibration)
5)
6)
For pressure ranges < 0 ... 100inWC accuracy < 0.25% of span ( BFSL)
Limit point calibration method performed in vertical mounting position with pressure connection facing down.
. < 0.5% of span (limit point calibration)
Repeatability
% of span
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.05
1-year stability
% of span
≤ 0.2
+14 ... +122 °F
-10 ... +50 °C
+14 ... +122 °F
-10 ... +50 °C
{+14 ... +185 °F (-10 ... +85 °C) with
FEP-cable option}
-22 ... +176 °F
-30 ... +80 °C
-22 ... +176 °F
n Medium 7)
n Storage 7)
7)
-30 ... +80 °C
n Mean TC of zero
n Mean TC of range
0 ... +50 °C
% of span
% of span
≤ 0.2 / 10 K
+32 ... +122 °F
0 ... +50 °C
+32 ... +122 °F
≤ 0.2 / 10 K (< 0.4 for 0.50 inWC)
≤ 0.2 / 10 K
201
Specifications
Model LS-10 / LH-10
CE-conformity
Interference emission limit class A and B
Wiring protection
on the instrument side
{Lightning protection EN 61000-4-5; 1,2J}
Weight
n Level Transmitter
n Cable
n Additional weight
lb
oz per foot
lb
Approx. 0.4
Approx. 1.0
Approx. 1.1
Items in curved brackets { } are optional extras for additional price.
Ingress Protection NEMA 6P ( IP 68 per IEC 60 529)
5.79” (147mm)
4.4” (113mm)
5.12” (130mm)
.35”
(9mm)
No additional support is required for installation as the cable can withstand over 220 lbs of strain (110
lbs for FEP cable)
100 mm = 3.937 inches
*) FEP-cable and lightning protection EN 61000-4-5; 1,2J on request
Wiring
Ø1.06”
(27mm)
.39”
(10mm)
.71”
(18mm)
.39”
(10mm)
.71”
(18mm)
.71”
(18mm)
Ø1.06”
(27mm)
Ø1.06”
(27mm)
.39”
(10mm)
3.94” (100mm)
Ø1.06”
(27mm)
LH-10 with FEP-cable *)
(Immersion depth up to 325 ft /
100 m) {Hastelloy}
LH-10 with
FEP-cable *)
(Immersion depth
up to 325 ft / 100 m)
LH-10 with PUR-cable
(Immersion depth
up to 1000 ft / 300 m)
LS -10
(Immersion depth
up to 325 ft /100 m)
2-wire
3-wire
Vented PUR-cable
tensile strength 220 Lbs
(110 lbs with FEP-cable)
brown
brown
white
green
green
shield - blue
shield blue
4-wire
Pt 100 RTD temperature
sensor
grey
red
Legend:
black
yellow
202
Sig+
UB+
0V
Sig -
Accessories
0.28”
0.43”
(11 mm)
(7 mm)
Vent tube filter
Part# 7193131
The optional Teflon vent tube filter
protects the vent opening and protects against the entry of dirt and
moisture. .
Desiccant drying cartridge
part # 9836700
The desiccant drying cartridge helps prevent moisture
buildup inside the vent tube.
7.67"
7.67”[194.82mm]
(195mm)
0.86" [21.84mm]
(22mm)
4.45"
4.45”[113.03mm]
(113mm)
5.12”
(130 mm)
3.70”
(94 mm)
Cable junction box Part# 2459686
The cable junction box is rated NEMA
4 / IP 67 and is suitable for mounting
outside tanks or shafts or inside dry
control boxes. Can be wall or DIN rail
mounted.
NPT adapter
Part# 1631322
The 316 ss G1/2 adapter replaces the removable protective cap
and converts the threads to 1/2”NPT male external, 1/4” female
internal threads. Includes O-ring.
O-ring
1.23”
(31mm)
1.81”
(46mm)
1/2” NPT male
Cable clamp
Part# 2074257
The cable clamp secures the cable
without bending or kinking that can
damage the cable vent tube or outer
jacket.
Conduit adapter
Part# 2289718
316 ss 1/2” NPT male cable conduit adapter.
Must be factory installed.
1/2 NPT
27mm
between
flats
1.85” (47mm)
6.89”
(175 mm)
1/4” NPT female
internal
5.12”
(130 mm)
1.17”
29.7mm
Additional weight Part# 1524399
The additional weight replaces the
protective cap and helps to stabilize
the transmitter in turbulent conditions. Weight: approximately 1.1 lb,
316ss.
LevelGuardTM Anti-clog attachment
Part # 50077091
The stainless steel LevelGuardTM
attachment must be factory
installed and calibrated.
203
LS-10 Submersible Liquid Level Transmitter - 100 inWC to 100 psi
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
4-20 mA 2-wire
10-30 VDC
G1/2B with removable protective cap
Vented polyurethane cable
(must specify length)
Important Ordering Instructions: Specify the level transmitter part number and cable length part number
corresponding to the total required cable length. For example, a 100 inWC level transmitter with 40 feet
of cable should be ordered as 4262761/4347931 with a list price of $436.50
Pressure Range Part Number AND Cable Length Part Number
must be specified on every order!
Cable Length Part Numbers
CABLE LENGTH SELECTOR
Length
Part#
Length
Part #
Length
Part #
5 feet
10 feet
15 feet
20 feet
25 feet
30 feet
35 feet
40 feet
45 feet
50 feet
55 feet
4347868
4347876
4347885
4347893
4347906
4347915
4347923
4347931
4347949
4347957
4347966
60 feet
65 feet
70 feet
75 feet
80 feet
85 feet
90 feet
95 feet
100 feet
110 feet
120 feet
4347974
4347982
4347990
4348006
4348016
4348024
4348032
4360903
4348040
4348058
4348066
130 feet
140 feet
150 feet
160 feet
170 feet
180 feet
190 feet
200 feet
250 feet
300 feet
4348075
4348083
4348091
4348105
4348113
4348121
4348139
4348147
4364479
4366340
Contact factory for lengths over 300 feet
LS-10 standard ranges
Gauge Ranges
Description
Range
Part #
0-100 inWC
0-150 inWC
0-250 inWC
0-400 inWC
0-5 psi
0-10 psi
0-15 psi
0-25 psi
0-30 psi
0-50 psi
0-100 psi
4262761
4262779
4262787
4262795
4262809
4262817
4262825
4262833
4262841
4262850
4262868
Datasheet: LS-10
204
NOTE: Ready-to-ship part numbers shown
in bold, blue print.
Ready-to-ship part numbers are available
NOTE: LS-10 "Ready-to-Ship" submersible transmitters require assembly
from factory stocked components and usually ship in three days or less.
+
LH-10Submersible High Performance
Liquid Level Transmitter 50 inWC to 400 psi
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
4-20 mA 2-wire
10-30 VDC
G1/2B with removable protective cap
40 ft. vented polyurethane cable
Gauge Ranges
Description
Range
Part #
0-50 inWC
0-100 inWC
0-150 inWC
0-250 inWC
0-400 inWC
0-5 psi
0-10 psi
0-15 psi
0-25 psi
0-50 psi
0-100 psi
9699703
9699711
9699729
9699737
9699745
8371846
9699754
9736225
9699762
9699770
9699788
Datasheet: LH-10
205
LH-10 Option List
206
Feature
Feature
Signal Ouput
4... 20 mA, 2-wire
0... 20 mA, 3-wire
0... 10 V, 3-wire
0... 5 V, 3-wire
0.5 ... 2.5 V, 3-wire
On inquiry
Unit
psi
InWC
psi absolute
On inquiry
Pressure Range
0 InWC ... 50 InWC
0 InWC ... 100 InWC
0 InWC ... 150 InWC
0 InWC ... 250 InWC
0 InWC ... 400 InWC
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 10 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi
0 psi ... 50 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 160 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 250 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 400 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
G 1/2 B
On inquiry
Without
Teflon cable
Lightning protection according to IEC 801-5
Temperature measurement Pt 100, 4-wire
Lightning protection according to IEC 801-5
and temperature measurement Pt 100, 4-wire
Hastelloy C4 (with FEP cable)
On inquiry
Cable Length-20 ... +150 °C (-4 ... +302 °F)
5 feet
10 feet
20 feet
30 feet
40 feet
50 feet
On inquiry
Without
Digital Display
Without
Digital display
Without
Additional text
Submersible Intrinsically
Safe Pressure Transmitters
Type IL-10
WIKA IL-10 intrinsically safe submersible liquid level transmitters
are engineered for a wide variety of industrial and municipal liquid
level measurement applications, including water and wastewater
treatment, well depth measurement, and offshore water depth
measurement where performance and intrinsically safe ratings
are required. The transmitter features a watertight, vented
polyurethane cable that can withstand over 220 pounds of strain.
This allows the transmitter to be supported without any additional
cabling. The transmitter meets NEMA 6P and IP 68 requirements
for submersion up to 900 feet.
Intrinsically safe for Class I, Division I,
Groups A, B, C, and D
Class II, Division I,
Groups E, F, and G
Datasheet: IL-10
207
Type IL-10
Intrinsically Safe
High Performance
Submersible Liquid
Level Transmitters
50 inWC to 400 psi
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
Supply Voltage: Process Connection: 4-20 mA 2-wire
10-30 VDC
G 1/2 B
IL-10 Option List
208
Feature
Feature
Unit
psi
InWC
On inquiry
Pressure Range
0 InWC ... 50 InWC
0 InWC ... 100 InWC
0 InWC ... 150 InWC
0 InWC ... 250 InWC
0 InWC ... 400 InWC
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 10 psi
0 psi ... 15 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi
0 psi ... 30 psi
0 psi ... 60 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 160 psi
0 psi ... 200 psi
0 psi ... 300 psi
0 psi ... 400 psi
On inquiry
Process Connection
G 1/2 B
On inquiry
Without
Hastelloy C4 (with FEP cable)
Teflon cable
On inquiry
Accuracy
+/- 0.25% B.F.S.L.
+/- 0.125% B.F.S.L.
Cable Length
5 feet
10 feet
20 feet
30 feet
40 feet
50 feet
On inquiry
Approvals
EEx ia IP6X 1D, 1G, M1 per ATEX
incl. FM and CSA
EEx ia IP6X 1D, 1G, M1 per ATEX
incl. FM, CSA and ship approval GL
On inquiry
Without
Digital Display
Without
Digital display
Without
Additional text
Special Purpose
Transmitters
209
Type UT-10/UT-11
UNITRANS Universal
User Adjustable Turndown
of up to 1:20
Large, Easy-to-Read LCD includes
Bar Graph and Trend Display
The UniTrans pressure transmitter is designed for a variety of pressure measurement applications. Durable
construction includes all stainless steel wetted parts for compatibility with a variety of media. The Type UT-10 is
supplied with a 1/2" male NPT process connection. The Type UT-11 features a flat, non-clogging flush diaphragm
process connection for use with highly viscous or crystallizing media, or media containing solids.
Specifications
Units
Pressure connection
Type UT-10 Type UT-11
Material
case
UT-10 pressure connection
UT-11 pressure connection
transmitting liquid
Supply voltage UB
DC Volts
Adjustability
zero point
%
span
Output and load limitations
Output signal
Maximum load
Response time
milliseconds
Display
Damping (display and signal)
seconds
Accuracy1 % of span
Effect with turn down
turn down up to 1 : 5
turn down 1 : 5 to 1 : 20
Type UT-10/UT-11
1/2 NPT male
Flush diaphragm with O-ring (ranges 0-25 psi: G1B, 100-7500 psi
G 1/2 B)
Fiberglass reinforced PBT plastic (polybutene terephthalate)
316 and PH 17-4 stainless steel
316 stainless steel {Hastelloy C4}
silicone oil {Halocarbon oil for oxygen applications};{vegetable oil}
12 -36
0 to 99
Turn down of 1:20 (1:2 per pressure ranges > 15,000 psi)
4-20 mA 2-wire
RA< (UB-12V) / 0.023 A, with RA in Ohms and UB in volts
< 10
1.75" square 4 digit liquid crystal display with bar graph,
trend display, and 2 additional text display lines.
user-adjustable from 0 to 40 < 0.10 (< 0.3 for ranges > 15,000 psi)
no change to accuracy
multiply the accuracy by (turn down / 5)
for example if turndown is 1 : 15 then accuracy = 0.10 x (15 / 5) = 0.3
Datasheet: UT-10
210
Specifications
Units
1 year stability
% of span
Temperature
Media
Ambient
Storage
Temperature error
on zero point
% of span / 18°F on span
(10°C) change
Overall deviation (+50°F to +104°F)
%
CE conformity
Shock resistance
g
g
Electrical protection
Environmental protection
Weight
lb
Type UT-10/UT-11
< 0.1 (under reference conditions)
-22°F to +221°F (-30°C to +105°C)
-4°F to +158°F (-20°C to +70°C)
-31°F to +176°F (-35°C to +80°C)
< 0.1 (NOTE: temperature error between +50°F and +104°F are
< 0.1
already included in the above accuracy specification)
< 0.15 for ranges > 600 psi
< 0.20 for ranges < 600 psi
Interference emission per EN 50 081-1 (March 1993) and EN50 081-2 (March 1994), Interference immunity per EN 50 082-2 (February 1996)
100 per IEC 770 for mechanical shock
5 per IEC 770 for vibration under resonance conditions
locking plug M20 x 1.5 with internal terminal block
accepts cable diameter from .25"" to .5"", diameter to .1""
protected against reverse polarity, short circuit, and overvoltage
IP 65 {IP 67 (NEMA 4)}
1.5 (.7 kg)
Notes: Items in curved brackets { } are available as special order options
1
Transmitter is calibrated in vertical mounting position with the process connection facing down
211
Dimensions
Process connections
UT-11
UT-10
For pressure ranges
25 psi and below
HEX 1.06”
(27 MM)
( 20.5 MM )
For pressure ranges
100 psi and up
( 20.5 MM )
( 18 MM )
G1B
G1/2B
Alternative mounting options
UniTrans mounted to
3A sanitary Tri-Clamp seal
212
UniTrans mounted to 3A
sanitary INLINE SEALTM
Wiring
2-Wire System
Wire
Supply+
Coding
UB+ / S+
Signal-
0V / S- Terminal Block
L+
L-
LCD display
Trend display
Bar graph
Pressure reading
Pressure units
Sensor temperature
Maximum pressure
Sample programming steps
To manually set the pressure range use the following steps:
-Press the [ESC] and [OK] keys at the same time for about 2 seconds to enter the programming mode.
LCD display shows:
“DISPLAY OPTIONS”
“CALIBRATE RANGE”
“CALIBRATE WITH PRESSURE”
“CALIBRATE WITHOUT PRESSURE”
“CALIBRATE - DEFINE ZERO”
“CALIBRATE - DEFINE SPAN”
“SPAN DEFINE 20MA = ???”
User Action:
Press [Zero] key to continue
Press [OK] to select
Press [Zero] to continue
Press [Zero] to continue
Press the up and down arrow keys to set the span
to the desired level. Then press [ESC] to
return to the normal operation mode.
213
Type UT-10 Unitrans
Universal
®
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
4-20 mA 2-wire
12-36 VDC
1/2" NPT male
M20 x 1.5 cable gland with
internal terminal block
Gauge Ranges
Range
Description
Part #
0-5 psi
4292333
0-25 psi
4292341
0-100 psi
4292350
0-250 psi
4292368
0-500 psi
4292376
0-1500 psi
4292384
0-3000 psi
4292392
0-7500 psi
4292406
0-15,000 psi
4292414
Datasheet: UT-10
Type IUT-10Intrinsically Safe Unitrans
®
214
Contact factory for pricing information
UT-10 Option List
Feature
Unit
psi
Pressure Range
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi
0 psi ... 100 psi
0 psi ... 250 psi
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 7500 psi
0 psi ... 15000 psi
Process Connection
G 1/2 B
1/2" NPT
Without
Suitable for food
Case Material
Fiberglass reinforced ABS plastic (PBT)
Aluminum with 3/4" NPT female conduit
Cable gland M20x1.5 with internal terminal block
4-pin locking plug M12 x 1
3/4" NPT female conduit (only with aluminum case)
Digital Display
With integrated 4 Digit LCD-display
With integrated 4 Digit LCD-display &
plastic window
Without
Approvals
Without
Without
Without
215
Type UT-11 Unitrans
Flush Diaphragm
Univeral Pressure Transmitter
®
Standard Features
Signal
Output:
4-20 mA 2-wire
12-36 VDC
G1B, G1/2B1
M20 x 1.5 cable gland with
internal terminal block
Gauge Ranges
Range
Description
Part #
0-5 psi1
4292006
0-25 psi
4292014
0-100 psi
4292022
0-250 psi
4292031
0-500 psi
4292040
0-1500 psi
4292058
0-3000 psi
4292066
0-7500 psi
4292074
NOTE 1) G1B for 5 psi range, G1/2B for ranges > 25 psi.
Datasheet: UT-10
Type IUT-11Intrinsically Safe Unitrans
®
216
Contact factory for pricing information
UT-11 Option List
Feature
Unit
psi
psi absolute
Pressure Range
0 psi ... 5 psi
0 psi ... 25 psi (0 psi ... 25 psi absolute)
0 psi ... 500 psi
0 psi ... 1500 psi
0 psi ... 3000 psi
0 psi ... 7500 psi
Process Connection
G 1 B, flush diaphragm with O-ring (up to 25 psi)
G 1/2 B, flush diaphragm with O-ring (> than 25 psi)
Stainless steel, NBR O-Ring
Hastelloy C4,Viton® O-Ring
Other- please specify
Suitable for food
Without
Case Material
Fiberglass reinforced ABS Plastic (PBT)
Aluminum with 3/4" NPT female conduit
Cable gland M20x1.5 with internal terminal block
4-pin locking plug M12 x 1
3/4" NPT female conduit (only with aluminum case)
Digital Display
With integrated 4 digit LCD-display
With integrated 4 digit LCD-display &
plastic window
Without
Approvals
Without
Without
Without
217
Digital Pressure Gauge
Type DG-10
Applications
Hydraulics / Pneumatics
Pumps / Compressors
Service
Special Features
Pressure ranges: from 0 … 30 psi up to 0 … 10,000 psi
Display accuracy: < + 0.25% B.F.S.L.
Pressure connections: G1/4 DIN 3852-E, 1/4 NPT male,
1/2 NPT male, G1/4B, G1/2B and others
Case: stainless steel, 3.15“ (80 mm) diameter
Power supply: 2x 1.5 V Type AA cell
DG-10-S
Standard Version
DG-10-E
Enhanced Version
Description
Durable, Precise Local Display
A digital display is ideal for precise and fast pressure readings. The DG-10 features a durable stainless steel housing
and integral battery power supply making it suitable for a
wide range of applications and industries.
The multi-function display features a bar graph with a drag
pointer function and a MIN/MAX memory. The MIN/MAX
memory feature permits later recall of the minimum and
maximum pressure readings.
Standard and Enhanced Versions
The DG-10 is available in two versions: standard (DG-10-S)
and enhanced (DG-10-E). Both versions allow the user to
easily switch between the most widely-accepted international measurement units including bar, psi and MPa.
Additional features of the enhanced version include a backlit display for use in low light conditions and a housing that
can be rotated for optimal viewing. Additional user-programmable functions of the DG-10-E include auto power-off, tare
function, and password protection.
Proven Pressure Measurement Technology
Sensors manufactured by WIKA provide high accuracy,
long-term stability and excellent repeatability. For optimal
performance, pressure ranges up to 600 psi (50 bar) use the
WIKA ceramic sensor. Pressure ranges of 1450 psi (100 bar)
and higher utilize WIKA thin film sensor technology.
Datasheet: DG-10
218
Specifications
Model DG-10
Pressure ranges psi
-30 inHg ... 29 psi
-30 inHg ... 72 psi
-30 inHg ... 145 psi
psi
70
145
290
Burst pressure psi
85
170
360
Pressure ranges
psi
30
60
145
300
600
1450
psi
70
145
290
580
1450
2900
Burst pressure psi
85
170
360
725
1740
11600
Pressure ranges
psi
2000
3000
5000
7500
10000
psi
4640
7250
11600
17400
21750
Burst pressure psi
14500
17400
24650
34800
43500
Materials
■ Wetted parts
» Pressure connection
1.4571, stainless steel 316TI
» Pressure sensor
Ceramic Al2O3 96%, NBR {EPDM }
(up to 0 ... 600 psi)
XM-13 (1.4534)
(> 1450 psi)
■ Case
1.4301, stainless steel 304
Power supply
2x 1.5 V Type AA batteries
Operating time
h
4000 (AA 2000 mAh)
Internal sampling rate
ms
200
Insulation voltage
VDC
500
Display accuracy
% of span ≤ ± 0.25% B.F.S.L.
Zero offset
% of span ≤ 0.1
(Power-up reset)
Zero adjustability
% of span ≤ 20
(via Tare-Function with model DG-10-E)
Hysteresis
% of span ≤ 0.1
Non-repeatability
% of span ≤ 0.1
Long-term stability per year
% of span ≤ 0.2
Long-term drift
% of span ≤ 0.1
■ Medium
-4°F ... +185°F (-20°C ... +85°C) (up to 0 ... 600 psi)
-22°F ... +212°F (-30°C ... +100°C) (> 1450 psi)
■ Ambient
+14°F ... +140°F (-10°C ... +60°C)
■ Storage
-4°F ... +158°F (-20°C ... +70°C)
Operating temperature range
+32°F ... +140°F (0°C ... +60°C)
Temperature coefficients within
■ Mean TC of zero
% of span ≤ 0.15 / 10k
■ Mean TC of span
% of span ≤ 0.15 / 10k
CE-conformity
■ Pressure equipment directive
97/23/EC
■ EMC directive
89/336/EEC emission (class B) and immunity according to EN 61 326
Case rotation
°
300 ° (only with model DG-10-E)
DG-10-S
DG-10-E
Principle
7 segment LCD 4 digit
7 segment LCD 4½ digit
14 segment LCD 4½ digit (2nd display)
Digit size
.43“ (11 mm)
.43 (11 mm) and .28“ (7 mm)
Display
-999 ... 9999
-1999 ... 19999
Background illumination
No
Included
Bar graph with trailing pointer
Included
Included
function
Min/Max memory
Included
Included
Auto On/Off
Optional (ex works)
15/30/60/120 min
Tare adjustment
No
Included
Units bar, psi, MPa
Included
Included
Password protection
No
Included
Reset factory setting
No
Included
Weight
Approx. 14oz. (400 g)
219
Dimensions in mm
Ingress protection IP 65 per IEC 60529.
1.81“ (45.8 mm)
Ø 3.28" (83.5 mm)
.59"
(15 mm)
2.74"
(69.5 mm)
Ø 3.15" (80 mm)
.22“ (5.6 mm)
.62"
15.8
.51”(13mm)
.85”(21.5mm)
1/4 NPT male
Order code: NB
.75”
(19mm)
1.08”(27.5mm)
1/2 NPT male
Order code: ND
1/2NPT
For tapped holes and welding sockets please see Technical Information at www.wika.com
220
.08”(2mm)
O .69”
(17.5mm)
.08”(2mm)
O .24”
(6mm)
.85”(21.5mm)
G1/4B
Order code: GB
.51”(13mm)
.12”(3mm)
.79”(20mm)
.12”(3mm)
G1/2B
Order code: GD
1.12”(28.5mm)
.55“(14mm)
.89“(22.5mm)
G 1/4 male
DIN 3852-E
Order code: HD
O.20”
(5mm)
O.37”
(9.5mm)
Description of the Display
DG-10-S
Max. Value
Bar graph display
Min. Value
Full scale
Main display
Unit
Battery status
DG-10-E
Max. Value
Bar graph display
Min. Value
2nd display
Full scale
Main display
Unit
Battery status
Special functions
Tare
Accessories
Protective boot
(black, vulcanized rubber)
Minimess gauge adapter system
Specifications and dimensions given in this data sheet represent the state of engineering at the time of printing.
Modifications may take place and materials specified may be replaced by others without prior notice.
221
Type DG-10 Digital Pressure Gauge
Standard Features
Case:
3.15” diameter stainless steel
Process connection: 1/4” NPT male
Power requirements: 2 AA batteries
Stocked enhanced version includes protective rubber boot
Description
Range
222
DG-10-S
Standard
Part #
DG-10-E
E
nhanced
Part #
-30 inHg…29 psi
50365444
50365657
-30 inHg…72 psi
50365452
50365673
-30 inHg…145 psi
50365461
50365690
0 psi ... 30 psi
50365479
50365720
0 psi ...60 psi
50365487
50365771
0 psi ...145 psi
50365495
50365789
0 psi ...300 psi
50365509
50365797
0 psi ...600 psi
50365517
50365819
0 psi ...1450 psi
50365525
50365827
0 psi ...2000 psi
50365584
50365835
0 psi ...3000 psi
50365592
50365843
0 psi ...5000 psi
50365614
50365851
0 psi ...7500 psi
50365622
50365860
0 psi ...10000 psi
50365631
50365878
Type DG-10-S
Type DG-10-E
DG-10 Option List
Feature
Feature
Model
Standard
Enhanced
Process Connection
½ NPT
¼ NPT
G½B
G¼B
G ¼ B DIN 3852-E
Stainless steel, ceramic and sealing
Stainless steel
among others: Tare-Function, Backlit Display
Display
LCD, 4-digit from -1999 ... 9999
Type S
LCD, 4½-digit from -1999 ... 9999 + 2nd Display
Type E
Unit
psi
Absolute or Relative Pressure
Gauge
Compound
Pressure Range
-30 InHg ... 29 psi
-30 InHg ... 72 psi
-30 InHg ... 145 psi
0 ... 30 psi
0 ... 60 psi
0 ... 145 psi
0 ... 300 psi
0 ... 600 psi
0 ... 1450 psi
0 ... 2000 psi
0 ... 3000 psi
0 ... 5000 psi
0 ... 7500 psi
0 ... 10000 psi
-10 ... +85ºC (-4 ... +185ºF)
-30 ... +100ºC (-22 ... +212ºF)
Sealing
without
NBR
EPDM
FPM/FKM
ProtectionCap
without
Protective boot vulcanized rubber
Additonal Order Details
without
additional text
< 600 psi
> 1450 psi
< 600 psi
> 1450 psi
223
Type P-10/P-11
The P-10 NPT and P-11 non-clogging flush diaphragm high precision digital
pressure transmitters are designed for testing, calibration, and service applications where extremely accurate, repeatable measurements are required.
The P-11 precision flush diaphragm transmitter is designed for use with
media that is highly viscous, crystallizes, or contains particulates. The P-11
is available in pressure ranges from 100 inWC to 8000 psi.
Type P-10
P-11
Datasheet
P-10
Pressure Conn.
½" NPT male G1B or G½B
Power Supply
14-30 VDC (10 30 VDC with
4-20 mA 2-wire output signal)
Signal Output
0-20 mA 3-wire
5-foot cable lead and internal
Elec. Conn.
RS-232 service interface
30 INHG Vac
0-100 inWC
0-5 psi
0-10 psi
0-15 psi
0-25 psi
0-30 psi
0-50 psi
0-60 psi
0-100 psi
0-160 psi
0-200 psi
0-300 psi
0-500 psi
0-600 psi
0-1000 psi
0-1500 psi
0-3000 psi
0-4000 psi
0-6000 psi
0-8000 psi
0-10,000 psi
0-15,000 psi
Output Signals
4-20 mA 2-wire
4-20 mA 3-wire
0-5 V 3-wire
0-10 V 3-wire
Process Connections
¼ NPT male
G½B BSP
G¼B BSP
Other
Other Options
External keypad for zero point adjustment
Absolute pressure range
0.025% B.F.S.L. improved accuracy
Additional cable - per foot
Custom pressure range
NIST traceable calibration certificate
EasyComTM software and cable kit
Datasheet: P-10
224
P-10 shown with optional
keypad
Type DP-10
The WIKA DP-10 pressure transmitter is designed for the measurement of
extremely low gauge and differential pressures of clean, dry, inert gaseous media. The transmitter uses a linear variable differential transformer
(LVDT sensor) for exceptional sensitivity and performance at extremely
low pressures. Applications for the DP-10 include HVAC draft flow control
and monitoring, pollution control monitoring systems, dust collection
systems, and medical equipment.
Datasheet: DP-10
225
Type DP-10
Special Purpose Transmitter
Low Pressure Differential
for Clean, Dry Inert Media
0.2 inWC to 200 inWC
Type Datasheet
Pressure Conn.
Power
Supply
Signal Output
DP-10
DP-10
5.5 x 11mm
hose barbs
19-30 VDC (12-30 VDC with 4-20 mA output signal)
0-10 V 3-wire
Solderless screw Elec. Conn.
terminal
0-0.2 inWC
4225058
0-0.5 inWC
8373856
0-1 inWC
0-2 inWC
8360639
0-5 inWC
0-10 inWC
0-20 inWC
9738738
0-30 inWC
9737723
0-60 inWC
0-100 inWC
0-200 inWC
800-1200 mbar absolute
(for barometric pressure measurement)
Output Signals
4-20 mA 2-wire
4-20 mA 3-wire
0-20 mA 3-wire
-5 to +5 VDC 3-wire
Electrical Built-in AC line adapter (110/220 VAC)
Local 3.5 digit LCD display
Local analog readout
Single alarm contact1
Dual alarm contacts1
Square root signal output
1
available with 3-wire output signal only
Mechanical 10x overpressure protection
Increased accuracy to 0.5%
(for ranges> 1 inWC only)
Increased accuracy 0.2% (for ranges
> 40 inWC only)
Datasheet: DP-10
226
227
228
Meters & Displays
229
Meters & Displays
Type 907.50.9X0
Programmable Digital Meters
E2PROM Stores Set-up Data for
up to 10 Years without Power
Options Available for Specific Applications
WIKA programmable process meters are ideal for use with WIKA Tronic pressure transmitters when a
programmable display or controller is required. They feature 1/8 DIN, NEMA 4 / IP 65 metal front bezel, full
6-digit .56" high red LED display, state-of-the-art digital electronics, one-pass scaling, and front panel
programming with lock-out menu to protect set up data. Options include: built-in excitation; totalizer/linearizer/
peak/valley/tare; dual relays; isolated serial communications; and isolated re-transmitted analog output.
Specifications
Display
Power
Controls
Signal input range
Input impedance
Accuracy
Resolution
Programmable display
reading range
Reading rate
Response time
Normal mode rejection
Common mode rejection
Temperature effects
Operating Storage Span temp. coefficient
Zero temp. coefficient Excitation (optional)
Serial communications
(optional) internal current source)
Baud rate
Maximum address Type 907.50.900
6 digit, 0.56" (14.2mm) high red LED, minus sign displayed for negative values. Display flashes on totalizer overflow. “......” displayed when input display is out of range. “OLOLOL” displayed on input display overload, “ULULUL” displayed for underload.
115VAC, +/-10%, 50/60Hz, 14VA
Three front-panel push buttons for set-up and changing alarm values. Two external inputs for disabling the front panel and controlling programmable functions.
0-50mA DC(4-20mA, 10-50mA)
10 Ohms, 0.2VDC @ 20mA
+ (.02% full scale +1 digit)
1/40,000
-99,999 to 999,999
2.5 readings/second
2 seconds to settle for step input (increases with programmable digital filtering)
40 dB @ 50/60Hz (may be improved by programmable digital filtering)
120 dB, DC to 50/60Hz
0 to 50oC
-40 to 80oC
40ppm/oC
1uV/oC
18VDC @ 60mA maximum
Bi-directional 20mA current loop, 20mA source provided on transmit loop (powers up to 7 units in a loop with programmable 300 to 2400
99 (actual number in a single loop limited by serial hardware specifications)
Datasheet: 907.50.900
230
Specifications
Data format
Serial hardware specs
SO-output transistor rating
SI-input diode rating
voltage drops around the loop. Alarms (optional)
Solid state
Relays
Life expectancy
Analog output (optional) Totalizer/linearizer/
peak/valley/tare/E2-Con
(Optional): Construction
Weight
Type 907.50.900
10 bit frame, odd parity ( one start bit, 7 data bits, one odd parity bit, one stop bit)
Vmax=30VDC, VSAT=1Vmax@ 20mA.(This will allow up to 28 units max. in each loop.)
VF=1.25VTYP; 1.5Vmax NOTE: The compliance voltage rating of the source must be greater than the sum of the (Typically a 30VDC powered source would be capable of operating between
18 and 22 units in a loop.)
two, isolated, sinking open collector NPN transistors acting in parallel with relays;
Imax 100mA @ VSAT = 1V; Vmax 30VDC
2 type Form C; 5 amps @ 120/240VAC or 28VDC resistive load), 1/8 hp @ 120 VAC (inductive load)
100,000 cycles at maximum rating (life expectancy increases as load level decreases)
digital scaling and offsetting within 4-20ma range; Accuracy = 0.1% of full scale; Resolution = 12 bits;
Compliance voltage = 10VDC (500 ohms maximum loop impedance).
front panel button for input/total display select. External totalizer reset/enable. Programmable time base, scale factor (.001-100.000) and low end cutout. Nine segment multiple slope scaling for non-linear inputs.
Peak and Valley recording. Signal re-zero (tare). Programmable E2-CON pin.
die-cast metal front bezel that meets NEMA 4/IP65 requirements for wash down and/or dusty environments when properly installed. Case body is black, high impact plastic. Panel gasket and mounting clips are included.
removable terminal blocks.
1.2 lbs (.5 kg)
Dimensions
Ordering guide
select the model number that corresponds to the required options
Type Number
Options
907.50.900 907.50.910 907.50.920 907.50.930 907.50.940 907.50.950 907.50.960
X
X
X
X
X
X
Excitation
X
X
X
X
Peak/Valley/Tare
X
X
Dual relays
X
Serial
output
X
4-20mA
output
907.50.970
X
X
X
X
X
231
Type 907.50.9X0
Type
Part #
903.30.505 9749866
socket 9765098
socket 9765102
907.50.900 9738568
907.50.910 9738576
907.50.920 9737804
907.50.930 9738584
907.50.940 9749599
907.50.950 9738592
907.50.960 9738614
907.50.970
9738550
Adapter Kit 8985523
Converter 9747974
907.50.NEMA4 9744657
Meters & Displays
907.50.9X0 Meters
Description
octal plug-in power supply 110VAC to 24VDC 200 mA
8 pin octal socket for 903.30.505
DIN rail mount octal socket for 903.30.505
display with no other options
display with excitation
display with excitation, dual relays
display with excitation, peak-valley-tare
display with excitation, peak-valley-tare, serial communications
display with excitation, dual relays, peak-valley-tare
display with excitation, peak-valley-tare, 4-20mA analog retransmission
display with excitation, dual relays, peak-valley-tare, serial communications
4-20 mA analog retransmission
adapts 1/8 DIN 907 series to 1/4 DIN panel cutout
converts 907 series serial communications output to RS-232 output
metal NEMA 4 enclosure for 907 series meters
Datasheet: 907.50.9X0
232
Meters & Displays
Type A-AI-1
Attachable Loop Powered
Digital Indicator
Fits Type S-10, S-11 and
ECO-Tronic Transmitters
User-Programmable 0.4"
LCD Display
Display installed on
ECO-Tronic transmitter
Display installed on
Type S-10 or S-11 transmitter
The WIKA loop powered attachable digital indicator is designed for use with the 4 pin DIN 43650 "L" plug supplied
with Tronic Line Industrial and Eco-Tronic 4-20 mA output pressure transmitters. The indicator is user-programmable for a display range of -1999 to +9999. User-adjustable digital filtering improves readability during rapid pressure
changes. All set up data is stored in an E2PROM so in the event of a power failure reprogramming is unnecessary.
Specifications
Display
Type
Programmable
display range
Accuracy
Programmable range
Power
Voltage drop
Maximum current rating
Environmental
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Temperature effects Humidity
CE Conformity
Construction
Case
Viewing window
Dimensions (inches) Weight
Type A-AI-1
0.4" high LCD
-1999 to +9999
< 0.2% of span
4-20 mA can be assigned any display value within the display range. Both scaling
points are individually adjustable using push buttons inside the case.
Loop powered - no additional power supply required
3 VDC
60 mA
+32 to +122°F (0 to 50°C)
-22 to +176°F (-30 to +80°C)
0.1% of span per 18°F (10°C)
<90%, non-condensing
Interference emission per EN 50 081-1
Interference immunity per EN 50 082-2
ABS plastic
polycarbonate
1.9 x 1.9 x 1.4 deep
Approx. 3 oz.
Datasheet: A-AI.1
233
Dimensions
Programming instructions
1.) Remove four cover screws and remove cover.
2.) Press the "P" Key. Display shows "dP."
3.) Press the "Up" or "Down" key to select the desired decimal place position.
4.) Press the "P" key twice. Display shows "An 4."
5.) Press the "Up" or "Down" key to set display to zero or other 4 mA display point.
6.) Press the "P" key twice. Display shows "An20."
7.) Press the "Up" or "Down" key to set the maximum range of the transmitter.
8.) Press the "P" Key twice. Display shows "LI."
9.) Press the "Up" key to activate error code display (display shows " 1") or the down key to disable error codes (display shows "0").
Error codes: under range: Display shows "F1"
over range: Display shows "F2"
10.)Press the "P" key twice. Display shows "FILt." A digital filter is available to improve the readability of the display for applications undergoing rapid pressure changes. To set the digital filtering, press the "up" or "down" key to adjust the update rate of the display:
Display
"
0"
"
1"
"
2"
"
3"
Down
Key
P
Key
Up
Key
Display with cover removed
Time delay
0.2 s
0.5 s
1.0 s
1.5 s
11.)Press the "P" key to return to the display mode.
234
Meters & Displays
Type DI-15
Compact Panel Mount Digital Indicator
Dual solid state Relays and RS 485 Serial Interface
User-Programmable
The WIKA compact panel mount digital indicator is designed to accept several types of signal inputs and requires
a supply voltage of 9 to 28 VDC. The 0.4 inch LED readout and compact size provides for installation in low light
environments where space is limited. User-adjustable digital filtering improves readability during rapid pressure
changes. All set up data is stored in an E2PROM so in the event of a power failure reprogramming is unnecessary.
The indicator meets IP 65 weather protection requirements.
Specifications
Type DI-15
Display
Principle
4-digit,10 mm high red LED
Range
- 1999 ... + 9999
Accuracy
< (+/-) 0.5 % of span (+/-) 1 digit
Pick-up rate
either 2-3 measurements/s or 2 measurements in 3s
Signal processing
16 bit resolution
Scale adjustment
menu driven, measuring range begin and end as well decimal point can be set using the front panel keys or through the RS-485 interface
Signal input
selectable of choice between: 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-1V, 0-10V, RTD, Thermocouple
Digital output
RS 485; up to 16 devices can be incorporated in a network using the 2 wire interface (devices nos. 1 to 15 can be directly addressed with front panel keys or through the serial interface)
Switching outputs
Number of
2, individually adjustable
Function
MIN/MAX adjustable by setting hysteresis
Adjustment
within configured measurement range
Hysteresis
adjustable over full span of indication
Response time
adjustable from 0...99 minutes Accuracy
actual value by means of digital control
Contacts
2 separate transistor switching outputs (GND switching); Mode of connection: NPN
Switching current
max. 200 mA
Switching voltage
max. 30 V
Power supply
9-28 VDC
Current consumption
max. 30mA Wiring
screw terminals; max. wire diameter 1,5 mm2; two separate terminal blocks: one for power, one for switching outputs, transmitter, and RS 485 connections
Degree of protection front protection IP 65 when properly installed in panel
Permissible ambient temp. -4 ... +122(°F)° (-20 ... + 50°C)
Dimensions
1.88" x .94" x 2.55" (48mm x 24mm x 65mm)
Panel cut-out
1.77" x .85" (45mm x 21.7mm)
Weight
approximately 2 oz (0.05 kg)
max. 2.55" (65mm)
Dimensions
1.88"
(48mm)
.35"
(9mm)
.27"
(7mm)
.94"
(24mm)
Datasheet: DI-15
Maximum panel mounting
thickness: 0.4" (10mm)
235
Type A-AI-1 Attachable Digital Indicator
Type
Ready-To-Ship Meters
Description
Part #
A-AI-1
4210069
Loop powered indicator for S-10, S-11, and ECO-Tronic using DIN 43 650 electrical connector (4-20 mA 2-wire only)
Datasheet: A-AI.1
Type DI-15 Digital Meter
Type
Part #
DI15
7464880
Ready-To-Ship Meters
Description
Digital indicator with 2 solid state relays for panel mounting, accepts 4-20mA, 0-20mA, 01V, 0-10V, Pt1000 signal inputs.
Datasheet: DI-15
236
TRONIC Line Miscellaneous
Accessories & Replacement Parts List
Part #
Description
Used with Model Numbers
316 SS Adapters
1400452
G1/2 to 1/2NPT male flush to NPT adapter
2252651
G1/2 to 1/2NPT male flush to NPT adapter .45" bore
2252694
G1 to 1/2NPT male flush to NPT adapter .45" bore
1400460
G1/2 to 1/4NPT male flush to NPT adapter
1206974
1097008
1128302
1/2NPT female to 1/4 NPT male adapter
2250462
P-3 Victaulic adapter for G1B
All with G1/2B flush diaphragm
All with G1B flush diaphragm
All 1/2 NPT male transmitters
O-rings and gaskets
1108247
Buna N - G1B O-ring
1100386
Buna N - G1B Gasket
478164
Buna N - G1/2B O-ring
1039067
Buna N - G1/2B Gasket
1099094
Viton® G1B O-ring
1145967
Viton G1B Gasket
1158295
Viton G1/2B O-ring
1039075
Viton G1/2B Gasket
Electrical connectors
1006711
DIN 43650 standard replacement connector PG
1632159
DIN 43650 1/2" female conduit connector
9734821
DIN 43650 with molded 6 foot (2 meter) cable
9735882
Mini DIN standard replacement connector
9740010
Mini DIN with molded 6 foot (2 meter) cable
2421296
6 foot (2 m) cable with 4-pin M12 x 1 female plug
2055816
6 foot (2 m) cable with 5-pin M12 x 1 female plug
Submersible transmitter accessories
9836700
Vent tube desiccant drying cartridge
7193131
Vent tube filter
2074257
Cable clamp
2459686
Cable junction box
1524399
Additional weight
50077091
LevelGuard attachment *
2289718
1/2NPT cable conduit adapter *
1631322
G1/2 - Male 1/2NPT - 1/4NPT female adaptor
Other miscellaneous accessories
501
Restrictor screw installed *
502
NIST Certificate 0.25% 503
4-20 mA to 1-5V output signal conversion *
504
NIST Certificate 0.125% 4200767
NIST Certificate 0.10% *
2396756
NIST Certificate 0.20% Unitrans *
All S and IS series
S-1X, IS-2X
S-1X, IS-2X
C-10, others with MiniDIN connection
C-10, others with MiniDIN connection
All with M12 x 1 4 pin male connections
All with M12 x 1 5 pin male connections
LS-10, LH-10, IL-10
LS-10, LH-10, IL-10
LS-10, LH-10, IL-10
LS-10, LH-10, IL-10
LS-10, LH-10, IL-10
LS-10, LH-10, IL-10
LS-10, LH-10
LS-10, LH-10, IL-10
for 1/2" or 1/4"NPT, SAE male
S-10, S-11, others
S-10, S-11
S-10, S-11
P-10, P-11
Unitrans only
* Factory installed items cannot be us er installed
NOTES: Viton® is a registered trademark of E. I. DuPont de Nemours
237
238
DIAPHRAGM
Seals
239
Diaphragm Seals
Diaphragm seals, also referred to as chemical seals, are used to isolate pressure gauges, switches, and
transmitters from clogging and/or corrosive media. Standard diaphragm seal bodies and diaphragms are made
of stainless steel; however, a variety of materials from carbon steel to Hastelloy® C-276 are available to meet the
demands of most applications. WIKA diaphragm seals can operate in pressure applications from 10" H2O to 20,000 psi
and media temperature between -130°F and 752°F.
Examples of typical Diaphragm SEAL applications
The media is corrosive and may damage a sensitive element such as a Bourdon tube gauge,
pressure switch or transmitter diaphragm.
The temperature of the media may be too high for a standard gauge, switch or transmitter to
operate properly.
The media is highly viscous or tends to crystallize, or polymerize and may clog the pressure
port of a gauge, switch or transmitter.
The media is non-homogenous or contains suspended matter such as wood pulp which may
clog the pressure port of a gauge, switch or transmitter.
Remote reading is required. A diaphragm seal with a capillary line will allow remote installation
of a pressure instrument.
The sanitary cleanliness level is critical. A flush mounted or INLINE SEAL™ sanitary type
diaphragm seal avoids dead space and cavities.
The media is toxic or hazardous and may pollute the environment. A suitably designed diaphragm
seal will provide additional protection.
The application requires high overpressure protection. A diaphragm seal with a contoured
diaphragm bed can be configured to provide overpressure protection and protection to the
instrument.
WIKA diaphragm seal systems are an excellent value and offer savings by:
Meeting fugitive emission requirements
Extending the service life of the pressure instrument
Reducing the cost of installation
240
Reducing or eliminating maintenance costs
Operating Principle
The drawing below illustrates the operating principle of a diaphragm seal assembly. A pressure measurement
instrument such as a conventional pressure gauge or electronic pressure transmitter is either mounted directly
to the diaphragm seal or attached to the seal by means of a capillary or cooling element.
A diaphragm within the diaphragm seal separates the gauge / transmitter from the process medium. Any part
of the diaphragm seal (i.e., diaphragm, lower housing, gaskets) which will be exposed to the process medium is
selected from materials resistant to pressure, temperature and possible chemical attack by the process medium.
The diaphragm seal is also filled with a transmitting fluid or system fill fluid. Any pressure applied by the process
medium to the seal diaphragm is hydraulically transmitted to the pressure element of the gauge/switch/transmitter thus generating a pressure reading.
Pressure Element
Pressure Gauge
Capillary
Transmitting Fluid
Upper Housing
Diaphragm
Lower Housing with
Process Connection
241
Diaphragm Seals
Selection Guidelines
When selecting a diaphragm seal assembly, the following details must be taken into consideration to ensure a safe
and satisfactory operation. For specific technical assistance regarding temperature effects, volumetric compatibility, etc., contact the WIKA customer service department or send a completed diaphragm seal specification sheet
(page 315) to the factory for analysis.
1. Process composition
2. Temperature
3. Pressure range
4. Pressure instrument
5. Process connection
6. System fill fluid
7. Mounting position
8. Response time
9. Seal and gauge matches
1. Process composition
Since the diaphragm and lower housing of the diaphragm seal will be exposed to the process medium, it is critical
to select materials for these components which will be compatible with this medium. Tables are available to assist
in the selection of these materials (see Pressure Gauge Section), however the customer is the ultimate source for
specifying suitable materials. WIKA cannot guarantee suitability. For information, see numerous reference guides such
as corrosion table reference books. If the pressure fluid is very thick, solidifies, or is full of solids this should also be
taken into consideration.
2. Temperature
Each diaphragm seal measurement system (diaphragm seal, pressure instrument, and cooling element or capillary,
if applicable) is filled with an amount of fill fluid at ambient temperature of about 70oF. This temperature is referred
to as the system fill temperature. The fill fluid will expand or contract according to temperature changes. This in
turn causes the pressure in the sensing element to rise or fall, thus adding zero shifting effects to the instrument output. To reduce this effect, the temperatures of the process and the environment should be specified when selecting a diaphragm seal system (see Diaphragm Seal Specification Sheet). Special advanced calibration techniques
can be used to ensure the best possible accuracy. At temperatures above 212oF a cooling element or capillary is
suggested to protect the pressure instrument.
3. Pressure range
The displacement volume on the diaphragm seal required to "drive" each diaphragm seal measurement system
(diaphragm seal, pressure instrument and capillary, if applicable) must be greater than the displacement volume
needed to move the pressure sensing element. Normally, the lower the pressure range, the larger the diaphragm is
required to "drive" the system. Conversely, for higher pressure ranges smaller diaphragms are sufficient.
Pressure transmitters also follow the general rule of the lower the pressure, the larger the diaphragm required.
4. Pressure instrument
As mentioned above (Item 3 Pressure range) the diaphragm seal must supply sufficient displacement volume to
enable the pressure instrument to reach full scale. As a general rule, smaller size gauges are better suited to low
pressure applications since less displacement volume is required on the part of the diaphragm seal to drive the
pressure instrument.
5. Process connection
The process connection is specified by the customer. Most process connections are threaded, flanged, or
clamped; however, additional connections are available. Teflon® coating and lining is only available in flanged
connections, since tapered NPT threads strip off the Teflon® during installation. However, solid Teflon® threaded
connections are available with NPT threads.
6. System fill fluid
WIKA offers a wide range of system filling fluids allowing temperatures from -130oF to 752oF. Chemical compatibility
of the system fill fluid with the process fluid must be carefully considered in the event of a leak. In food processing
applications a nontoxic fluid should be selected. Special fill fluids are also available for oxidizing media such as
oxygen and chlorine.
242
7. Mounting position
Mounting position is important for diaphragm seal systems which include a capillary. The level difference between
the diaphragm seal and the pressure instrument causes a hydrostatic pressure to act on the sensing element:
a. For gauges mounted above the level of the diaphragm seal, the pointer on the
dial of the gauge will be lower than the zero point.
b. For gauges mounted below the level of the diaphragm seal, the pointer on the
dial of the gauge will be higher than the zero point.
The diaphragm seal system can be calibrated to compensate for the effect caused by the hydrostatic pressure,
if the level difference is known in advance (see Diaphragm Seal Specification Sheet for assistance).
8. Response time
Response time, i.e., the time it takes the pressure instrument to indicate 90% of the value of a sudden pressure
variation, is especially important for instrument/diaphragm seal assemblies which include a capillary. Response
time increases significantly in systems with long capillaries. In applications requiring long capillaries, response
times can be reduced by using larger diameter capillary tubing and reducing the viscosity of the system fill fluid.
Be advised that increasing the inner diameter of the capillary increases the temperature influence of the measuring
system. Consult factory if detailed information is needed.
9. Seal and Gauge Matches
For low ranges, gauge preference is 2XX.54 or 2XX.34 for access to perform calibration adjustments. Gauges
with crimp rings might not be usable due to potential recalibration. The table below shows the common matches
between gauge and diaphragm seal types recommended by the factory. Please contact the Diaphragm Seal
Department for more information.
Table 4 - Seal and Gauge Combinations
Gauge Size
Range¹
Seal Model Number
2½"
> 60 psi
990.22 1½"
> 30 psi
990.TA
> 15 psi
990.TB
> 15 psi
990.22 2"
> 15 psi
990.10
> 15 psi
990.12
4" or 4½"
> 400 psi
990.22 1½"
> 160 psi
990.TA
> 15 psi
990.TB
> 100 psi
990.22 2"
> 15 psi
990.10
> 15 psi
990.12
6"
N/A
990.22 1½"
N/A
990.TA or 990.TB
> 600 psi
990.22 2"
> 160 psi
990.10
> 160 psi
990.12
¹ Includes compound ranges
> Indicates greater than or equal to
243
244
Assembled
Seals
245
Assembled Seals
Type M93X.25
Sanitary Gauge
Tri-Clamp® Process Connection
Flush Welded Diaphragm
Type M93X.25 sanitary gauge provides a ¾" Tri-Clamp® process connection with a 2½" stainless steel gauge. This
assembly contains an electropolished process connection and meets the criteria set by "3A". The gauge is ideal for
applications in the food & beverage, pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries.
Standard Features

Design: This all-welded gauge assembly contains an external flush diaphragm on the ¾" Tri-Clamp® process connection.
Each gauge contains a traceable identification number.

Pressure Rating, Maximum1: 1500 psi, limited by installation clamp rating

Suitable Pressure Ranges: -30" Hg to 30 psi
up to -30" Hg to 1500 psi

Operating Temperature: 0°F to 257°F (-18°C to 125°C)

Ambient Temperature: 0°F to 175°F (-18°C to 80°C)
Gauge Features
Dial Size: 2½"
Process Connection: ¾" Tri-Clamp®

Process Wetted Materials: 316L stainless steel electropolished 
Case Material: Polished stainless steel with vent plug

Window: Polycarbonate

Dial: Aluminum, white

Pointer: Black aluminum

Accuracy: +2/1/2% ASME B40.1 Grade A

System Fill Fluids: Glycerine (non-vacuum and compound ranges)
Mineral Oil (vacuum and compound ranges)
Notes:
1. Pressure rating and range dependent on mating clamp
Available Options
Polysulfone window
Auto claveable (dry case only)
Datasheet: M93X.25
Previous model number: 92X.25
246
M93X.25 Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code 2
1
3
P
2
S
V331
V352 V379
V412
V415 G321 G341
G369 G411
G414
G421
G428 3
G441
K
B
L
4
Z
E
5
8
B2 A7 6
?? F1
K3
K5
J1
7
??
Case Filling for Vibration Protection
Without Glycerine (Standard) Unit
psi
Special Pressure Range
Pressure Range
-30 inHg...30 psi
-30 inHg...60 psi
-30 inHg...100 psi
-30 inHg...160 psi
-30 inHg...200 psi
0 psi...30 psi
0 psi...60 psi
0 psi...100 psi
0 psi...160 psi
0 psi...200 psi
0 psi...300 psi
0 psi...400 psi
0 psi...600 psi
2nd Scale / Special Scale
2nd Scale kg/cm2
2nd Scale bar
2ndScale kPa
Without
Window
Polycarbonate
Polysulfone
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) Electropolished
Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
Other - Please Specify
Fill Fluid
KN 7 Glycerine
KN 93 - Food Grade Silicone (350 CST)
KN 59 - Neobee 20
KN 92 - Mineral Oil
247
M93X.25 Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.Code
H
8
?
Z
2
9
3
Gasket (Process Seal)
EPDM Other - Please Specify Quality Certificates
Without Certificate 2.2 EN 10204
Certificate 3.1 EN 10204 Additional Order Details
10
Without External “Zero” Adjust Additional Text Z
0
T
Note: Order a dry case and polysulfone window required for autoclaving
Order Code:
M93
1
2
.25 -
3
4
5
-
6
-
7
8
9 10*
-
*Additional order details
248
Assembled Seals
Type M93X.3A
Sanitary Gauge
Tri-Clamp® Process Connection
Standard Features

Design: All-welded construction in full compliance with '3A' third party standards and meets the most rigorous biopharmaceutical specifications. This assembly has
all the advantages of the 23X.50 series mechanical gauge (ASME B40.100 & EN 837-1) and WIKA
combines it with a superior designed Tri-Clamp
diaphragm seal.

Process Connection: 1½” to 4” Tri-Clamp

Ranges: Vacuum, compound and positive pressure up
to 1500 psi (limited by installation clamp rating)

Operating Temp: +25°F to 300°F

Gauge Size: 2½” or 4”- lower and back mount

Case Fill: Glycerine (optional)

Dial: White aluminum with black lettering

Accuracy: 2½”: ±2/1/2% of span, 4”: ±1.0% of span

Case Material: 304 stainless steel electro-polished case with vent plug and stainless steel electro-polished
twist lock bayonet ring
Gauge Features
 All-Welded Design
 +1% Full Scale, Grade 1A
 < 20 Ra Electro-Polished
 Engraved Material Identification and Serial Number
 Manufacturer Calibration Report

Window: Polycarbonate or polysulfone
 FDA-Approved System Fill Fluids

Pointer: Black aluminum, adjustable
 Meets 3A Sanitary Criteria

Serial Number: Engraved in back of case

System Fill: Glycerine, KN 7 - non-vacuum application
mineral oil, KN 92 - vacuum and compound range applications
Notes:
2. Pressure range dependent on mating clamp, gauge size, and process connection size
Note: Clamps, gaskets, and ferrules
must be ordered separately.
Available Options
External zero adjustment (4" only with crimped bezel only)
Material certification
Gasket, clamps
Auto claveable
Polysulfone window
Datasheet: M93X.3A
249
M93X.3A Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.
Code 1
2
3
C
2
E
P
3
S
V310
V321
V331
V352
V379
V412
V415
G310
G321
G341
G369
G411
G414
G421
G428
G441
4
G455
K
B
L
5
Z
U
3
B
6
?
250
Case Filling Fluid
Without
Glycerine (Standard)
Nominal Size
2.5"
4.0"
Unit
psi
Range
-30 inHg...0
-30 inHg...15 psi
-30 inHg...30 psi
-30 inHg...60 psi
-30 inHg...100 psi
-30 inHg...160 psi
-30 inHg...200 psi
0 psi...15 psi
0 psi...30 psi
0 psi...60 psi
0 psi...100 psi
0 psi...160 psi
0 psi...200 psi
0 psi...300 psi
0 psi...400 psi
0 psi...600 psi
0 psi...800 psi
2nd Scale kg/cm2
2nd Scale bar
2nd Scale kPa
Without
Connector Position
Lower Mount
Lower Back Mount (available only with 4” case size)
Center Back Mount (available only with 2.5” case size)
M93X.3A Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.Code E
7
8
A83
A84
A91
A85
A86
8
???
B2
A7
9
??
F1
K5
K3
J1
10
??
11
Z
Z
2
12
3
Z
13
T
Window
Polycarbonate
Polysulfone
Process Connection
1 1/2" Tri-Clamp®
2" Tri-Clamp®
2 1/2" Tri-Clamp®
3" Tri-Clamp®
4" Tri-Clamp®
Fill Fluid
KN 7 Glycerine (not available for vacuum or compound ranges)
KN 59 - NEOBEE® 20
KN 93 - Food Grade Silicone (350 CST)
KN 92 - Mineral Oil
Without
Without
Certification 2.2 EN 10204
Certification 3.1 EN 10204
Without
Order Code:
1
M93
2
.3A -
3
-
4
5
6
-
7
8
9
-
10
11
12 13*
-
251
Assembled Seals
Type M932.2C
Type M932.2C sanitary gauge assembly provides a ¾" Tri-Clamp®
process connection welded to a 1½" or 2" stainless steel gauge. This
assembly meets the criteria set by "3A" and is autoclavable. This
gauge is ideal for applications in the food & beverage, pharmaceutical
and biotechnology industries.
Standard Features

Pressure Rating, Maximum1: 1500 psi,
limited by installation clamp rating

Suitable Pressure Ranges2: -30" Hg to 100 psi
up to -30" Hg to 1500 psi

Operating Temperature: 50°F to 257°F (10°C to 125°C) glycerine; 0°F to 257°F (-18°C to 125°C) vegetable oil;
0°F to 257°F (-18°C to 125°C) food grade silicone

Ambient Temperature: -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C)
Gauge
Features

Dial Size: 1½" or 2"

Process Connection: ¾" Tri-Clamp®

Process Wetted Materials: 316L stainless steel

Case Material: Stainless steel

Window: 1.5” Acrylic, 2.0” flat glass



Accuracy: ±3/2/3% of span

System Fill Fluid: Glycerine (non-vacuum ranges);
mineral oil, food grade silicone oil and Neobee M20
(positive pressure, vacuum and compound ranges)
Notes:
Datasheet: M93X.2C
Previous model number: 131.22 + 990.22
252
M932.2C Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.
Code Nominal Size
A
1.5"
1
B
2.0"
Unit
P
psi
2
S
Range
V331 -30 inHg...30 psi
V352 -30 inHg...60 psi V379 -30 inHg...100 psi V412 -30 inHg...160 psi V415 -30 inHg...200 psi G321 0 psi...30 psi
G341 0 psi...60 psi
G369 0 psi...100 psi
G411
0 psi...160 psi
G414 0 psi...200 psi
G421 0 psi...300 psi
G428 0 psi...400 psi
3
G441
0 psi...600 psi
K
2nd Scale kg/cm2
B
2nd Scale bar
L
2nd Scale kPa
4
Z
Without
Connector Position
U
Lower Mount 5
B
Center Back Mount Process Connection
A81 3/4"
ill Fluid
6
??? Other - Please Specify
A2
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435)
B2
Stainless Steel 316L(1.4435) Electropolished
A7
7
??
253
M932.2C Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.Code
F1 K5 K3 J1 8
?? Z
2
9
3
Z
10
T
Fill Fluid
KN 7 Glycerine KN 59 - Neobee M20 KN 93 - Food Grade Silicone(350 CST) KN 92 Mineral Oil Other - Please Specify Quality Certificates
Without
Certificate 2.2 EN 10204
Without
Order Code:
1
M932.2C -
2
-
3
4
5
-
6
7
-
254
8
9 10*
-
Assembled Seals
Type M990.30
Homogenizer Gauge
Block Flange Process Connection
Type M990.30, sanitary gauge provides a Homogenizer process connection with a 4" stainless steel gauge. This
assembly meets the criteria set by "3A". The gauge case is glycerine filled and is ideal for applications in the dairy
industries.
Gauge Features

Case: 304 stainless steel

Size: 4"

Window: Instrument safety glass

Bezel Ring: Stainless steel, polished cover ring


Accuracy: ±-1% (ASME B40.1 Grade 1A)

Case Fill: Glycerine

System Fill Fluid: Glycerine
Notes:
Datasheet: M990.30
255
M990.30 Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code Case Filling for Vibration Protection
3
Glycerine (standard)
1
?
Nominal Gauge Size
E
4”
2
?
Unit
P
psi
0
Dual Scale psi/kg/cm2
C Dual Scale psi/kPa
F
Dual Scale psi/bar
3
?
Range
BN 0 psi...1000 psi BO 0 psi...1500 psi BS 0 psi...5000 psi BT 0 psi...10000 psi BU 0 psi...15000 psi 4
?
Other - Please Specify Connector Position
3
Lower Back Mount 5
U Lower Mount
Window
H Laminated Safety Glass 6
?
Wetted Materials
A2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) A7 Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
7
?? Other - Please Specify
Fill Fluid
F1 Glycerine (standard)
8
?
Other - Please Specify Quality Certificates
Z
Without L
Certificate of Compliance
B
Certificate to En 10 204 3.1B (Material Certificate)
I
9
?
Other - Please Specify Additional Order Details
Z
Without 10
?
Other - Please Specify Order Code:
1 2
3
M990.30
4
5
6
7
8
9
10*
-
256
Assembled Seals
Type M93X.D1
All-Welded System (AWS)
Threaded Process Connection
All-Welded Gauge Assembly
Type M93X.D1 all-welded systems are a drop-in retrofit for existing gauges. This assembly eliminates all potential
leak paths and has a tamper-resistant construction. The all-welded system is ideal for installations where tightly
controlled fugitive emissions and safety are a concern. The M93X.D1 is well-suited for applications in the chemical,
petrochemical and process industries.
Standard Features

Design: This all-welded gauge assembly is constructed using WIKA gauge model number 23X.34 and diaphragm seal model number L990.34. The diaphragm is recessed within the all-welded seal body. The pressure gauge is back-welded to the seal upper housing to eliminate another potential leak path. The threaded seal fill port has been removed to ensure a tamper resistant design. Additional process wetted materials, process connections, system fill fluids and accessories are available to meet the rigorous demands of most applications.

Pressure Rating, Maximum: 1500 psi and 5000 psi

Suitable Pressure Ranges: -30" Hg to 0 psi up to
5000 psi

Operating Temperature: 0 to 300°F (-18°C to 149°C)

Ambient Temperature: -40°F to 150°F (-40°C to 66°C)
System Features

Dial Size: 4½" Process gauge

Process Connection: ¼" NPT & ½" NPT male or female

Process Wetted Materials: 316L stainless steel

Case Material: Fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic

Window: Acrylic



Accuracy: ±0.5% of span

System Fill Fluid: Silicone oil, DC200-10cst.
Available Options

Cooling Element

Severe Pressure Pulsation Protection

Other Sytem Fill Fluids
Datasheet: M93X.D1
Previous model number: 990.10.12X + 23X.34
257
M93X.D1 Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.
Code 2
3
P
1
?
2
U
P
3
S
V310 V321 V331 V352 V379
V412 V415
G310
G321 G341 G369 G411 G414
G421 G428 G491
G469 G510 G514
G521
4
G534 5
K
B
L
Z
U
3
6
?
A
G
7
H
258
Case Filling for Vibration Protection
Without
Glycerine (Standard) Silicone, 1000 cst Other - Please Specify Nominal Size
4 1/2" Unit
psi Special Pressure Range Range
-30 inHg...0
-30 inHg...15 psi -30 inHg...30 psi -30 inHg...60 psi -30 inHg...100 psi -30 inHg...160 psi -30 inHg...200 psi 0 psi...15 psi 0 psi...30 psi 0 psi...60 psi 0 psi...100 psi 0 psi...160 psi 0 psi...200 psi 0 psi...300 psi 0 psi...400 psi 0 psi...600 psi 0 psi...1000 psi 0 psi...1500 psi 0 psi...2000 psi 0 psi...3000 psi 0 psi...5000 psi 2nd Scale / Special Scale
2nd Scale kg/cm2
2nd Scale bar
2nd Scale kPa
Without
Connection Position
Lower Mount
Lower Back Mount
Window
Acrylic Flat Instrument Glass
Laminated Safety Glass
M93X.D1 Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.
Code GNB
GND
GN2
GN4
8
???
A2
A7
A8
D1
9
??
A2
A7
A8
D1
10
??
B2
A1
A2
E1
11
??
1
3
5
12
?
Z
A
13
?
Z
2
14
3
Z
15
T
Process Connection
1/4 NPT Male (1)
1/2 NPT Male
1/4 NPT Female
1/2 NPT Female
Diaphragm Material
Monel 400 (2.4360)
Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
Lower Housing Material
Monel 400 (2.4360)
Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
Fill Fluid
KN 68 DC 200 (10 cst)
KN 2 Silicon Oil
KN 32 DC 704
KN 21 Halocarbon
Other - Please Specify Flushing Connection
Without
1 x 1/4 NPT
2 x 1/4 NPT
Without
Clean for Oxygen Service, ASME B40.1, Level IV
Without
Without
Order Code:
1
M93
2
.D1-
3
4
-
5
6
-
7
-
8
9
10
11
12
13 14 15*
-
259
260
Threaded
Seals
261
Threaded Seals
Type L990.TA
Mini-Seal
When an application is not well-suited for a gauge alone, due to clogging or corrosive material, the WIKA L990.TA
is ideal. This mini-seal is economical and features a one-piece, tamper-resistant construction with an upper and
lower housing, eliminating the need for a gasket. The L990.TA is used in a variety of industries.
Standard Features
Design: Diaphragm, lower and upper housing are welded
together generating a leak-free construction. The diaphragm is
located between the upper and lower housing. A flushing port
can be added to the lower housing to clean the diaphragm cavity.
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 2,500 psi
Suitable Pressure Span, Minimum1:
Gauge (Range2):
2½", > 30 psi
4" or 4½", > 160 psi
Pressure Transmitters (TRONIC): > 60 psi
Operating Temperature3: -40°F to 400°F (-40°C to 204°C)
Notes:
1. Typical values, dependant on pressure instrument and application
2. Includes compound ranges
3. Can vary based on selection of materials, assembly hardware and system fill fluid
Datasheet: L990.TA
262
L990.TA Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code Feature
Additional Price
Upper Housing Material
A2
A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
1
??
Diaphragm Material
A2
A7
A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
C2
Carpenter 20
2
??
A2
A7
A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
C2
Carpenter 20
3
??
Process Connection
GN2 1/4 NPT Female
GN4 1/2 NPT Female
GNB 1/4 NPT Male
GND 1/2 NPT Male
4
???
Connection to the Pressure Instrument
4
1/4 NPT Female
3
1/2 NPT Female
5
Axial Weld-in Connection
5
?
System Fillport
C
Filler Hole M6 Set Screw
6
A
Without
Flushing Connection
1
Without
2
1 x 1/8 NPT
3
1 x 1/4 NPT
7
?
Z
Without
8
1
Z
Without
9
T
Order Code:
1
2
L990.TA -
3
4
5
6
7
8
9*
-
263
Threaded Seals
Type L990.TB
Mini-Seal, Large
The WIKA Type L990.TB large mini-seal is used for low pressure applications to protect the installed instrument
from clogging due to viscous, contaminated or solidified process medium. This seal also allows for an exotic
material interface with the process to protect the instrument from a corrosive application.
Standard Features
Design: Diaphragm, lower and upper housing are welded together generating a leak-free construction. The diaphragm is located between the upper and lower housing. A flushing port can be added to the lower housing to clean the diaphragm cavity.
Gauge (Range2):
2½", > 15 psi
4" or 4½", > 15 psi
Pressure Transmitters (TRONIC)3: > 15 psi
Operating Temperature: -130°F to 752°F (-90°C to 400°C)
Notes:
3. Absolute pressure - check with factory
Datasheet: L990.TB
Previous model number: 990.10.110
264
L990.TB Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.
Code Upper Housing Material
A2
A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
1
??
Diaphragm Material
A2
A7
A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
C2
Carpenter 20
2
??
A2
A7
A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
C2
Carpenter 20
3
??
Process Connection
GN2 1/4 NPT Female
GN4 1/2 NPT Female
GN5 3/4 NPT Female
GN6 1 NPT Female
GNB 1/4 NPT Male
GND 1/2 NPT Male
GNE 3/4 NPT Male
GNF 1 NPT Male
4
???
4
1/4 NPT Female
3
1/2 NPT Female
5
5
?
System Fillport
C
6
A
Without
265
L990.TB Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.Code
3
5
7
1
Flushing Connection
1 X 1/4 NPT
1 X 1/2 NPT
Without
Z
8
1
Z
9
T
Without
Without
Order Code:
1
2
L990.TB -
3
4
5
6
7
8
9*
-
266
Threaded Seals
Type L990.10
Multi-Purpose Diaphragm Seal
Diaphragm Welded to the Upper Housing
WIKA's Type L990.10 standard threaded seal configuration is constructed of an upper and lower housing with
a welded diaphragm. The design of this multi-purpose seal enables it to be used on a variety of applications.
Standard Features
Design: The diaphragm is welded to the upper housing which allows
the replacement of the lower housing without jeopardizing the
integrity of the system fill fluid and installed instrument. The upper
and lower housing are bolted together and sealed by use of an O-ring.
Process wetted components can be manufactured with solid metallic
and nonmetallic materials.
Pressure Rating, Maximum1: 3,675 psi
Gauge (Range3):
2½", > 15 psi
4" or 4½", > 15 psi
Notes:
1. Pressure rating based on solid metallic components
5. Can vary based on selection of materials, O-ring, assembly hardware and system fill fluid
Datasheet: L990.10
267
L990.10 Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
GN2 GN4
GN5 GN6 GNB
GND
GNE GNF
1
??? Process Connection
1/4 NPT Female 1/2 NPT Female
3/4 NPT Female 1 NPT Female 1/4 NPT Male 1/2 NPT Male 3/4 NPT Male 1.0 NPT Male
Other - Please Specify XA XP
XT 2
?? Nominal Pressure Rating
200 psi MWP (Maximum 300 °F) 1500 psi MWP (Standard 4 bolts)
3675 psi Other - Please Specify AP
AR A1 AE ?? Upper Housing Material Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plated Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) Stainless Steel 316TI (1.4571) Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) Other - Please Specify A2 A5 A7 A8 A9 AA AB AC AE C2 AG BB BD 4
?? Diaphragm Material
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) Monel 400 (2.4360) Inconel 600 (2.4816 ) Incoloy 825 (2.4858) Tantalum Nickel 200 (2.4066) Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) Upper Titanium required
Carpenter 20 Stainless Steel 316TI (1.4571) with PTFE-foil Stainless Steel 316L with PFA-coating Stainless Steel 316TI (1.4571) with Gold Lining 25 µm Other - Please Specify AP A1 A2 A5 A7 A8 A9 AA
5
AE Lower Housing Material
Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plating Stainless Steel 316TI (1.4571) Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) Monel 400 (2.4360)
Inconel 600 (2.4816) Incoloy 825 (2.4858) Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) 3
268
Feature
L990.10 Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.Code
5
Feature
Lower Housing Material (continued)
Solid Teflon (PTFE) 1) MWP 200 psi
Carpenter 20 Other - Please Specify AN C2 ?? A
B
6
C
Fastening Parts
Retainer Flange and Bolts in Galvanized Steel Retainer Flange and Bolts in Stainless Steel Retainer Flange Stainless Steel and High Tensile Bolts Z
G
J
E
C
7
D
Without BUNA-N (NBR) Max. 212°F Viton (FPM) Max. 400°F Teflon (PTFE) Max. 500°F Metal Seal Form C, Stainless Steel / Silver Metal Seal Form C, Inconel / Silver 3
4
5
8
?
1/2 NPT Female 1/4 NPT Female Axial Weld-in Connection Other - Please Specify 1
2
3
4
5
9
?
Flushing Connection
Without 1 x 1/8 NPT
1 x 1/4 NPT
2 x 1/8 NPT
2 x 1/4 NPT
Other - Please Specify A
10
C
System Fillport
Without Filler Hole M6 Set Screw Z
Without 11
1
Without Additional Order Details Z
12
T
Note: 1) NO Flushing ports available.
2)
Lot charges for annealing apply
Order Code:
1
2
L990.10 -
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
11 12*
-
269
Threaded Seals
Type L990.TC
Diaphragm Clamped Between
Upper & Lower Housing
WIKA's Type L990.TC threaded seal is constructed of an upper and lower housing, two O-rings, and a diaphragm.
Due to the clamped diaphragm design, if excessive wear occurs to the configuration, the diaphragm can be
replaced as the pressure instrument remains intact.
Standard Features

Design: The diaphragm is clamped between the upper and lower
housing. This design allows for the installation of metallic and nonmetallic
diaphragms. The upper and lower housing and diaphragm are bolted
together and sealed by use of two O-rings. Process wetted components
can be manufactured with solid metallic and nonmetallic materials.

Pressure Rating, Maximum1: 2,500 psi
Gauge (Range3):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
Notes:
5. Can vary based on selection of materials, o-ring, assembly hardware and system fill fluid
Datasheet: L990.TC
270
L990.TC Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
Feature
Process Connection
GN2 1/4 NPT Female GN4 1/2 NPT Female GN5 3/4 NPT Female GN6 1 NPT Female GNB 1/4 NPT Male GND 1/2 NPT Male GNE 3/4 NPT Male 1
??? Other - Please Specify Nominal Pressure Rating
XA MWP 200 psi (Max 300˚F) For PTFE Lower XP
MWP 1500 psi (Standard 4 bolts)
XR
MWP 2500 psi (Special 8 bolts)
2
??
Other - Please Specify Upper Housing Material
A2
AP Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plated 3
?? Other - Please Specify Diaphragm Material
A2
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) A5 Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) A7 Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) A8 Monel 400 (2.4360) A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816 ) AA
Incoloy 825 (2.4858) AB Tantalum AC Nickel 200 (2.4066) AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) AG
Stainless Steel (316L) with PTFE-foil BB Stainless Steel (316L) with PFA-coating
C2 Carpenter 20
4
?? Other - Please Specify Lower Housing Material
AP
Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plated A1 Stainless Steel 316TI (1.4571) A2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) A5 Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) A7 Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) A8 Monel 400 (2.4360) A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816) AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
C2 Carpenter 20
5
271
L990.TC Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.Code
Feature
Fastening Parts
A
Retainer Flange and Bolts in Galvanized Steel
6
B
Retainer Flange and Bolts in Stainless Steel
G
BUNA-N (NBR) max 212F
J
Viton (FPM) max. 400˚F
E
Teflon (PTFE) max. 500˚F
7
?
3
1/2 NPT Female
4
1/4 NPT Female
5
Axial Weld - In Connection
8
?
Flushing Connection
1
Without
2
1 X 1/8 NPT
3
1 X 1/4 NPT
4
2 X 1/8 NPT
5
2 X 1/4 NPT
9
?
System Fillport
C
10
A
Without
Z
Without
11
1
Z
Without
12
T
Order Code:
1
2
L990.TC -
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
11 12*
-
272
Threaded Seals
Type L990.14
High-Pressure Rated, 9,000 psi
Diaphragm Welded to Upper Housing
Type L990.14 threaded high-pressure seal uses an upper housing with a welded diaphragm. This seal can be
attached to a mechanical gauge or pressure transmitter for applications with static pressure or pressure spikes
up to 9,000 psi.
Standard Features
Design: This design relies on a metal-to-metal seal between the upper and
lower housing to obtain the high-pressure rating. The upper housing is a
process-wetted element on this diaphragm seal. Carbon steel bolts are
required to achieve this high-pressure rating.
Gauge (Range2):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 60 psi
Notes:
4. Can vary based on selection of materials, assembly hardware and system fill fluid
Datasheet: L990.14
Field No.Code
Feature
Process Connection
GN2 1/4 NPT Female GN4 1/2 NPT Female GND 1/2 NPT Male 1
Welded Parts (Upper, Lower & Diaphragmk)
A2 Stainless Steel 316L(1.4435) A7 Hastelloy C276(2.4819)
A8 Monel 400(2.4360) AE Titanium Grade 2(3.7035) 2
?? Other - Please Specify Bolting Material
G
Bolts in Galvanized Steel 3
H
Bolts Stainless Steel and High Tensile
273
Field No.Code
Feature
3
1/2 NPT Female 4
1/4 NPT Female 5
Axial Weld-in Connection 4
?
Other - Please Specify System Fillport
C
5
A
Without
Flushing Connection
2
1 x 1/8 NPT
3
1 x 1/4 NPT
6
?
7
Without
Quality Certificate
Z
1
itional Order Details
Z
Without
8
T
Note: 1) Lot charges for annealing apply
Order Code:
1
2
L990.14 -
3
4
5
6
7
8*
-
274
Threaded Seals
Type L990.40
Large Displacement Volume
WIKA's Type L990.40 large displacement volume threaded seal is constructed of an upper and lower housing with
a welded diaphragm. This design allows for a variety of usable materials to be assembled to meet the requirements
of specific applications. The large diameter diaphragm is excellent for use on low-pressure applications and with
switches that contain a large displacement volume to activate.
Standard Features
Gauge (Range3):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
Differential Transmitter (Span): > 10" H20
Notes:
5. Can vary based on selection of materials, O-ring,
assembly hardware and system fill fluid
Datasheet: L990.40
275
Field No.Code
276
Feature
Diaphragm Diameter
2.9” (72mm)
Special
3.5" (89 mm)
Standard
4.9" (124 mm)
Special
1
???
Process Connection
GN2
1/4 NPT Female
GN4
1/2 NPT Female
GN5
3/4 NPT Female
GN6
1.0 NPT Female
GNB
1/4 NPT Male
GND
1/2 NPT Male
GNE
3/4 NPT Male
GNF
1 NPT Male
2
???
Nominal Pressure Rating
XA
200 psi MWP for 4.9” Diaphragm
XP
1500 psi MWP for 2.9” & 3.5” Diaphragm
3
??
AP
Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plated
A2
AE
Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)
4
??
Diaphragm Material
A2
A5
Hastelloy B2 (2.4617)
A7
A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
A9
Inconel 600 (2.4816 )
AA
Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
AB
Tantalum
AC
Nickel 200 (2.4066)
AE
Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) Upper Titanium Required
C2
Carpenter 20
AG
Stainless Steel 316TI With PTFE-foil
BB
Stainless Steel 316L With PFA-coating
BD
Stainless Steel 316TI With Gold Lining 25 µm
5
??
AP
A2
A5
6
A7
Field No.Code
Feature
Lower Housing Material continued
A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
A9
Inconel 600 (2.4816)
AA
Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
AE
C2
Carpenter 20
6
??
Fastening Parts
A
Bolts in Galvanized Steel
B
Bolts in Stainless Steel
C
High Tensile Bolts
7
?
J
Viton (FPM) Max. 400°F
E
Teflon (PTFE) Max. 500°F
I
Metal Seal Form C, Alloy/Silver plated
8
?
3
1/2 NPT Female
4
1/4 NPT Female
5
9
?
Flushing Connection
1
Without
3
1 x 1/4 NPT
5
2 x 1/4 NPT
10
?
System Fillport
A
Without
C
11
?
Z
Without
12
1
Z
Without
13
T
Note: 1) NO Flushing ports available.
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
L990.40 -
9
10 11
12 13*
-
277
Threaded Seals
Type L990.34
High-Pressure Seal
9000 psi
1500/5000 psi
The Type L990.34 high-pressure seal is installed on pressure gauges or pressure transmitters. This seal protects
the installed instrument from clogging due to viscous, contaminated or solidified process media. This all-welded
design is used in controlled fugitive emissions applications.
Standard Features

Design: Diaphragm, lower and upper housing are welded together generating a leak-free construction. The diaphragm is located between the upper and lower housing. A flushing port can be added to the lower housing to clean the
diaphragm cavity.
Pressure Rating, Maximum2: 1500 psi, 5000 psi, 9000 psi
Gauge, Range (with 1.3" diaphragm):
2½", > 100 psi
4½", > 400 psi
Gauge, Range (with 2.1" diaphragm):
2½", > 15 psi
4 & 4½", > 15 psi
Notes:
2. Can vary based on selection of materials, diaphragm diameter and system fill fluid
Datasheet: L990.34
Previous model number: 990.34 & 990.10.520
Field No.Code
N
O
M
1
?
278
Feature
Diaphragm Diameter
2.1” (52 mm), Max. 1,500 psi at 100°F 2.1” (52 mm), Max. 5,000 psi at 100°F 1.3” (32 mm), Max. 9,000 psi at 100°F Other - Please Specify For pricing info, call 1-888-WIKA-USA or visit www.wika.com
Field No.Code
Feature
GNB GND GNE GNF GN2 GN4 GN5 GN6 2
??? Process Connection 1/4 NPT Male 1/2 NPT Male 3/4 NPT Male 1 NPT Male 1/4 NPT Female 1/2 NPT Female 3/4 NPT Female 1 NPT Female Other - Please Specify A2 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 AA AE 3
?? Material of Wetted Parts
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) Hastelloy C4 (2.4610) Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) Monel 400 (2.4360) Inconel 600 (2.4816) Incoloy 825 (2.4858) Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) Upper Titanium required, theaded to gauge
Other - Please Specify 3
4
5
4
?
1/2 NPT Female 1/4 NPT Female Axial Weld-in Connection
5
Without
Filler Hole M6 Set Screw A
C
6
Without
Z
1
7
Without Additional Order Details Z
T
Order Code:
1
2
L990.34 -
3
4
5
6
7*
-
279
Threaded Seals
Type 990.36
Type L990.36
Button Seal, High-Pressure
Threaded Male Process Connection
All-Welded, Flush Diaphragm
WIKA Type L990.36 high-pressure button seal is used on pressure gauges or pressure transmitters. The flush
diaphragm protects the installed instrument from clogging due to viscous and solidified process media. This flush
design eliminates material hardening within an internal cavity, which may occur in a standard threaded seal.
Standard Features
Design: The diaphragm is located flush on the end of the
male threaded process connection. The seal body is
constructed of similar material as the diaphragm. This
all-welded design eliminates all potential seal leak paths.
Gauge Mechanical, Range:
1" NPT-male process connection:
2½", > 160 psi
4 & 4½", > 1000 psi
2" NPT- male process connection:
2½", > 15 psi
4 & 4½", > 30 psi
Gauge & Absolute Switch or Transmitter, Span:
¾" NPT-male process connection > 160 psi
1" NPT-male process connection > 160 psi
2" NPT-male process connection > 15 psi
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span: N/A
Notes:
2. Can vary based on selection of materials, diaphragm diameter and system fill fluid
Datasheet: L990.36
280
Previous model number: 990.36
Field No.Code
Feature
Process Connection
GND
1/2 NPT Male
GNE
3/4 NPT Male
GNF
1.0 NPT Male
GNG
1 1/2 NPT Male
GNH
2.0 NPT Male
GGE
G 3/4 Male
GGF
G 1.0 Male
GGG
G 1.5 Male
1
???
A2
A5
A6
A7
A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
A9
Inconel 600 (2.4816)
AA
Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
AE
Titanium Grade 2 3.7035) Upper Titanium required, threaded to gauge
2
??
4
1/4 NPT Female
5
3
?
System Fillport
A
Without
4
C
Z
Without
5
1
Z
Without
6
T
Order Code:
1
2
3
L990.36 - 4
5
6*
-
281
282
Flanged
Seals
283
Flanged Seals
Type L990.12
Flanged Process Connection
Type L990.12, WIKA's standard flanged seal configuration, has an upper and lower housing with a welded diaphragm.
This construction allows for a variety of usable materials and process connection sizes to be assembled to meet the
requirements of specific applications.
Standard Features

Design: The diaphragm is welded to the upper housing which allows the replacement
of the lower housing without jeopardizing the integrity of the system fill fluid and
installed instrument. The upper and lower housing are bolted together and sealed by
use of an o-ring. Process wetted components can be manufactured with solid metallic,
metallic lined and nonmetallic lined materials. Additional sealing faces and flange
standards are available.
Pressure Rating, Maximum1: 3,675 psi or maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5
Gauge (Range3):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.12
Field No.Code
A
D
1
?
80
81
82
83
84
2
??
284
Feature
Process Connection Type
ASME B16.5
DIN 2501
Process Connection
DIN
1/2"
3/4"
DN20
1"
DN25
1 1/2"
DN40
2"
DN50
L990.12 Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations con’d
Field No.Code
Feature
DIN
1Class 150
PN16
2
Class 300
PN25
4
Class 600
PN40
6
Class 1500
PN100
3
?
Sealing Face
3
RF 125 - 250 RMS
4
RJF Groove
6
RFSF
Code for Teflon & Tantalum
4
?
AP Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plated A2 Stainless Steel 316L(1.4435)
AE Titanium Grade 2(3.7035)
5
Diaphragm Material
A2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435)
A5 Hastelloy B2 (2.4617)
A7 Hastelloy C276 (2.4819)
A8 Monel 400 (2.4360)
A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816 )
AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
AB Tantalum
AC Nickel 200 (2.4066)
AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) Ti - Upper housing required
C2 Carpenter 20
AG Stainless Steel 316TI (1.4571) With PTFE Lining BB Stainless Steel 316L with PFA-Coating
BD Stainless Steel 316TI (1.4571) Wth Gold Plating
6
AP Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plated
A8 Monel 400 (2.4360)
A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816)
AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
AB Tantalum Lining 1
AC Nickel 200 (2.4066)
AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)
C2 Carpenter 20
SW Stainless Steel With PTFE Lining White 1
AH Stainless Steel With PFA-coating 1
7
285
L990.12
Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.Code
Feature
Fastening Parts
A
B
8
C
Retainer Flange Stainless Steel and High Tensile Bolts Gasket (Process Seal)
Z
Without
J
Viton (FPM) Max. 400°F
G
BUNA-N (NBR) Max. 212°F
E
Teflon (PTFE) Max. 500°F
C
Metal Seal Form C, Stainless Steel/Silver
D
Metal Seal Form C, Inconel/Silver
9
?
4
1/4 NPT Female
3
1/2 NPT Female
5
10
?
Flushing Connection 1
Without
2
1 x 1/8 NPT
3
1 x 1/4 NPT
4
2 x 1/8 NPT
5
2 x 1/4 NPT
11
?
System Fillport
A
Without
12
C
Z
Without
13
1
Z
Without
14
T
Note: 1 NO Flushing ports available.
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
L990.12 -
286
13
-
14*
Flanged Seals
Type L990.FA
Diaphragm Clamped between
The Type L990.FA flanged seal is constructed of an upper and lower housing, two O-rings and a diaphragm. The
clamped diaphragm provides a method of replacing only the diaphragm when damage or excessive wear occurs. Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 2,500 psi or maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5
Gauge (Range2):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.FA
287
L990.FA Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
A
1
?
80 81
82
83
84
2
??
Feature
ASME B16.5 Other - Please Specify Process Connection
1/2" 3/4" 1" 1 1/2" 2" Other - Please Specify Nominal Pressure Rating 1
Class 150 2
Class 300 4
Class 600 6
Class 1500 3
?
Sealing Face
2
RF 125 ... 250 RMS 4
RJF Groove 6
RFSF Code for Teflon & Tantalum
4
?
AP Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plated A2
Stainless Steel 316L(1.4435) 5
??
Other - Please Specify Diaphragm Material
A2
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) A5
Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) A7
Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) A8
Monel 400 (2.4360) A9
Inconel 600 (2.4816 ) AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858) AB Tantalum AC Nickel 200 (2.4066) AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) AG Stainless Steel 316TI (1.4571) With PTFE Lining AH Stainless Steel 316TI with PFA Coating
C2 Carpenter 20
6
??
Other - Please Specify Lower Housing Material AP Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plated A2
A5
Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) A7
Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
7
A9
Inconel 600 (2.4816) 288
L990.FA Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
Feature
Lower Housing Material continued
AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858) AB Tantalum Lining 1
AC Nickel 200 (2.4066) AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)
AH Stainless Steel With PFA-coating 1
C2 Carpenter 20 SW Stainless Steel With PTFE Lining White 1
7
??
B
8
C
Fastening Parts
Retainer Flange and Bolts in Galvanized Steel Retainer Flange and Bolts in Stainless Steel Retainer Flange Stainless Steel and High Tensile Bolts J
E
G
9
?
Viton (FPM) max. 400°F Teflon (PTFE) max. 500°F
BUNA-N (NBR) max. 212°F Other - Please Specify Connection to the Pressure Instrument
4
1/4 NPT Female 3
1/2 NPT Female 5
?
11
C
System Fillport
Without Filler Hole M6 Set Screw 1
2
3
4
5
12
?
Flushing Connection
Without 1 x 1/8 NPT 122.1
1 x 1/4 NPT 122.1
2 x 1/8 NPT 245.3
2 x 1/4 NPT 245.3
Other - Please Specify Z
13
1
Without Quality Certificates Z
14
T
Without Additional Order Details Note:
1
NO Flushing ports available.
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 12
L990.FA -
13 14*
-
289
Flanged Seals
Type L990.FC
Through Hole Flanged Diaphragm Seal
1" & 1½" Flanged Process Connection
Type L990.FC, 1" and 1½", flanged seal configuration is comprised of a two-piece lower housing (flange and
insert). The flange on this seal contains through holes for mounting with the end user's flange. The construction
of this seal allows for numerous materials to be used for the process-wetted components.
Standard Features
Design: The insert on the flanged connection is bolted to the flange and upper housing and sealed with an O-ring. The flange and upper housing can be constructed of plated carbon steel or stainless steel. All process wetted components can be comprised of numerous materials, solid or lined.
Process Rating, Maximum: 600 psi or maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5
Gauge (Range2):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.FC
290
L990.FC Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
Feature
A
ASME 816.5
1
?
Process Connection
82 1”
83 1 1/2”
2
1
Class 150
2
Class 300
4
Class 600
3
?
Sealing Face
2
RF 125 ... 250 RMS
4
RJF Groove
6
RFSF
Code for Teflon & Tantalum
4
?
5
Diaphragm Material
A2 Stainless Steel 316L(1.4435)
A8 Monel 400 (2.4360)
A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816)
AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
AB Tantalum
AC Nickel 200 (2.4066)
Ti - Upper housing required
AG Stainless Steel 1.4571 with PTFE Lining
BB Stainless Steel 1.4571 with PFA-Coating
BD Stainless Steel 1.4435 with Gold Plating
C2 Carpenter 20
6
A8 Monel 400 (2.4360)
A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816)
AA Incoloy 825 (2.4816)
AB Tantalum Lining 1
AC Nickel 200 (2.4066) AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)
SW Stainless Steel With PTFE Lining White 1
AH Stainless Steel With PFA-Coating 1
C2 Carpenter 20
7
291
L990.FC Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.Code
Feature
Fastening Parts
A
8
B
J
Viton (FPM) Max. 400ºF
G
BUNA-N (NBR) Max. 212ºF
E
Teflon (PTFE) Max. 500ºF
C
Metal Seal Form C, Stainless Steel/Silver
D
Metal Seal Form C, Inconel/Silver
9
?
4
1/4 NPT Female
3
1/2 NPT Female
5
10
?
System Fillport
A
Without
11
C
Flushing Connection
1
Without
2
1 x 1/8 NPT
3
1 x 1/4 NPT
4
2 x 1/8 NPT
5
2 x 1/4 NPT
12
?
Quality Certificate
Z
Without
13
1
Z
Without
14
T
Note: 1 NO Flushing ports available.
2 Lot charges for annealing apply
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
L990.FC - *Additional order details
292
13 14*
-
Flanged Seals
Type L990.FD
Diaphragm Clamped between
The L990.FD is a process industry diaphragm seal used in combination with pressure gauges. The design of this
seal consists of an internal clamped diaphragm with a threaded process connection. The L990.FD diaphragm seal
is intended for corrosive, contaminated, hot or viscous pressure media.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 600 psi or maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5
Gauge (Range2):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.FD
293
L990.FD Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
Feature
A
ASME B16.5 1
?
Other - Please Specify Process Connection
82 1" 83 1 1/2" 2
?? Other - Please Specify Nominal Pressure Rating 1
Class 150 2
Class 300 3
?
Other - Please Specify Sealing Face
2
RF 125 ... 250 RMS 4
RJF Groove 6
RFSF 4
?
AP Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plated A2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) 5
A2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) A5 Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) A7 Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) A8 Monel 400 (2.4360) A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816 ) AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858) AB Tantalum AC Nickel 200/201 (2.4066/2.4066)
AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) AG Stainless Steel 316TI (1.4571) with PTFE Lining BB Stainless Steel 316L with PFA-coating
BD Stainless Steel 316L (1.4571) with Gold Plating
C2 Carpenter 20
6
?? Other - Please Specify Lower Housing Material
AP Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plated A2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) A5 Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) A7 Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) A8 Monel 400 (2.4360) A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816) AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858) AB Tantalum Lining 1
AC Nickel 200 (2.4066) AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) SW Stainless Steel with PTFE Lining White 1
AH Stainless Steel with PFA-coating 1
C2 Carpenter 20
7
?? Other - Please Specify 294
L990.FD Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.Code
Feature
Fastening Parts
A
Retainer Flange and Bolts in Galvanized Steel 8
B
Retainer Flange and Bolts in Stainless Steel Gasket (Process Seal) J
Viton (FPM) Max. 400°F G
BUNA-N (NBR) Max. 212°F E
Teflon (PTFE) Max. 500°F 9
?
Other - Please Specify Connection to the Pressure Instrument
4
1/4 NPT Female 3
1/2 NPT Female 5
?
A
Without 11
C
Filler Hole M6 Set Screw Flushing Connection
1
Without 2
1 x 1/8 NPT 3
1 x 1/4 NPT 122.1
4
2 x 1/8 NPT 245.3
5
2 x 1/4 NPT 245.3
12
?
Other - Please Specify Quality Certificates
Z
Without 13
1
Z
Without 14
T
Additional Order Details Note: 1 NO Flushing ports available.
2 Lot charges for annealing apply
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
11 12
L990.FD -
13 14*
-
295
Flanged Seals
Type L990.FB
Enviro-Seal
All-Welded Diaphragm Seal
WIKA Type L990.FB, WIKA's all-welded flanged seal configuration is comprised of an upper and lower housing
welded together with an internal diaphragm providing a leak-free design. This all-welded design is ideal for
applications where emissions to the environment are tightly monitored.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 1,500 psi or maximum flange rating per
ASME B.16.5
Gauge (Range2):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.FB
296
L990.FB Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
Feature
A
ASME B16.5 1
?
Other - Please Specify Process Connection 80 1/2" 81 3/4" 82 1" 83 1 1/2" 84 2" 2
?? Other - Please Specify Nominal Pressure Rating 1
Class 150 2
Class 300 4
Class 600 5
Class 900 6
Class 1500 3
?
Other - Please Specify Sealing Face 2
RF 125 ... 250 RMS 4
RJF Groove 6
RFSF 4
?
A2
Stainless Steel 316L(1.4435) AE Titanium Grade 2(3.7035) 5
A2
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) A5
Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) A7 Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) A8 Monel 400 (2.4360) A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816 ) AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858) AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) Ti - Upper housing required
AS
C2 Carpenter 20 6
?? Other - Please Specify Lower Housing Material AP Stainless Steel 304L (1.4404)
A2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) A5 Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) A7 Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) A8 Monel 400 (2.4360) A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816) AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858) AC
Nickel 200 (2.4066)
AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) Ti - Upper housing required
C2
Carpenter 20 7
?? Other - Please Specify For pricing info, call 1-888-WIKA-USA or visit www.wika.com
297
L990.FB Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.Code
Feature
4
1/4 NPT Female 3
1/2 NPT Female 5
?
Other - Please Specify Flushing Connection 1
Without 2
1 x 1/8 NPT
3
1 x 1/4 NPT 4
2 x 1/8 NPT 5
2 x 1/4 NPT 9
?
System Fillport
A
Without 10
C
Filler Hole M6 Set Screw Quality Certificates
Z
Without 11
1
Z
Without 12
T
Additional Order Details NOTE: 1 Lot charges for annealing apply
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
L990.FB - *Additional order details
298
11 12*
-
Flanged Seals
Type L990.26
Standard Flush, Flanged
Flanged Seal with Flush Diaphragm
Diaphragm Welded to Flange Sealing Surface
Type L990.26 flanged diaphragm seal is a one-piece design. The diaphragm is recessed from the end user's
gasket-sealing surface. A variety of process wetted materials are available, such as solid metallic, metal or
plastic lined. This seal is commonly installed on transmitters and pressure gauges.
Standard Features

Design: This seal contains a recessed diaphragm to the gasket-sealing surface. This seal is a one-piece design removing all requirements for
internal gaskets and O-rings. All exotic metal and Teflon® lined
stainless steel are available; process wetted surfaces and 316 series
stainless steel flange material is standard for WIKA. Additional sealing
faces and flange standards are available.
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 725 psi maximum flange rating
per ASME B16.5
Gauge (Range2):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
Notes:
1. Typical values, dependant on pressure instrument, diaphragm diameter,
process connection size and application
4. Can vary based on selection of materials
Datasheet: L990.26
299
Field No.Code
Feature
1
A
ASME 816.5
Process Connection
80 1/2” Dm=1.3”
81 3/4” Dm=1.6”
82 1”
Dm=2.1”
2
1
Class 150
2
Class 300
3
Class 600
3
?
Sealing Face
2
RF 250 RMS
3
RF 125 RMS
4
RJF Groove
6
RFSF
4
?
A2 Stainless Steel 316L(1.4435)
A8 Monel 400 (2.4360)
A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816)
AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
AB Tantalum
AC Nickel 200 (2.4066)
AG Stainless Steel 1.4571 With PTFE-foil
AH Stainless Steel 1.4571 With PFA-coating
AJ Stainless Steel 1.4571 With ECTFE-coating
AP Stainless Steel 1.4435 With Gold Lining 25 µm
C2 Carpenter 20
5
3
1/2 NPT Female
4
1/4 NPT Female
5
6
?
300
Field No.Code
A
7
C
Z
8
1
Z
9
T
Order Code:
Feature
System Fillport
Without
Without
Without
1
2
3
4
5
L990.26 - 6
7
8
9*
-
301
Flanged Seals
Type L990.27
Standard Flush, Flanged
Type L990.27 flanged, flush diaphragm seal is a one-piece design. The diaphragm is flush with the end user's
gasket-sealing surface which removes all internal cavities, avoiding clogging and media build-up. A wide variety
of process wetted materials are available, such as solid metallic, metal or plastic-lined, and coated. This seal is
commonly installed on transmitters and pressure gauges.
Standard Features

Design: This seal contains a diaphragm flush on the gasket-sealing surface.
This seal is a one-piece design removing all requirements for internal
gaskets and O-rings. All exotic metal process wetted surfaces use the
patented WIKA metal bonding process for diaphragm attachment that
removes all welds from being exposed to the process media. 316 series
stainless steel flange material is standard for WIKA. Additional sealing faces
and flange standards are available.

Pressure Rating, Maximum: Maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5
Suitable Pressure, Minimum1:
Gauge Mechanical, Range: > 15 psi
Switch or Transmitter, Span: 200" H2O
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span: 10" H2O differential
Notes:
1. Typical values, dependant on pressure instrument, diaphragm diameter, process connection size and application
Datasheet: L990.27
302
Field No.Code
Feature
A
ASME 816.5
1
D
DIN 2501
Process Connection
DIN 2501
83 1 1/2”
DN40
84 2”
DN50
85 3”
DN80
86 4”
DN100
2
87 5”
DN125
DIN 2501
1
Class 150
PN 10
2
Class 300
PN 25
4
Class 600
PN 40
5
Class 900
PN 63
6
Class 1500
PN 100
7
Class 2500
PN 160
3
?
Sealing Face
2
RF 125 RMS-250 RMS
Form C
3
RF 125 RMS
4
RJF Groove
Form N
5
RFSF
Form E
4
?
A8 Monel 400 (2.4360)
A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816)
AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
AB Tantalum
AC Nickel 200 (2.4066)
AG Stainless Steel 1.4571 With PTFE-foil
C2 Carpenter 20
5
303
Field No.Code
Feature
4
1/4 NPT Female
3
1/2 NPT Female
5
6
Radial Weld-in Connection
6
?
System Fillport
A
Without
7
C
in adaptor of diaph. seal
Z
Without
8
1
Z
Without
9
T
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
L990.27 - 6
7
8 9*
-
304
Flanged Seals
Type L990.FR
Rotatable Flange
Type L990.FR flanged, flush diaphragm seal is a two-piece design. The diaphragm is flush with the end user's
gasket-sealing surface which removes all internal cavities, avoiding clogging and media buildup. A wide variety
of process wetted materials are available, such as solid metallic, metal- or plastic lined, and coated. This seal is
commonly installed on transmitters and pressure gauges.
Standard Features

Design: This seal contains a diaphragm flush on the gasket-sealing surface.
This seal is a two-piece design removing all requirements for internal
gaskets and o-rings. All exotic metal process wetted surfaces use the
patented WIKA metal bonding process for diaphragm attachment that
removes all welds from being exposed to the process media. 316 series
stainless steel flange material is standard for WIKA. Additional sealing faces
and flange standards are available.

Pressure Rating, Maximum: Maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5
Notes:
1. Typical values, dependant on pressure instrument, diaphragm diameter, process connection size and application
Datasheet: L990.FR
Previous model number: 990.FR
305
L990.FR Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
Feature
A
ASME B16.5 1
?
DIN 2501 Process Connection
DIN
A84 2" DN50
A85 3" DN85
A86 4" DN100
A87 5" DN125
2
Nominal Pressure Rating DIN
A1
Class 150 PN10
A2
Class 300 PN16
A4
Class 600 PN40
A5
Class 900
PN63
A6
Class 1500 PN100
3
??
Sealing Face
A2
RF 125 ... 250 RMS Form C
A4
RJF Groove Form N
A6
RFSF Form E
4
??
A2
Stainless Steel 316L(1.4435)
A5
A7
A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
A9
Inconel 600 (2.4816)
AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
AC Nickel 200 (2.4066)
5
??
Flushing Ring
Without
Monel 400 (2.4360)
Inconel 600 (2.4816)
1/4 NPT Female
1/4 NPT Female
Axel Weld-in Connection
Other - Please Specify z
2
1
8
7
6
?
4
3
5
7
?
306
NPT For pricing info, call 1-888-WIKA-USA or visit www.wika.com
L990.FR Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.Code
A
8
C
Z
9
1
Z
10
T
Feature
System Fillport
Without
Quality Certificate
Without
Without
Order Code:
1
L990.FR - 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10*
-
307
Flanged Seals
Type L990.28
Pancake Type
Water Seal with Flush Diaphragm
Diaphragm Welded to Sealing Surface
Type L990.28 pancake diaphragm seal is a one-piece design. The diaphragm is flush with the end user's gasketsealing surface which removes all internal cavities, avoiding clogging and settlement buildup. This seal is installed
between the end user's process flange and a blind back-up flange (up to 2500# classification per ASME B16.5). A
wide variety of process wetted materials are available, such as solid metallic, metal- or plastic-lined, and coated.
This seal is commonly installed on transmitters and pressure gauges.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: Maximum flange rating up to 2500#
classification per ASME B16.5
Suitable Pressure Minimum1:
Operating Temperature Range2: -130°F to 752°F (-90°C to 400°C)
Notes:
1. Typical values, dependant on pressure instrument, diaphragm diameter, nominal pipe size and application
Datasheet: L990.28
308
Field No.Code
Feature
A
ASME B16.5 1
D
DIN 2501 Process Connection DN2501
83 1 1/2" DN40
84 2"
DN50
85 3"
DN80
86 4"
DN100
2
87 5"
DN125
Sealing Face DN2501
2
RF 125-250 RMS Standard
3
RF 125 RMS 4
RJF Groove Form N
6
RFSF Form E
3
?
Other - Please Specify Material of Wetted Parts A2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) A5 Hastelloy B2 (2.4617)
A7 Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) A8 Monel 400 (2.4360) A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816) AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858) AB Tantalum AC Nickel 200(2.4066) AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) AG Stainless Steel 1.4571 With PTFE-foil AH Stainless Steel 1.4571 With PFA-coating AJ Stainless Steel 1.4571 With ECTFE-coating AP Stainless Steel 1.4571 With Gold Lining 25 µm
C2 Carpenter 20 4
?? Other - Please Specify Connection to the Pressure Instrument
4
1/4 NPT Female 6
Radial Weld-in Connection 5
?
A
Without 6
C
Filler Hole M6 Set Screw For pricing info, call 1-888-WIKA-USA or visit www.wika.com
309
Field No.Code
Z
7
1
Z
8
T
Feature
Without Quality Certificates
Without Additional Order Details Order Code:
1
2
3
4
L990.28 - 5
6
-
7
8*
310
Flanged Seals
Type L990.29
Extended Diaphragm, Flange
Diaphragm Welded to Extension Tube End
Type L990.29 flanged, extended diaphragm seal is a one-piece design. The diaphragm is flush on the end of the
extension tube. The extension tube length from the flange sealing surface to the diaphragm can be customized for
each application. This seal is commonly used for applications where the diaphragm needs to extend through an
insulated tank wall to avoid a dead space in the piping system. This seal is commonly installed on transmitters and
pressure gauges.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 1,500 psi or flange rating per ASME B16.5
Operating Temperature Range2: -130oF to 752oF (-90oC to 400oC)
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.29
Field No.Code
A
1
D
84 85 86 87 2
?? 1
2
4
6
3
?
Feature
ASME B16.5
DIN 2501 Process Connection DIN 2501
2"
Ext. diameter = 1.90"
DN 50
3”
DN 80
4"
DN 100
5" DN 125
Other - Please Specify Nominal Pressure Rating DIN 2501
Class 150 PN 10
Class 300 PN 25
Class 600 PN 40
Class 1500 PN 100
Other - Please Specify For pricing info, call 1-888-WIKA-USA or visit www.wika.com
311
Field No.Code
Feature
Sealing Face DIN 2501
2
Form C 3
RF 125 RMS 4
RJF Groove Form N 6
RFSF Form E 4
?
Other - Please Specify Length of Diaphragm Extension
050 50 mm 100 100 mm 150 150 mm 200 200 mm I02 2.0" (50.8 mm) I03 3.0" (76.2 mm) I04 4.0" (101.6 mm) I06 6.0" (152.4 mm) I08 8.0" (203.4 mm) I10 10.0" (254.0 mm) I12 12.0" (304.8 mm) 5
??? Other - Please Specify in Inches Material of Wetted Parts
A2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) A5 Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) A6 Hastelloy C4 (2.4610) A7 Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) A8 Monel 400 (2.4360) A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816)
AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858) AC Nickel 200 (2.4066) AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035): Entire Flange Body Titanium
C2 Carpenter 20
6
4
1/4 NPT Female 3
1/2 NPT Female 5
?
A
Without 8
C
Filler Hole M6 Set Screw In adaptor of Diaph. Seal
Z
Without 9
1
9
Z
Without 10
T
Additional Order Details Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
6
L990.29 - 7
8
-
9 10*
312
Flanged Seals
Type L990.35
Extended Diaphragm, Pancake
Diaphragm Welded to Extension Tube End
WIKA's Type L990.35, pancake extended diaphragm seal is a one-piece design. The diaphragm is flush on the
end of the extension tube. The length of the extension tube from the flange sealing surface to the diaphragm can
be customized for each application. This seal is installed between the end user's process flange and a blind
back-up flange (up to 2500# classification per ASTM B16.5). This seal is commonly used for applications where
the diaphragm needs to extend through an insulated tank wall to avoid a dead space in the piping system.
Standard Features
Pressure
Rating, Maximum: 1,500 psi or flange rating per ASME B16.5
Switch or Transmitter, Span: 200"H2O
Operating Temperature Range: -130oF to 752oF (-90oC to 400oC)
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.35
Field No.Code
A
1
D
84 85 86 87 2
?? 1
3
?
2
3
4
6
4
?
Feature
ASME B16.5
DIN 2501 Process Connection DIN 2501
2"
Ext. Diameter = 1.90"
DN 50
3”
DN 80
4"
DN 100
5" DN 125
Other - Please Specify Nominal Pressure Rating DIN 2501
Class 150-1500 PN 10-PN100
Other - Please Specify Setting Face DIN 2501
RF 125 - 250 RMS Standard
Form C
RF 125 RMS
RJF Groove
Form N
RFSF
Form E
Other - Please Specify For pricing info, call 1-888-WIKA-USA or visit www.wika.com
313
Field No.Code
Feature
Length of Diaphragm Exteneion
050 50 mm 100 100 mm 150 150 mm 200 200 mm I02 2.0" (50.8 mm) I03 3.0" (76.2 mm) I04 4.0" (101.6 mm) I06 6.0" (152.4 mm) I08 8.0" (203.4 mm) I10 10.0" (254.0 mm) I12 12.0" (304.8 mm) 5
??? Other - please Specify in Inches Material of Wetted Parts
A2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) A5 Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) A6 Hastelloy C4 (2.4610) A7 Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) A8 Monel 400 (2.4360) A9 Inconel 600 (2.4816)
AA Incoloy 825 (2.4858) AC Nickel 200 (2.4066) AE Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035): entire flange body Titanium
AH Stainless Steel 1.4571 with PFA-coating
AJ Stainless Steel 1.4571 with ECTFE-coating
AP Stainless Steel 1.4571 with Gold Lining 25 µm
C2 Carpenter 20
6
5
?
A
Without 8
C
Z
Without 9
1
9
Z
Without 10
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
L990.35 - 7
8
-
9 10*
314
Flanged Seals
Type L990.41
Type 990.41
Large Displacement Volume
Type L990.41, WIKA's large displacement volume flange seal configuration, is comprised of an upper and lower
housing with a welded diaphragm. This construction allows for a variety of materials to be used to meet specific
requirements of applications. The large diameter diaphragm is excellent for use on low-pressure applications and
with switches that contain a large displacement volume.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum1: 1,500 psi or maximum flange rating
Switch or Transmitter, Span: 200" H20
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.41
315
Field No.Code
G
H
K
1
?
A
D
2
?
80 81 82 83 84 3
?? 1
2
4
5
4
?
2
3
4
6
5
?
A2 AP AE 6
?? A2 A5 A7 A8 A9 AA AB AC AE C2
AG
BB BC BD 7
?? 316
Feature
Diaphragm Diameter
2.9” (72mm)
Special
3.5" (89 mm) Standard
4.9" (124 mm) Special
Other - Please Specify Process Connection Type
ASME B16.5
DIN 2501 Other - Please Specify Process Connection DIN 2501
1/2" DN 15 3/4" DN 20 1" DN 25 1 1/2" DN 40 2" DN 50 Other - Please Specify Nominal Pressure Rating
Class 150 PN 10 Class 300 PN 16 Class 600 PN 40 Class 1500
PN100
Other - Please Specify Sealing Face
Form C RF 125-250 RMS RJF Groove Form N RFSF Form E Other - Please Specify Upper Housing Material
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plated Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) Other - Please Specify Diaphragm Material
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) Monel 400 (2.4360) Inconel 600 (2.4816 ) Incoloy 825 (2.4858) Tantalum Nickel 200 (2.4066) Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)
TI-Upper housing required
Carpenter 20
Stainless Steel 316TI (1.4571) With PTFE Lining
Stainless Steel 316L With PFA-coating Stainless Steel 316L With Halar-coating Stainless Steel 316TI (1.4571) With Gold Plating Other - Please Specify For pricing info, call 1-888-WIKA-USA or visit www.wika.com
Field No.Code
A2 AP A5 A7 A8 A9 AA AB AC AE C2 SW SC AH 8
?? J
G
E
I
Z
9
?
4
3
5
10
?
1
3
5
11
?
A
12
C
Z
13
1
Z
14
T
Feature
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plated Hastelloy B2 (2.4617) Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) Monel 400 (2.4360) Inconel 600 (2.4816) Incoloy 825 (2.4858) Tantalum 1
Nickel 200 (2.4066) Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035)
Carpenter 20 Stainless Steel with PTFE Lining White 1
Stainless Steel with PTFE Lining Black 1
Stainless Steel with PFA-coating 1
Other - Please Specify Gasket (Process Seal)
Viton (FPM) max. 400°F BUNA-N (NBR) max. 212°F
Teflon (PTFE) max. 500°F Metal Seal Form C, Alloy 718/Silver
Without Other - Please Specify Connection to the Pressure Instrument
1/4 NPT Female 1/2 NPT Female Axial Weld-in Connection Other - Please Specify Flushing Connection
Without
1 x 1/4 NPT 2 x 1/4 NPT Other - Please Specify System Fillport
Without Filler Hole M6 Set Screw Quality Certificates
Without Additional Order Details Note: 1 No Flushing ports available.
2 Lot charges for annealing apply.
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12
L990.41 -
-
13 14*
317
318
Sanitary
Seals
319
Sanitary Seals
Type L990.18
Sanitary, DIN 11851
European Sanitary Process Connection
WIKA Type L990.18 features a European sanitary process connection per DIN 11851. The design contains a
diaphragm welded to the upper housing. This seal contains either a male or female (union nut) threaded process
connection. This seal is designed for applications in the pharmaceutical and food & beverage industries.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum:
DN25, DN32 & DN40 = 600 psi
DN50 & DN80 = 360 psi
DN25 process connection:
2½" -30" Hg to 100 psi up to -30" Hg to 600 psi
4 & 4½" N/A
4 & 4½" -30" Hg to 400 psi up to -30" Hg to 600 psi
DN50 & DN80 process connection:
-30" Hg to 0 psi up to -30" Hg to 360 psi
Gauge & Absolute Switch or Transmitter, Span2: 12 psi
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span2: 150" H2O differential
Notes:
1. Typical values, dependant on pressure instrument, process connection size and application
2. Value is dependant on process connection size
Datasheet: L990.18
320
Field No.Code
Feature
A
Grooved Union Nut
1
B
Threaded Support, Male
D82
Process Connection
DN 25
D90
DN 32
D83
DN 40
D84
DN 50
2
???
A2
B2
A7
3
??
Z
Without
G
BUNA-N (NBR) max. 212°F
4
E
Teflon (PTFE) max. 500°F
4
1/4 NPT Female
3
1/2 NPT Female
5
5
?
System Fillport
A
Without
6
C
Z
Without
7
1
Z
Without
8
T
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
L990.18 - 6
7
8*
-
321
Sanitary Seals
Type L990.22
Sanitary, Tri-Clamp®
Sanitary Process Connection
WIKA's Type L990.22 Tri-Clamp® sanitary process connection is designed to mate with an equal sized fitting.
This seal is designed to facilitate ease of assembly and disassembly from its mating fitting. This seal and mating
fitting are held together via a clamp to minimize impurities entering the process during the removal and reinstallation of the seal. This seal meets the criteria set by "3A" standards. This seal is designed for applications in the
pharmaceutical and food & beverage industries.
Standard Features
Design:This seal is designed to mate with a Tri-Clamp® sanitary process
connection. The external flush diaphragm with gasket provides a hygienic
process connection. The standard material of construction is 316 stainless steel.
Electropolished process wetted surfaces are available as an option.
Pressure Rating, Maximum (clamping device dependent, ref. MSHHS clamp):
1½” = 600 psi, 2" = 550 psi, 2½" = 450 psi, 3" = 350 psi, 4" = 250 psi
1½" process connection:
2" process connection:
2½", 3", & 4" process connection:
-30" Hg to 0 psi up to -30" Hg to maximum pressure rating
Gauge & Absolute Switch or Transmitter, Span2: 200" H2O
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.22
322
Previous model number: 990.22TC
Field No.Code
Feature
Process Connection
A83 1 1/2"
A84 2"
A91 2 1/2"
A85
3"
A86 4"
1
???
Other - Please Specify Material of Wetted Parts
A2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) B2
A7
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) Electropolished Hastelloy® C276 (2.4819) 2
??
3
Without Z
4
1/4 NPT Female 3
1/2 NPT Female 5
?
A
Without 5
C
Filler Hole M6 Set Screw Quality Certificates
Z
Without 6
1
Z
Without 3
3A Logo Etched on Seal 7
T
1
2
3
L990.22 -
4
5
6
7*
-
323
Sanitary Seals
Type L990.57
Sanitary, Cherry Burrell® “I”-Clamp
Type L990.57, WIKA's Cherry Burrell® "I"- Clamp male sanitary process connection is designed to mate with an equal
sized female fitting. This seal is designed to ease the method of assembly and disassembly from its mating fitting and to
minimize all internal cavities. This seal is designed for applications in the pharmaceutical and food & beverage industries.
Standard Features
1½” = 500 psi, 2" = 450 psi, 2½" = 400 psi, 3" = 350 psi, 4" = 200 psi
1½" process connection:
2½" and larger process connection:
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.57
324
Field No.Code
Feature
A83 A84 A91 A85 A86 1
???
A2
B2 A7 2
?? 3
Z
Process Connection
1½" 2" 2½" 3" 4" Other - Please Specify Material of Wetted Parts
Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) Electropolished Hastelloy C276 (2.4819) Other - Please Specify Gasket (Process Seal)
Without Connection to the Pressure Instrument
4
3
5
4
?
C
5
A
Z
6
1
Z
7
T
¼ NPT Female ½ NPT Female Axial Weld-in Connection Other - Please Specify System Fillport
Filler Hole M6 Set Screw Without Quality Certificates
Without
Order Code:
1
2
3
L990.57 - 4
5
6
7*
-
325
Sanitary Seals
Type L990.58
Sanitary, APC
Type L990.58, APC sanitary process connection is designed to mate with an equal sized fitting. This seal is
designed to ease the assembly and disassembly procedure from its mating fitting, and to minimize all internal
cavities. This seal is designed for applications in the pharmaceutical and food & beverage industries.
Standard Features
1½" = 500 psi, 2" = 450 psi, 2½" = 400 psi, 3" = 350 psi,
4" = 200 psi
1½” process connection:
2½", 3", and 4" process connection:
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.58
326
Field No.Code
Feature
Process Connection
A83
1½" A84
2" A91
2½" A85
3" A86
4" 1
??? Other - Please Specify Material of Wetted Parts
A2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) B2 Stainless Steel 316L (1.4435) Electropolished 2
??
3
Without Z
4
¼ NPT Female 3
½ NPT Female 5
?
Other - Please Specify System Fillport C
5
A
Without
Z
Without 6
1
Z
Without 3
3A Logo Etched on Seal
7
T
1
2
3
L990.58 - 4
5
6
7*
-
327
Sanitary Seals
Type L990.SD
Sanitary, Tank Spud
Diaphragm Welded to Extension End
Type L990.SD, 4" tank spud with extended process connection is designed to mate with a corresponding fitting.
The typical extension length on this seal is 2" and 6" with an outside diameter of 4.0". This seal is designed to
ease the process of installation and removal from its mating fitting and to minimize all internal cavities. The seal
is fastened to the fitting welded to the tank with use of a 4" Ladish clamp. The seal is designed for applications in
the food & beverage industries.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum1: 600 psi
Gauge Mechanical, Range: -30" Hg to 0 psi up to -30" Hg to 600 psi
Gauge & Absolute Switch or Transmitter, Span: 200" H2O
Operating Temperature1: 10°F to 572°F (-23°C to 300°C)
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.SD
328
L990.SD Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
Feature
Process Connection
1
4" Tank Spud
A86
A2
B2
A7
2
??
Length of Diaphragm Extension
2
2" Ext.
3
6
6" Ext.
Z
Without
4
J
Viton (FPM) max. 400°F
4
1/4 NPT Female
3
1/2 NPT Female
5
5
?
System Fillport
A
Without
6
C
Z
Without
7
1
Z
Without
T
8
3
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
L990.SD - 6
7
8*
-
329
330
Plastic
Seals
331
Plastic Seals
Type L990.31
Plastic Body, Large
Diaphragm, Clamped
Type L990.31 is WIKA's version of a large threaded seal with a plastic body. The diaphragm is clamped between
the plastic upper and lower housing. This seal is made for applications where typical metallic components cannot
withstand the process media (acids, chlorines, etc.) This seal is not designed for vacuum applications.
Standard Features
Design: The plastic body is available in PP, PVC, and PVDF. The diaphragm is a CSM rubber (Hypalon®) with a PTFE (Teflon®)
overlay. The diaphragm and upper and lower housing are
bolted together.
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 160 psi
Switch or Transmitter, Span: 15 psi
Operating Temperature2: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C)
Notes:
Pressure-Temperature Rating
Max. Pressure (psi)
150
90
60
30
0
32
08
104
140
32
68
104
140
176
-40
-4
32
68
104 140
Process Temperature °F
Datasheet: L990.31
332
176 212 248
Field No.Code
Feature
Process Connection
GN2
1/4 NPT Female
1
GN4
1/2 NPT Female
PVC Grey
AK
AL
PP Beige
AM
PVDF White, Translucent
2
??
3
1/2 NPT Female
3
4
1/4 NPT Female
4
Z
Without
1
Z
Without
5
T
Order Code:
1
L990.31 -
2
3
4
5*
-
333
Plastic Seals
Type L990.PA
Plastic Body
Type L990.PA is a threaded seal with a plastic body. The diaphragm is clamped between the plastic upper and
lower housing. This seal is made for applications where a typical metallic component could not withstand the
process media (acids, chlorines, etc.) This seal is not designed for vacuum applications.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: 160 psi
Gauge Mechanical, Range: up to 2½", > 15 psi Operating Temperature2: 32°F to 140°F (0°C to 60°C)
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.PA
L990.PA Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
Feature
Process Connection
GN2 1/4 NPT Female
1
GN4 1/2 NPT Female
2
XB MWP 160 psi
AK PVC Grey
AL PP Beige
3
AM PVDF White, Transparent
Diaphragm Material
4
VI
Viton (FPM)
AK PVC Grey
AL PP Beige
5
AM PVDF White, Transparent
6
4
1/4 NPT Female
7
Z
Without
Z
Without
8
T
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
L990.PA -
6
7
8*
-
334
Plastic Seals
Type L990.PF
Plastic Flange
Type L990.PF is a flanged process connection with a plastic lower housing and diaphragm. The diaphragm is
clamped between the plastic upper and lower housing. This seal is made for applications where a typical metallic
component could not withstand the process media (acids, chlorines, etc.) This seal is not designed for vacuum or
high accuracy applications.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum2: 270 psi
Operating Temperature2: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C)
Notes:
Datasheet: L990.PF
335
L990.PF Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
A
1
?
82
84
2
??
1
3
?
2
6
4
?
AP
A2
5
??
KF
6
??
AL
AM
AN
7
??
A
8
B
E
9
?
4
3
10
?
A
11
C
12
Z
Z
13
T
Order Code:
Feature
ASME B16.5
Process Connection
1"
2"
Class 150
Sealing Face
RF 125-250 RMS
RFSF
Diaphragm Material
Kel-F
PP Beige
PVDF White, Translucent
Teflon (PTFE)
Fastening Parts
1/4 NPT Female
1/2 NPT Female
System Fillport
Without
Without
Without
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
L990.PF -
12 13*
-
336
10 11
INLINE
SEALS
TM
337
INLINE Seals
TM
Type L981.10
INLINE SEALTM, Wafer
Cylindrical Flow Through Diaphragm
Wafer, Sandwiched between Two Pipe Flanges
WIKA's Type L981.10 wafer INLINE SEALTM is for flow pressure measurement. This seal becomes an integral part
of the process piping system resulting in no obstructions to the direction of the flow. Suited for rapidly flowing
pressure media with low to medium viscosity. This seal is designed for applications in the petrochemical,
chemical and most other flow measurement industries.
Standard Features

Design: This wafer seal is designed for bolting between two end user pipe flanges.
The outside diameter of the seal assists to obtain correct alignment during installation.
The welded seal diaphragm contains no protrusions or interruptions to the process flow.
316L stainless steel is the most common material of construction, but additional
materials are available.
 Pressure Rating, Maximum: Maximum flange rating up to 2500#
classification per ASME B16.5
 Suitable Pressure Minimum1:
 Operating Temperature2: -130°F to 752°F (-90°C to 400°C)
Notes:
Datasheet: L981.10
338
Field No.Code
Feature
1
ASME B16.5
A
Process Connection (nominal size)
82
1"
83
1 1/2"
84
2"
85
3"
86
4"
2
??
Sealing Face
2
RF 125 - 250 RMS Standard
3
RF 125 RMS
4
RJF Groove
6
RFSF
3
?
order if special material
Internal Diameter
For Sizes:
0285
1.122" (28.5 mm)
1"
0430
1.692" (43 mm)
1 1/2"
0545
2.145" (54.5 mm)
2"
0825
3.248" (82.5 mm)
3"
1070
4.212" (107 mm)
4"
4
????
Overall Length
A92
2.36" (60 mm)
A93
3.94" (100 mm)
Standard
5
A??
A1
A2
A5
A7
A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
AB
Tantalum
AE
Titanium Grade 2(3.7035)
AH
Stainless Steel 1.4571 With PFA-Coating
AJ
Stainless Steel 1.4571 With ECTFE-Coating
6
??
339
Field No.Code
Feature
4
1/4 NPT Female
3
1/2 NPT Female
6
7
?
System Fillport
A
Without
8
C
Z
Without
9
1
Z
Without
10
T
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
L981.10 -
340
9
-
10*
INLINE Seals
TM
Type L981.18
INLINE SEAL™ Sanitary, DIN 11851
European Sanitary Process Connection
WIKA's Type L981.18 Sanitary INLINE SEALTM is designed for flow pressure measurement applications. This seal
becomes an integral part of the process piping system, removing disturbing turbulence, cornering dead volume,
and piping "T" or other obstacles that can occur in the direction of the flow. Suited for rapidly flowing pressure
media with low to medium viscosity, this seal is designed for applications in the pharmaceutical, and food &
beverage industries.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: DN25, DN32 & DN40 =600 psi
DN50 & DN80 = 360 psi
Gauge Mechanical, Range: -30" Hg to 0 psi up to -30" Hg to maximum pressure rating
Notes:
2. Can vary based on selection of materials, O-ring, assembly hardware, process temperature and system fill fluid
Datasheet: L981.18
Field No.Code
Feature
B
threaded support
1
A
grooved union nut
Process Connection
D80
DN 15
D82
DN 25
D83
DN 40
D84
DN 50
D91
DN 65
D85
DN 80
2
???
Internal Diameter
0160
0.630" (16.0 mm)
Nominal Size DN 15
0260
1.024" (26.0 mm)
Nominal Size DN 25
0380
1.496" (38 mm)
Nominal Size DN 40
0500
1.969" (50.0 mm)
Nominal Size DN 50
0660
2.598" (66.0 mm)
Nominal Size DN 65
0810
3.189" (81.0 mm)
Nominal Size DN 80
3
????
341
Field No.Code
Feature
Overall Length
A80
3.78" (96 mm) Union Nut Nominal Size DN 15
A82
A83
A84
A91
B80
4.09" (104 mm) Threaded Nominal Size DN 15
B82
5.04" (128 mm)
Nominal Size DN 25
B83
6.30" (160 mm)
Nominal Size DN 40
B84
6.69" (170 mm)
Nominal Size DN 50
B91
7.17" (182 mm)
Nominal Size DN 65
4
???
A2
5
??
Z
Without
G
BUNA-N (NBR) max. 212°F
6
E
1
G 1/2 Female
2
G 1/4 Female
3
1/2 NPT Female
4
1/4 NPT Female
6
7
?
System Fillport
A
Without
8
C
Z
Without
9
1
Z
Without
10
T
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
L981.18 -
6
7
8
9 10*
-
342
INLINE Seals
TM
Type L981.22
INLINE SEALTM Sanitary, Tri-Clamp®
Type L981.22, WIKA's Sanitary INLINE SEALTM , is for flow pressure measurement applications. This seal becomes
an integral part of the process piping system removing disturbing turbulence, cornering dead volume, and piping
"T" or other obstacles that can occur in the direction of the flow. Suited for rapidly flowing pressure media with
low to medium viscosity. This seal meets the criteria set by "3A" standards. This seal is designed for applications
in the pharmaceutical and food & beverage industries.
Standard Features
Design: The sanitary Tri-Clamp® process connections can replace "T"s in the process
piping system. The welded thin walled cylindrical diaphragm is encased in a cylindrical
body. The diaphragm does not contain any protrusions or interruptions to the process flow.
316L stainless steel is the most common material of construction, but additional materials
are available. An electropolished process wetted surface is available as an option.
Pressure Rating, Maximum (clamping device dependent, ref. MHHS clamp):
¾”, 1" and 1½" = 600 psi, 2" = 550 psi, 2½" = 450 psi, 3" = 350 psi, 4" = 250psi
¾" process connection: 2½", -30Hg to 100 psi up to -30" Hg to 600 psi: 4" & 4½", N/A
1" & larger process connection, -30" Hg to 0 psi up to -30" Hg to maximum pressure rating
Operating Temperature2 and 3: -10°F to 572°F (-23°C to 300°C)
Notes:
3. For cleaning procedures, contact factory
Datasheet: L981.22
343
Field No.Code
344
Feature
Process Connection
A81
3/4"
A82
1"
A83
1 1/2"
A84
2"
A91
2 1/2"
A85
3"
A86
4"
1
???
Internal Diameter
0150
0.590" (15 mm)
Nominal Size 3/4”
0254
1.000" (25.4 mm)
Nominal Size 1”
0380
1.496" (38 mm)
Nominal Size 1 1/2”
0480
1.889" (48 mm)
Nominal Size 2”
0600
2.362" (60 mm)
0730
2.874" (73 mm)
Nominal Size 3”
0976
3.842" (97.6 mm)
Nominal Size 4”
2
????
Overall Length
A80
3.78" (96 mm)
Nominal Size 3/4”
A82
4.49" (114 mm)
Nominal Size 1”
A83
5.75" (146 mm)
A84
6.14" (156 mm)
Nominal Size 2”+
3
A??
Clamp Diameter
1
0.98" (25 mm)
3
1.99" (50.5 mm)
4
2.50" (64 mm)
5
3.10" (77.5 mm)
6
3.58" (91 mm)
7
4.17" (106 mm)
4
8
4.70" (119 mm)
A2
A7
Hastelloy C276(2.4819)
B2
5
??
6
Without
Z
Field No.Code
Feature
4
1/4 NPT Female
3
1/2 NPT Female
6
T
1/4 NPT Male
S
1/2 NPT Male
7
?
System Fillport
A
Without
8
C
Z
Without
9
1
Quality Certificate
Z
Without
3
10
T
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
6
L981.22 -
7
8
9 10*
-
345
INLINE Seals
TM
Type L981.27
INLINE SEAL™ Flanged
The Type L981.27 flanged INLINE SEALTM, is designed for flow pressure measurements. The flanged INLINE
SEALTM is installed between two end user flanges and becomes an integral part of the piping system. This seal
replaces "T"s in the process piping system for installing pressure-measuring instruments. This seal is non-disruptive to the process flow and assists in obtaining a true pressure reading. Suited for rapidly flowing pressure media
with low to medium viscosity, this seal is designed for a variety of applications.
Standard Features

Design: This seal contains two ASME flange process connections. The welded thin
walled cylindrical diaphragm extends the entire length of the seal body. The diaphragm
does not contain any protrusions or interruptions to the process flow. 316L stainless
steel is the most common material of construction, but additional materials are available.
Additional flange configurations are available.
Pressure Rating, Maximum: Maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5
Differential Switch or Transmitter, Span: 10"H2O differential
Operating Temperature 2, 3: -130°F to 752°F (-90°C to 400°C)
Notes:
3. For cleaning procedure, contact factory
Datasheet: L981.27
346
Field No.Code
1
A
82
83
84
85
86
2
??
1
2
4
6
3
?
2
3
4
6
4
?
0266
0430
0525
0780
1023
5
????
A82
A83
A84
A91
6
A??
A1
A2
A5
A6
A7
A8
AB
AE
AH
AJ
7
??
Feature
ASME B16.5
Process Connection
1"
1 1/2"
2"
3"
4"
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 1500
Sealing Face
RF 125 RMS
RJF Groove
RFSF
Internal Diameter
For Sizes
1.047" (26.6 mm)
1”
1.692" (43 mm)
1 1/2”
2.067" (52.5 mm)
2”
3.070" (78 mm)
3”
4.027" (102.3 mm)
4”
Overall Length
4.49" (114 mm)
1”
5.75" (146 mm)
1 1/2”
6.14" (156 mm)
2”
6.54" (166 mm)
3” & 4”
Stainless Steel 316TI(1.4571)
Hastelloy B2(2.4617)
Monel 400(2.4360)
Tantalum
Titanium Grade 2(3.7035)
Stainless Steel 1.4571 With PFA-Coating
Stainless Steel 1.4571 With ECTFE-Coating
347
Field No.Code
4
3
6
8
?
A
9
C
Z
10
1
Z
11
T
Order Code:
Feature
1/4 NPT Female
1/2 NPT Female
System Fillport
Without
Without
Without
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
L981.27 -
348
10 11*
-
INLINE Seals
TM
Type L981.31
INLINE SEAL™ Concrete Seal
Type L981.31, the Concrete INLINE SEALTM, is designed for flow pressure measurements with abrasive process
media. This flanged INLINE SEALTM is installed between two end user flanges and becomes an integral part of the
piping system. This seal replaces "T"s in the process piping system for installing pressure-measuring instruments.
This seal is designed for the mining, wastewater, slurries and other abrasive applications. Applications within the
minimum vacuum are acceptable.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating, Maximum: Maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5
Operating Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C)
Notes:
Datasheet: L981.31
349
Field No.Code
Feature
1
ASME B16.5
A
Process Connection
84
2"
85
3"
86
4"
87
5"
88
6"
2
??
1
Class 150
2
Class 300
3
?
Sealing Face
6
RFSF
4
?
Body and Flange Material
CS
Carbon Steel, Black Painted
SS
316 Stainless Steel
5
??
Diaphragm Material
PU
Polyurethane
6
??
4
1/4 NPT Female
3
1/2 NPT Female
7
?
System Fillport
A
Without
8
C
9
Without
Z
Z
Without
10
T
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
L981.31 -
6
7
8
9 10*
-
350
INLINE Seals
TM
Type L981.57
INLINE SEAL™ Sanitary, Cherry Burrell® “I”-Clamp
The WIKA Type L981.57 Sanitary INLINE SEALTM, is designed for flow pressure measurement applications. This
seal becomes an integral part of the process piping system getting rid of nuisance turbulence, corners, dead
volume, piping "T" or other obstacles allowing for an exact pressure measurement. Suited for rapidly flowing
pressure media with low to medium viscosity, this seal is designed for applications in the pharmaceutical and
food & beverage industries.
Standard Features

Pressure Rating, Maximum:
1" and 1½" = 500 psi, 2" = 450 psi, 2½" = 400 psi,
3" = 350 psi, 4" = 200 psi

Suitable Pressure, Minimum1:
Gauge Mechanical, Range: -30" Hg to 0 psi up to -30 Hg to maximum pressure rating
Operating Temperature 2,3: -10°F to 572°F (-23°C to 300°C)
Notes:
3. For cleaning procedure, contact factory
Datasheet: L981.57
351
Field No.Code
Feature
Process Connection
A82 1"
A83 1 1/2"
A84 2"
A91 2 1/2"
A85 3"
A86 4"
1
Internal Diameter
0224 0.88" (22.4 mm) Nominal Size 1”
0349 1.38" (34.9 mm) Nominal Size 1 1/2”
0480 1.889" (48 mm)
Nominal Size 2”
0600 2.362" (60 mm) Nominal Size 2 1/2”
0730 2.874" (73 mm) Nominal Size 3”
0976 3.842" (97.6 mm) Nominal Size 4”
2
???? Other - Please Specify
Overall Length
A70 4.77" (141 mm)
Nominal Size 1”
A72 5.54" (141 mm)
A73 6.38" (160 mm)
Nominal Size 2”
A74 7.00" (178 mm)
A75 7.64" (194 mm)
Nominal Size 3”
3
A76 9.29" (236 mm)
Nominal Size 4”
A2
B2
Stainless Steel 316L (.4435) Electropolished
4
??
4
1/4 NPT Female
3
1/2 NPT Female
6
5
?
System Fillport
A
Without
6
C
Z
Without
7
1
Z
Without
8
T
Order Code:
1
2
3
L981.57 -
4
5
6
7 8*
-
352
INLINE Seals
TM
Type L981.SY
INLINE SEAL™ Threaded
Threaded NPT-Male Process Connection
WIKA's Type L981.SY threaded INLINE SEALTM, is for flow pressure measurements. The threaded INLINE SEALTM
replaces "T"s in the process piping system for installing pressure measuring devices, and the seal does not disrupt
the process flow. Suited for rapidly flowing pressure media with low to medium viscosity, this seal is well-suited for
installation in a variety of applications.
Standard Features
½" NPT- male process connection:
2½", > 30 psi
4" & 4½", > 160 psi
¾" NPT-male and larger process connection:
-30" Hg to 0 psi up to -30" Hg to 5,000 psi
Notes:
Datasheet: L981.SY
353
L981.SY Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
Feature
Process Connection
GND
1/2” NPT male
GNE
3/4” NPT male
GNF
1“ NPT male
GNG
1 1/2” NPT male
1
???
Internal Diameter
FOR SIZES:
0150
0.590" (15 mm)
1/2” NPT male
0180
0.626" (18 mm)
3/4” NPT male
0240
0.945" (24 mm)
1” NPT male
0380
1.496" (38 mm)
1 1/2” NPT male
2
????
Overall Length
A85
4.724" (120 mm)
3
A??
Standard
A2
A7
A8
Monel 400 (2.4360)
AE
4
??
3
1/2 NPT Female
4
1/4 NPT Female
6
5
?
System Fillport
A
Without
6
C
Z
Without
7
1
Z
Without
8
T
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
6
L981.SY -
354
7
-
8*
Capsule
Seals
355
CAPSULE Seals
Type L970.10
Capsule Seal, Threaded
Oval Extended Probe
The Type L970.10 threaded capsule seal is designed for flow applications with medium to high pressure and
low to medium flow rate. This seal is installed in the process line through the side of the pipe by use of a "T"
or a threaded adapter with the diaphragm immersed in the mainstream flow.
Standard Features
Notes:
Datasheet: L970.10
970.10 Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
GND
GNE
1
???
3
4
5
2
?
A
3
C
Z
4
1
Z
5
T
Feature
Process Connection
1/2 NPT (13x6x75 mm)
3/4 NPT (18x7x100 mm)
1/2 NPT Female
1/4 NPT Female
System Fillport
Without
Without
Without
Order Code:
1
L970.10 -
2
3
-
4
5*
356
CAPSULE Seals
Type L970.11
Capsule Seal, Threaded, Rotatable
Oval Extended Probe
WIKA's Type L970.11 capsule seal contains a threaded nut process connection to assist in the alignment of the
diaphragm probe during installation. This seal is installed in the process line through the side of the pipe by use
of a "T" or a threaded adapter with the diaphragm immersed in the mainstream flow. This seal is designed for
flow applications with medium to high pressure and low to medium flow rate.
Standard Features
Design: The extended diaphragm is welded to the seal body and contains a stabilizing element to resist the bending moment of the process flow. The extended diaphragm has a probe length of 3" or 4". The process connection is only provided with a male thread
running nut.
Notes:
Data Sheet: 970.11
Field No.Code
GGD
GGE
1
???
3
4
5
2
?
A
3
C
Z
4
1
Z
5
T
Feature
Process Connection
1/2 NPT (13x6x75 mm)
3/4 NPT (18x7x100 mm)
1/2 NPT Female
1/4 NPT Female
System Fillport
Without
Without
Without
Order Code:
1
L970.11 -
2
3
-
4
5*
357
970.11 Smart
358
t Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Seal
Accessories
359
Seal Accessories
Type 910.27
Flushing Ring
Threaded Flushing Ports
Type 910.27, WIKA's flushing ring is made to be sandwiched between the end user's flange and WIKA's flanged
seal configurations without a lower housing. A flushing ring facilitates the purging of trapped gas pockets or
settlement from the process cavity adjacent to the seal diaphragm. This flushing ring can also be used as ports
for calibration. This accessory can be made of various solid materials.
Standard Features

Pressure Rating, Maximum1: Maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5
Notes:
1. Maximum flange rating per ASME B16.5 for mating process flanges
Datasheet: 910.27
360
Field No.Code
1
A
83
84
85
86
2
??
1
2
4
3
6
2
3
4
6
4
?
A2
A5
A7
A8
5
??
1
2
4
5
7
6
?
Z
1
7
2
Z
8
1
Z
9
T
Feature
ASME B16.5
Process Connection
1 1/2”
2"
3"
4"
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 1500
Sealing Face
RF 125 RMS to 250 RMS
RF 125 RMS
RJF Groove
RFSF
Hastelloy B2(2.4617)
Monel 400(2.4360)
Flushing Connection
Without
1 x 1/8 NPT
2 x 1/8 NPT
2 x 1/4 NPT
2 x 1/2 NPT
Sealing Screw
Without
1 Piece
2 Pieces
Without
Without
Order Code:
1
910.27 -
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9*
-
361
Flow Through Seals
Type L910.ZA
Saddle Seal
Flow Through Pipe Connection
The Type L910.ZA saddle seal is made to measure process flow pressure. The saddle portion of this seal (lower
housing) is welded to the external surface of a pipe with a hole opening to the process flow. This seal can be
used with low to high viscous process media. This construction allows for a wide variety of usable materials
to be assembled to meet the requirements of most flow applications.
Standard Features

Design: The diaphragm is welded to the upper housing of the seal that allows for the removal from the lower housing
without jeopardizing the integrity of the system fill fluid and installed instrument. The upper and lower housing are bolted
together and sealed by use of an O-ring. The radius on this lower housing is machined to fit the contour of the outside
diameter of the process pipe.
Gauge (Range2):
2½", > 15 psi
4 or 4½", > 15 psi
Notes:
Available Options
Insert design
4" and larger
"Weld-in saddle"
Datasheet: ACS L910.ZA
362
L910.ZA Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations
Field No.Code
RD
RF
RG
RK
RM
RN
RO
RP
RQ
1
??
ZZ
AP
A2
AE
2
??
A2
A5
A7
A8
A9
AA
AB
AC
AE
AG
BB
C2
D1
ZZ
3
??
ZZ
AP
A2
A7
4
??
Z
A
B
5
?
Feature
For Pipework
2 1/2" (radius 1.496”) / DN 65 (radius 38 mm)
3" (radius 1.772”) / DN 80 (radius 45 mm)
Without (saddle only)
Stainless Steel 316L
Diaphragm Material
Monel 400 (2.4360)
Inconel 600 (2.4816)
Incoloy 825 (2.4858)
Tantalum
Nickel 200 (2.4066)
Titanium Grade 2 (3.7035) Upper Titanium required
Stainless Steel (316L) with PTFE-foil
Stainless Steel (316L) with PFA-coating
Carpenter 20
Duplex 2205
Without
Saddle Material
Without
Carbon Steel 1018 Nickel Plating
Fastening Parts
Without Retainer Flange
363
L910.ZA Smart Codes for Custom Order Configurations cont’d
Field No.Code
Z
J
E
6
?
3
4
5
7
?
A
C
8
?
Z
9
1
Z
10
T
Feature
Without
Viton O-Ring (FPM, Tmax = 400°F)
Teflon O-Ring (PTFE, Tmax = 500°F)
1/2 NPT Female
1/4 NPT Female
Axial Weld - in Connection
System Fillport
Without
Without
Without
Note:1 No Flushing ports available.
2
Lot charges for annealing apply.
Order Code:
1
2
3
4
5
L981.ZA -
6
7
364
8
-
9
10*
General Seal
Information
365
Diaphragm Seals
Request For Quote Form
This form contains spaces for all pertinent information when selecting the proper diaphragm seal.
Please make a copy of this form and fill in as much information as you have available when
requesting quotations or technical help from the factory.
Contact Name: Date: Company Name: Telephone #
Fax #:
E-mail Address
Please choose one of the three possible instruments below
SECTION 1
Gauge
Model #
Case Size (Inches): [ 2”]
Range:
-or-
Location of Instrument Connection: [ LM ]
Instrument Connection Size and Type: [ ¼” NPT ] [ ½” NPT ] [ Female ]
Transmitter
Model # -or-
Range:
Instrument Connection Size and Type: [ ¼” NPT ] [ ½” NPT ] [ Female ]
Switch Please provide specifics
Pressure Switch Point (Upscale): [ psi ]
[ bar ]
Other
Pressure Switch Point (Downscale):
[ psi ]
[ bar ]
Other
[ 2½” ]
[ 3½” ]
to [ 4” ]
[ 4½” ]
[ psi ]
to [ 6” ]
[ bar ]
[ LBM ]
[ psi ]
Other
[ CBM ]
[ bar ]
[ Male ]
Other
Other [ Male ]
Other
SECTION 2
Process Media
Common Name / Description:
Example: Sulfuric Acid 90% Conc.
Temperature (°C):Process @ Max. Pressure:Min. Max. Transmitter/Gauge:
Min.
Normal
Max.
Ambient:
Min. Normal
Max. Pressure (psi):
Static (Working Press.):
Min. Normal Max. Vacuum (psia @ °C):
Normal
@
°C
Max. @
°C
366
Normal
Diaphragm Seals
Request For Quote Form
SECTION 3
Diaphragm Seal
Model Number:
Process Connection:
Threaded: [ 1/8” NPT ] [ ¼” NPT ] [ ½” NPT ] [ ¾” NPT ] [ 1” NPT ]; [ Male ]
Sanitary: [ ¾” ] [ 1” ] [ 1½” ] [ 2” ] [ 3” ] [ 4” ] Other Pipe/Flange Size:
ASME Pressure Classification:
Instrument Connection:
[ ¼” NPT ]
Flushing Connection:
[ Yes ]
Diaphragm:
[ Clamped ]
; [ Tri-Clover ] or Other [ ½” ] [ ¾” ] [ 1” ] [ 1½” ] [ 2” ] [ 3” ] [ 4” ]
[ ½” NPT ]
[ No ]
[ 150# ]
[ 300# ]
[ Male ]
If Yes;
[ 600# ]
[ ¼” NPT ]
Other [ 900# ]
[ Female ]
[ 1/8” NPT ]
[ Female ]
Other [ Capillary ]
[ ½” NPT ]
[ Welded ]
Model # 990.29 & 990.35 Extension Length: [ 2" ]
[ 3" ]
[ 4" ]
[ 6" ]
Other
SECTION 4
Materials for Diaphragm Seal
Diaphragm:
[ 316SS ]
Additional Wetted:
[ CS/Nickel ]
[ Teflon® ]
[ 316SS ]
Non-Wetted (Flange and Support Ring):
Gasket:
[ Viton® ]
Nuts and Bolts:
[ CS ]
[ HastC276 ]
[ HastB2 ]
[ CS/Nickel ]
[ Teflon® ]
Other [ HastC276 ]
[ Monel ]
[ SS ] Other [ 316SS/Ag ]
[ Tant. ]
Other [ Buna-N ] Other
[ SS ] Other
SECTION 5
Instrument Mounting
Type:
[ Direct ]
[ Cooling Element ]
Length of Capillary:
Type of Capillary: [ Armor ]
[ Capillary ]
Feet (5 Feet Increments, 50 Feet Max. Limit)
[ No Armor ]
[ PVC Coated Armor ]
Height Difference:
ft. [ Instrument Below Seal ]
Connection:
[ ¼" NPT ]
[ ½" NPT ]
System Fill Fluid [ Glycerine ] [ High Temp. Oil ] [ Fluorolube ] [DC200-10]
Special Requirements
Please Specify
Sanitary - Autoclave
Technical Assistance
Is technical assistance, collaboration or simulation required for the above diaphragm seal application?
[ Yes ]
[ Male ]
[ Silicone ] [ Female ]
[ Halocarbon ] [Yes]
[ Seal Below Instrument]
[ Welded ]
[ Mineral Oil ]
[ Food Grade Silicone ]
Other
[No]
[ No ]
367
Mounting Options
Cooling Element
The cooling element is intended to protect the pressure
instrument from high or low process temperature. Air flow
across heat exchanging fins reduces or increases the
temperature of the system fill fluid to protect the pressure
measuring instrument.
The cooling element is recommended for process
temperatures above 212°F. It is "direct mounted"
between the pressure instrument and the diaphragm
seal. Silicone fill is recommended. Effective for temperature
reductions of 200°F, depending upon ambient
conditions. The all stainless steel construction is back
welded to the stainless steel upper housing or flange.
Capillary line
Stainless steel capillary with or without stainless steel
armor provides a connection between the pressure
instrument and the diaphragm seal. It protects the
pressure instrument from high or low process
temperatures and provides distant or remote reading.
Diaphragm Seal Assembly with Cooling Element
The capillary should be selected as short as possible,
since changes in ambient temperature conditions may
considerably affect the accuracy and response time of
the pressure instrument. Standard length is five feet;
other lengths are available upon request.
Installation on mechanical gauges normally requires
a gauge support and gauge adaptor or other surface
mounting provisions.
Any level difference between pressure instrument and
diaphragm seal will cause a pressure indication error.
The level difference can be compensated for during
calibration of the diaphragm seal assembly if the level
difference is known.
Minor corrections can be made on site by means of an
adjustable pointer or zero adjustment of the pressure
instrument.
Gauge Support and Adaptor
The gauge support and adaptor provides wall mounting
of the pressure instrument by clamping it to the gauge
adaptor. Material: gauge support - aluminum or stainless
steel, gauge adaptor - stainless steel.
Diaphragm Seal Assembly with Capillary Line,
Gauge Support and Adaptor
368
Diaphragm Seal Accessories
Assembly for Diaphragm Seals
Assembly of the diaphragm seal and capillary or cooling element to the pressure instrumentation includes,
filling liquid, sealing, securing the displacement system, and calibration at room temperature.
Extra charges apply to instrument mounting brackets, calibration other than room temperature, calibration
certifications, additional modifications, transmitter assembly, and for "at level" differences between the
instrument and the diaphragm seal. Consult factory for more information.
For the following assemblies:
For Use With Gauges and Pressure Switches
Standard
Low Temp.
Food Application
Fill Fluid ¹
Code No. (KN)
Temperature (min/max)6
Assembly Design
Silicone Oil
KN 2
-4 to +392°F
Part
No. Silicone Oil
Glycerine³
Glycerine/Water³
Mineral Oil
KN 17
KN 7
KN 12
-130 to +176°F +60 to +462°F +14 to +248°F
Part
No. Part
No.
Part
No.
Food Grade Silicone Oil
High Temp.
Inert
High Temp.4, 5 Halocarbon 6.3 Oil
KN 3.2
Oxygen/Chlorine
KN 92
KN 93
+14 to +400°F
0 to 372°F
-4 to +750°F
KN 21
Part
No. Part
No.
Part
No. Part
No. -40 to +347°F
Fluorolube FS-5
Oxygen/Chlorine
KN 8
-40 to +392°F
Part
No. Mini seal direct
281
370
280
423
363
283
369
Direct mounting2
219
238
215
216
262
263
266
212
240
With cooling element
OR
220
296
298
With capillary
up to 9'
424
264
267
213
365
269
351
309
268
247
329
273
344
299
248
425
313
249
With capillary 221
10' to 19'
With capillary 222
20' to 29'
With capillary 223
308
349
366
Notes:
1
Contact factory for additional system fill fluids
2
Not available for Type 990.28
3
KN7 and KN12 not suitable for vacuum or compound ranges
4
All threads welded during assembly
5
+14°F when used with transmitters
6
Temperature ranges atmospheric pressure & up
369
Assembly Prices for Diaphragm Seals
Assembly of the diaphragm seal and capillary or cooling element to the pressure instrument include, filling liquid,
sealing, securing the displacement system, and calibration at room temperature.
Extra charges apply to instrument mounting brackets, calibration other than room temperature, calibration
certifications, additional modifications, transmitter assembly and for at level differences between the instrument
and the diaphragm seal. Consult factory for more information.
For the following assemblies, Differential Transmitters 2 seals x 2:
For Use With Transmitters
Fill Fluid ¹
Code No. (KN)
Temperature (min/max)6
Standard
Low Temp.
Food Application
Silicone Oil
Silicone Oil
Glycerine³
Glycerine/Water³
Mineral Oil
KN 2
-4 to +392°F
KN 17
KN 7
-130 to +176°F +60 to +462°F
Assembly Design
Part
No. Part
No.
Part
No.
Direct mounting2
323
KN 12
+14 to +248°F
Part
No.
Food Grade Silicone Oil
High Temp.
Inert
High Temp.4, 5 Halocarbon 6.3 Oil
Oxygen/Chlorine
KN 93
+14 to +400°F
0 to 372°F
-4 to +750°F
-40 to +347°F
-40 to +392°F
Part
No.
Part
No.
Part No. Part
No.
KN 21
Oxygen/Chlorine
KN 92
Part
No.
KN 3.2
Fluorolube FS-5
KN 8
337
With cooling element
OR
324
338
With capillary
up to 9'
With capillary
325
339
10' to 19'
With capillary 20' to 29'
With capillary over 29'
326
340
359
341
Notes:1Contact factory for additional system fill fluids
2
Not available for Type 990.28
3
KN 7 and KN 12 not suitable for vacuum or compaound ranges
4
All threads welded during assembly
5
+14°F when used with transmitters
6
Temperature ranges atmospheric pressure & up
WARNING: Glycerine, silicone, or any oils should not be used in applications involving oxidizing media such as oxygen, chlorine,
nitric acid, hydrogen peroxide and others, due to the danger of a spontaneous chemical reaction. Halocarbon or Fluorolube
should be used with these types of media.
Items shown with part numbers indicate readily available standard WIKA products. Items without part numbers are available on
special order.
370
Accessories and Special Requirements
Model 910.24
Cooling element
Material 316SS
Recommended for process temperatures > 212° F
½" NPT male x ½" NPT female
¼" NPT male x ¼" NPT female
Capillary¹
5 ft length
Unarmored
Armored Capillary¹
5 ft length
1030868
1030841
Additional cost for over 5 ft.
1030876
1030850
Additional cost for over 5 ft.
PVC sleeving for armored capillary
Support
Adapter
Gauge Support:
4" overhang Aluminum
Stainless Steel
with
adapter
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Part Number
1584510
1600885
Instrument Conn.
¼" NPT female
½" NPT female
4380866
4295898
¼" NPT female
½" NPT female
4380857
4384046
Vacuum Service
Gauge tack-welded to seal (SS only)
291
Gauge back-welded to seal (SS only)
292
Cleaning for Oxygen Service
290
N.I.S.T. Certificate for Diaphragm Seal System
Calibration Certificate
Material Certificate NACE
Notes:
¹Standard I.D. is 0.079"; also available: 0.024" and 0.039" Refer to Data Sheet ACS 90.MO for specifications
Filling Liquids Specifications
Suitable
Specific Gravity
Fill Fluid
WIKA Temperature Range
at Temperature
Code No. Pabs<15psi [°F] Pabs>15psi [°F]
[Sg]
[°F]
Silicone Oil DC 200/50 KN 2
-4 to +250
-4 to +392
0.96
+77
Silicone Oil DC200/10
KN 68
-40 to +250
-40 to +400
0.934
+77
Silicone Oil (4 cSt)
KN 17
-130 to +176
-130 to +356 0.91
+68
High Temperature Oil
KN 3.2
+4 to +392
-4 ¹ to +750
1.07
+68
Halocarbon® 6.3
KN 21
-40 to +176
-40 to +347
1.97
+68
Fluorolube® FS-5
KN 8
N/A
-40 to +392
1.86
+77
Glycerine
KN 7
N/A
+60 to +462
.26
+68
Glycerine / Water KN 12
N/A
+14 to +248
1.22
+68
Food Grade Silicone Oil KN 93
N/A
0 to +572
0.97
+77
Neobee M20
KN 59
-10 to +200
-10 to +400
0.917
+77
Mineral Oil
KN 92
-4 to +338
-4 to +482
0.85
+59
Viscosity
at Temperature
Notes
[cSt]
[°F]
50
+77 Standard
10
+77 Standard
4
+77 Low Temperature
39
+77 High Temperature and High Vacuum
14
+68 Oxygen and Chlorine Service
5
+68 Oxygen and Chlorine Service
1110 +68 Food & Beverage
88
+68 Food & Beverage
350
+77 Food & Beverage
9.8
+77 Food & Beverage
57
+68 Food & Beverage
Notes:
¹ +14 °F when used with transmitters (+4 response time will be very slow!)
371
372
MECHANICAL
TEMPERATURE
373
Bimetal Operating Principle
The temperature is measured with a bimetal system inside the
thermometer stem. The bimetal system consists of two metal
strips bonded together that have different expansion coefficients.
Therefore, one strip will expand faster than the other causing the
bimetal strip to curl in proportion to its temperature. The bimetal
system is helically wound and heat treated for long term stability.
Temperature variations cause the bimetal strip to unwind or wind
tighter, which in turn rotates the pointer.
1/2" NPT connection
Thermometer stem
Bimetal helix
Case, dial, & pointer
374
Adjustment screw
General Specifications
Case: Sturdy, corrosion resistant series 304 stainless steel case and bezel. Designed
and constructed to provide a hermetic seal which prevents crystal fogging and
damage caused by moisture to the working components. Install thermometer so
the maximum temperature case is kept below 200°F at all times.
Dial: Anti-parallax heavy gauge aluminum with white matte finish to reduce glare.
Dished form with Celsius on lower inner plane and Fahrenheit on raised outer plane
offers accurate indication of both scales (if equipped with dual scales).
External Reset: (comes standard on all process grade bimetal thermometers)
A slotted-hex adjustment head offers screwdriver or wrench use to field calibrate the
thermometer. This feature allows maximum accuracy at a selected area of temperature
range. O-ring gasket prevents leakage and maintains weather tight seal. Note - use
well-agitated bath and accurate test thermometer when making any adjustment.
Standards: WIKA manufactures ASME B40.3 bimetal thermometers, which meet or
exceed the standard issued by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
Window: Optically clear, strong glass, gasketed to maintain weather tight integrity.
Acrylic and Lexan windows are available as an option but not recommended for case
temperature exceeding 200F° maximum (150°F for plastic/acrylic window).
Pointer: Balanced, lightweight aluminum with matte black finish.
Stem: 304ss welded at tip and case connector to prevent leakage. ¼" diameter is standard, 3/8" is available. Stem lengths to
72" are available as well as 316ss stem and connector assemblies.
Immersion: For accurate temperature readings, immerse the stem a minimum of 2" in agitated liquid or 4" in moving air or gas.
Over Range: Temporary over or under range of 50% of scale up to 500°F or 260°C will not affect the instrument's accuracy.
Bimetal Element: An extremely responsive temperature sensing helix which has been carefully sized and tested, heat treated
and aged to relieve inherent stresses and ensure continued accuracy.
Accuracy: Guaranteed to be accurate to within 1% of full scale (Grade A per ASME B40.3). Calibration is to standards
traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
Hermetic Seal: Hermetically sealed per ASME B40.3. Guaranteed not to fog up.
Dampening: Inert gel to minimize pointer oscillation.
7-Year Warranty: WIKA extends a 7-YEAR WARRANTY on standard types 30, 31, 50, 51, 32, & 52. Such units are guaranteed
to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service. For all other models, WIKA extends a
1-year warranty. Complete details available upon request.
Filled Thermometer Policy: Silicone filling is available on selected types for ranges between -40°F and 500°F. WIKA does not
recommend use of filled instruments for continual use at operating temperatures above of 400°F (204°C) or below -100° F(-70°
C). Under no circumstances will an instrument warranty apply or will WIKA assume any liability for use above these temperatures. Per ASME B40.3, plain glass windows must not be used on filled thermometers due to expansion of fill fluid and potential
lens breakage. Note: for stem lengths over 24"- consult factory.
Thermowells are recommended for pressure, corrosive, fluid or high velocity applications.
375
Type TI.1005
Small Utility
Pocket Test Thermometer
+1% of Span Accuracy
Type TI.1005 is a bimetal dial thermometer requiring no power to deliver its quick, accurate readings. The 1" dial
is easy to read. Stem length is 5". Thermometer includes pocket case which can be used to hold the stem.
Standard Features
Scale: As indicated
Range: (°F); As indicated
Window: Lexan
Connection: Plain, 7/16" hex hub adjustment
Reset: Yes; 7/16" hex hub adjustment
Stem diameter: .142"
Accuracy: +1% of full range span (ASME B40.3 - Grade A)
Type Stem Length
1" Dial
Part Number
1005219D
1005223D
1005216D
TI.1005
5"
°F scale
Range
-40/160°F
0/220°F
50/550°F
Datasheet: TI.1005
376
Type TI.ST
Surface Mount 2"
Dual Magnet
+2% of Span Accuracy
WIKA dual magnet surface mount thermometers are problem solvers. Type TI.ST is an inexpensive, easy-to-use,
accurate surface mounting thermometer, which attaches to any ferrous metal surface, giving unlimited localized
temperature indication. The specially-designed bimetal sensing element and housing provide quick readings with
an accuracy of +2% of full scale range. These 2" dial thermometers feature steel cases, glass windows, polished
aluminum dials with very legible graduations, and are available in ranges listed below. WIKA dual magnet mount
surface thermometers are the ideal choice for ovens, boilers, process lines, motors, generators, or anywhere a
temporary or permanent surface temperature is to be measured.
Standard Features
Dial: 2"
Depth: ½"
Accuracy: +2% of full range span
Reset: No
Type TI.ST
2" Dial
°F scale
Part Number Range
ST206MW
0/250°F
ST228MW
0/500°F
2" Dial
°C scale
Part Number Range
ST106MW
-20/120°C
ST101MW
-70/70°C
Please consult factory for other temperature ranges.
Minimum order quantity may apply.
Back View
Side View
Datasheet: TI.ST
377
Type TI.T20/TI.T17

Thin Stem Lab Thermometer

.150" Diameter Stem

TI.T20-2" Dial

TI.T17-1 3/4" Dial
Count on WIKA laboratory/thin stem thermometers to deliver fast, extremely accurate readings. These
thermometers include beaker clip and reset feature on plain connections only. No external adjustment
available on threaded connections. All Type TI.T20 bimetal thermometers carry a 1-year warranty.
Standard Features
Case: 304 stainless steel
Dial: Heavy gauge aluminum with white matte finish
Window: Fully gasketed glass standard; Lexan available
Reset: 7/16" hex hub adjustable (not available with
threaded connection)
Hermetic Seal: Per ASME B40.3; guaranteed not to fog up
Stem: 0.150" diameter; 304 stainless steel, TIG welded at tip and case connection
Dampening: To minimize pointer oscillation
Over Range: Temporary over or under range tolerance of
50% of scale up to 500°F (260°C)
Accuracy: +1% of full range span Grade A
per ASME B40.3
Connection: Plain, 7/16" hex hub with no threads
Stem Lengths: 5", 8", 12", 18"
Stem Diameter: .150"
External Reset: Adjustable on plain connection only
Shipping Weight: Stem length 2.5"- 9"= 4oz.**
(**weights of individual thermometers)
Datasheet: T17_TIT20
378
Sample Part Number: T20 050 2 24 D0 G 0 S C
Table 1: Type
Table 2: Stem Length
Table 3: Scale Type
Table 4: Range
Table 5: Dial Type
Table 6: Window
Table 7: Connection
Table 8: Tip
Table 9: Options
Description: T20050224D0G0SC specifies a 2” lab thermometer, 5” stem,
0/220°F only, WIKA logo, glass lens, plain connection, sharp tip, clip.
Table 1 & 2- Type & Stem Length
Type TI.T17 -1¾" Back Connected
Stem length 2.5"
5"
Code
025
050
Type TI.T20- 2" Back Connected
Code
025
050
Table 5- Dial Type
8"
080
12"
120
15"
150
18"
180
080
120
150
180
Table
3- Scale Type
Code
0
Dual Scale °F & °C
1
°C Only
2
°F Only
Description (Dual scale)
25/125°F & -5/50°C
0/140°F & -20/60°C
0/200°F & -15/90°C
50/300°F & 10/150°C 50/500°F & 10/260°C
150/750°F & 65/400°C
-40/160°F & -40/70°C
0/220°F & -10/110°C
N/A
0/180°F & -18/82°C
Description
WIKA standard
Table 6- Window
Code
G
L
Description
Glass
Lexan
Table 7-Connection
Table 4- Standard Ranges
Code
*03
04
05
08
10
11
19
24
33
34
Code
D0
°C only
0/50°C
N/A
0/100°C
0/150°C
0/250°C
0/300°C
-40/70°C
-10/110°C
N/A
-18/82°C
°F only
25/125°F
0/140°F
0/200°F
50/300°F
50/500°F
150/750°F
-40/160°F
0/220°F
-100/100°F
0/180°F
Code
0
1
2
Description
Plain
1/8" NPT*
1/4" NPT*
*No external adjustment
Table 8- Tip
Code
S
B
Description
Sharp
Blunt
*3" minimum stem length
Table 9- Options
Code
C
0
Description
Beaker clip
None
379
Type TI.20
OEM Industrial Thermometer
Easy-Read 2" Dial
Back Connected
Type TI.20 thermometers are high-quality, economical thermometers designed for limited space and OEM
applications. All Type TI.20 bimetal thermometers carry a 1-year warranty.
Standard Features
Dial: Anti-parallax or flat dial, heavy gauge aluminum with white matte finish
Window: Fully gasketed glass; Lexan available
Type TI.20 2" Dual Scale
Process Conn.
Stem Length
Temperature Ranges (°F &°C)
Part Number
¼" NPT, Back
2½"
0/250 °F &°C
20025D006G2
Reset: N/A
Hermetic Seal: Per ASME B40.3
Stem: ¼" diameter; 304 stainless steel, TIG welded at tip and case connection
Dampening: Inert gel to minimize pointer oscillation.
Over Range: Temporary over or under range tolerance of 50% of scale up to 500°F (260°C)
Stem lengths are available from 2½" to 24". Ranges from
-100°F (-70°C) to 1000°F (550°C) are available. Additional
options available; see pages 225-226.
For additional ordering information, refer to pages 383, 384
Accuracy: +1% of full range span per Grade A, ASME B40.3
Connection: ¼" NPT, 304 stainless steel
Stem Lengths: 2½" to 24"
Shipping Weight: Stem length 2½"- 9"= 6oz.**
Note: Silicone fill not available. Thermowells are recommended
for pressure, corrosive, fluid or high velocity applications.
Datasheet: TI.20
380
Type TI.30/TI.50
Process Grade Resettable
Hermetically Sealed
Back Connected with Reset
WIKA bimetal thermometers are ideal for most rugged industrial temperature measurement applications.
The hermetically-sealed case offers protection from weather and dust, and is guaranteed against fogging up.
WIKA Type TI.30 and TI.50 thermometers are guaranteed for 7 years.
Standard Features
Dial: Anti-Parallax, heavy gauge aluminum with white matte finish
External Reset: Slotted hex adjustment
Window: Fully gasketed glass
Stem: ¼" diameter; 304 stainless
steel, TIG welded at tip and case
connection. 3/8" diameter available
Dampening: Inert gel to minimize pointer oscillation.
Type
TI.30 - 3" Single Scale
Connection
Back
Process Conn.
½" NPT
Stem Length
2 ½"
4"
6"
9"
12"
Temperature Ranges (Fahrenheit)
-40/120 °F
30025D202G4 30040D202G4 30060D202G4 30090D202G4 30120D202G4
0/250 °F
30025D206G4 30040D206G4 30060D206G4 30090D206G4 30120D206G4
50/550 °F
30025D216G4 30040D216G4 30060D216G4 30090D216G4 30120D216G4
Type
TI.30 - 3" Dual Scale
Temperature Ranges (Fahrenheit & Celsius)
-40/120 °F & °C 30025D002G4 30040D002G4 30060D002G4 30090D002G4 30120D002G4
0/250 °F & °C
30025D006G4 30040D006G4 30060D006G4 30090D006G4 30120D006G4
50/500 °F & °C
30025D010G4 30040D010G4 30060D010G4 30090D010G4 30120D010G4
Type
TI.50 - 5" Single Scale
Stem Length
2½"
4"
6"
Ranges
(Fahrenheit)
Shipping Weight:
50025D202G4
50040D202G4
50060D202G4
Type 30: stem length 2½"-9"=12oz. -40/120 °F
Type 50: stem length 2½"-9"=1lb.8oz. 0/250 °F
50025D206G4
50040D206G4
50060D206G4
(weights of individual thermometers)
50/550 °F
50025D216G4
50040D216G4
50060D216G4
50090D202G4
50090D206G4
50090D216G4
Available Options
Stem Lengths: (in inches) 2½, 4, 6, 9,
12, 15, 18, 24, up to 72"
Silicone Fill, Custom Dials, Min-Max
Pointer, Union Locknut, Dampened
Movement
Window: Lexan, Acrylic, Shatterproof
50090D002G4
50090D006G4
50090D010G4
Accuracy: +1% full range span
(ASME B40.3 Standard)
Type TI.50 - 5" Dual Scale
Ranges (Fahrenheit & Celsius)
-40/120 °F & °C
50025D002G4
50040D002G4
50060D002G4
0/250 °F & °C
50025D006G4
50040D006G4
50060D006G4
50/500 °F & °C
50025D010G4
50040D010G4
50060D010G4
9"
Datasheet: TI.30, TI.50
381
Type TI.31/TI.51
Process Grade Resettable
Hermetically Sealed
Bottom Connected with Reset
WIKA TI.31 and TI.51 bimetal thermometers offer the same features as the TI.30 and TI.50, with a fixed lower mount
(bottom) connection. The hermetically-sealed case offers protection from weather and dust, and is guaranteed
against fogging up. The TI.31 and TI.51 have a 7 year guarantee.
Standard Features
Dial: Anti-parallax, heavy gauge aluminum with white matte finish.
External Reset: Slotted hex adjustment
Window: Fully gasketed glass standard
Type
TI.31 3" Single Scale
Connection
Lower
Process Conn.
1/2" NPT
Stem Length
2½"
4"
6"
-40/120 °F
31025D202G4 31040D202G4
31060D202G4
0/250 °F
31025D206G4 31040D206G4
31060D206G4
50/550 °F
31025D216G4 31040D216G4
31060D216G4
Stem: ¼" diameter; 304 stainless steel, TIG welded at tip and case
Note: TI.51, 5" dial thermometer also available.
Consult factory for details.
 Dampening: Inert gel to minimize pointer oscillation.
Accuracy: +1% full range span per ASME B40.3
Shipping Weight:
Type 31: stem length 2½"- 9"= 12oz.**
Type 51: stem length 2½"- 9"= 1lb. 10oz.**
Available Options:
Stem Lengths: (In Inches) 2½, 4, 6,
9, 12, 15, 18, 24, up to 72"
Silicone Fill, Custom Dials, Min-Max Pointer,
Union Locknut, Union Connection
Window: Lexan, Acrylic, Shatterproof,
Sharp tip, Dampened Movement
RS= Ride side connection location
LS= Left side connection location
TS= Top side connection location
Datasheets: TI.31, TI.51
382
Type TI.32/TI.52
Process Grade
Any Angle Adjustable Dial
Stainless Steel Case & Screw
WIKA TI.32 and TI.52 bimetal thermometers are similar to TI.30 and TI.50 but with an all-angle swivel connection.
The hermetically-sealed case offers protection from weather and dust, and is guaranteed against fogging up.
WIKA TI.32 and TI.52 Thermometers are guaranteed for 7 years.
Standard Features
Dial: Anti-parallax, heavy gauge aluminum with white matte finish
External Reset: Slotted hex
adjustment
Type
TI.32 3", Single Scale
Connection
All Angle
Process Conn.
½" NPT
Stem Length
2½"
4"
6"
9"
12"
-40/120 °F
32025D202G4 32040D202G4 32060D202G4 32090D202G4 32120D202G4
0/250 °F
32025D206G4 32040D206G4 32060D206G4 32090D206G4 32120D206G4
50/550 °F
32025D216G4 32040D216G4 32060D216G4 32090D216G4 32120D216G4
Stem: ¼" diameter; 304 stainless Type
steel, TIG welded at tip and case
Connection
TI.52 5" Dual Scale
All Angle
Process Conn.
½" NPT
2½"
4"
6"
9"
12"
Dampening: Inert gel to minimize Stem Length
Temperature Ranges (Fahrenheit & Celsius)
pointer oscillation.
-40/120 °F & °C 52025D002G4 52040D002G4 52060D002G4 52090D002G4 52120D002G4
Over Range: Temporary over
0/250 °F & °C
52025D006G4 52040D006G4 52060D006G4 52090D006G4 52120D006G4
or under range tolerance of 50%
of scale up to 500°F (260°C)
50/500 °F & °C
52025D010G4 52040D010G4 52060D010G4 52090D010G4 52120D010G4
Accuracy: +1% of full scale per
ASME B40.3
TI.52 5" Single Scale
All Angle
Process Conn.
½" NPT
Shipping Weight:
Stem Length
2½"
4"
6"
9"
12"
Type 32: stem length 2½"- 9"= 1lb.
Type 52: stem length 2½"- 9"= 2lbs.
52025D202G4 52040D202G4 52060D202G4 52090D202G4 52120D202G4
(weights of individual thermometers) -40/120 °F
0/250 °F
52025D206G4 52040D206G4 52060D206G4 52090D206G4 52120D206G4
Available Options:
50/550°F
52025D216G4 52040D216G4 52060D216G4 52090D216G4 52120D216G4
Stem Lengths: (in inches) 2½,
Type
All Angle Case: Rotation of 360° and stem variation of more than 180°. Connection
4, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 24, up to 72"
Silicone Fill, Custom Dials, Min-Max
Pointer, Union Locknut, Sharp Tip,
Dampened Movement
Union connection
383
TypeTI.33/TI.34
TI.53/TI.54
Industrial Grade Thermometer
Tamper Proof
WIKA's industrial grade bimetal dial thermometers, TI.33, 34, 53, 54 are an ideal choice where a weather-resistant,
tamper-proof thermometer is needed. They are warranted for 1 year.
Standard Features
Type TI. 33 3" Single Scale
Connection
Back
Process Conn.
½" NPT
Dial: Anti-Parallax, heavy gauge Stem Length
2½"
4"
6"
aluminum with matte finish
0/250 °F
33025D206G4
33040D206G4
33060D206G4
50/550 °F
33025D216G4
33040D216G4
33060D216G4
9"
33090D206G4
33090D216G4
Stem: ¼" diameter; 304 stainless steel, TIG welded at tip and case
Accuracy: +1% of full range span per
Grade A, ASME B40.3
Over Range: Temporary over or under range tolerance of 50% of scale
up to 500°F (260°C)
Shipping Weight:
Type 33 & 34: stem length 2½"- 9"= 12oz.
Type 53: stem length 2½"- 9"= 1lb. 8oz.
Type 54: stem length 2½"-9" = 12oz.
Type Descriptions
Type 33 (Type TI.33) =
3" back connection
3" bottom connection
5" back connection
5" bottom connection
Note: Silicone-filled, Dampened Movement,
min/max pointer, dry with plug, .375 stem
and 316 wetted parts not available
Available Options
Stem lengths from 2½" to 24". Ranges from
-100°F (-70°C) to 1000°F (550°C).
Special Ranges, Custom Dials, Stems,
Connections and Windows.
Sharp Tip
TI.53, TI.54
384
Ordering Bimetal Thermometers
Sample Part Number: 30 060 D 0 01 G 4 XX
Table 1: Basic Type
Table 3: Dial Type (Logo)
Table 4: Scale Type (F, C, or F & C)
Table 5: Range
Table 6: Window Material
Table 7: Connection
Table 8: Options
Table 1- Basic Type
Process Grade- Resettable
Type Description
30
3" Back Connected
31
3" Bottom Connected
32
3" Adjustable Angle
50
51
52
Industrial Grade- Non-Resettable
Type Description
20
2" Back Connected
33
3" Back Connected
34
3" Bottom Connected
53
5" Back Connected
54
5" Bottom Connected
5" Back Connected
5" Bottom Connected
5" Adjustable Angle
Stem lengths above 24" are not available in non-resettable models
Table 2- Stem Length - (specify as XX.X" with no decimal point, see "code")
Stem 2.5 - 9"
Length
12"
15"
18"
24"
30"
36"
42"
48"
54"
60"
66"
72"
120
150
180
240
300
360
420
480
540
600
660
720
Code
025
Table 4 - Scale Type
Code
Description
0
Dual scale Fahrenheit and Celsius
1
Single scale Celsius only
2
Single scale Fahrenheit only
Table 3- Dial Type
Code
Description
D
WIKA standard
X
Special
Table 5 - Range
Code
°F Range
Figure Int.
01 (3)
-100/150°F
20°
13
-80/120°F
20°
02
-40/120°F
20°
14
-20/120°F
20°
19
-40/160°F
20°
23 (1)
0/100°F
10°
03 (1)
25/125°F
10°
15 (1)
30/130°F
10°
04
0/140°F
10°
05
0/200°F
20°
06
0/250°F
20°
07
20/240°F
20°
08
50/300°F
20°
09
50/400°F
50°
10
50/500°F
50°
16 (3)
50/550°F
50°
17 (3)
0/600°F
100°
11 (3)
150/750°F
100°
18 (3)
100/800°F
100°
12 (2, 3) 200/1000°F
100°
(1)
Div. 2°
2°
2°
2°
2°
1°
1°
1°
1°
2°
2°
2°
2°
5°
5°
5°
10°
10°
10°
10°
Dual Scale
°C range Figure Int. Div. -70/70°C
10°
1°
-60/50°C
10°
1°
-40/50°C
10°
1°
-30/50°C
10°
1°
-40/70°
10°
1°
-20/40°C
5°
½°
-5/50°C
5°
½°
0/55°C
5°
½°
-20/60°C
5°
½°
-15/90°C
10°
1°
-20/120°C
10°
1°
-5/115°C
10°
1°
10°/150°C
10°
1°
10/200°C
20°
2°
10/260°C
20°
2°
10/290°C
20°
2°
-20/315°C
50°
5°
65/400°C
50°
5°
40/425°C
50°
5°
100/540°C
50°
5°
Single Scale
°F Range
°C Range
-100/150°F
-70/70°C
-80/120°F
-60/50°C
-40/120°F
-50/50°C
-20/120°F
-30/50°C
-40/160°F
-40/70°C
0/100°F
-20/40°C
25/125°F
0/50°C
30/130°F
0/55°C
0/140°F
-20/60°C
0/200°F
0/100°C
0/250°F
-20/120°C
20/240°F
-10/110°C
50/300°F
0/150°C
50/400°F
0/200°C
50/500°F
0/250°~
50/550°F
10/290°C
0/600°F
-20/315°C
150/750°F
0/300°C
100/800°F
0/450°C
200/1000°F
100/550°C
Not available with 2½" stem on Models 31, 32, 34, 51, 52, 54
(2)
Not recommended for continued use over 800°F
(3)
Silicone fill not available
385
Ordering Bimetal Thermometers
Table 6 - Window Material
Code
A
G1)
L
S1)
Sample Part Number: 30 060 D 0 01 G 4 XX
Description
Acrylic plastic (standard w/Silicone fill)
Plain glass (standard)
Lexan® (not available on 5" dial)
Shatterproof safety glass (3" & 5" dials only)
Table 1: Basic Type
Table 3: Dial Type (Logo)
Table 4: Scale Type (F, C, or F & C)
Table 5: Range
Table 7: Connection
Table 8: Options
1) not available with silicone fill
Table 7 - Connection
Code Description
0
Plain (unthreaded)
1
1/8" NPT
2
¼" NPT (standard on Model 20)
3
3/8"
4
½" NPT (standard on 3" & 5" Models)
5
G ½" B (Models 30 & 50 only)
7
½" NPT Adjustable union (Models 32 & 52 only)
(Model 20 only)
NPT (N/A Models 32, 31,34, 52, 54)
Table 8 - Options (3" and 5" Models)
Code Description
DM
Dampened Movement
SF
Silicone filled- (Models 30,31,32,50,51**,52 only)
ST
Sharp tip
MM
Min/Max pointer (Models 30 & 50 only)
LS
Left side connection (Models 31,51 only)
RS
Right side connection (Models 31,51 only)
TS
Top connection (Models 31, 51 only)
DF Dry with plug (30, 31, 32, 50, 51, 52)
2)
Certificates
Description
Certificate of Compliance
NIST Factory Certificate of Accuracy
2) Prepares unit for liquid case filling and shipped dry
.375 Stem Diameter Upgrade Option
Code
HA (4)
HD (4)
HS (4)
Description
Full length
Reduced tip
Reduced w/sharp tip
316 Stainless Steel Wetted Parts Upgrade
available on .250 Stem Diameter
Code
SS (4)
(4)
Description
316 Wetted Parts
only available with Process Grade types (30, 31, 32, 50, 51, 52)
Accessories
Part Number
TA600-0111
TA800-0T85
TA800-0020 N/A
Description
½" Union Locknut
T-85 Conv Kit
½" NPT Duct Flg.
SS Tag
5.3 oz. tube heat transfer
2256045
compound for use in
thermowells
386
ABBREVIATIONS
N/A - this option is not available
STD - this option comes standard
Part Number
N/A
N/A
Bimetal Thermometer Options
Dampened Movement
Engineered solution providing benefits of case fill
in a dry configuration. This silicone-free option
provides dampening in tough environments at all
available temperature ranges. Available in all
process grade models.
T-85 Thermowell Conversion Kit
This conversion kit offers an easy,
inexpensive way to install a WIKA bimetal
thermometer in a glass industrial
thermometer's thermowell. For more
information, please consult factory. To
order, specify part number TA800-0T85.
Union Lock Nut
The WIKA Union Lock Nut
provides a simple and
inexpensive means to mount
WIKA bimetal thermometers
with ½" NPT so that the
dial is oriented for proper
viewing. For more
information, please consult
factory. To order, specify
part number TA600-0111.
Maximum or Minimum
Indicating Pointer
This option allows operator to view what the highest
or lowest temperature has been in the process. High
vibration environments are not recommended.
Adjustable Union
Connection
The WIKA Adjustable Union
Connection allows for the installation
of a Type 32 or 52 adjustable angle
thermometer without rotating the case.
Ideal for use in a confined space.
Left, Right or Top Connection
All WIKA 3" and 5" Bottom Connected thermometers are available with the
connection oriented to the left, right or top. Please see "How to Order" on
next page for this option.
Not Shown
 Heavy duty 3/8" stems and 3/8" stems with
2½" x ¼" OD sensitive portion available
 Thermometers may be ordered with sharp tips for
piercing media to be measured
 316 stainless steel wetted parts are available
 ½" NPT duct flange
Acrylic, Lexan, shatterproof and glass windows
Stainless steel tags are available options
Silicone Fill
Certificates of Conformance, Origin and Calibration available
Please see these options on Table 8 of "Ordering Bimetal
Thermometers" on pages 391, 392.
 Other options are available. Please consult factory.





387
388
Digital
Thermometers
389
Type TI.1006DW
Small Utility
Digital Readout
Pocket Thermometer
The Type TI.1006DW is a water-resistant, impact-resistant digital pocket thermometer offering both Fahrenheit and
Celsius readings, with a unique "data hold" feature that "remembers" the last reading. Range is from -40° to 300°F
and -40° to 150°C and the battery is included.
Standard Features
Type TI1006DW
Stem length
2.5"
Range (Fahrenheit & Celsius)
-40/300°F & °C
Scale: As indicated
Range: °F & °C
Stem Length: 2½"
Stem Diameter: .157"
Accuracy: + 1% of full range span
Datasheet: TI.1006DW
390
Type TI.80/TI.82
Solar Digital Thermometer
Easy-to-Read
R & D Applications
WIKA's solar-powered digital thermometers are ideal for power utilities, petrochemical, and quality control applications,
where exact readings are required. TI.80 and TI.82 offers easy-to-read digital temperature in single-degree increments
in either Fahrenheit or Celsius scales. TI.80 has a center back mount, while the TI.82 has an adjustable angle,
hermetically-sealed case.
Standard Features
Stem: 304 stainless steel, lengths from 1" to 24"
Window: Glass standard, acrylic available
Connection: ½" NPT, others available
Sensor System: Ceramic thermistor requiring
lighting of only 35 LUX to operate the 3-volt solar
cell. The circuitry offers a fast 15-second update
time and accuracy to within 1% of scale. A patented safety circuit prevents false readings.
Accuracy: + 1% of full range span
Just-Rite Adjustable Angle
Stem
Length
2½”
4”
6” 9”
12”
15”
18”
24” Range
-50° to 300°F
Part
Number
82025D2G4
82040D2G4
82060D2G4
82090D2G4
82120D2G4
82150D2G4
82180D2G4
82240D2G4
Options
Code
Connection
Window
Accessories
Stem
Range
-50° to 150°C
Part
Number
82025D1G4
82040D1G4
82060D1G4
82090D1G4
82120D1G4
82150D1G4
82180D1G4
82240D1G4
Note: TI.80/TI.82 are made to order
Back Connected
Range
-50° to 300°F
Stem
Part
Length
Number
2½”
80025D2G4
4” 80040D2G4
6” 80060D2G4
9”
80090D2G4
12” 80120D2G4
15” 80150D2G4
18”
80180D2G4
24” 80240D2G4
Range
-50° to 150°C
Part
Number
80025D1G4
80040D1G4
80060D1G4
80090D1G4
80120D1G4
80150D1G4
80180D1G4
80240D1G4
Description
0
2
Plain
¼" NPT
3/8" NPT (80 only)
3
A
Acrylic
ST
Sharp tip
SS
316 ss wetted parts
3/8" dia. stem w/ 2½" L x ¼" dia tip
HD
HS3/8" dia. stem w/ 2 ½"L x ¼" dia. sharp tip
Datasheet: TI.80/TI.82
391
392
Twin-Temp
with Thermocouple/RTD Output
393
Bimetal Thermometers with
Thermocouple/RTD Output
TypeTT.30, TT.32
TT.50, TT.52
Twin-Temp with Reset
Two Temperature Sensors
Easy Readability
The Twin-Temp thermometer combines the convenience, simplicity, and self-powered actuation of a bimetal
thermometer and data acquisition capabilities of a thermocouple or RTD electrical output. With standards
traceable to the NIST, the Twin-Temp offers simplified calibration for ISO 9001 compliance and other statistical
process control requirements. It is ideal in applications requiring quick and easy readability at the point of process,
while still affording a means of electronic data acquisition and digital panel remote read-out. The Twin-Temp puts
two temperature sensors to work at one location.
Standard Features

Case and Bezel: 304 stainless steel

Case: All angle or Back connected

Dial Size: 3" or 5"

Process Connection: ½" NPT standard

External Reset: Slotted hex head, fully gasketed

Window: Glass, fully gasketed

Hermetic Seal: Per ASME B40.3

Stem: 304 stainless steel, TIG welded at tip and case connector to prevent leakage.
¼" diameter standard, lengths available from 2½" to 48” for Thermocouple, 4” to 48" for RTD.

Over Range: Maximum exposure 500°F

Thermocouple: Type K grounded junction thermo
couple standard. Types J, E, & T available

RTD: 100-Ohm thin film Platinum DIN Curve (.00385 Ohm/Ohm/°C), 3 wire standard

Accuracy: + 1% of full range span

Warranty: 1 year

Wiring: Twin-Temp (RTD): Red- terminal 1,
Green-terminal 2, Black- terminal 3 Twin-Temp (T/C): Negative- Red always, Positive- Colored
(depends on t/c type)
Note: Silicone fill not available
394
Datasheets: TT.30, TT.32, TT.50, TT.52
Ordering Twin-Temp Thermometers
Type TT.30, TT.32, TT.50, TT.52
Sample Part Number:
How to order:
Select the appropriate
codes and combine to
complete thermometer
part number.
Table 1 - Type
Code
Description
30
3" Back connected (with reset)
32
3" All angle (with reset)
50
52
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
30 060 D 0 01 G 4 R1 A R
1: Type
2: Stem Length
3: WIKA Logo
4: Scale
5: Range
6: Window
7: Connection
8: Output
9: Electrical Output Housing (Optional)
10: Transmitter Output (Optional)
Table 2 - Stem Length
(Pick stem length from either thermocouple or RTD table)
Code
XXX
Description
Length in inches with one decimal place (XX.X) RTD available only in 4" to 48" (040-480) stem length. Thermocouple available 2½"-48" (025-480).
Thermocouples- Types J, K, E, T Grounded Thermocouple Output (consult factory for ungrounded)
Stem Length
2.5
4
6
9
12
15
18
24
30
36
42
48
Code
025
040
060
090
120
150
180
240
300
360
420
480
Note: Thermocouple junction is welded to tip of stem
or
100 Ohm RTD-Output
Stem Length
2.5
4
6
9
12
15
18
24
30
36
42
Code
N/A
040
060
090
120
150
180
240
300
360
420
48
480
Note: RTD is placed in stem above bimetal helix (requires minimum 3½" insertion)
Table 3 - Dial Type
Code
D
X
Description
WIKA standard
Special
Table 4 - Scale Type
Code
0
1
2
Description
Dual scale Fahrenheit and Celsius
Single scale Celsius only
Single scale Fahrenheit only
ABBREVIATIONS
N/A - this option is not available
Table 5 - Ranges
Code
Description
Code
0
1
2
Dual Scale °F & °C Celsius Only Fahrenheit Only
02*
-40/120°F & -40/50°C
-50/50°C -40/120°F
03*
25/125°F & -5/50°C
0/50°C
25/125°F
04*
0/140°F & -20/60°C
0/140°F
05
0/200°F & -15/90°C
0/100°C
0/200°F
06
0/250°F & -20/120°C -20/120°C
0/250°F
07
20/240°F & -5/115°C
20/240°F
08
50/300°F & 10/150°C
0/150°C
50/300°F
09
50/400°F & 10/200°C
0/200°C
50/400°F
10 50/500°F & 10/260°C
0/250°C
50/500°F
16
5
0/550°F & 10/260°C
N/A
50/550°F
* Not available with 2½" stem
395
continued
Table 6 - Window
Code
Description
G
Plain Glass
A
Acrylic
L
Lexan®
S
Shatterproof
Code
Description
2
¼" NPT
4
½" NPT
Choose an electrical output configuration from either the left column only or right column only.
Table 8 -Electrical Output & Connection Type Selections
Order from this column for direct thermocouple (female plug) or RTD (mini 3-pos terminal block) output only; will not accept
transmitter or enclosure head options.
Table 8 -Electrical Output & Connection Type Selections
Order from this column for unit with lead wires for both
thermocouple or RTD output; will accept enclosure head
for transmitter or terminal block housing options.
Electrical weatherproof housing connection is A 7/8-20 UNEF.
Thermocouple= female plug
RTD= 3-wire mini-terminal
Electrical enclosure connection is A ½" NPT.
Thermocouple or RTD is 6" flying lead wire.
Code TJ
TK
TE
TT
RA
Code
*J1
K1
E1
T1
R1
Description
Thermocouple output, Type J (female plug)
Thermocouple output, Type K (female plug
Thermocouple output, Type E (female plug)
Thermocouple output, Type T (female plug)
100 ohm RTD output, 3 wire (terminal block)
Description Thermocouple output, Type J
Thermocouple output, Type K
Thermocouple output, Type E
Thermocouple output, Type T
100 ohm RTD output, 3 wire
* Longer lead wires available in 6" lead wire increments
Table 9 - Electrical Output Housing Options
(Match code to Table 8 output)
For non-transmitter units. Plug-in (RTD output wire-in) field
connections only. (Match code to output selection in Table 8)
Code Description
X
None
J
Straight barrel weather proof housing (7/8-20 UNEF) & plug
K
E
T
R
Straight barrel weather proof housing (7/8-20 UNEF)
For transmitter-equipped units.
Code Description
X
None
A
*Standard aluminum head enclosure
H
*Exp. Proof Head
*(½" NPT Twin-Temp x ¾" NPT Field Conn.)
Table 10 - Transmitter Output
For transmitter equipped units.
Code Description
For non-transmitter equipped units.
Plug-in (RTD output wire-in) field connection only.
Code Description
None (mandatory on all non-transmitter models) X
(must use this code “X” for all TJ/TK/TE/TT/RA from Table 8)
X
1
2
3
must use this code "X" for all TJ/TE/TT/RA
from Table 8)
T
R
1,3
4-20mA transmitter for all thermocouple
output
B
2,3
4-20mA transmitter for all “R1” RTD output
(from table 8) 3
Terminal Block (for field wiring termination
(when transmitter not used)
only compatible with codes J1/K1/E1/T1;
only compatible with code R1
must use code A or H from table 9 for enclosure
Possible combinations for Tables & 10:
XX/JX/KX/EX/TX/RX
AX/AT/AR/AB
396
None (mandatory on all non-transmitter models;
Twin-Temp
Configurations
(cont.)
1. Weatherproof Housing and Plug
7/8 -20 UNEF threaded barrel with bushing
and compression nut provide environmental
protection to thermocouple/RTD connection.
(Order code J,K,E,T or R from Table 9)
2. ½" NPT electrical connection with lead wire
Available in thermocouple or RTD. This allows
site installation using other enclosures or piping
systems. (Order code J1, K1, E1, T1, or R1 from
Table 8)
3. Enclosure Head
A protective enclosure threads onto the optional 1/2"
NPT electrical connection. The housing protects
electrical connections from the environment. Houses
a 4-20 mA transmitter or terminal block. Aluminum
housing is standard. (Order code A from Table 9).
4. Terminal Block
Provides a connection point for the thermocouple or RTD.
Mounts to thermocouple head with two screws. Requires
lead-wire output connection (order code J1/K1/E1/T1/R1
from Table 8) and aluminum head enclosure (order code A
from Table 9).
5. T-23 Thermocouple or T-24- RTD, 4-20 mA Transmitter
Provides a clean 4-20 mA signal to control room, data
acquisition equipment, panel readout, etc. Requires
lead-wire output connection (order code J1/K1/E1/T1/
R1 from Table 8) and aluminum head enclosure (order code
from Table 9)
Spare Parts
Description
Std. Aluminum Head
Terminal Block
1)
Thermocouple Transmitter 1)
RTD Transmitter
Weatherproof Housing
1)
Part Number
102-02 2246228
4310853
4363295
TA6S0-0608
When order separate of a twin-temp, range must be specified
397
Twin-Temp
Type TT.30
w/enclosure head
Configurations
Examples
Type TT.52
w/thermocouple
connection
Type TT.52
w/enclosure
head
Type TT.30
w/thermocouple
connection
Type TT.30
w/thermocouple Plug-in
398
Type TT. 30
w/RTD terminal block
Solar Digital
Thermometers with
Thermocouple/RTD Output
TypeTT.80, TT.82

Two Sensors in One Location

Convienent Digital Display
Solar Powered (35 Lux)

Thermocouple or RTD Available
This unique thermometer has the convenience of a LCD digital output and the data acquisition
capabilities of a thermocouple or RTD electrical output in one process location.
Standard Features

Case and Bezel: 304 stainless steel

Case: All Angle or Back Connected

Dial Size: 3"

Process Connection: ½" NPT Standard

Window: Glass, fully gasketed

Hermetic Seal: Per ASME B40.3

Stem: 304 stainless steel, TIG welded at tip and case connector to prevent leakage.
¼" diameter standard, lengths available from 2½" to 24”.

Thermocouple: Type K grounded junction
thermocouple standard. Types J, E, T available

RTD: 100-Ohm thin film Platinum DIN Curve (.00385 Ohm/Ohm/°C), 3 wire standard

Accuracy: + 1% of full range span

Warranty: 1 year

Wiring: Twin-Temp (RTD): Red- terminal 1,
Green-terminal 2, Black- terminal 3 Twin-Temp (T/C): Negative- Red always, Positive- Colored
(depends on t/c type)
Note: Silicone fill not available
Datasheets: TT.80, TT.82
399
Type TT.80, TT.82
Sample Part Number: 80 040 D 1 G 4 R1 A R
Table 1: Type Series
Table 3: Dial Type
Table 4: Range
Table 5: Window
Table 6: Connection
Table 7: Output Type
Table 8: Electrical Output Housing (Optional)
Table 9: WIKA Electrical Output (Optional)
Table 1 - Type
Table 6- Process Connection
Code
80
82
Code
4
Description
Table 2 - Stem Length
Code
025
040
060
090
120
150
180
240
Description
½" NPT
Table 7 -Electrical Output
Description
2½"
4"
6"
9"
12"
15"
18"
24"
Code Description J1
Thermocouple output, Type J
K1
Thermocouple output, Type K
E1
Thermocouple output, Type E
T1
Thermocouple output, Type T
R1
100 Ohm RTD output, 3 wire
*Longer lead wires available. Consult factory.
For transmitter equipped units.
Code Description
X
None
A
Standard aluminum head enclosure
Table 3 - Dial Type
Code
D
Description
WIKA Standard
Table 4 - Ranges
Code
1
2
Description
-50/300F -50/150C
Table 5 - Window Material
Code
G
A
400
Description
Plain glass
Acrylic
Code
X
T
R
B
Description
None (mandatory on all non-transmitter models
4-20mA transmitter for all thermocouple output
4-20mA transmitter for all “R1” RTD output (see output table) Terminal block (for field wiring termination)
Gas Actuated
Thermometers
401
Operating
& Installation
Gas actuated thermometers fall within “Class IV, gas-filled with absorbent” definition. They use a
thermal system filled with gas and an adsorbent (such as activated granular carbon) in the bulb.
This technology allows for a significantly reduced bulb size. WIKA gas actuated thermometers
offer extremely high accuracy, low ambient error, and extreme over-range capability. With
the same small bulb diameter throughout the offered ranges, the WIKA thermometer can be
installed in most existing piping and tank applications.
WIKA gas actuated thermometers provide the solution to mercury-free requirements in
food processing, refrigeration, or other mercury-sensitive environments. A variety
of case types, sizes and materials provides a custom made instrument for each
application in ranges between -320° Fahrenheit and +1200° Fahrenheit or
equivalent Celsius. Dual reading scales (F & C) are standard.
WIKA gas actuated dial thermometers are available as direct reading or remote
reading with stainless steel bulbs and armored capillary. WIKA extends a one-year
warranty against defects in material and workmanship on standard gas actuated
dial thermometers.
Installation Guidelines: While WIKA gas actuated dial thermometers are highly accurate and rugged instruments, there are
some guidelines that should be followed in their application and installation. Consideration must be given to the measured
medium. Is it corrosive, abrasive, turbulent, or under pressure? Can the sensing bulb be placed to give an accurate indication
of the temperature?
The sensing bulb should be placed in a non-turbulent area of piping or ducting and as close the center of the flow as possible.
In tanks, it should be placed in an area of the tank that will provide a good average of the temperature of the fluid contained.
The bulb should be protected from corrosive or abrasive media and excessively high pressures. The usual method of protection
is the use of a thermowell.
When a remote reading thermometer is installed, consideration must be given to the location of the bulb, the dial indicator, and
the routing of the capillary. The capillary must be located where it will not be damaged by workers or equipment used in future
maintenance. Remember that the capillary CANNOT be cut to facilitate installation or relocation.
For Installation and Use of WIKA Filled System Dial Thermometers
General: Before installing a thermometer, consideration should be given to temperature, humidity, vibration, shock and other
climatic and ambient conditions of the service application. Bulbs may be installed in thermowells or directly into the medium for
temperature measurement. The filled system of the thermometer is a sealed unit and must remain sealed. The connecting tubing
of remote units should be kept coiled to avoid sharp bends or kinks. Connecting tubing must not be cut. Thermometers can be
rendered inaccurate during shipment despite care taken in packaging. To insure conformance to the accuracy to which
the thermometer was manufactured, it should be checked before use.
Installation Procedure: The bulb should be located in the process at the point that will provide the temperature indication that is
most representative of the process temperature. Circulation of the medium around the bulb is necessary for optimum response
time and accuracy. For Direct Reading thermometers, use wrench flats when provided to install the thermometer. For Remote
Reading thermometers – do not twist, kink, strain or cut the connecting tube. After the case has been mounted, uncoil and
stretch out the connecting tubing, placing the bulb at its intended location. After installing the bulb, fasten the connecting
tubing to a wall or other support to prevent damage. Position the connecting tubing to avoid extreme temperature. Since the
connecting tubing length cannot be altered, any excess should be coiled on a 3" minimum radius and supported near the case.
Gas actuated thermometers have the following options and accessories:
Flush Mounting Ring: Adapts the phenolic case for flush panel mounting.
Windows: Optional acrylic or shatterproof glass available.
402
Gas Actuated
Thermal Systems
The WIKA Gas Actuated dial thermometer systems are available in several bulb and material configurations. The application
should be the determining factor in deciding both the type and material of the thermal system. For use in corrosive or otherwise
more demanding installations, WIKA offers a 316 stainless steel bulb and capillary. The stainless steel system is protected with
stainless steel spring armor or an optional stainless steel interlocking armor. It should be noted that the unions on these
systems DO NOT provide a pressure seal. For pressure seals, always use in conjunction with a thermowell.
For installations requiring a pressure seal between the process and the atmosphere, a thermowell should be used. The bendable
extension with a sliding union allows for variable insertion depths to place properly the active portion of the sensing bulb in the
process for maximum accuracy. Aluminum duct flanges are available for threading union fitted bulbs into duct work to provide
temperature indication of ducted air or gases.
Thermal Systems
Code No.
0
1
8
Bulb Type
Just-Rite®
Plain
½" NPSM Sliding Union
Bulb Material
316 stainless steel
316 stainless steel
316 stainless steel
Capillary Material
N/A
316 stainless steel
316 stainless steel
Capillary Protection
N/A
Stainless steel spring armor**
Stainless steel spring armor**
**Stainless steel interlocking Armor is available and must be used on systems longer than 40 feet.
Sliding Union w/ ¼" Bendable Extension
Plain Bulb w/ Rigid Extension
Bulbs available on WIKA gas actuated dial thermometers have 3/8" diameters to allow for installation in most existing piping and
tanks. As the bulb is the temperature sensing element of the system, it must be placed where the most accurate temperature
reading can be obtained. In piping, this is usually the center of the flow in an area of least turbulence. In tanks, this is an area
that will represent a good average of the fluid temperature - usually close to the center of the tank. Available materials, lengths,
and insertion depths for standard bulbs are listed in the accompanying chart.
Bulbs (All bulbs with threaded connections are ½" NPT)
Code NoBulb Type
Bulb Material
Bulb Length
Extension Length
1 Plain w/extension
316 SS 3"
12"
Insertion - "U" Thermowell Standard
2½"- 10½"
Dimension Thermowell
Lag Extension
-
4 Just-Rite
316 SS 4"*
_
2½"
-
6 Just-Rite
316 SS
6"*
_
4½"
2½"
9 Just-Rite
316 SS
9"*
_
7½"
4½"
X Just-Rite
316 SS
12"
_
10½"
6½"
7 Sliding Union
316 SS
3"
12"
2½" - 10½"
2½" - 7½"
8
316 SS
3"
18"
2½" - 16½"
2½" - 13½"
Sliding Union
*3" active length
403
Type TI.R45, TI.R60
Remote Reading
Linear Scale
High Temperature Capability
WIKA gas actuated remote reading dial thermometers are manufactured in three wall-mounted case styles: the
cast aluminum back flange case with a 4½" dial size, the phenolic/GRP turret case (also with a 4½" dial size) and
the stainless steel back flange case available in 4½" and 6" dial sizes. All may be specified with back or lower
connected capillaries.
Standard Features

Accuracy: +1% of full range span

Over Range: 50% of span above top of range or Fahrenheit (outer scale)
Range: Figure Interval Subdivision
1300°F, which ever is lower
-320/100

Cases: Drawn stainless steel, aluminum and -120/120
Phenolic/GRP; for stem, surface or panel mount
0/120
0/160

Mounting Connections: Lower or back on remote -40/180
reading thermometers; adjustable angle on
20/240
Just Rite
0/300
3/8" dia. x 3" active length standard in 50/400

Bulb:
50/550
stainless steel; plain, sliding union
50/750

Capillary: 316 stainless steel with stainless steel spring armor, or 316 stainless steel with stainless 400/1200

Sizes: 4½", 6"
50
20
10
20
20
20 25
50
50
50
100
5
2
1
2
2
2
5
5
5
5
10
Celcius (inner scale)
Range
Figure Interval Subdivision
-200/40
20
2
-80/50
10
1
-20/50
5
1
-20/70
10
1
-40/80
10
1
-10/115
10
1
-20/150
20
2
0/200
50
2
0/300
50
5
0/400
50
5
200/650
50
5
steel interlocking armor. 99' maximum

Dials: White coated aluminum with black marking

Pointer: Adjustable, balanced, aluminum with matte black finish

Ambient Error: 0.25% at midscale of span per
25° F change in ambient temperature

Case Styles: Wall mount-manufactured in 3 wall- mounted case styles: cast aluminum back flange case with 4½" dial size, the phenolic/GRP turret case with 4½" dial size, and stainless steel back flange case in 4½" and 6" dial sizes; may be specified with back or lower-connected capillaries.
404
Adjustable angle-flangeless, stainless steel case
with bayonet bezel and 360° rotation. Stainless steel bulb can be rotated 180° to either side of
the vertical axis of the stem to allow mounting
from the top, bottom, or either side of an
installation. Union fitted bulb can be threaded
directly into a process connection or into a thermowell or duct flange.
(Case Styles cont.)
Just-Rite’s standard bulb/stem thermal system is available
in 4", 6" and 9" lengths; only 3" of the tip is active.
Panel Mount WIKA gas actuated remote reading dial
thermometers accommodate most panel mounting
requirements. Stainless steel “U” clamp cases are available
in 4½" and 6". Aluminum front flange cases offer 4½"
and 6" dial sizes. A stainless steel semi-flush front flange
case is available in 4½" and 6" dial sizes. All panel mount
thermometers are back connected. Turret phenolic case is
available in 4½". Just-Rite is available in 4½" and 6".
Datasheets: TI.R45, TI.R60
Ordering Gas
Actuated Thermometers
To order a WIKA Gas Actuated Thermometer, specify a complete part number from the following tables. Any
special feature not shown must be specified in detail in addition to the model number.
Sample Part Number: R45 E L 3 8 7 05 006 00 WI
Table 1: Case Size
Table 2: Case Style
Table 3: Connection
Table 5: Thermal System
Table 6: Bulb Selection
Table 7: Capillary Length (feet)
Table 8: Temperature Range
Table 9: Options
WIKA Standard Dial
Table 1 - Case Size
Code
R45
R60
Description
4½" Case
6" Case
Table 2 - Case Type & Material
Code
K
B
E
F
S
U
*V
Description
Back Flange, bayonet ring
Back Flange, bayonet ring
Turret, threaded ring
Front Flange, hinged ring
Semi-flush Front Flange, bayonet ring
U-Clamp, bayonet ring
Just-Rite, adjustable angle
Material
SS
Aluminum
Phenolic
Aluminum
SS
SS
SS
Dial Size
4½", 6"
4½", 6"
4½"
4½", 6"
4½", 6"
4½", 6"
4½", 6"
*Capillary is not available. Fixed stem length only as specified in Table 6.
Code
Description
B
Back Connection
L
Lower Connection
*A
Adjustable Angle
Case Size
4½", 6"
4½", 6"
4½", 6" Case Type
ALL
4½" (K, B, E); 6" (K only)
V only
*Capillary is not available. Fixed stem length only as specified in Table 6.
Table 4 - Window
Code
3
4
5
Description
Acrylic
Glass
Shatterproof glass
Case Size
4½"
4½", 6"
4½"
Case Type
ALL
ALL
E, K, S, U, V
405
Table 5 - Thermal System
Code
0
1
8
Bulb Type
Adjustable angle ½" NPT
Plain
Sliding union ½" NPSM
Bulb Material
316SS
316SS
316SS
Capillary Material Capillary Protection w/5' Capillary
N/A
**N/A
316SS
Spring armor*
316SS
Spring armor*
* For systems up to 40 Ft.; Spiral Interlock required on all systems over 40 Ft. (see "SI" options,
Table 9) **Capillary is not available; fixed stem length only as indicated in Table 6.
Table 6 - Bulb Selection
Code Description
ADJUSTABLE ANGLE OAL Thermowell Immersion
3/8" Dia. x 3" Length (active), total 4"
4
4¼" U = 2½"
6
6¼" U = 4½"
9
9¼" U = 7½"
X
12¼" U = 10½"
PLAIN BULB - REMOTE
3/8" Dia. x 3" Length (active) + 12" rigid extension
1
SLIDING UNION (1/2" NPSM) BULB W/ BENDABLE EXTENSION (split fitting) Union Thermowell Immersion
3/8" Dia. x 3" Length (active) w/ 12" bendable extension
7
3 to 12" U = 2½" to 10½"
3/8" Dia. x 3" Length (active) w/ 18" bendable extension
8
3 to 18" U = 2½" to 16½"
Special Table 5 & 6
Note:
The only possible
thermal system/bulb
combinations are as
follows:
Plain Bulb: (11)
Adjustable Angle: (04),
(06), (09), (0X)
Sliding Union: (87), (88)
Note: Thermowell Note: Gas actuated thermometers use standard process type 3/8" bore thermowells, if required. Order separately.
Table 7 - Capillary Length
Table 8 -Temperature Range
Code
05
10
20
30
40
*50
*80
XX
Code
*0011)
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
**0101)
011
Description 5 feet
10 feet
20 feet
30 feet
40 feet
*50 feet
*80 feet
Adjustable angle case
* Requires "SI" option, see Table 9
Note:
Capillary can be configured to any whole
foot, 99' and below; I.E., 08 = 8' capillary
Dual Scale F & C *-320/100°F
-200/40°C
-120/120°F
-80/50°C
0/120°F
-20/50°C
0/160°F
-20/70°C
-40/180°F
-40/80°C
20/240°F
-10/115°C
0/300°F
-20/150°C
50/550°F
0/300°C
50/750°F
0/400°C
**400/1200°F 200/650°C
50/400°F
0/200°C
* Requires "LT" option, See Table 9
** Requires "HT" option, See Table 9
1)
Consult factory for NIST certification fees
Table 9 - Options & Accessories
Code
00
FR
*LT **HT SI
DP
Description
No Accessories
Flush Mounting Ring Low Temperature (Cryogenic -320 F)
High Temperature (1200 F)
316 SS Interlocking armor
Dampened Movement
Case Size
ALL
4½"
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
Case Type
ALL
E
ALL
ALL
ALL (Must be on systems over 40 Ft.)
ALL
* Requires "LT" option, See Table 9
** Requires "HT" option, See Table 9
Table 10 - Dial Logo
Code
WI
BL
Description
WIKA
Blank
406
Note:
Ranges marked
with an asterisk in
Table 8 reference
same coding in
Table 9 and require
additional cost as
indicated.
Temperature Switch Gauge
Operating & Installation
Operation: WIKA's TI.TSG60 Temperature Switch Gauge is a patented technology that offers the best accuracy and least
ambient error in remote temperature technology. Our direct drive edge-welded Bourdon tube offers a linear 180º dial arc while
maintaining positive operation of micro switches with a 1½% accuracy full scale with better than ½% repeatability. Most
important is the extremely low ambient error due to the NiSpan Bourdon tube and carbon-filled molecular sieve gas actuated
patented technology. The cam adjustable switches offer little resistance to the powerful direct drive system offering consistent
switch action with low repeatability error.
Our dual system SCADA version offers dual independent outputs with a failsafe redundant system. Total independence offers
accuracy of remote electronics plus the reliability of the local mechanical dial readout all within one unit. The SCADA system
comes fully calibrated and requires no field calibration.
Switching: Up to four filled adjustable switches are available with standard ratings of 10 AMP @ 125/250 VAC, non-inductive;
5 AMP @ 120 VAC , inductive; ½ AMP @ 125 VDC, non-inductive; ¼ AMP @ 250 VDC, non-inductive. The differential is 3% of
the range. Switches are fully adjustable within the full range of the instrument. Switches can be set within 2º C of each other.
Mounting/Installation: The TI.TSG60 Temperature Switch Gauge is ideal for general industrial installations. Switches can be
adjusted from the front of the unit without having to shut down or remove the instrument from the process.
Adjustment of the Set Points: The TI.TSG60 has up to four fully adjustable set points adjustable from the front of the unit.
The set point indicators are easily adjusted and then locked in place with the following procedure:
1. Unscrew and remove the front bezel and lens counter-clockwise, as it is shipped from the factory hand tightened.
2. Using a small straight screwdriver, loosen the Set Point indicator and, using two fingers, position the indicator to the
desired Set Point, and re-tighten the Set Point indicator.
3. Replace the bezel and lens and, using a strap wrench, rotate the bezel and lens clockwise 3/8" beyond hand tight to fully
engage the waterproof gasket. Do not over tighten.
Max. Hand Setting: The TI.TSG60 is available with a maximum registering hand that will indicate the highest temperature the
unit records by staying at that point. To re-set the max, hand turn the knob counter-clockwise until it rests against the pointer.
407
Type TI.TSG60
Temperature Switch Gauge
Extremely Accurate
Switch Rating up to 10 Amps
WIKA’s TI.TSG60 offers users an unprecedented combination of industrial strength performance with unmatched precision. This 6" gas actuated thermometer is accurate to within 1½% of scale and can tolerate up to 50% over range
temperatures. Sealed inside the rugged stainless steel case are up to four single pole, double throw 10 amp switches
for enabling a variety of switching actions. The thermal system is stainless steel, and filled with inert nitrogen making
the TI.TSG60 ideal for steel and paper mills, refineries, petrochemical, and food and pharmaceutical plants.
Standard Features

Case and Bezel: 304 Sstainless steel, 6.25" diameter

Case Style: Bottom connected back flange

Process Connection: 3/8" x 3" 316 stainless steel bulb with 12" or 18" bendable extension, and ½" NPT
one-time compression fitting

Window: Lexan®

Range: 11 standard ranges available. See “How to Order”
on next page

Over Range: 50% up to 500°F, except 10% on
0 -120°C and 0 - 250°F

Capillary: Stainless steel with stainless steel interlocking armor; up to 99'

Switch Rating: 10 amp @ 125/250 VAC, non-inductive;
5 amp @ 120 VAC, inductive; ½ amp @ 125 VDC, non-inductive; ¼ amp @ 250 VDC, non-inductive
Datasheet: TI.TSG60
408
Ordering Gas
Sample Part Number: TSG60 08 3 A3 X7 25 SG WI
Table 1: Basic Type
Table 2: Range
Table 3: Switches
Table 4: Switch Indictor Options
Table 5: Thermal System
Table 6: Capillary Length
Table 7: Options
Table 8: Logo
Table 1 - Type
Code
TI.TSG6O
Table 5 - Thermal System
Description
6" back flange temperature switch gauge
with Conxall Connector Harness
5" wire length
Table 2 - Range
Code Description
01 (1) -450/50°F
02 (1) -320/200°F 03
0/250°F
04
-50/350°F
05
50/550°F
06
50/750°F
(1)
Code
07
08
09
10
11
Description
0/1000°FC
-20/120°
-20/160°C
-20/180°C
-20/200°C
Code Description
3/8""x3" bulb w/12" bendable extension, X7
½" NPT one-time adjustable compression fitting
3/8" x3" bulb w/18" bendable extension, X8
½" NPT one-time adjustable compression fitting
Code XX
Description
Capillary length in feet
Setup charge per lot, refer to price list
Table 3 - Switches
Table 7 - Options
Code Description
1 One adjustable switch (amphenol connector)
2 Two adjustable switches (amphenol connector)
3 Three adjustable switches (amphenol connector)
4 Four adjustable switches (amphenol connector)
Code Description
SG
Safety glass
EX
Explosion proof
Table 4 - Standard Switch Indicator Options
Table 8 - Logo
Code Description
A1 Center switch indicator (1 switch)
A2 Right & left switch indicators (2 switches)
A3 (2) Right, left & center switch indicators (3 switches)
A4 (2) Right, left, right, left switch indicator (4 switches)
Code
EH WI
EH BL
(2)
Description
WIKA
Blank
For adjacent switches, right and left side indicators will
allow for closest proximity of switch settings.
ABBREVIATIONS
N/C - there is no charge for this option
409
410
Vapor Actuated
Thermometers
411
Vapor Actuated Thermometers
Type TI.V20/TI.V25, TI.V35/TI.V45
Remote Reading
Highly Accurate
Refrigeration Applications
WIKA's vapor actuated thermometers are highly accurate and provide remote reading. They are available in
U-clamp, front flange or back flange case configurations. WIKA's vapor actuated thermometers are well suited for
refrigeration, solar heating, and water treatment applications.
Standard Features
Accuracy: ±1 scale division
Movement: Heavy duty brass, rotary type
Ring: Snap-in O-ring
Window: Glass or polycarbonate
Pointer: Aluminum, adjustable, black finish
Dial: Aluminum, white background, black graduations
Bourdon Tube: Phosphor bronze, soldered to socket and tip
Process Connection: Plain, union or thermowell
Bulb: Copper or stainless steel
Capillary: Copper- plain or with braid armor; stainless
steel- plain; stainless steel or with stainless steel interlocking armor
Datasheets: TI.V20, TI.V25
TI.V35, TI.V45
412
Ordering Vapor
Actuated Thermometers
Sample Model No: V25 UB3 1690 05 06 WI
Table 1:
Table 2-4:
Table 5-8:
Table 9:
Table 10:
WIKA Standard Dial:
Table 1 - Case Size
Code
V20
V25
V35
V45
Description
2"
2½"
3½"
4½"
Table 2 - Case Style
Code
Case Type
F
Front flange
U
U-clamp
Q
U-clamp
B
Back flange
R
Front flange, semi flush
Material
SS
SS
SS
SS
SS
Case Size
2", 2.5"
2", 2.5"
3.5"
3.5", 4.5"
3.5", 4.5"
Size
All
3.5", 4.5"
Case Type
All
B
Case Conn.
B
B
B
B, L
B
Table 3 - Case Connection
Code
B
L
Description Case Back connection
Lower connection
Table 4 - Case Front Window
Code
3
4
5
7
8
9
Description
Lexan snap-in lens
Glass lens w/ SS ring
Glass lens w/ chrome plated brass ring
Glass lens w/ rubber ring
Glass lens w/ crimped SS ring, water proof
Lexan threaded lens
Case Size
All
2", 2½"
3½"
4½"
2", 2½"
2", 2½"
Case Type
All
F, U
All
B, R
U
F, U, Q
ABBREVIATIONS
413
Table 5 - Thermal Systems
Code
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
Bulb Type
Plain
Plain
Plain
Union
Union
Union
Union
Bulb Mat'l
Copper
Copper
316 SS Copper
Copper
316 SS 316 SS
Capillary Mat'l Copper Copper 316 SS
Copper
Copper
316 SS 316 SS
Cap Protection
None
Cu. Braid
None
None
Cu. Braid
Interlock Armor
None
Note: Available combinations for
Thermal System (Table 5) and Bulb
Selection (Table 6):
Plain: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 22, 23,
24, 25, 26, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36
Union: 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 51, 52, 53, 54,
55, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95
Also must consider Capillary Length
(Table 9).
Table 6 - Bulb Selection (Use with codes 1, 2, & 3 Plain Bulb)
Table 6 - Bulb Selection
Thermal System
No. 1 thru 3 above - Plain bulb for
non-threaded process connection
Code Diameter
Length Max. Sys. Length
2
3/8"
3.4"
25 Feet
3
3/8"
4.9"
50 Feet
4
3/8"
7.9"
99 Feet
5
3/8"
9.4"
99 Feet
6
3/8"
2.5"
5 Feet
Code
05
10
15
20
30
50
80
Description
five feet
ten feet
fifteen feet
twenty feet
thirty feet
fifty feet
eighty feet
Table 6 - Bulb Selection (Use with codes 4, 5, 8 & 9 Union Bulb)
Note:
Capillary can be configured to any whole
foot, 99' and below. I.E. - 08 = 8' capillary
Thermal System
No. 4 through 9 above - Bulb with union for
threaded process connection
Code Diameter Length Max. Sys. Length
7
1
/16"
2.5"
10 Feet
7
2
/16"
3.4"
25 Feet
7
3 (1)
/16"
5.4
50 Feet
7
4
/16"
7.4"
99 Feet
7
5
/16"
9.4"
99 Feet
(1)
Table 10 - Range
Required for lagging extension thermowell, see Table 7
Table 7 - Process Connection Fitting
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
(2)
Code
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
Description
-40/60 F&C
-40/110 F&C
-20/100 F&C
0/150 F&C
0/180 F&C
20/220 F&C
40/240 F&C
30/300 F&C
100/350 F&C
200/450F&C
Description
Union ½" NPT
Union ¾" NPT
Thermowell ½" NPT
Thermowell ¾" NPT
Thermowell ½" NPT with 2" lag extension (2)
Table 11 - Logo
Thermowell ¾" NPT with 2" lag extension (2)
Aluminum air duct flange (union only)
Plain bulb (always select with "plain bulb" - table 5; codes 1, 2, 3)
Code
WI
BL
Description
WIKA
Blank
Can only be used with No. 3 bulb
Table 12 - Options
Code
DP
ZZ
Table 8 - Process Connection Fitting
Code
1
2
3
5
0
414
Description
Brass
304 SS
316 SS
Aluminum (air duct flange only)
None (plain bulb only)
(always select with "plain bulb" - table 5; codes 1, 2, 3)
Description
Dampened Movement
Blank
ABBREVIATIONS
Reference for Table 5: Thermal Systems
Reference for Table 7: Process Connection Fittings
Thermowell
Thermowell with Lag
Operation
WIKA vapor actuated thermometers use an actuating liquid in the
sensing bulb. When the bulb’s temperature is increased, the liquid
vaporizes, producing pressure which actuates the Bourdon tube
and movement in the indicating gauge. The pointer indicates the
temperature sensed at the bulb. The vapor pressure-to-temperature reading is non-linear. The scale graduations are further apart
at the upper end of the gauge’s range. Therefore, it is important
to specify ranges in which the operating temperatures fall in the
upper half of the scale. This provides a higher degree of accuracy
and readability.
Non-Linear Dials
In the dials shown, note the scales are non-linear. In the dial in
the upper left corner, the distance from -40°F to -20°F is less
than from -20°F to 0°; this is critical in specifying WIKA's vapor
actuated thermometers. These thermometers have a limited range
which offers easy-to-read, precise indication. Please note, these
dials represent only a few of our standard temperature ranges.
415
416
Industrial Glass
Thermometers
417
Type TI.61102/TI.61104
TI.62102/TI.62104
Retro-Fits Existing Thread Sizes
Small Compact Design
Accuracy + 1% full scale
WIKA's 6" industrial glass thermometers are ideal for process piping, HVAC/R applications, diesel engines,
compressors, and brine lines. This series of thermometers is manufactured in straight and back connected
configurations, and come with a standard dual threaded brass socket with both ½" and ¾" NPT connections.
Standard Features
Case: V-shaped gray GE Valox® ; wide angle construction
Glass Front: Protective glass cover retained within outer edges of case. Spring pressure created by V-scale secures glass against case and prevents rattling. Cover plate completes assembly.
Tube and Scale: Blue liquid (non-mercury fill).
V-shaped scale designed with extra large black numbers. Crosslocked scale holding device prevents loosening or shifting of scale and removes holes and screws that interfere with scale markings or numerals.
Stem and Socket Assembly: Brass stem ensures fast response to temperature changes. The standard socket is made of brass and dual threaded for ½” and ¾” NPT.
Accuracy: +1% of full scale range
TI.62102, TI.62104
418
Ordering Industrial Glass
Thermometers
Type TI.61102, TI.61104
Type TI.62102, TI.62104
Sample Part No:
62102 06 213 P WI
Table 1: Type & Stem
Table 2: Connection
Table 3: Range/Scale
Table 4: Options
Table 5: Logo
Table 1 - Thermometer
& Stem Length
Code
Description 61102 Straight with 2" stem
62102 Back with 2" stem
61104 Straight with 4" stem
62104 Back with 4" stem
U
1.31"
1.31"
3.31"
3.31"
Code
00
06
Description
None - swivel nut connection
½" and ¾" brass well
Table
3 - Range
°F ONLY
°C ONLY
COMBINATION °F & °C
Code
°F
Scale Div. Code
°C
Scale Div. Code
°F & C
Scale Div.
201
-40/110
2
115
-40/45
1
001 -40/110 F (-45/45 C)
2/1
203
20/120
2
102
-5/50
1
003
20/120 (0/50 C)
2/1
213
20/180
2
118
0/110
2
013
20/180 (0/80 C)
2/2
207
30/240
2
108
0/150
2
007
30/240 (5/110 C)
2/2
208
30/300
5
106
10/200
5
008
30/300 (0/150 C)
5/2
209
50/400
5
n/a
n/a
n/a
009
50/400 (10/200 C)
5/5
Table 4 - Options
Code
Description
P
Plastic window
Table 5 - Logo
Code Description
WI
WIKA standard
Thermometer with ½" x ¾" NPT Brass Thermowell
Model Range
Description
Number Code
6110206
*
Straight form with "U" dimension 1.31"
6210206
*
Back form with "U" dimension 1.31"
6110406
*
6210406
*
Thermometer with Swivel Nut Connection
Model Range Description
Number Code
6110200 *
6210200 *
6110400 *
6210400 *
*½" x ¾" NPT dual threaded thermowell only #TA800-6206-BR- fits 2" stem length
419
Type TI.701/TI.901
Retro-Fits Existing Thread Sizes
Easy-to-Read Face
HVAC/R Applications
WIKA's TI.701 (7") and TI.901(9") industrial glass thermometers offer quick, easy-to-read temperature measurement for tough applications. Glass/mineral reinforced GE Valox® housings and spring mounted windows
contribute to impact, shock and vibration resistance. WIKA industrial glass thermometers are the ideal choice
for process piping, HVAC/R applications, diesel engines and compressors.
Standard Features
Case: V-shaped case parts are molded of rugged GE Valox® 735 polyester, finished in textured black. Heavy glass window is spring-mounted to
prevent rattles.
Stem: To ensure sensitivity, bulb chambers are precision ground aluminum, tapered for a close-
tolerance metal-to-metal contact with matching tapered socket. Graphite is used as a conductor between bulb chamber and glass tube.
Locking Device: Independent adjustable case locknut and angle adjusting screw provide 360° positioning of case and stem.
Adjustable Joint: Matching GE Valox® joint completely encloses capillary for thermal system protection.
Tube and Capillary: Blue liquid (non-mercury fill) standard; magnifying lens tube is silicone shock-
mounted to increase service life. Guaranteed accurate to within +1% of scale range.
Scale: Permanently baked-on, bold black
graduations are printed on white-coated aluminum. No mounting screws obscure scale. Scale adjusts through locking device at top of instrument.
Accuracy: +1% of full scale range
Datasheets: TI.901_TI.701
420
OrderingIndustrial Glass
Thermometers
Type TI.701, TI.901
Sample Part No: 901 06 02 207 X WI
Table1- Scale
Table 1: Scale
Table 3: Connection
Table 4: Range
Table 5: Options
Table 6: Logo
Code
701
901
702
902
Description
7" scale, swivel nut connection
9" scale, swivel nut connection
7" scale, perforated stem for duct flange
9" scale, perforated stem for duct flange
Table 2- Stem Length
Code 03
06
09
12
Description
3½" stem
6" stem
9" stem
12" stem
Table 3- Connection
Single Scale Ranges
Range
°F
Code
201
-40/110
204
0/120
205
0/160
206
30/180
207
30/240
208
30/300
*210
50/550
°F Scale
Division 2
1
2
2
2
5
5
Range
°C Scale
°C
Code
Division
101 -40/50
1
104
0/100
1
105
0/160
2
*Requires aluminum case
Factory Stock
Part Number
9010300004WI
9010300007WI
9010300204WI
9010300205WI
9010300206WI
9010300207WI
9010301204WI
9010301207WI
9010300005WI
9010600204WI
9010600208WI
9010601208WI
Description
9" scale, 3½" stem, 0/120°F & °C
9" scale, 3½" stem, 30/240°F & °C
9" scale, 3½" stem, 0/120°F
9" scale, 3½" stem, 0/160°F
9" scale, 3½" stem, 30/180°F
9" scale, 3½" stem, 30/240°F
9" scale, 3½" stem,
with ¾" NPT brass thermowell 0/120°F
9" scale, 3½" stem,
9" scale, 3½" stem, 0/160°F & °C 9" scale, 6" stem, 0/120°F
9" scale, 6" stem, 30/300°F
9" scale, 6" stem,
Code
00
01
02
03
04
Description
Swivel nut connection (no thermowell)
¾" NPT brass, thermowell
¾" NPT brass with lagging extension
¾" NPT brass union hub
Duct flange, reversible with or
without lagging extension
Table 4- Ranges
Dual Scale Ranges
Range
Code
°F
°C
001
-40/110
-40/43
004
0/120
-17/49
005
0/160
-15/70
006
30/180
0/80
007
30/240
0/115
008
30/300
0/150
*010
50/550
10/290
F Scale
Division °
2
1
2
2
2
5
5
C Scale
Division °
1
1
1
1
1
2
5
Table 5- Options
Code P
P
A
Description
7" plastic window
9" plastic window
7" or 9" aluminum case
(required above 300°F or 160°C)
Note:
"Blue" Liquid Fill is standard (550°F max. scale)
Table 6 - Logo
Code
WI
Description
WIKA
421
Ordering Industrial Glass
Thermometers (cont'd)
Type TI.701, TI.901
Custom (Non-Stock) Industrial Glass Thermometers
" & 9" Scale Industrial Thermometers with Swivel Nut Connection (no thermowell)
7
Model
Connection
Range
Logo Description
Number
70103
70106
70109
70112
90103
90106
90109
90112
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
See chart
See chart
See chart
See chart
See chart
See chart
See chart
See chart
WI
WI
WI
WI
WI
WI
WI
WI
7" scale, 3½" stem
7" scale, 6" stem
7" scale, 9" stem
7" scale, 12" stem
9" scale, 3½" stem
9" scale, 6" stem
9" scale, 9" stem
9" scale, 12" stem
T-85 Thermowell Conversion Kit
Part Number
TA800-0T85
This conversion kit offers an easy,
inexpensive way to install a WIKA
bimetal thermometer in a glass industrial
thermometer's thermowell. For more
information, please consult factory.
7" & 9" Scale Industrial Thermometers Complete with ¾ NPT Brass Thermowell, with or without Lagging Extension
Model
Connection
Range
Logo
Description
Number
70103
01
See chart
WI
7" scale, 3½" stem with thermowell
70106
01 or 02
See chart
WI
7" scale, 6" stem with thermowell (01) or well with lagging extension (02)
70109
01 or 02
See chart
WI
70112
01 or 02
See chart
WI
90103
01
See chart
WI
9" scale, 3½" stem with thermowell
90106
01 or 02
See chart
WI
90109
01 or 02
See chart
WI
90112
01 or 02
See chart
WI
" & 9" Scale Industrial Thermometers Complete with Flange
7
Model
Connection
Range
Logo
Number
70203
70206
70209
70212
90203
90206
90209
90212
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
04
See chart
See chart
See chart
See chart
See chart
See chart
See chart
See chart
ingle Scale Ranges
S
Range
°F Scale
°F
Code
Division 201 -40/110
2
204
0/120
1
205
0/160
2
206
30/180
2
207
30/240
2
208
30/300
5
*210
50/550
5
422
WI
WI
WI
WI
WI
WI
WI
WI
Description
7" scale, 3½" stem with reversible duct flange (with or without lagging ext.)
7" scale, 6" stem with reversible duct flange (with or without lagging ext.)
9" scale, 3½" stem with reversible duct flange (with or without lagging ext.)
Range
°C Scale
°C
Code
Division
101
-40/50
1
104
0/100
1
105
0/160
2
ual Scale Ranges
D
Range
°F
°C
Code
001
-40/110
-40/43
004
0/120
-17/49
005
0/160
-15/70
006
30/180
0/80
007
30/240
0/115
008
30/300
0/150
*010
50/550
10/290
°F Scale
Division 2
1
2
2
2
5
5
°C Scale
Division
1
1
1
1
1
2
5
Solar Industrial
Glass Thermometers
Type TI.D01
Solar Powered
Easy-to-Read
Adjustable Case
WIKA's TI.D01 solar industrial thermometer offers fast, accurate, and easy-to-read temperature indications.
This thermometer features a totally adjustable case to permit viewing at any angle, and its bulb and socket are
completely interchangeable with standard industrial glass thermometers. The solar industrial thermometer is
switchable between Fahrenheit and Celsius, and offers a sensing range of -50 to 300°F and -50 to 150°C,
resolved in tenths of a degree, with accuracy to within +1% of reading.
Standard Features
Range: -50/300°F (-50/150°C)
Accuracy: +1% of reading or 1°, whichever is greater
Resolution: 1/10° between –19.9/199.9°F (-28/93°C)
Lux Rating: 10 lux (one foot candle)
Update: 10 seconds
Ambient Operating Temperature: -30/140°F (-35/60°C)
Humidity: 100% maximum
Ambient Temperature Error: None
Case: High-impact ABS
Display: 7/16" LCD Digits, wide ambient temperature range
Sensor: Glass passivated thermistor
Available Options
Clear plastic protective cover: (part # TA600-0216)
Factory Stock
Part Number
D010300WI
D010600WI
D010301WI
D010601WI
Description
3½" stem, no thermowell
6" stem, no thermowell
3½" stem, with thermowell
6" stem, with thermowell
Non-Stock
Part Number
D010304WI
D010604WI
D010901WI
Accessories
Part Number
TA600-0216
Description
3½" stem, with reversible flange air duct stem
6" stem, with reversible flange air duct stem
9"" stem with thermowell
Description
Clear plastic protective cover
Datasheet: TI.D01
423
424
Thermowells
425
Thermowells
Threaded, Flanged, Sanitary, Socket,
Weld, Weld-in
Process Type Thermowells
Used on Bimetal Thermometers
Used on Gas Actuated Thermometers
Thermowells for temperature instruments are recommended for all process systems where pressure, velocity or
viscous, abrasive and corrosive materials are present individually or in combination. A properly selected thermowell
protects the temperature instrument from possible damage resulting from these process variables. Furthermore, a
thermowell permits removal of the temperature instrument for replacement, repair or testing without affecting the
process media or the system.
Standard Features
Process
Connections: Threaded, flanged, sanitary, socket, weld, weld-in
Instrument Connection: ½" NPSM standard (National Pipe Standard Mechanical;
A straight pipe thread for mechanical joints)
Shank Configurations: Reduced, straight, tapered
Bore Diameter: .260", .385"
Materials: Brass, AISI 304, AISI 316
Surface Finish: Brass: 60-100 Ra; AISI 304 & AISI 316: 60-100 Ra
sanitary (AISI 304 & AISI 316): 16-20 Ra
Datasheets: TW.FL, TW.SC, TW.SW, TW.TH, TW.VS, TW.WI
426
Thermowell Terminology
Process Connection: External means to connect thermowell to process piping system. Wells can be threaded, bolted
(to matching flange), clamped or welded in place.
Instrument Connection: Internal threads to connect temperature instrument to thermowell.
"U" Dimension: Length of well inserted into the piping system. Measured from the base of the process connection to the
end tip of well.
"T" Dimension: Also called lagging extension. Extends length between the instrument and process connections to accommodate vessel or piping insulation. Standard length is 3" (2" for a well with a 2½" "U" dimension).
"S" Dimension: Instrument insertion length into well.
Bore Diameter:Dimension of internal bore to match the diameter of the instrument stem/bulb inserted into the well. The
.260" and .385" bore sizes fit instrument stem/bulb diameters of ¼" and 3/8" respectively. Bore length equals "S" dimension.
Root Diameter:Diameter of well shank below process connection. This dimension varies with process connection and/or
shank design.
Tip Diameter: Diameter of well shank at the end tip of well. This dimension may vary with process connection and/or shank
design.
Reduced Shank: Also called reduced tip. The shank O.D. is reduced over the last 2½" of the "U" dimension from the standard
root diameter to a ½" O.D. The stepped shank is available with a .260" bore size only.
Straight Shank:Shank O.D. is the same from the root diameter to the tip diameter. The straight shank is generally used with a
.385" bore size but a .260" bore size is available.
Tapered Shank:Shank O.D. is gradually reduced from the root diameter to the tip diameter. Available with a .260" or
.385" bore size. The tapered shank is recommended for heavy duty applications characterized by high vibration, pressure,
temperature and/or velocity.
Threaded Straight Configuration
Threaded Tapered Configuration
Threaded Reduced (Stepped) Configuration
Flanged Tapered Configuration
Sanitary Reduced Configuration
427
Thermowells
For Bimetal Thermometers & Gas Actuated Thermometers
CODING EXAMPLES
Type
Part Process Bore/Type
Lag
Shank Design
"U"
Material Rating Facing
Number
Connection Dim.
Threaded
75-TH2R-045-CC
¾" NPT
.260/threaded None
Stepped
4½"
304SS
Threaded
75-TH2LT-055-SS-T5 ¾" NPT
.260/threaded 5" Lag Tapered shank 5½"
316SS
Flanged
15-FL2T-070-SS-150RF 1½" flanged .260/flanged
None
Tapered shank 7"
316SS 150#
RF
Sanitary
10-SC2R-045-SS
1" sanitary .260/sanitary None
Stepped shank 4½"
316SS
Socket weld 75-SW2R-045-CC
¾" NPT
.260/skt weld None
Stepped
4½"
304SS
WIKA THERMOWELL PRODUCT CODING EXPLANATION
Process Type / Bore Dia.
Lag
Shank Design Standard "U" Dimensions For Stem Standard Material Cap &
(No Lag)
Connection
Length
Chain
Type FL
All Other Types
50 = ½" TH2 = Threaded/.260
Blank=No lag R = Reduced N/A
*015 = 15/8" 2½"
75 = ¾" TH3 = Threaded/.385
L=Standard lag S = Straight 020 = 2"
025 = 2½" 4"
10 = 1" FL2 = Flanged/.260
T = Tapered 040 = 4"
045 = 4½" 6"
12 = 1¼ FL3 = Flanged/.385 070 = 7"
075 = 7½" 9"
15 = 1½" SC2 = Sanitary/.260 100 = 10"
105 = 10½" 12"
20 = 2"" SC3 = Sanitary/.385 130 = 13"
135 = 13½" 15"
SW2 = Socket weld/.260 160 = 16"
165 = 16½" 18"
SW3 = Socket weld/.385 220 = 22"
225 = 22½" 24"
Standard "U"
with lag ("T")
Type FL
All Other Types
020 = 2"
025 = 2½"
(T=2")
(T=2") 6"
040 = 4"
045 = 4½"
(T=3")
(T=3") 9"
070 = 7"
075 = 7.½"
(T=3")
(T=3") 12"
For Flanged Well, Specify Rating & Facing
100 = 10"
105 = 10½"
Rating Facing
(T=3")
(T=3")
15"
150#
130 = 13"
135 = 13½"
300#
FF=Flat Face flange
(T=3")
(T=3")
18"
600#
RF=Raised Face flange
190 = 19"
195 = 19½"
900#
RJ=Ring Joint flange
(T=3")
(T=3")
24"
1500#
428
BR=Brass
2= ST.ST.
CC=304ss
SS=316ss
CS=Carbon steel
MO=Monel
CP=Carp.20
IN=Inconel 600
NI=Nickel
HB=Hastelloy B
HC=Hastelloy C
TA=Tantalum
TI=Titanium
TC= Teflon coated
Other material,
consult factory
for pricing.
*Note: For ½" NPT process
connection the "U" dimension becomes 1" to accommodate ½" NPSM female
thread. Order as "010", i.e.
50TH2R010CC.
Thermowells TH Threaded Configuration
1/2
NPSM
1/2
NPSM
External Stem Insertion
Thread Length Length P
S
U
4"
2½"
6"
4½"
9"
7½"
½"
12"
10½"
15"
13½"
18"
16½"
24"
22½"
2½"
1 5/8"
4"
2½"
6"
4½"
9"
7½"
¾"
12"
10½"
15"
13½"
18"
16½"
24"
22½"
2½"
1 5/8"
4"
2½"
6"
4½"
9"
7½"
1"
12"
10½"
15"
13½"
18"
16½"
24"
22½"
Shank
Diameter
B
.625"
.625"
.625"
.625"
.625"
.625"
.5"
.75"
.75"
.75"
.75"
.75"
.75"
.5
.875"
.875"
.875"
.875"
.875"
.875"
External Stem Insertion
Lag
Shank
Thread Length Length Extension Dia.
P
S
U
T
B
6"
2½"
2
9"
4½"
3
.625"
½"
12"
7½"
3
.625"
15"
10½"
3
.625"
18"
13½"
3
.625"
24"
19½"
3
.625"
6"
2½"
2
9"
4½"
3
.75"
¾"
12"
7½"
3
.75"
15"
10½"
3
.75"
18"
13½"
3
.75"
24"
19½"
3
.75"
6"
2½"
2
9"
4½"
3
.875"
1"
12"
7½"
3
.875"
15"
10½"
3
.875"
18"
13½"
3
.875"
24"
19½"
3
.875"
Material Temperature - °F.
Material
70° 200° 400° 600° 800° 1000° 1200°
Brass
5000 4200 1000 ----- ----- ------ ----Carbon Steel 5200 5000 4800 4600 35001500 ----A.I.S.I. - 304 7000 6200 5600 5400 52004500 1650
A.I.S.I. - 316 7000 7000 6400 6200 61005100 2500
Monel
6500 6000 5400 5300 52001500 -----
Limited Space
Limited Space
See Note #1
Notes:
1. Normal "U" dimension on limited space well is 15/8" for ¾" NPT and 1" NPT process connection. (For ½" NPT process connection,
"U" dimension becomes 1" to accommodate ½" NPSM female thread. Order as "010", i.e. 50TH2R010CC.
429
External Stem Insertion Shank
Thread Length Length Diameter
P
S
U
B
4"
2½"
.875"
6"
4½"
.875"
9"
7½"
.875"
¾"
12"
10½"
.875"
15"
13½"
.875"
18"
16½"
.875"
24"
22½"
.875"
4"
2½"
1.063"
6"
4½"
1.063"
9"
7½"
1.063"
1"
12"
10½"
1.063"
15"
13½"
1.063"
18"
16½"
1.063"
24"
22½"
1.063"
External Thread P
¾"
1"
Stem Insertion Lag
Shank
Length Length Extension Diameter
S
U
T
B
6"
2½"
2 .875"
9"
4½"
3 .875
12"
7½"
3 .875
15"
10½"
3 .875
18"
13½"
3 .875
24"
19½"
3 .875
6"
2½"
2 1.063"
9"
4½"
3 1.063"
12"
7½"
3 1.063"
15"
10½"
3 1.063"
18"
13½"
3 1.063"
24"
16½"
3 1.063"
PRESSURE - TEMPERATURE RATING Material Temperature - °F.
Material
70° 200° 400° 600° 800° 1000°1200°
Brass
5300 4750 1100 ----- ----- ------ -----Carbon steel 5950 5750 5450 5250 40001750 -----A.I.S.I. - 304 7800 7050 6400 6150 60005190 1875
A.I.S.I. - 316 7800 7800 7250 7100 69505800 2720
Monel
7450 6850 6150 6100 59401750 -------
430
External Stem Insertion Shank
Thread Length Length Diameter
P
S
U
B
4"
2½"
.875"
6"
4½"
.875"
9"
7½"
.875"
¾"
12"
10½"
.875"
15"
13½"
.875"
18"
16½"
.875"
24"
22½"
.875"
4"
2½"
1.063"
6"
4½"
1.063"
9"
7½"
1.063"
1"
12"
10½"
1.063"
15"
13½"
1.063"
18"
16½"
1.063"
24"
22½"
1.063"
External Thread P
¾"
1"
Stem Insertion Lag
Length Length Extension
S
U
T
6"
2½"
2
9"
4½"
3
12"
7½"
3
15"
10½"
3
18"
13½"
3
24"
19½"
3
6"
2½"
2
9"
4½"
3
12"
7½"
3
15"
10½"
3
18"
13½"
3
24"
16½"
3
Shank
Diameter
B
.875"
.875"
.875"
.875"
.875"
.875"
1.063"
1.063"
1.063"
1.063"
1.063"
1.063"
Material
70° 200° 400° 600° 800° 1000° 1200°
Brass
5000 4200 1000 ----- ----- ------ ----Carbon Steel 5200 5000 4800 4600 35001500 ----A.I.S.I. - 304 7000 6200 5600 5400 52004500 1650
A.I.S.I. - 316 7000 7000 6400 6200 61005100 2500
Monel
6500 6000 5400 5300 52001500 -----
431
Extended Stem Length
Length
P
S
4"
6"
9"
3/4"
12"
15"
18"
24"
4"
6"
9"
1"
12"
15"
18"
24"
Insertion
Length
U
2½"
4½"
7½"
10½"
13½"
16½"
22½"
2½"
4½"
7½"
10½"
13½"
16½"
22½"
Material
Material
Brass
Carbon Steel
A.I.S.I. - 304
A.I.S.I. - 316
Monel
432
Extended Stem
Lag
Length
P
S
6"
9"
3/4"
12"
15"
18"
24"
6"
9"
1"
12"
15"
18"
24"
Temperature - °F.
70° 200° 400°
5000 4200 1000
5200 5000 4800
7000 6200 5600
7000 7000 6400
6500 6000 5400
600°
-----
4600
5400
6200
5300
800° 1000°
----- ------
35001500
52004500
61005100
52001500
Insertion Lag
Length
Extension
U
T
2½"
2"
4½"
3"
7½"
3"
10½"
3"
13½"
3"
19½"
3"
2½"
2"
4½"
3"
7½"
3"
10½"
3"
13½"
3"
19½"
3"
1200°
--------1650
2500
-----
Threaded Thermowells - General Use
Models TH2 (.260 bore) stepped (reduced)
shank, without lag ONLY
No Lag S
Size
Model
U DIM
DIM
15/8
2½
2½
4
½"
NPT
4½
6
TH2R
or
7½
9
¾" NPT
10½
12
13½
15
16½
18
22½
24
Size
Model
1" NPT
TH2R
Threaded Thermowells - Special Configuration
Models TH2 (.260 bore) & TH3 (.385) bore, tapered,
stepped (reduced) or straight shank, with or without lag
No Lag
With Lag
S
Size
Model U DIM U DIM T DIM
DIM
TH2R
15/8
—-
—-
2½
TH2S
2½
—-
—-
4
TH2LR
4½
2½
2
6
½" NPT
TH3S
or
7½
4½
3
9
¾"
NPT TH3LS
10½
7½
3
12
TH2T
13½
10½
3
15
TH2LT
16½
13½
3
18
TH3T
TH3LT
22½
19½
3
24
Size
Model
TH2R
TH2S
TH2LR
TH3S
1"
NPT
TH3LS
TH2T
TH2LT
TH3T
TH3LT
Accessories
Description
No Lag
With Lag U DIM U DIM
T DIM
15/8
—-
—-
2½
—-
—-
4½
2½
2
7½
4½
3
10½
7½
3
13½
10½
3
16½
13½
3
22½
19½
3
Code
Brass cap & chain N/A
Code 1
SS cap & chain
N/A
Code 2
SS tag wired on N/A -
Stamping on well
N/A -
2256045
-
N/A
-
transfer compound Paper tag S
DIM
2½
4
6
9
12
15
18
24
Threaded Thermowell
Factory Stock
Part Number
75TH2R015BR
75TH2R015CC
75TH2R015SS
75TH2R025BR
75TH2R025CC
75TH2R025SS
75TH2LR025SS
75TH2R045BR
75TH2R045CC
75TH2R045SS
75TH2T045CC
75TH2T045SS
75TH2LR045SS
75TH2R075CC
75TH2R075SS
50TH2R010BR
50TH2R010CC
50TH2R010SS
50TH2R025BR
50TH2R025CC
50TH2R025SS
NOTE: Stock items shown in
bold, blue print.
Part #
5.3 oz. tube heat
S
D
im
2½
4
6
9
12
15
18
24
No Lag
U DIM
15/8
2½
4½
7½
10½
13½
16½
22½
433
Thermowells SW Socket/Weld Configuration
Pipe Size Stem P
Length
S
4"
6"
¾" 1.050 9"
DIA.
12"
15"
18"
24"
4"
6"
1" 1.315 9"
DIA.
12"
15"
18"
24"
Insertion
Length
U
2½"
4½"
7½"
10½"
13½"
16½"
22½"
2½"
4½"
7½"
10½"
13½"
16½"
22½"
Pipe Size Stem P
Length
S
4"
6"
¾" 1.050 9"
DIA.
12"
15"
18"
24"
4"
6"
1" 1.315 9"
DIA.
12"
15"
18"
24"
Material
70° 200° 400° 600° 800° 1000° 1200°
Brass
5000 4200 1000 ----- ----- ------ ----Carbon steel 5200 5000 4800 4600 35001500 ----A.I.S.I. - 304 7000 6200 5600 5400 52004500 1650
A.I.S.I. - 316 7000 7000 6400 6200 61005100 2500
Monel
6500 6000 5400 5300 52001500 -----
434
Insertion
Length
U
2½"
4½"
7½"
10½"
13½"
16½"
22½"
2½"
4½"
7½"
10½"
13½"
16½"
22½"
Thermowells SW Socket/Weld Configuration
Socket Weld
Models SW2 (.260 bore) & SW3 (.385 bore), stepped & straight shank, with or without lag
No Lag
With Lag
S
Size
Model U DIM
U DIM
T DIM
DIM
2½
—-
—
4
SW2R
4½
2½
2
6
3/4"
SW2LR
7½
4½
3
9
SW3S 10½
7½
3
12
SWLS 13½
10½
3
15
16½
13½
3
18
22½
19½
3
24
No Lag
With Lag
S
Size
Model U DIM
U DIM
T DIM
DIM
2½
—-
—-
4
SW2R
4½
2½
2
6
1"
SW2LR
7½
4½
3
9
SW3S
10½
7½
3
12
SWLS
13½
10½
3
15
16½
13½
3
18
22½
19½
3
24
Accessories
Description
Part #
Code
SS cap & chain
N/A
Code 2
SS tag wired on N/A Stamping on well
N/A 5.3 oz. tube heat
2256045
transfer compound Paper tag N/A
NOTE: These accessories also
apply to Type TW.WI.
435
Thermowells FL Flanged Configuration
Stem Length
S
4"
6"
9"
12"
15"
18"
24"
436
Insertion
Length
U
2"
4"
7"
10"
13"
16"
22"
MAXIMUM FLANGE PRESSURE - TEMPERATURE RATING LBS. PER SQ. INCH
Material
Temperature - °F. (FL2T/FL3T)
0°
200°
400°
600°
800°
1000°
1125°
Carbon Ssteel
----- UP-----
TO
------
2500#
A.I.S.I. - 304
----- UP-----
TO
----------------2500#
A.I.S.I. - 316
----- UP-----
TO
---------------------------2500#
Monel
----- UP-----
TO
----------------2500#
Thermowells SC Sanitary Configuration
Meets USDA and 3A Sanitary Standard 74-03.
Available with 1", 1½", 2", and 3" solid end caps. Special designs available upon request.
Standard finish AISI 304 and AISI 316, 16-20 Ra.
Note: Minimum stem length is 4"
437
Thermowells SC Sanitary Configuration
Sanitary
Type SC2 (.260 bore) & SC3 (.385 bore), stepped or straight shank, with or without lag
No Lag
With Lag
S
Size
Model
U DIM
U DIM
T DIM
DIM
SC2R
—-
—-
—-
—-
1"
SC2LR
2½
—-
—-
4
1½"
SC3S
4½
2½
2
6
SC3LS
7½
4½
3
9
No Lag
With Lag S
Size
Model
U DIM
U DIM
T DIM
DIM
SC2R
—-
—-
—-
—-
2"
SC2LR
2½
—-
—-
4
SC3S
4½
2½
2
6
SC3LS
7½
4½
3
9
Type SC2 (.260 bore) &SC3 (.385 bore), tapered shank, with or without lag
No Lag
With Lag
S
Size
Model
U DIM
U DIM
T DIM
DIM
SC2T
—-
—-
—-
—-
1"
SC2LT
2½
—-
—-
4
1½"
SC3T
4½
2½
2
6
SC3LT
7½
4½
3
9
No Lag
With Lag
S
Size
Model
U DIM
U DIM
T DIM
DIM
SC2T
—-
—-
—-
—-
2"
SC2LT
2½
—-
—-
4
SC3T
4½
2½
2
6
SC3LT
7½
4½
3
9
Note: Sanitary thermowells are polished 16-20 RA per 3A Sanitary Standards
Accessories
Description
Brass cap & chain SS cap & chain
SS tag wired on stamping on well
5.3 oz. tube heat
transfer compound Paper tag 438
Part #
N/A
N/A
N/A N/A Code
Code 1
Code 2 -
2256045
-
N/A
-
Thermowells For Industrial Glass Thermometers
THERMOWELL PRODUCT CODING EXPLANATION
Process Type / Lag
Shank Design Nominal Bulb Length For Stem Standard Connection
Bore Dia.
Type TH5
Length Material
75 = ¾" TH5 = Threaded Blank=No lag
R = Stepped
10 = 1"
/.625 min. dia. L=Standard lag
035 = 3½"
060 = 6"
090 = 9"
Cap &
Chain
3½" BR=Brass 1=Brass
6" CC=304 ss 2=ST.ST.
9" SS=316 ss
WIKA INDUSTRIAL THERMOWELL CODING EXPLANATION
Model TH5 (.625 bore) stepped shank, with or without lag
Size
Model
No lag
With lag
"S" Brass
304
316 "U" DIM "U" DIM "T" DIM
DIM
SS
SS
¾"
TH5R
29/16"
-----
-----
3½"
or 1"
TH5LR
51/16" 29/16"
2½"
6"
1
8 /16"
51/16"
3"
9"
111/16"
81/16"
3"
12"
Threaded Thermowells for Industrial
Glass Thermometers- Factory Stock
Part Number
75TH5R035BR
75TH5R060BR
75TH5LR035BR
X denotes product availability
Standard Form
Part Number
75TH5R035BR
NPT
¾"
Note: 1" NPT also available
Standard Form
Part Number
S
NPT
75TH5R060BR
6
¾"
75TH5R090BR
9
¾"
75TH5R120BR
12
¾"
Lagging Extension
Part Number
S
75TH5LR060BR 6
T
2½"
Lagging
Extension
Part Number
S
T
75TH5LR090BR 9
3"
75TH5LR120BR 12
3"
NPT
¾"
U
81/16"
51/16"
NPT
¾"
¾"
439
440
ELECTRONIC
TEMPERATURE
TRANSMITTERS
441
Type T19.10 Analog Temperature Transmitter
Standard Features



Input: PT 100 OR thermocouples
Configurable Co Ranges Using Solder Pads
RTD or Thermocouple
Programmable Ranges
Economical
Output: 4 …20 mA, 2 wire design
Fault Signal: For sensor burnout and sensor short circuiting
Temperature Range: Large ambient temperature range
Size: Compact
Guarantee: 5 years
Type T19.10
Analog Temperature Transmitter
Datasheet: T19.01
Ready-To-Ship Temperature Transmitters
Description
Type
Part #
Type J Fe-CuNi
Type K Fe-CuNi
Type T Fe-CuNi
Pt100 Small Range
Pt100 Large Range
4338066
4338074
4338058
4338031
4338040
Type T19.30 Analog Temperature Transmitter
Standard Features
Input: PT 100 OR thermocouples
Configurable Co Ranges



RTD or Thermocouple
Programmable Ranges
DIN Rail Mount
Output: 4 …20 mA, 2 wire design
Fault Signal: For sensor burnout and sensor short circuiting
Temperature Range: Large ambient temperature range
Size: Compact
Guarantee: 5 years
Type T19.30
Analog Temperature Transmitter
Datasheet T19.30
Description
Type
442
Type J Fe-CuNi
Type K Fe-CuNi
Type T Fe-CuNi
Pt100 Small Range
Pt100 Large Range
Part #
4338111
4338121
4338103
4338082
4338091
Type T23.10 Digital Temperature Transmitter
Thermocouple Only
Programmable
Isolated



Standard Features
Inputs: Thermocouples: J, K, N, T, E, L, U, R, S, B, W3, W5
Accuracy: Thermocouple: (Per DIN IEC 770, 23°C ±
5°C)±0.5°C or 0.05%FS or ± 10µv
Thermocouple Break Protection: Upscale (21 mA) or Downscale (3.6 mA)
Cold Junction Compensation: Internal,
Accuracy ±1.0°C
Measurement Update Time: 2/second
Maximum Lead Wire Resistance:
Thermocouple: 250 Ohm
Output: 4-20 mA
Maximum Output Load: RMAX < (VS - 9v) / 0.021 A
Type T23.10
Digital Temperature Transmitter
Load Effect: < 0.01% of span/100 Ohm
Power Supply: 9 to 36 Vdc
Power Supply Effect: < 0.005% of span/V
Isolation: 1500 Vac, 60 s
Environmental: Operating Temperature: -40 to 185°F
(-40 to 85°C); Humidity: 100%; Vibration: 10 Hz to 2 KHz, 5 g per DIN IEC 68 2-6; Warm-up time: 5 minutes
Construction: Case Material: Plastic; Dimensions: refer to drawings; Weight: 2.4oz (0.07kg)
Warranty: 5 years
Datasheet: T23.10
Type
Standard
Description
Part #
4310853
Type T24.10 Temperature Transmitter
Standard Features
Configurable with Windows PC without sensor simulation,
remote configuration also possible from the control room via
the current loop
Analog signal processing, ideal for multiplex-systems



RTD Only
Programmable
Potted Electronics
For Pt 100 and resistance-sensors, 3 wire
Analog output 4 … 20 mA, 2 wire design
EMC Conformity per EN 61 326 and NAMUR NE 21
Sensor burnout monitoring in accordance with NAMUR NE 43
Compact design suitable for any DIN connection head of form B
Description
Type
Part #
Standard
4363048
Type T24.10
Temperature Transmitters
Datasheet: T24.10
443
Standard Features
Inputs: Refer to table
Accuracy: RTD: (Per DIN IEC 770, 23°C ±5°C) ±0.2 °C or 0.1°C + 0.05% of valve; Thermocouple: (Per DIN IEC 770, 23°C ±5°C) 0.5°C or 10uV or 0.05% of value



Programmable
CE Certified
Thermocouple Break Protection: Program-
mable, Upscale (23 mA) or Downscale (3.8 mA)
Cold Junction Compensation: Programmable internal or external (Pt 100), Accuracy ±1.0°C
RTD Wiring Configuration: 2, 3, or 4 wire
Response Time: Programmable 1 to 60 seconds. Measurement Update Time 2/second
Type T12.10
Maximum Lead Wire Resistance: Thermocouple: 500 Ohm; RTD: 10 Ohm per lead
Output: 4-20 mA
Environmental: Operating Temperature: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C ); Optional Operating Temperature: -40 to 220°F (-40 to 105°C), -58 to 185°F(-50 to 85°C); Humidity: 100% non- condensing Vibration: 10 Hz to 2 KHz, 5 g per DIN IEC 68 2-6; Warm-up time: 5 minutes
Construction: Case Material: Plastic; Dimensions: 1.95" dia. (49.5 mm ), 1.12" ht.
(28.5 mm); Weight: 2.47 oz (0.07 kg.)
T-12 Programmable Inputs and Ranges
Input
Sensor Standard
Range °C
Range °F
J
IEC 584
-100 to 1200 -148 to 2192
K
IEC 584
-180 to 1372 -292 to 2500
N
IEC 584
-180 to 1300 -292 to 2372
T
IEC 584
-200 to 400 -328 to 752
E
IEC 584
-100 to 1000 -148 to 1832
Thermocouple L
DIN 43710 -100 to 900 -148 to 1652
U
DIN 43710 -180 to 600 -292 to 1112
R
IEC 584
-50 to 1760 -58 to 3200
S
IEC 584
-50 to 1760 -58 to 3200
B
IEC 584
400 to 1820 752 to 3308
W3
ASTM E988 0 to 2300
32 to 4172
W5
ASTM E988 0 to 2300
32 to 4172
RTD
Pt 100 Pt 100
-200 to 850 -328 to 1562
Ni 100 Ni 100
-60 to 250 -76 to 482
Linear 0 to 5K Ohm
Resistance
DC Voltage
-10 to 800 mV
(Unipolar)
Description
Type
Standard
Rail Adapter
Configuration Set
Part #
3616933
3593789
3599490
Datasheet: T12.10
444
Min. Span
50 K
50 K
100 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
75 K
200 K
200 K
200 K
200 K
200 K
25 K
25 K
30 Ohm
5 mV
Standard Features
Accuracy: RTD: (Per DIN IEC 770, 23°C ±5°C) ±0.2 °C or 0.025%FS + 0.1;Thermocouple: (Per DIN IEC 770, 23°C ±5°C) ±0.5 or 0.05%FS or ± 10µv Thermocouple Break Protection: Programmable, Upscale (23 mA) or Downscale (3.8 mA)



Programmable
DIN Rail
Cold Junction Compensation: Programmable internal or external (Pt 100), Accuracy ±1.0°C
Response Time: Programmable 1 to 60 seconds
Maximum Lead Wire Resistance: Thermocouple: 5
00 Ohm; RTD: 10 Ohm per lead
Type T12.30
Output: 4-20 mA
Environmental: T12.30 Operating Temperature:
-14 to 158°F (-25 to 70ºC); Humidity: 100% non-
condensing; Vibration: 10 Hz to 2 KHz, 5 g per DIN IEC 68 2-6; Warm-up time: 5 minutes
Construction: Case Material: Plastic; Weight: T12.10: 2.4oz (0.07kg); T12.30: 7oz (0.2kg)
Input
Sensor Standard
Range °C
Range °F
J
IEC 584
-100 to 1200 -148 to 2192
K
IEC 584
-180 to 1372 -292 to 2500
N
IEC 584
-180 to 1300 -292 to 2372
T
IEC 584
-200 to 400 -328 to 752
E
IEC 584
-100 to 1000 -148 to 1832
Thermocouple L
DIN 43710 -100 to 900 -148 to 1652
U
DIN 43710 -180 to 600 -292 to 1112
R
IEC 584
-50 to 1760 -58 to 3200
S
IEC 584
-50 to 1760 -58 to 3200
B
IEC 584
400 to 1820 752 to 3308
W3
ASTM E988 0 to 2300
32 to 4172
W5
ASTM E988 0 to 2300
32 to 4172
RTD
Pt 100 Pt 100
-200 to 850 -328 to 1562
Ni 100 Ni 100
-60 to 250 -76 to 482
Linear 0 to 5K Ohm
Resistance
DC Voltage
-10 to 800 mV
(Unipolar)
Min. Span
50 K
50 K
100 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
75 K
200 K
200 K
200 K
200 K
200 K
25 K
25 K
30 Ohm
5 mV
Description
Type
Standard
Configuration Set
Part #
3625321
3599490
Datasheet: T12.30
445
Type T32.10/T32.30



Standard Features
Accuracy: RTD: (Per DIN IEC 770, 23°C ±5°C) ±0.08 °C; Thermocouple: (Per DIN IEC 770, 23°C ±5°C) ±0.3°C or ±5 mV whichever is greater; Millivolt: ±5 mV or 0.006% of span
Programmable
HART® Communicator
Thermocouple Break Protection:
Programmable, Upscale (23 mA) or Downscale (3.8 mA)
Cold Junction Compensation:
Programmable internal or external (Pt 100), Accuracy ±0.8°C
Type T32.10
Type T32.30
Response Time: Programmable 1 to 60 seconds
Input
Sensor
Thermocouple
J
K
N
T
E
L
U
R
S
B
RTD
Pt 100
Ni 100
Linear
Resistance
DC Voltage
Millivolt
Maximum Lead Wire Resistance: Thermo-
couple: 250 Ohm; RTD: 30 Ohm per lead
Output: 4-20 mA
Maximum Output Load:
RMAX < (VS - 12v) / 0.022 A
Environmental: Operating Temperature:
-40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C ); Optional Operating Temperature: -40 to 220°F(-40 to 105°C) -58 to 185°F(-50 to 85°C) Humidity: 100% non-condensing; Vibration: 10 Hz to 2 KHz, 5 g per DIN IEC 68 2-6;
Warm-up time: 5 minutes
Standard
Range °C Range °F
Min. Span
IEC 584
-210 to 1200 -346 to 2192
IEC 584
-270 to 1372 -454 to 2502
IEC 584
-270 to 1300 -454 to 2372
EIC 584
-270 to 400 -454 to 752 50 °C or 2 mV
IEC 584
-270 to 1000 -454 to 1832 whichever is
DIN 43710 -200 to 900 -328 to 1652 greater
DIN 43710
IEC 584
EIC 584
EIC 584
EN 60 751
DIN 43760
-200 to 600
-50 to 1768
-50 to 1768
0 to 1820
-200 to 850
-60 to 250
-328 to 1112
-58 to 3214
-58 to 3214
32 to 3308
10 °C or 3.8
-328 to 1562 whichever is greater
-76 to 482
4 Ohm/32 Ohm
0 to 700 / 0 to 5K Ohm
30 Ohm
-400 to 1200 mV
2 to 32 mV
Construction: Case Material: Plastic;
Dimensions: 1.95" dia. (49.5 mm ), 1.12" ht.
(28.5 mm) Weight: 2.47 oz (0.07 kg.)
Type
T32.10 - Standard
T32.30 - Standard
Description
Part #
3599717
4266669
Datasheet: T32.10 & T32.30
446
Type T42.10 Temperature Transmitter



Standard Features
 Field bus protocol PROFIBUS PA
 Configurable for connection to RTDs, Thermocouples,
Resistance - sensor, mV - sensor
Profibus PA Transmitter
Programmable
 Customer specific linearisation with max. 30 points
for sensors with W - or mV - output
 class protection, intrinsically safe per FISCO-Model
II 1 G EEx ia ll B / II C T4 / T5 / T6
II 2 G EEx ib ll B / II C T4 / T5 / T6
 EMC Conformity per DIN EN 50 081 - 1, DIN EN 50 082 - 2,
NAMUR NE 21
Type T42.10
 Isolation voltage AC 1500 V between sensor and bus
 100% Rh protection, moisture condensation permissible
 Increased ambient temperature
 Configurable via e.g. SIMATIC PDM or Freelance 2000
 Terminal connections with captive screws
Description
Type
Standard
Part #
4373019
Data sheet: T-12.30
447
448
For pricing info, call 1-888-WIKA- USA or visit www.wika.com
ACCESSORIES
449
Accessories
Type 910.10
Pressure Gauge Cocks
Brass Material
Simple Shut-off Device
WIKA gauge cocks provide an economical method for isolating the instrument from the process and for throttling line
pressure. They also act as an adjustable flow orifice and are rated to 200 psi. WIKA's 910.10 gauge cocks are
intended for use on light-duty air applications.
Standard Features
Pressure Rating: Brass: 200 psi
Operating Temperature: Media: max. 140°F (+93°C); min. 0°F (-18°C)
Valve Body: Brass
Handle: Brass, available with "T" or lever type handle
Stem Seals: None
Standard Threaded Connection Size: ¼" NPT or ½" NPT M & F
Lever
Type
Material
Connection
Type
Brass
"T" handle
¼" X ¼" NPT female
Brass
"T" handle
¼" NPT female X ¼" NPT male
910.10
Brass
Lever Handle
¼" X ¼" NPT female
Brass
Lever Handle
½" X ½" NPT female
¼" NPT female X ¼" NPT male
Brass
Lever Handle
with union connection
Pressure
Rating
200 PSI
200 PSI
200 PSI
200 PSI
Max Temp Rating 140°F
140°F
140°F
140°F
200 PSI
140°F
Part Number
4339631
4339640
4339658
4339674
4339666
NOTE: In applications where process media leakage may result in possible personal injury or property damage, gauge cocks should not be
specified as they contain no packing gland and leakage may result. For tight shut-off and prevention of leakage, use of a WIKA Needle Valve
is required.
Datasheet: 910.10
450
Accessories
Type 910.11
Instrument Grade Needle Valves
Hard Seat or Soft Seat
Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel
Type 910.11 needle valves can be used to isolate a pressure instrument from the application. For general applications, the hard seat version is the industry standard. Soft seat versions are ideal for gaseous media where a bubble
tight seal is required. Both in-line and angle versions are available.
Standard Features Carbon Steel Model
Pressure Rating: 10,000 psi @ 200°F max.
- hard seat 6000 psi @ 200°F max.- soft seat
Valve Body: 12L14 carbon steel
Bonnet: 12L14 carbon steel
Valve Stem: 316 stainless steel
Handle: 12L14 carbon steel
Handle Bolt: Carbon steel
Bonnet Lock: Carbon steel
Stem Seals: Viton® o-ring, Teflon® back-up ring
Stem Seal Lock: Carbon steel (soft seat model)
Stem Seat: Delrin (soft seat model)
Nickel-plated finish on carbon steel valves
Standard Features Stainless Steel Model
Pressure Rating: 10,000 psi @ 200°F max.
- hard seat 6000 psi @ 200°F max.- soft seat
Valve Body: 316 stainless steel
Bonnet: 316 stainless steel
Valve Stem: 316 stainless steel (hard seat models
with hard chromed tip and stem threads)
Handle: 316 stainless steel
Handle Bolt: Stainless steel
Bonnet Lock: Stainless steel
Stem Seal Lock: Stainless steel (soft seat model)
Stem Seat: Delrin (soft seat model)
Electropolish finish on stainless steel valves
Datasheet: 910.11
Hard Seat Needle Valves
Connection
Body Material
Size
Part Number
Female-Female
Carbon Steel
¼" NPT
9698838
3/8" NPT
4339925
½" NPT
9698846
¾" NPT
4339933
¼" NPT
9698855
3/8" NPT
Stainless Steel
4339941
½" NPT
9698863
Male-Female
¼" NPT
9698871
Carbon Steel
½" NPT
9698889
flow
¼" NPT
9698897
Stainless Steel
½" NPT
9698901
Hard Seat 90° Angle Needle Valves
Connection
Body Material
Size
Part Number
Female-Female
¼" NPT
9799295
Carbon Steel
½" NPT
9799308
¼" NPT
9799316
Stainless Steel
½" NPT
9799325
Male-Female
¼" NPT
9799333
Carbon Steel
½" NPT
9799341
¼" NPT
9799359
Stainless Steel
½" NPT
9799367
Soft Seat Needle Valves
Connection
Body Material
Size
Female-Female
¼" NPT
Carbon Steel
½" NPT
¼" NPT
Stainless Steel
½" NPT
Male-Female
¼" NPT
Carbon Steel
½" NPT
flow
¼" NPT
Stainless Steel
½" NPT
Part Number
9698919
9698927
9698935
9698944
9698952
9698960
9698978
9698986
451
Accessories
Type 910.11.100
Mini-Needle Valves
Brass mini-valves supplied
with knurled knob standard.
Hard Seat
Brass, Carbon Steel or 316 Stainless Steel
Carbon steel and stainless steel
mini-valves supplied with T-handle.
Type 910.11.100 mini-needle valves can be used to isolate a pressure instrument from the application where
space is limited. Three connection versions are available from stock.
Standard Features
Operating Temperature: Media: max. 200°F (+93°C); min. 0°F (-18°C)
Flow Rate: Max. Cv = 0.42
Orifice Size: 0.172" (4.37mm)
Standard Features Brass Model
Pressure Rating: 3000 psi
Valve Body: Brass
Bonnet: Brass
Valve Stem: Brass
Handle: Knurled knob, brass
Handle Bolt: Brass, 360
Standard Features Carbon Steel Model
Valve Body: Carbon steel
Bonnet: Carbon steel, 12L14
Valve Stem: 316 stainless steel
Handle: T, carbon steel
Handle Bolt: Carbon steel, 12L14
Connection
Body Material
Female-Female
Brass
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
Male-Female
Brass
flow
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
Male-Male
Brass
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
Conn. Size
1/8" NPT
¼" NPT
1/8" NPT
¼" NPT
1/8" NPT
¼" NPT
1/8" NPT
¼" NPT
1/8" NPT
¼" NPT
1/8" NPT
¼" NPT
1/8" NPT
¼" NPT
1/8" NPT
¼" NPT
1/8" NPT
¼" NPT
Standard Features Stainless Steel Model
Valve Body: 316 ss, electropolished
Bonnet: 316 ss, electropolished
Valve Stem: 316 ss, electropolished
Handle: Tee, 316 ss, electropolished
Handle Bolt: Stainless steel
452
Part Number
4266120
4266138
4266146
4266154
4266162
4266171
4266189
4266197
4266201
4266219
4266227
4266235
4266243
4266251
4266260
4266278
4266286
4266294
Accessories
Type 910.11.200
Block & Bleed Needle Valves
Instrument Grade
Hard or Soft Seat
Intended to isolate the pressure gauge from the measured fluid or to provide a means of throttling or dampening
pressure pulsation. Allows pressure to be bled-off prior to instrument removal or replacement.
Standard Features

Valve Body: 12L14 carbon steel,
nickel plated, or 316 stainless steel,
electropolished

Bonnet: 12L14 carbon steel or
316 stainless steel

Valve Stem: 316 stainless steel
(hard chromed on hard seat models)

Handle:12L14 carbon steel or
316 stainless steel

Handle Bolt: 12L14 carbon steel or
18-8 stainless steel

Stem Seals: Viton® o-ring with
PTFE back-up ring

Stem Seal Lock (soft seat model):
12L14 carbon steel or 316 stainless steel

Stem Seat (soft seat model): Delrin

Orifice Size: 0.187 inches (4.75 mm)

Pressure Rating: Hard seat
models-10,000 psi @ 200°F max.
Soft seat models- 6,000 psi @ 200°F max.
Hard Seat Block & Bleed Needle Valves
Connection
Body Material
Size
Part Number
Female-Female
¼" NPT
4339682
Carbon Steel
½" NPT
4339691
¼" NPT
4339704
Stainless Steel
½" NPT
4339712
Male-Female
¼" NPT
4339721
Carbon Steel
½"
NPT
4339739
flow
¼" NPT
4339747
Stainless Steel
½" NPT
4339755
Soft Seat Block & Bleed Needle Valves
Connection
Body Material
Size
Part Number
Female-Female
¼" NPT
4339763
Carbon Steel
½" NPT
4339771
¼" NPT
4339780
Stainless Steel
½" NPT
4339798
Male-Female
¼"
NPT
4339801
Carbon Steel
½"
NPT
4339810
flow
¼" NPT
4339828
Stainless Steel
½" NPT
4339836

Operating Temperature: Media:
max. 200°F (+93°C); min. 0°F (-18°C)

Flow Rate: Hard seat models
- Max. Cv 0.44
Soft seat models- Max. Cv 0.76
453
Accessories
Type 910.11.300
Multi-Port Valves
Multi-Port Needle Valves
Instrument Grade
Hard or Soft Seat
Intended to isolate the pressure gauge from the measured fluid or to provide a means of throttling or dampening
pressure pulsation. Allows additional instrument connections without adding permanent piping.
Standard Features

Valve Body: 12L14 carbon steel,
nickel plated, or 316 stainless steel,
electropolished

Bonnet: 12L14 carbon steel or
316 stainless steel

Valve Stem: 316 stainless steel
(hard chromed on hard seat models)

Handle: 12L14 carbon steel or
316 stainless steel

Handle Bolt: 12L14 carbon steel or
18-8 stainless steel

Stem Seals: Viton® o-ring with
PTFE back-up ring

Stem Seal Lock (soft seat model): 12L14 carbon steel or 316 stainless steel
Hard Seat Multi-Port Needle Valves
Connection
Body Material Size
Part Number
Male-Female
½" NPT
4339844
Carbon Steel
¾"M x ½"F 4339852
NPT
flow
½" NPT
4339861
Stainless Steel ¾" M x ½" 4339879
NPT
Soft Seat Multi-Port Needle Valves
Connection
Body Material
Size
Part Number
Male-Female
½" NPT
4339887
Carbon Steel
¾"M x ½"F 4339895
NPT
flow
½" NPT
4339909
Stainless Steel ¾"M x ½"F 4339917
NPT

Stem Seat (soft seat model): Delrin

Orifice Size: 0.187 inches (4.75 mm)

Pressure Rating: Hard seat models
-10,000 psi @ 200°F max. Soft seat models 6,000 psi @ 200°F max.

Operating Temperature: Media:
max. 200°F (+93°C); min. 0°F (-18°C)

Flow Rate: Hard seat models-Max. Cv 0.44
Soft seat models- Max. Cv 0.64
Order Options
Panel mounting bracket
NACE MRO 175-93 Certification (soft-seat models only)
454
Accessories
Type 910.12.100,
910.12.200, 910.12.300
Porous Snubber
Piston Snubber
Throttling Snubber
Pressure snubbers protect pressure instruments against surges and pressure shocks. Porous snubbers are suitable
for general purpose applications. Piston snubbers are supplied with three pistons to adapt to varying applications.
Throttling snubbers have a built-in needle valve that allows you to adjust the amount of snubbing externally.
Standard Features
Pressure Connection: ¼" NPT
or ½" NPT male x female (see selection chart)
Material: Brass or stainless steel
O-ring material (adjustable
snubber only):
Brass: Buna-N
Stainless steel: Viton®
Type
910.12.100 Porous Snubbers
Purpose
Material
Connection
Pressure Rating
Air, Steam, Gas
Brass
¼" M x ¼" F
5000 psi
Light Oil, Water
Brass
¼" M x ¼" F 5000 psi
Air, Steam, Gas
SS
¼" M x ¼" F
15000 psi
Air, Steam, Gas
Brass ½" M x ½" F
5000 psi
Air, Steam, Gas
SS
½" M x ½" F
15000 psi
Type 910.12.200 Piston Snubbers
Supplied with five pistons for light to heavy snubbing
Material Connection Pressure Rating
Pressure Rating:
Brass: 3000 psi - 5000 psi;
SS: 5000 psi - 15,000 psi
(see selection chart)
Temperature Rating:
14°F to 248°F (-10°C to 120°C)
Order Options (by special order)
- Other threaded connections
- Cleaned for use in oxygen service
- Monel® version
- Porous snubbers for different media types
(specify media when ordering)
Brass
316SS
¼" NPT ½" NPT ¼" NPT ½" NPT 5000 psi
5000 psi
15,000 psi
15,000 psi
Brass
316SS
¼" NPT ½" NPT ¼" NPT ½" NPT
Part Number
4201639
4201647
Type 910.12.300 Throttling Snubbers (Adjustable)
Includes a stainless steel needle valve
Material Connection Pressure Rating
Part Number
4341503
4341511
4001524
50409671
50409662
4201655
4201663
Part Number
3400 psi
3400 psi
5800 psi
5800 psi
50334603
50334611
50334620
50334638
Datasheet: 910.12
455
Accessories
Type 910.13
Overpressure Protector
Type 910.13 overpressure protectors protect pressure instruments from damaging spikes or surges. At a
"pre-set" pressure, the overpressure protector "shuts-off" the pressure to the instrument thus preventing damage
to the pressure sensing element and protecting the calibration. The set-point is externally adjustable. Type 910.13
overpressure protectors also feature an adjustable piston valve which is designed to dampen system pulsation.
Description
The overpressure protector consists of a spring loaded
piston valve. Under normal pressure conditions the spring
holds the valve open. When the system pressure exceeds
the set pressure, the force exerted by the spring is overcome and the valve closes. The valve will remain closed
until the system pressure drops approximately 25% below
the closing pressure, where upon the force of the spring
will open the valve.
Body
316Ti stainless steel
Piston Valve
316Ti stainless steel
O-Ring
FPM (Viton)
Operating Temperature
176 °F (80 °C maximum)
Overpressure protectors must not be used as process
control devices
Flow Direction:
Male thread to female thread
Standard features
Order Options (by special order)
Other thread connections: 1/4” NPT, G1/4B and G1/2B
Other materials: Brass, Monel® 400
Material Certificate (3.1 acc. to EN 10 204)
Nace Certificate (2.2 acc. to EN 10 204)
Oxygen service (oil and grease free)
Mounted on pressure gauge with customer specifications,
includes SS tag (note 2)
Overpressure protector set to customer specifications,
includes SS tag (note 2)
Pressure connection
1/2" NPT male inlet, female outlet
Special Features
 7 different setting ranges selectable
 Minimum pressure to 6 psi (0.4 bar)
Maximum pressure to 8700 psi (600 bar)
 Overpressure safe up to 14,500 psi (1000 bar)
 Vacuum safe
Selectable versions
Range (bar)
Range (psi)
Standard
Part Number 1
Factory Set
Part Number 2
0.4 to 2.5
6 to 35
2 to 6
30 to 85
5 to 25
85 to 365
20 to 60
290 to 870
50 to 250
240 to 400
400 to 600
725 to 3625 3500 to 5800 5800 to 8700
9091963
9091971
9091980
0690600
0690619
1615130
50311115
50681222
50681231
50681249
50681257
50681265
50681273
50681281
Note 1: Standard items do not come pre-set from factory.
Note 2: Items come pre-set from factory. Customer must specify set or closing pressure. Choose factory set part numbers for pressure gauge mounting
and/or factory preset.
Note 3: Stock items shown in bold, blue print.
Items shown with part numbers indicate readily available standard WIKA products. Items shown without part numbers are available on special order.
Datasheet: 910.13
456
Accessories
Type 910.14.100
Test Port Plugs
Pressure & Temperature Test Plug Adaptor
Provides Access for Test Measurements
Self-Sealing Diaphragm
WIKA's 910.14.100 pressure and temperature test port plugs allow media access ideally for hydronic pressure and
temperature measurement, without disturbing the process. The pressure and temperature units are equipped with a
self-sealing pierceable rubber diaphragm and are rated at 1000 psi and 200°F (350°F available).
Standard Features
Pressure Connection: 1/4" NPT or 1/2" NPT male
Material: Brass body; neoprene or nordel diaphragm core
Self-Sealing Diaphragm Material: Neoprene or nordel
Temperature Rating: Neoprene 32-200°F max.; Nordel 32-350°F max.
Type
Material
Connection
910.14.100
Brass
¼" NPT Male
910.14.100
Brass
½" NPT Male
910.14.100
Brass
¼" NPT Male
910.14.100
Brass
½" NPT Male
Pressure Rating
1,000 psi
1,000 psi
1,000 psi
1,000 psi
Plug Core
neoprene
neoprene
nordel
nordel
Max Temp Rating
200°F
200°F
350°F
350°F
Part Number
4339950
4339968
4343591
4343603
Datssheet: 910.14.100
457
Accessories
Type 910.14.200
Adaptors
Pressure Gauge Adaptors
Adapts NPT to "G" Metric Threads
Brass or Stainless Steel Material
Type 910.14.200 pressure gauge adaptors and fittings are used for the installation of pressure gauges and
pressure gauge accessories.
Standard Features
Male-Female Adaptor:
For adapting NPT to G
(metric connections)
Pressure Connection:
See sizes and other dimensions
on chart
Materials:
Brass, 316 stainless steel
Order Options
Chrome-plated brass
Alternate thread sizes
Type 910.14.200 - NPT to Metric Adaptors
Sold Separately
Material
Description
Part Number
¼" NPT female to G ¼ B male
84514
Brass
½" NPT female to G ½ B male
187143
¼" NPT female to G ¼ B male
1247573
Stainless Steel
½" NPT female to G ½ B male
634603
Note: Sealing "O-ring" on "G" connection not included.
Datasheet: 910.14
458
Accessories
Type 910.14.300
Couplings
Couplings
Brass, Steel, Stainless Steel Material
Eases Siphon Installations
WIKA offers couplings in a variety of connection sizes and materials. Couplings can be used for adapting siphons
and any other instrumentation to the process.
Standard Features

Male-Male Adaptor: For joining two male
connections, e.g. pressure gauge and gauge siphon, standard versions

Pressure Connection: Sizes and other
dimensions on chart

Materials: Brass, carbon steel,
316 stainless steel
Couplings (to attach pressure gauges to siphons)
M
aterial
Part Number
Connection
Brass
1652974
¼" x ¼"
S
teel
1652982
NPT female
Stainless Steel
1652990
B
rass
1653008
½" x ½" S
teel
1653016
NPT
female
Stainless Steel
Chr. Moly
1653024
1601040
Order Options
Chrome-plated brass
Alternate thread sizes
459
Accessories
Type 910.15.100
910.15.200
Siphons for Steam Service
Pigtail for Vertical Installations
Coil for Horizontal Installations
Siphons should be used to protect pressure instruments in live steam service or other hot vapor applications. The
vapor condenses inside the coil of the siphon which prevents the high temperature vapors from reaching the sensing element of the pressure instrument. Additionally siphons assists in lowering process media temperatures.
Standard Features

Forms: Pigtail siphon, Coil siphon

Materials: Brass, Steel A120, schedule 40, Steel A106B,
schedule 80 & 160, 316 stainless steel, schedules 80 & 160,
Chrome Moly steel (A335 P22), XX Heavy

Media Temperature Reduction:
Approximately 75°F for each 1 foot lineal section of pipe. Actual reduction dependent on process/application variables.
Note: When first installed, siphon should be filled with water or any other suitable separating liquid.
Type 910.15.100 Pigtail
Siphon
Body
Size
Form Material
Brass
¼" NPT
Steel, Sch 40
¼" NPT
316SS, Sch 40 ¼" NPT
316SS, Sch 80 ½" NPT
Material
Press. Rating (PSI)
250
500
500
2600
Material
Temp. Rating (°F)
400
400
400
500
Type 910.15.200 Coil
Siphon
Body Material
Material
Size
Form Material
Press. Rating (PSI)
Temp. Rating (°F)
Brass
¼" NPT
250
400
Steel, Sch 40
¼" NPT
500
400
Steel, Sch 80
¼" NPT
3360
400
Steel, Sch 80
½" NPT
3000
400
Steel, Sch 160
½" NPT
3620
700
316SS, Sch 80
½" NPT
2650
500
316SS, Sch 160
½" NPT
5600
500
Chr. Moly
½" NPT
8205
750
Items without part numbers are available - consult factory
Datasheet: 910.15
460
Part
Number
4201779
4201787
4201761
4362719
Part Number
4201809
4201817
4201825
4201833
4201841
4201850
4201795
4201868
Order Options
Alternate threads
316 stainless steel cleaned
for oxygen service
Accessories
Type 910.24
Mini-Siphon

Siphon for steam, hot vapors and liquids

Eliminates gauge whip and vibration to the gauge

Inner chamber reduces surges and “water hammer”
The WIKA mini-siphon is designed specifically to replace the old pigtail and coil siphon. The
mini-siphon has a thermal barrier which protects the pressure gauge from harmful steam, hot
vapors and liquids, and contains a unique inner chamber that reduces pressure surges and
“water hammer”. The mini – siphon also eliminates gauge whip and vibration that is typically
found on traditional siphons by mounting the gauge closer to the process.
Standard Features

Materials:
Body: 316Ti stainless steel (1.4571)
Internal Chamber: 316Ti stainless steel (1.4571)

Mounting Position: Vertical or Horizontal

Connection: 1/2” NPT male to 1/2” NPT female

Flow: Male to female connection

Inlet Orifice: 0.1575 inches (4mm)

Maximum Media Pressure: 6,164 PSI (425 Bar)

Maximum Media Temperature: 840°F (450°C)
Body Material
Connection Size
Material Pressure Rating (PSI)
Material Temperature
Rating (°F)
Part Number
1/2 NPT
6164
840
50673670
Stainless Steel
Options (by special order):
Other thread connections: 1/4” NPT, G1/4B and G1/2B
Other materials: Monel 400, Hastelloy, Titanium, and Duplex.
Material Certificate (3.1 acc. to EN 10 204)
NACE Certificate (2.2 acc. to EN 10 204)
Oxygen Service (oil and grease free)
Datasheet: 910.24
461
Accessories
Type CP3000/CP4000
Indicating Pressure Switches/Alarm Contacts
Magnetically-Assisted or Inductive
Solid Front/Blow-out Back Safety Case
WIKA indicating pressure switches combine local pressure indication with alarm and control capabilities into a
single economical, reliable and compact system. Superior to conventional gauge and switch connections, WIKA
indicating pressure switches are extremely reliable, have low hysteresis, resist corrosion, and have easy set point
adjustments. WIKA pressure switches are ideally suited for alarm and control functions on hydraulic, pneumatic
and general industrial machinery and equipment. Additionally, pressure switches are used in process industry
installations, including chemical and petrochemical plants, oil refineries, electric power plants, pulp and paper
mills, and water and waste water treatment plants.
Type CP3000- Magnetically Assisted Alarm Contacts (for 2XX.34, 4½")
Contact
Contact Installed1
Sold Separately
Type
Arrangement
Part Number
Part Number
828.1
N.O.
828.1 774901
828.2
N.C.
828.2
774910
828.11
N.O./N.O.
828.11
774928
828.12 N.O./N.C.
828.12
691178
828.21
N.C./N.O.
828.21
691186
828.22
N.C./N.C.
828.22
774936
Adder to remove Triacs for DC Service NO TRIAC
Silicone fill (installed only)
SIL
Standard Features

Area of Installation:
Non-hazardous

Indicating Pressure Range:
0-60 to 0-20,000 psi

Set Point Pressure Range:
0-30 to 0-20,000 psi

Contact Rating AC:
24-220VAC, 65VA

Switching Hysteresis:
+ 3.0%
1
Does not include price of the process gauge.
Type CP4000- Inductive Proximity Alarm Contacts (for 2XX.34, 4½")
Contact
Contact Installed1
Sold Separately
Type
Arrangement
Part Number
Part Number
838.1
N.O.
838.1
771775
838.2
N.C.
838.2
1193368
838.11
N.O./N.O.
838.11
771791
838.12 N.O./N.C.
838.12
1193376
838.21
N.C./N.O.
838.21
1193384
838.22
N.C./N.C.
838.22
1193392
Permanently attach reset knob
2069334
Order Option (by special order)
Contact assembly available
for 6" process gauge (2XX.34)
Intrinsically Safe (Type SN) with Fail/Safe Control is available as a special order option. Contact WIKA for quote.
1
HOW TO ORDER (Example)
To order an indicating pressure switch for a hazardous
location, with intrinsically safe circuitry, a pressure range
from 0-600 psi, Monel® wetted parts, liquid filled version,
inductive proximity sensors with two normally closed alarm
contacts, and a 1/2"NPT process connection, specify:
Abbreviations
N.O. - Normally Open
N.C. - Normally Closed
Datasheet: CP3000/CP4000
462
Type
Description
Gauge
262.34 4½" 600 psi ½" NPT
Contact
838.22
N.C./N.C. (installed)
Control Unit 904.16
Intrinsically Safe
1
Does not include price of the process gauge.
Part No. 9835172
838.22
1195352
CP 3000 - Magnetically-Assisted Contacts
CP 3000 magnetically assisted contacts feature one or two magnetically-assisted mechanical contacts. The contact assembly
includes a built-in Triac switching amplifier which minimizes contact wear and allows load switching to 65VA. In this design, a
movable contact couples to the gauge pointer through a special adaptor. As the contact approaches the set pointer, the magnetic force of a small permanent magnet attached to the set pointer assists in closing and holding the contacts in place. This
avoids arching and reduces contact wear. The switching amplifier further reduces potential wear by its ability to switch large
load currents with small control current. The technical specifications are listed in Table 1 on the next page. These switches are
designed for use on alternating current (for DC consult WIKA).
CP 4000 - Inductive Proximity Sensors
CP 4000 inductive proximity sensors feature one or two inductive non-contact proximity sensors in place of mechanical
contacts and provide a high degree of reliability and operating safety. The system consists of a sensing head, containing two
axial coils with air gap, a metallic control flag and a switching amplifier. The sensing head is carried by the set pointer, while the
control flag is coupled to the gauge pointer by way of a special adaptor. Movement of the control flag in and out of the air gap
causes an impedance change in the transistor oscillator circuit formed by the two coils which in turn triggers the switching amplifier. When the flag is inside the slot, circuit impedance is high and the contact relay is de-energized. Conversely, when the
flag is outside the slot, the relay is energized. The technical specifications are listed in Table 1 on the next page.
Control Units for CP 4000
The switching amplifier and control relay are housed in a separate control unit. Depending on the type of control unit used,
inductive proximity sensor systems can be furnished in the following versions: standard for nonhazardous locations; intrinsically safe for hazardous locations; intrinsically safe with fail-safe circuitry. Control Units are FM approved for use in Division I,
Classes I and II, Groups A through G hazardous locations. The control units must be located outside the hazardous area. (See
Table 2 on next page).
Fail Safe Circuitry
Type SN inductive proximity sensor together with control unit Type 904.17 is self monitoring, and its function is superimposed
on the regular control function. Should any fault occur in the sensing head (such as short or open circuit, power failure or component failure), the control wiring or the control unit, the output relay is automatically de-energized.
Control Units
required for inductive proximity alarm contacts - sold separately
General Use Control Units
Contact For Use Part
Type
Rating
With
Number
220 VAC,
Single Contacts
904.25
1195298
5A, Type 838.X
1100VA
Double Contacts
904.26
1195310
Type 838.XX
Intrinsically Safe Control Units1 (FM Approved)
Contact For Use Type
Rating
With
Single Contacts
904.15
250 VAC,
Type 838.X
4A,
904.16
Double Contacts
500VA
904.17
Type 838.XX
Fail Safe
(for one contact)
Part
Number
2367446
2314762
2014548
463
Table 1
Contact
Magnetic CP3000
Inductive Proximity CP4000
Non-Hazardous
Hazardous Environment <FM>
Control Unit #
(Built-in Triac)
904.25
904.26
904.15
904.16
904.17 Fail-safe
MSR010-1
MSR020-1
WE77/EX-1
WE77/EX-2
WE77/EX-SH-03
Indicating Pressure Range
0/60 to 0/20,000 psi
0/30 to 0/20,000 psi
Set Point
Pressure Range
30 - 20,000 psi
5 - 20,000 psi
Momentary Pressure
130%
130%
Indicating Accuracy
± 3.0% FS
± 1.0% FS
Operating Voltage
110 VAC/60Hz
110 VAC/60Hz
Contact Rating
24-220 VAC, 65 VA¹
220 VAC, 5A, 1100VA
250 VAC, 4A, 500VA
30V, 1.6A
Switching Frequency (Max)
- - -
20 Hz
10Hz
0.5 Hz
Control Circuit
Voltage
- - - - - -
8 VDC
8 VDC
Current
min 30mA - - -
8 mA
10 mA
Switching Point
- - - - - -
1.2 mA - 2.1 mA
1.5 mA - 3.0 mA
Control Wire Resistance (Max)
- - - - - -
100 Ohms
--Allowable Ext. Inductance
- - - - - -
31 mH / 7.6 mH
32 mH
Allowable Ext. Capacitance
- - - - - -
609 nF / 539 nF
804 nF
Ambient Temperature Range
-10° to 140° F
-10° to 140°F
-10° to 140° F
-10° to 140°F
Table 2
Contact Type
Control System
Area of Installation # Of Contacts
Control Unit ²
Magnetically-assisted Standard
Non-Hazardous
1
- - -
2
- - -
Inductive Proximity
1
904.25
2
904.26
Instrinsically Safe
Hazardous
1
904.15
2
904.16
Inductive Proximity Instrinsically Safe 1
904.17
Type SN
with Fail-Safe Control
2
904.17 ³
Table 3
Contact Arrangement
Function
Type Number
N.O.
8X8.1
N.C.
8X8.2
N.O. / N.O.
8X8.11
N.O. / N.C.
8X8.12
N.C. / N.O.
8X8.21
N.C. / N.C.
8X8.22
464
1
Minimum current of 10 mA must continuously flow from load.
2
Type 904 control units are combination power supply, switching modules for
panel or relay rack mount. 904.15 & 904.25 units are 1.57" (40mm) wide,
2.76" (70mm) high and 4.33" (110mm) deep with mounting holes on 1.18"
(30mm) horizontal & 2.36" (60mm) vertical centers. The wider 904.16/.17
and 904.26 units are 2.35" (60mm) wide with 1.96" (50mm) horizontal
mounting centers. Minimum mounting screw clearance is .19" (4.8mm).
3
Requires 2 units, one per contact.
Control Unit
Type Number
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Accessories
Socket Restrictor
Drag Pointer
Alarm Contacts
Full Line of Accessories
Custom Configure
Factory Installed
WIKA offers a full line of gauge accessories, including socket restrictors, drag pointers, and alarm contacts.
Each of these products is an enhancement to the extensive WIKA product line.
Socket Restrictor
Available in brass, stainless steel, or Monel®, the socket restrictor reduces the
size of the internal bore. The restrictor dampens the effects of pulsation which
in turn helps prevent internal damage to the Bourdon tube and movement and
extends the life of the gauge.
Drag Pointer (High Point Indicator)
The red drag pointer follows the regular pointer on increasing pressure, and remains
at the highest point until it is reset by a knob on the front of the window. Drag
pointers are best suited for dry gauges.
Alarm Contacts
Many WIKA 2" (830.1E), 2½", 4", 4½" & 6" pressure gauges can be supplied
with alarm contacts. Both inductive and magnetically-assisted contacts are
available for dry and liquid-filled gauges. In addition, alarm contact assemblies
are available for intrinsically-safe environments. Available on models from Germany:
212.20, 232.30, 232.50, 4XX.XX, 7XX.XX, and U.S. model: 2X2.34 only.
465
Alternate Window Assemblies
Gauge
Gauge
Window Size
Type
Type
Instrument Glass¹
611.10
Safety Glass¹
Instrument
Glass
213.40
Safety Glass
2½"
232.30
High Temp Glass
233.30
Safety Glass
232.54
(PMMA) Acrylic
612.20
Safety Glass
4"
213.40
Safety Glass
212.54/232.54
PC/Lexan
Instrument Glass
4½"
2X2.34/6X2.34
Safety Glass
6" 2XX.34
Safety Glass
InstalledSold Separately
CodePart Number
GLS
1208152
SG
1205960
GLS
1208160
SG
1206761
HT
1327001 SG
1613367
PMMA
1397796
SG
54380
SG
1208190
PC
1376675
GLS
561134
SG
561150
SG
154075
¹Includes black steel frictioning
Adjustable Pointers
Gauge
Gauge
Size
Type
232.54
2 ½"
232.30
4"
232.54
6"
232.50
Liquid Case Fills
Fill Type
Silicone
DC200 - 1000 cs
Halocarbon Fluorolube
Sold Separately
Part Number
1552813
60992
1398709
61000
2½"
4"
4½"1
SIL
SIL
SIL
6"
SIL
HALO
HALO
HALO
HALO
FLR
FLR
FLR
FLR
NOTE: Only inert (Halocarbon/Fluorolube) fill fluid is compatible for use with oxygen service.
NOTE: Any discount that applies to a pressure
gauge also applies to its related accessories.
All "Assemblies" sold separately include any
additional parts (i.e. screws, gaskets, etc.)
needed for installation.
466
Pressure Gauge Accessories cont'd
Drag Pointer Assemblies
(Also referred to as High Point or Max. Hand Indicators)
Gauge
Gauge
Window
Reset Knob InstalledSold Separately
Size
Type
Type
Type Part NumberPart Number
232.30 ³
Acrylic
Permanent
DP
759805
213.40
¹
Acrylic
Permanent
DP
738344 4
2½" 3
2XX.53 ³
Acrylic
Permanent
DP
1193864 4
2XX.54 ³
Acrylic
Permanent
DP
1416405
Glass
Removeable DP GLR
738352 4
213.40 ¹
Acrylic
Permanent
DP
1326651 4
Acrylic ²
Permanent
DP
738395 4
2XX.53
Acrylic
Permanent
DP
1416570 4
2XX.54 Acrylic
Removeable DP PMMAR
1410911
Acrylic
Permanent
DP
1326635
4"
Acrylic ²
Permanent DP PMMA
1206133
Acrylic
Removeable DP PMMAR
738360
Glass
Permanent
DP GL
1326678
232.30
Glass ²
Permanent
DP GL
738425
Glass
Removeable DP GLR
738387
Safety Glass
Permanent
DP SG
1326660
Safety Glass ²
Permanent
DP SG
738417
Safety Glass
Removeable DP SGR
738379
Acrylic
Permanent
DP
738441
4½"
2X2.34
Acrylic
Removeable
DP PMMAR
738433
Acrylic
Permanent
DP
738492
Acrylic
Removeable DP PMMAR
738450
6"
232.50 &
Glass
Permanent
DP GL
738506
312.20
Glass
Removeable DP GLR
738476
Safety Glass
Permanent
DP SG
738484
Safety Glass
Removeable DP SGR
738468
Attach "removeable" knob with permanent adhesive 2069334
¹ Minimum pressure range of 160 psi is required. Due to its high viscosity, the standard glycerine filling is replaced with a glycerine/water filling.
Accuracy is reduced to ± 5.0% of full span.
² Use for pressures equal to or below 30 psi full span.
³ For 2½" drag pointers: For pressure ranges <100 psi; Additional accuracy reduction: DRY: ±3%FS, LF:±5%
For pressure ranges > 100 psi; Additional accuracy reduction: DRY: ± 1.5%FS, LF:±3%
4 Special tooling required for Part Numbers 738344, 1193864, 738352, 1326651, 738395 & 1416570
Certifying Gauges to ASME B40.100 Cleanliness Level IV
(Includes cap on socket. Individually bagged and labeled)
Gauge
Part
Type
Number
111.XX
2250578
2X2.53, 2X2.54, 132.53, 2250560
2X2.34 LM, 2X2.25HR,
& 332.54
712.XX
2250586
NOTE: For high volume orders, contact factory about a
special order production to lower costs.
NOTE: Any discount that applies to a pressure gauge also applies to
its related accessories.All "Assemblies" sold separately include any
additional parts (i.e. screws, gaskets, etc.) needed for installation.
467
Certificates of Calibration
Traceable to N.I.S.T. standards
N.I.S.T. Standard
± 0.1% accuracy
(Type 342.XX)
± 0.25% accuracy
(Type 3X2.20 / 332.X4)
± 0.5% to ±3/2/3% accuracy¹
Part Number
CC
CC
CC
¹Any discount that applies to a pressure gauge also applies to this NIST certificate
Front Flange Assemblies - Sold Separately
(Includes screws to mount to case where necessary)
Size
Fits Gauge
Description
Black painted steel
2"
111.12
Chrome plated steel
21X.53
Stainless steel polished
Black painted steel
111.10
Chrome plated steel
113.13
Black ABS plastic
Brass polished
213.40
Chrome plated steel
2½"
23X.30/50
2XX.53
23X.54
Chrome plated brass (LM)
Chrome plated brass (CBM)
611.10
Black painted steel (LM)
Black painted steel (CBM)
212.20
213.40
Chrome plated brass
2XX.53 / 54
4"
232.30/50
612.20
632.50
4½"
213.40
Panel
2XX.53/2XX.54
Adapters
232.30
(For 4" gauges)
2XX.34
Stainless steel polished 212.20
6"
232.30/50
312.20
Mounting
screw retained
screw retained
arbor press¹
screw retained
screw retained
snap-fit
screw retained
screw retained
screw retained
bayonet
arbor press¹
arbor press¹
screw retained
screw retained
screw retained
screw retained
bayonet lock
screw retained
arbor press¹
bayonet lock
bayonet lock
bayonet lock
screw-retained
arbor press¹
bayonet lock
hand-threaded
bayonet lock
bayonet lock
bayonet lock
Part Number
1327080
1327082
1184954
1327084
1327086
572861
1327116
1327118
1327114
50618393
4005899
4005902
738557
659606
738565
659614
659576
501115
1418556
659576
659576
659576
738549
1653903
738611
738581
659584
659584
659584
¹ Special arbor press and fixtures required for installation. Contact factory for price and availability of press and fixtures.
NOTE: Any discount that applies to a pressure gauge also applies to its related accessories.
All "Assemblies" sold separately include any additional parts (i.e. screws, gaskets, etc.) needed
for installation.
468
Rear Flange Assemblies - Sold Separately
(Includes screws to mount to case where necessary)
Size
Fits Gauge
Description
213.40
Polished brass
2½"
2XX.53
Polished stainless steel
2XX.54
111.10
Black ABS plastic
4"
213.40
Chrome plated brass
2XX.53
2XX.54
4½"
111.25
Satin-finish stainless steel
212.20
6"
312.20
23X.50
Mounting
screw retained 2
snap-fit, crimp tab ¹
screw-retained
screw retained 2
spot welded
spot welded
spot welded
spot welded
Part Number
1206621
1491695
2256096
1207555
1206630
1572865
1572865
4001605
1353217
1353217
1353217
¹ Rear flange snaps onto case. Two tabs must be crimped to secure flange to the case. Special tool available. Contact factory.
2
Special case required. Must be factory installed.
U-clamp Assemblies - Sold Separately
(Includes profile ring, bracket, & screwswhere necessary)
Size Fits Gauge
Profile Ring Material
Bracket Material
2"
21X.53
Zinc plated steel
213.40
Chrome plated steel
Zinc plated steel
Zinc plated steel
2XX.53
2 ½"
Stainless steel
Zinc plated steel
23X.54
Stainless steel
213.40
Chrome plated steel
Zinc plated steel
Zinc plated steel
2XX.53
4" Polished stainless steel
Stainless steel
Zinc plated steel
23X.54
Stainless steel
Mounting
twist-on socket
screw retained
snap-fit bracket
snap-fit bracket
snap-fit bracket
snap-fit bracket
screw retained
snap-fit bracket
snap-fit bracket
arbor press¹
arbor press¹
Part Number
1184890
659665
9092331
1405829
14103342
14103422
659673
1487850
1487841
1410318 1410326
¹ Installation requires special tooling. Contact factory for more information.
2
Includes U-Clamp and standoff ring
Individual Restrictors - Sold Separately
Fits Gauge
Description
212.20/21X.34
Brass threaded
26X.34
Monel threaded
111.10/111.12/21X.53
Brass, press-in
SS threaded for 1½", 2", 2½"
All
SS threaded for 2½"1, 4", 4½" & 6"
others
Brass threaded
Thread
M4
M4
--
M3.5
M4
M3.5
Orifice
.023" (.6mm)
.023" (.6mm)
.012" (.3mm)
.012" (.3mm)
.023" (.6mm)
.020" (.5mm)
Part Number
4324
607797
525340
165522
29122
30872
Threaded restrictors require gauges to have an internal tap. (Internal tap is standard on all 4½" Type 2xx.34 process gauges).
Press-in restrictors require a special tool for insertion.
1
Use M4 size restrictor for current Type 23X.5X with welded case-to-socket connection.
All "Assemblies" sold separately include any additional parts (i.e. screws, gaskets, etc.) needed for installation.
469
Miscellaneous Accessories
Size
Fits Gauge
111.10 / 113.13 / 21X.53 / 23X.53 / 23X.50
Description
Blue rubber cover - LM
Part Number
9090894
2½"
4"
111.10 / 113.13 / 21X.53 / 23X.53 / 23X.50
111.12 / 21X.53 / 23X.53 / 23X.50
111.10
13X.53 / 21X.53 / 23X.53 / 23X.50
Red rubber cover - LM
Blue rubber cover - CBM
2"
111.12
111.12
Clear plastic adaptor ring1
Black plastic adaptor ring1
Clear plastic adaptor ring1
Black plastic adaptor ring1
9090886
2169542
50990773
9090916
644838
1601105
646989
658332
2½"
1
111.12
111.12
For CBM only
Fill Liquids - Sold Separately
Fill Liquid
Size (Volume)
Gallon (128 oz.)
Glycerine
Squirt bottle (8 oz.)
Silicone oil
Gallon (128 oz.)
DC 200 -1000 cs
Halocarbon Squirt bottle (8 oz.)
Fluorolube
Pressure Gauge Tools
Description
Cover ring remover for Type 213.40 - 2½"
Pointer puller tool
Spare tip for pointer puller tool
Threaded ring tool (for Type 2XX.34- 4½")
Pointer puller adaptor for "Long-Hub" Pointers (use with #9091823 above)
Tags
Size
Fits Gauge
All
All
All
All
Part Number
251
204
279
207
206
277
Part Number
1456784
9091823
1400401
1031589
2246954
Description
SS Tag (attached) With Up to 10 Character,
Single-line Imprint
Code
Paper Tag
PTag
Tag
All "Assemblies" sold separately include any additional parts (i.e. screws, gaskets, etc.)
needed for installation.
470
Available Dial Artwork
Standard Pressure Ranges for all Sizes
(All ranges not stocked)
Single Scale Ranges
psi
bar
kPa
30"Hg/0 (VAC)
-1
-100
30"Hg/0/15 psi
-1 / +1
-100 / +100
30"Hg/0/30 psi
-1 / +2.5
-100 / +250
30"Hg/0/60 psi
-1 / +4
-100 / +400
30"Hg/0/100 psi
-1 / +6
-100 / +600
30"Hg/0/160 psi
-1 / +10
-100 / +1,000
30"Hg/0/200 psi
-1 / +16
-100 / +1,600
0/10
0/0.6
0/60
0/15
0/1
0/100
0/30
0/2.5
0/250
0/60
0/4
0/400
0/100
0/6
0/600
0/160
0/10
0/1,000
0/200
0/16
0/1,600
0/300
--
--
0/400
0/25
0/2,500
0/600
0/40
0/4,000
0/800
--
--
0/1,000
0/60
0/6,000
0/1,500
0/100
0/10,000
0/2,000
0/160
0/16,000
0/3,000
0/250
0/25000
0/5,000
--
0/6,000
0/400
0/40000
0/7,500
0/10,000
0/600
0/60,000
0/15,000
0/1,000
0/100,000
0/20,000
0/1,600
0/160,000
PSI / Ft. H2O Dual Scales
For Type 2XX.34 - 4 ½"
PSI
Ft. H2O
30/0/15
-34/0/34
30/0/30
-34/0/70
30/0/60
-34/0/140
15
34
30
70
60
140
100
230
160
370
200
460
/kg-cm²
-1
-1 / +1
-1 / +2.1
-1 / +4.2
-1 / +7
-1 / +11
-1 / +14
--
0/1.04
0/2.1
0/4.2
0/7
0/11.2
0/14
0/21
0/28
0/43
0/56
0/70
0/104
0/140
0/210
0/350
0/420
0/530
0/700
0/1,050
0/1,400
D
ual Scale Ranges (psi / ...)
/bar
/kPa
-1
-100
-1 / +1
-100 / +102
-1 / +2
-100 / +205
-1 / +4
-100 / +410
-1 / +6.8
-100 / +680
-1 / +11
-100 / +1,100
-1 / +13.5
-100 / +1,380
--
0/69
0/1.02
0/100
0/2.05
0/200
0/4.1
0/410
0/6.8
0/690
0/11
0/1,100
0/13.5
0/1,350
0/20.5
0/2,050
0/27
0/2,700
0/41
0/4,100
0/55
0/5,400
0/68
0/6,800
0/102
0/10,200
0/135
0/13,500
0/205
0/20,500
0/340
0/34,000
0/410
0/41,000
0/517
0/50,000
0/690
0/68,000
0/1,030
0/102,000
0/1,380
0/137,000
NOTE:
WIKA is capable of producing almost any type of
custom artwork, including special scales, fonts
and logo's. Please contact your WIKA distributor
or the factory for availability, price and lead times.
To order Type 2XX.34 gauges with dual scale psi/ft.
H2O dials, specify gauge part number + the following
numbers:
XXX = psi range desired
Ex: 232.34 4½" XXX / psi / ft. H2O ½" L
471
GENERAL
INFORMATION
472
473
Standard
Dial
Layouts
Size 1½", 2" & 2½"
Size 3½", 4" & 6"
Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter.
PSI PSI
PSI
PSI PSI
10 2
0.2
-- --
15 3
0.2
3 0.2
30 5
0.5
5 0.5
60 10
1
10 1
100 20
2
10 1
ABBREVIATIONS
160 20
2
20 2
Fig. Inter. - spacing
200 50
5
20 2
between numbers
300 50
5
50 5
(figures) printed on
400 100
10
50 5
dial.
600 100
10
100 10
Grad. Inter. - spacing
800 200
20
100 10
between tick marks
1000 200
20
100 10
(graduations) printed
1500 300
20
300 20
on dial.
2000 500
50
200 20
F.S. - full scale. All ac3000 500
50
500 50
curacies are percent5000 1000
100
500 50
ages of the full scale
7500 1000
100
-- --
range of the gauge.
10000 2000
200
1000 100
15000 3000
200
3000 200
20000 ---
---
2000 200
VACUUM RANGE ¹
Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Fig. Inter.
Grad. Inter.
30-0 "Hg 5 "Hg 0.5 "Hg
5 "Hg
0.5 "Hg
COMPOUND RANGES
Range
Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter.
"Hg
PSI " Hg PSI " Hg PSI " Hg PSI " Hg PSI
30 -0- 15
10 5
1
0.5
5
3
1
0.5
30 -0- 30
10 10
2
1
10 5
1
0.5
30 -0- 60
30 20
2
2
10 10
2
2
30 -0- 100 30 20
5
2
30 10
5
2
30 -0- 160 30 20
10 5
30 20
5
5
30 -0- 200 30 50
10 5
30 20
5
5
PRESSURE RANGES
Accuracy + 3/2/3%, 2.5%, 1.5% + 2/1/2 & 1.0% F.S.
Types 1XX.XX and 2XX.XX
(not including Type 2XX.34 Process Gauges)
1
Numbers in Italic are dual scale ranges which are printed in red on dual scale dials
Pointer travel in vacuum range gauges is counter-clockwise
PRESSURE RANGE
Size 2½"
Size 4"
Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter.
Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter.
(dual scale) (dual scale) (dual scale)
(dual scale) (dual scale)
Inch. (mm
Inch. (mm Inch. (mm Inch. (mm Inch. (mm
Water Water) Water Water) Water Water) Water Water) Water Water)
15
(380) 5
(100)
0.5
(10)
3
(50) 0.2
(5)
30
(760) 5
(200)
0.5
(20)
5
(100) 0.5
(10)
60
(1500) 10
(500)
1
(50)
10
(300) 1
(20)
100 (2500) 20
(500)
2
(50)
10
(500) 1
(50)
200 (5000) 50 (1000) 5
(100)
20
(1000) 2
(100)
Range Fig. Inter.
Grad. Inter. Fig. Inter.
Grad. Inter.
(dual scale) (dual scale) (dual scale) (dual scale) (dual scale)
Oz./ (mm Oz./ (mm
Oz./ (mm Oz./ (mm Oz./ (mm
Sq.in. Water) Sq.in. Water) Sq.in. Water) Sq. in. Water) Sq. in. Water)
10
(400) 2
(100)
0.2 (10)
1
(100) 0.1
(10)
15
(660) 5
(100)
0.5 (10)
3
(100) 0.2
(10)
20
(880) 5
(200)
0.5 (20)
2
(200) 0.2
(20)
30
(1320) 5
(200)
0.5 (50)
5
(200) 0.5
(20)
35
(1540) 5
(500)
0.5 (50)
5
(300) 0.5
(20)
60
(2640) 10 (500)
1
(50)
10
(500) 1
(50)
Range Fig. Inter. Grad. Inter. Fig. Inter.
Grad. Inter.
(dual scale) (dual scale) (dual scale) (dual scale) (dual scale)
Oz./ (In.
Oz./ (In. Oz./ (In. Oz./ Oz./
Sq.in. Water) Sq. in. Water) Sq. in. Water)
Sq.in.
Sq. in.
20
(34)
5
(10)
0.5 (1)
--
--
32
(55)
5
(10)
0.5 (1)
--
--
Range
Fig. Inter.
Grad. Inter.
PSI
PSI
PSI
PSI
PSI
3
0.5
0.05
0.5
0.05
5
1
0.1
0.5
0.5
10
2
0.2
1
0.1
VACUUM RANGE ¹
Range Fig. Inter.
Grad. Inter.
(dual scale) (dual scale) (dual scale) (dual scale)
(dual scale)
Inch. (mm Inch. (mm Inch. (mm Inch. (mm
Inch. (mm
Water Water) Water Water) Water Water) Water Water) Water Water)
30-0 (760) 5
(200) 0.5
(20)
5
(100)
0.5 (10)
Accuracy + 1.5% F.S.
Type 6XX.XX Low Pressure Gauges
474
in. Water
1
1
3
5
10
10
20
Fig. Inter.
Oz./Sq. in.
1
1
3
2
5
5
10
20
50
Fig. Inter.
PSI
1
3
5
10
10
20
20
50
50
50
in. Water
5
10
15
30
60
100
200
Range
Oz./Sq. in.
5
10
15
20
30
35
60
100
180
Range
PSI
10
15
30
60
100
160
200
300
400
600
10
10
30
30
10
15
30
60
400
30 -0-
30 -0-
30 -0- 160
300
30 -0-
30 -0- 100
200
30 -0-
30 -0-
30 -0-
30 -0-
30
30
10
5
5
" Hg
PSI
" Hg
50
50
20
20
10
10
5
3
2
PSI
Fig. Inter.
Range
PSI
105
52
52
52
52
22
10.5
10.5
0.5 0.2
" Hg
Grad. Inter.
0.5 "Hg
30-0 "Hg 5 "Hg
COMPOUND RANGES
Grad. Inter.
5
5
5
2
2
1
1
0.5
0.5
0.2
PSI
Grad. Inter.
5
2
1
0.50
0.50
0.20
0.25
0.10
0.10
Oz./Sq. in.
Grad. Inter.
2
1
1
0.50
0.25
0.10
0.10
in. Water
Grad. Inter.
Range Fig. Inter.
VACUUM RANGE ¹
Fig. Inter.
Range
Sealgauge® Sizes 4" & 6"
PRESSURE RANGES
Accuracy + 1.5% & 2.5% of span
Type 4XX.XX Sealgauges®
5 "Hg
30-0 "Hg
5
10
10
20
20
30 -0- 100 30
30 -0- 160 30
30 -0- 200 30
3
5
30 -0- 15
30 -0- 60 10
"Hg PSI
"Hg PSI
30 -0- 30 10
Fig. Inter.
Range
COMPOUND RANGES
Fig. Inter.
Range
5
5
2
1
1
0.5
"Hg
2
2
1
1
0.5
0.2
PSI
Grad. Inter.
0.2 "Hg
Grad. Inter.
200
20000 2000
VACUUM RANGE ¹
100
100
10000 1000
15000 2000
20
50
3000 500
5000 500
10
20
1500 200
2000 200
10
10
800 100
1000 100
5
5
400 50
600 50
2
2
200 20
300 50
1
1
100 10
160 20
0.2
0.5
30 5
60 5
PSI
0.1
PSI PSI
Grad. Inter.
Size 4½" & 6"
Fig. Inter.
15 1
Range
PRESSURE RANGES
2000
1000
1000
500
200
200
100
100
100
50
50
20
20
10
10
5
2
1
PSI
Fig. Inter.
2 "Hg
Fig. Inter.
30 -0- 200
30 -0- 160
30 -0- 100
30 -0- 60
30 -0- 30
30 -0- 15
" Hg PSI
Range
0.1 "Hg
Grad. Inter.
100
50
50
20
10
10
5
5
5
2
2
1
1
1
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.05
PSI
Grad Inter.
30
30
10
10
5
5
"Hg
20
10
10
5
5
5
PSI
2
2
1
1
0.5
0.2
"Hg
1
1
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.1
PSI
COMPOUND RANGES
30-0 "Hg
Range
VACUUM RANGE ¹
20000
15000
10000
5000
3000
2000
1500
1000
800
600
400
300
200
160
100
60
30
15
PSI
Range
Size 4" & 6"
PRESSURE RANGES
Accuracy + 0.25% of span
Type 3XX.XX Test Gauges
Pointer travel in vacuum range gauges is counter-clockwise
Type 2XX.34 Process Gauges
1
Standard Dial Layouts
continued
10
10
20
20
20
50
50
100
100
200
500
200
500
500
500
1000
Fig. Inter.
in. Water
10
20
20
20
20
50
200
300
400
600
800
1000
1500
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7500
10000
15000
20000
Range
in. Water
300
400
500
600
800
1000
2 "Hg
30-0 "Hg
2
2
5
10
10
10
30 -0- 30
30 -0- 60
30 -0- 100
30 -0- 150
30 -0- 300
10
10
5
5
2
1
1
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.1
" Hg
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
PSI
" Hg PSI
30 -0- 15
2
PSI
" Hg
0.1 "Hg
Grad. Inter.
2
1
1
1
1
0.5
in. Water
Grad. Inter.
50
20
20
20
10
10
10
5
5
2
2
1
1
1
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.05
0.05
0.02
0.02
PSI
Grad. Inter.
Range
COMPOUND RANGES
Fig. Inter.
Range
VACUUM RANGE ¹
5
1
30
150
1
20
5
0.5
15
100
0.5
10
2
PSI
PSI
60
Fig. Inter.
Range
Size 10"
PRESSURE RANGE
Type 342.11 Precision Test Gauges
How to convert from °Celsius to °Fahrenheit, or °Fahrenheit to °Celsius
Locate the known temperature (either Fahrenheit or Celsius) in the center shaded column.
Read left to convert from Celsius to Fahrenheit,
or right to convert from Fahrenheit to Celsius.
°F = ( 9/5 °C ) + 32
°C = 5/9 ( °F - 32 )
475
476
1
14.7
0.000987
0.987
0.0145
14.504
9.869
145.04
4019
4.019
0.00402
401.9
0.4012
5.358
102,074
102.07
0.102
10,210
10.21
136.1
13.61
345.7
100,010
43.986
10
1
25.4
10,343
703.8
10,207
10.207
0.0102
1021
1.021
13.61
1.361
34.57
1,001
4.40
1
0.1
2.54
1,034.3
70.38
mm H2O cm H2O
2321
2.321
0.00232
232.1
0.2321
3.10
0.310
7.858
227.6
1
0.227
0.0227
0.5775
235.1
16
oz/in2
29.53
0.0295
0.394
0.0394
1
28.96
0.1273
0.0289
0.00289
0.0735
29.92
2.036
"Hg
10.2
0.0102
295.3
0.295
0.00001 0.000295
1.02
0.00102
0.0136
0.00136
0.0345
1
0.0044
0.001
0.0001
0.00254
1.033
0.0704
Kg/cm2
7500
7.5
0.0075
750
0.75
10
1
25.4
735.6
3.232
0.735
0.0735
1.866
760
51.715
mm Hg
(Torr)
To use this chart:
1. Find the column with the units you want to convert from.
2. Move down that column until you find the "1".
3. Staying in the same row, move horizontally to the column with the units you are converting to.
4. Multiply the number in that box by the amount you are changing from to get the converted value.
0.00987
0.14504
0.000145 0.00001
0.01316
0.536
0.01934 0.001316
0.1934
13.61
0.03342
0.4912
394.1
0.968
14.22
1.732
0.00425
0.3937
0.01421 0.000967
0.0625
0.0394
1
407.2
27.71
" H2O
0.001421 0.000097
0.00246
0.0681
1
0.0361
atms.
PSI
750
0.75
0.00075
75
0.075
1
.1
2.54
73.56
0.323
0.0735
0.00735
0.187
76
5.17
cm Hg
10,000
10
0.01
1000
1
13.33
1.333
33.86
980.7
4.31
0.98
0.098
2.488
1013
68.95
mbar
10
0.01
0.00001
1
0.001
0.01333
0.001333
0.0339
0.981
0.00431
0.00098
0.000098
0.00249
1.013
0.0689
bar
1,000,000
1,000
1
100,000
100
1333
133.3
3386
98,067
431
98
9.8
248.8
101,325
6895
Pa (Nm2)
Pressure Units Cross Reference Chart
1,000
1
0.001
100
0.1
1.333
0.1333
3.386
98.07
0.431
0.098
0.0098
0.249
101.3
6.895
kPa
1
0.001
0.000001
0.1
0.0001
0.00133
0.000133
0.00339
0.0981
0.00043
0.0001
0.00001
0.00025
0.1013
0.0069
MPa
Product Catalog 800
Mechanical Pressure
Calibration Test Equipment & Accessories
Electronic Pressure Transmitters/Transducers
Diaphragm Seals & Accessories
Mechanical Temperature
Thermowells
Electronic Temperature Transmitters
Effective 04/01/2008
Payment Terms
Terms and Conditions of Sale and Return Material Authorizations (RMA) are available from the WIKA website
at www.wika.com. Prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Product Specifications
Catalog 800 and the 2008 WIKA Price List supersede all previous catalogs and price lists. Product specifications
are subject to change without prior notice. Please visit the WIKA website for the most up-to-date information.
© Copyright 2008 WIKA Instrument Corporation, Lawrenceville, GA 30043. All rights reserved.
®
is a registered trademark of WIKA Instrument Corporation, Lawrenceville, GA
Sealgauge® is a registered trademark of WIKA Instrument Corporation.
INLINE SEALTM is a registered trademark of WIKA Instrument Corporation.
Halocarbon® is a registered trademark of the Halocarbon Products Corporation.
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of the Cabot family of companies.
Fluorolube® is a registered trademark of the Hooker Chemical & Plastics Corporation.
Monel® and Inconel® are registered trademarks of the INCO family of companies.
Viton® & Teflon® are registered trademarks of the E.I. DuPont family of companies.
I-Line® is a registered trademark of Waukesha Cherry-Burrell.
Instrument Corporation
®
By combining world-class LeanSigma operations, state-of-the-art proprietary technology, agile manufacturing
and resident engineering, WIKA delivers made-to-order products with minimal lead times and tremendous
®
flexibility. Additionally, the WIKA TRONIC LINE has a continuously expanding array of electronic transmitters
and transducers to meet the emerging demands of integrated and automated systems.
Talk to us to learn about our Total Performance commitment for your pressure and temperature measurement
requirements.
To find your nearest WIKA distributor,
visit our website at www.wika.com or
call toll-free 1-888-WIKA-USA
WIKA Instrument Corporation
1000 Wiegand Boulevard
Lawrenceville, GA 30043
Toll Free 1-888-WIKA-USA (945-2872)
Tel (770) 513-8200 Fax (770) 338-5118
[email protected] • www.wika.com
C008 - 04/08
Product Catalog 800
For over 60 years, WIKA Instrument Corporation has been advancing the world of pressure and temperature
instrumentation. Regarded as the global leader, WIKA has pioneered many diverse products for a broad
range of industries, end-users and OEM applications. Our success is reflected in our commitment to Lean
methodology, product innovation and customer focus.
Product
Catalog 800

Product Catalog 800

Transcription

Similar documents

UTR Angles and Channels

CBD-6 6.0 Cryogenic Belt Deflasher

G 2500 DH - Power Equipment Direct

Slick-Line Unit Information Pack

ultrashine drive through

FME softener brochure.pub

II - CERN Accelerator School

Stansted_High_Pressure_Homogenizer Brochure 2

RS Series Brochure

ecopure® dual stage filter